Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of the University of Maryland School of Medicine 1964"

See other formats


HEALTH  SCIENCES  LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

BALTIMORE 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/bulletinofuniver4949 


BULLETIN 


iniH 


'sitij  of  Mar  ij  I  and 


-rxJ. 


r 


rM' 


^ 


-  '^; 


»UBLISHED   FOUR   TIMES   A 
JANUARY,   APRIL,   JULY   AND   OCTOBER 
JOINTLY    BY  THE    FACULTY   OF    MEDICINE, 

SCHOOL.  OF   MEDICINE    OF   THE    UNIVERSITY    OF   MARYLAND 
AND  THE    MEDICAL   ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION 


HEALTH  SCIENCES  LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

BALTIMORE 

Give  to  the 
school  of  your  choice 
through  AMEF 

American  Medical  Education  Foundation 


To  train  the  doctors  of  tomorrow, 
the  nation's  medical  schools  must  have 
your  help  today.  It  is  a  physician's  uniquel 
privilege  and  responsibility  to  replenish  | 
his  own  ranks  with  men  educated 
to  the  highest  possible  standards. 
Invest  in  the  future  health  of  the  nation  and 
your  profession.  Send  your  check  today! 


535  North  Dearborn  Street 
Chicago  10,  Illinois 


BULLETIN    School  of  Medicine 
University  of  Maryland 

VOLUME  49  JANUARY,   1964  NUMBER   i 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGE 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


The    Reproductive    Behavior    of    the    Adolescent    Female _ 3 

Arthur  L.  Haskins,  M.D. 

A  Controlled  Study  of  Erythromycin   in   Acne  Therapy 10 

Harry  M.  Robinson.  Jr..  M.D. 

John   James   Audubon's    Baltimore    Physician    Patrons „„      14 

G.  E.  afford.  Jr..  M.D. 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 

Dean's  Letter  — . 

Dean's  Office  Announces   Promotions.. 

Book    Reviews   

Abstracts  


The    Laboratory    Animal    and    New    Drugs _ xi 

John  C.  Krantz,  Jr..  Ph.D.,  and  Freichi  G.  Rudo 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 

President's    Letter 

Change  of  Annual  Meeting  Date     


Dr.   Hugh  R.  Spencer  Named  to  Receive   1964  Award _ xviii 

As  We  Approach  Our  50th  Anniversary^ _ _ xx 

Alumni  Hold  Meeting  in   New  Orleans    _ ._ xxi 

Class   Notes  _ _ xxii 

Deaths    _ xxiv 

Alumni    News    Report   ^ __.xxvii 

January,  1964  1 


Volume   4y 

Number   1 

JANUARY    1964 


BULLETIN    School  of  Medicine 

University  of  Maryland 


EDITORIAL   BOARD 

Chief  Editor 
HN  A.  WAGNER,  B.S.,  M.D. 

George  Entwisie,  B.S.,  M.D. 

John  C.  Krantz,  Jr.,  Sc.O.,  Ph.D. 

William  H.  Mosberg,  B.S..  M.D. 

arry  M.  Robinson,  Jr.,  B.S.,  M.D. 

John  E.  Savage,  M.D. 

C.  Vernon  Williamson,  M.D. 


iiliam  S.  Stone,  M.S..  D.Sc.,  M.D. 
(ex>officio) 


Clbson  J.  Weils,  M.D. 
Cex-officio) 


Associate  Editors 


Otto  C.  Brantigan,  B.S.,  M.D. 


D.  Frank  Kaltreider,  M.D. 


Vernon  E.  Krahl,  Ph.D. 


Policy — The  Bulletin  of  the  School  of  Medicine  University  of 
Maryland  contains  scientific  articles  of  general  clinical  interest,  orig- 
inal scientific  research  in  medical  or  related  fields,  reviews,  editorials, 
and  book  reviews.  A  special  section  is  devoted  to  news  of  Alumni  of 
the  Scliool  of  Medicine,  University  of  Alaryland. 

Manuscripts — All  manuscripts  for  publication,  news  items,  books  and 
monographs  for  review,  and  correspondence  relating  to  editorial  policy 
should  be  addressed  to  Dr.  John  A.  Wagner,  Editor.  Bulletin  of 
THE  School  of  Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  31  S.  Greene 
Street,  Baltimore  1,  Md.  Manuscripts  should  be  typewritten  double 
spaced  and  accompanied  by  a  bibliography  conforming  to  the  style  estab- 
lished by  the  American  Medical  Association  Cttimtkitivc  Index  Medicus. 
For  example,  the  reference  to  an  article  should  appear  in  the  following 
order:  author,  title,  name  of  journal,  volume  number,  pages  included, 
and  date.  Reference  to  books  should  appear  as  follows  :  author,  title, 
edition,  pages,  publisher,  and  date  published.  A  reasonable  number  of 
illustrations  will  be  furnished  free. 

Reprints — .At  the  time  the  galley  proof  is  returned  to  the  author,  the 
publisher  will  insert  an  order  form  for  reprints  which  are  purchased 
directly  from  the  publisher.  Any  delay  in  the  return  of  this  order  form 
may  result  in  considerable  additional  expense  in  obtaining  reprints. 

Alumni  Association  Nen's — The  Bulletin  publishes  as  a  separate 
section,  items  concerning  the  University  of  Maryland  Alumni  and  their 
Association.  Members  and  friends  are  urged  to  contribute  news  items 
which  should  be  sent  to  Dr.  John  A.  Wagner,  Editor.  Bulletin  of 
THE  School  of  Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  31  S.  Greene 
Street,  Baltimore  1,  Md. 

Subscriptions — The  Bulletin  is  issued  4  times  a  year.  Its  subscrip- 
tion price  per  annum,  post  paid  is  $3.00 ;  single  copies,  $.75,  when  avail- 
able. Active  members  of  the  Medical  .Alumni  Association  receive  the 
Bulletin  in  connection  with  the  payment  of  annual  membership  dues. 
Non-Alumni  subscriptions  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University 
of  Maryland  and  remitted  through  the  ofifice  of  Dr.  John  .\.  Wagner, 
Editor. 

Advertisinii — The  Bulletin  accepts  a  limited  number  of  advertise- 
ments. Rates  may  be  obtained  upon  application  to  Mr.  William  J. 
Wiscott,  Managing  Editor,  3722  Greenmount  Avenue,  Baltimore  18, 
Md. 


Manasins  Editor 
William  J.  Wiscott 


The  Reproductive  Behavior 
of  the  Adolescent  Female 


ARTHUR  L.  HASKINS,  M.D. 


Israel  and  Woutersz^  studied  3,995 
teen-age  obstetric  patients  as  part  of  a 
group  of  40,709  parturients.  A  higher 
incidence  of  pre-eclampsia,  one  day  fever, 
puerperal  morbidity,  and  prolonged  labor 
was  noted  among  the  teen-agers.  This 
study  and  its  findings  provided  the  stim- 
ulus for  a  review  of  the  obstetrical  data 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  Hospital 
in  regard  to  the  reproductive  behavior  of 
the  female  teen-ager. 

The  medical,  physiologic,  and  ethnic 
implications  of  study  of  the  Maryland 
data  were  considered  to  be  of  sufficient 
interest  to  warrant  publication  of  part  of 
the  material  and  the  significant  conclu- 
sions. Although  obviously  of  greater  local 
than  general  interest,  the  experience  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  Hospital  in 
the  care  of  gravid  teen-agers  might  find 
some  universality  of  application  to  spe- 
cific medical  or  sociologic  problems  else- 
where. 

The  term  adolescent,  used  throughout 
this  study,  refers  to  the  period  of  life 
between  puberty  and  maturity.  Puberty 
is  defined  as  the  state  or  quality  of  being 
first  capable  of  bearing  offspring.  Ma- 
turity, although  usually  referable  to  com- 
pleteness or  cessation  of  growth  and  de- 
velopment, as  used  herein,  is  the  attain- 
ment of  tlie  age  of  20  years.  It  is  appar- 
ent that  this  material  reflects  more  than 
a  teen-age  experience,  since  tlie  ability 
to  reproduce  comes  to  some  individuals 
who  have  not  yet  reached  the  teen-age. 


The  often  observed  fact  that  racial, 
cultural,  or  sociologic  variations  may  re- 
sult in  differences  in  physiological  and 
medical  behavior  necessitated  the  divi- 
sion of  our  material  into  non-white  and 
white  groups.  Had  this  division  not  been 
accomplished,  potential  differences  be- 
tween adolescent  reproductive  behavior 
and  mature  reproductive  behavior  might 
have  been  obscured  or  accentuated  be- 
cause of  factors  other  than  age. 

The  material  is  organized  so  that  com- 
parisons may  be  made  between  the  re- 
productive behavior  of  non-white  and 
white,  as  well  as  adolescent  and  mature 
parturients. 

The  pregnancies  represented  in  these 
studies  are  those  which  occurred  at  the 
University  Hospital  from  1950  thru  1959 
(Table  1).  The  total  number  of  preg- 
nancies were  31,495.  The  distribution  be- 
tween the  white  and  non-white  popula- 
tion was  approximately  equal.  It  should 
l)e  noted  that  the  non-white  group  of 
patients  are  primarily  clinic  in  origin, 
whereas    the    w-hite    patients    are    pre- 

Table  1.     Adolescent  Obstetrics, 
University  of  Maryland  Hospital  1950-59 


Department  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology,  School  of 
Medicine,    University   of    Maryland,    Baltimore. 


Total 

White 

Non- 
White 

Adolescent 
Pregnancies 

7,069 

1,752 

5,317 

Adult 

Pregnancies 

24,426 

13,266 

11,160 

All  Pregnancies 

31,495 

15,018 

16,477 

January.  l'J64 


BCLLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE.  UNU'ERSITV  OF  MARVLAND 


Table  2.     Adolescent  Obstetrics, 
University  of  Maryland  Hospital  1950-59 


White 

rARI 
0 

TY 
1 

2 

3 

4 

Total 

Age  under  15 

20 

0 

1 

0 

0 

21 

Age  15  -  19 

1,304 

349 

64 

10 

4 

1,731 

Non-White 

Age  under  15 

357 

8 

0 

0 

1 

366 

Age  15  -  19 

3,816 

826 

252 

48 

9 

4,951 

dominately  private.  The  7,069  adolescent 
pregnancies  represent  approximately 
25 /r  of  the  total  sample.  Despite  the 
eqnal  distribution  of  the  white  and  non- 
white  population  in  the  total  pregnancies, 
the  ratio  of  non-white  to  white  in  the 
adolescent  pregnancy  group  was  approx- 
imately 4-1. 

The  parity  of  the  adolescents  under 
observation  is  illustrated  in  Table  2.  It 
is  apparent  from  this  tabulation  that  a 
significant  number  of  pregnancies  oc- 
curred in  our  population  prior  to  the  age 
of  15.  In  addition,  there  was  an  occasion- 
al patient  in  whom  repeated  pregnancy 
occurred  prior  to  the  age  of  15.  The  over- 
whelming portion  of  this  population  was, 
however,  in  the  15-19  year  group. 

Many  factors  and  correlations  in  our 
data  were  studied.  In  the  final  compila- 
tion either  because  of  significance  or  in- 
terest the  following  items  were  tabulated  : 
prematiu-e  births,  perinatal  mortality,  ab- 
normal presentations,  multiple  pregnan- 
cy, fetal  anomaly,  uterine  inertia,  con- 
tracted pelvis,  prolonged  labor,  placenta 
previa,  premature  separation  of  the 
placenta,  cesarean  section,  and  toxemia 
of  pregnancy. 

RESULTS 

Prematurity.  As  defined  in  this  study, 
the  premature  infant  has  a  birth  weight 


of  1 ,000  to  2,499  grams.  Our  experience 
with  premature  births  is  tabulated  in 
Table  3A.  Prematurity  probably  con- 
tributes to  or  is  responsible  for  approx- 
imately 50%  of  fetal  mortality  during 
the  neonatal  period.  It  is,  therefore,  the 
most  common  cause  of  neonatal  death. 
Our  prematurity  rates  varied  from  8.8% 
in  the  mature  white  mothers  to  17.8% 
in  the  adolescent  non-white  mothers. 
These  data  showed  two  trends.  There  is 
an  increased  premature  birth  rate  in  the 
non- white  pregnancies.  In  addition,  there 
is  increased  prematurity  in  the  adoles- 
cent pregnancies  whether  these  occur  in 
the  non-white  or  white  population. 

The  usual  medical  factors  associated 
with  premature  labor  are  chronic  hyper- 
tension, premature  separation  of  the 
placenta,  placenta  previa,  heart  disease, 
toxemia,  and  syphilis.  In  addition  to 
disease  processes,  prematurity  seems  to 
occur  with  increasing  frequency  in  those 
individuals  with  a  poor  economic  back- 
ground and  in  the  primigravida. 

There  was  no  evidence  of  an  increase 
in  chronic  hypertension,  premature  sep- 
aration of  the  placenta,  placenta  previa, 
and  chronic  illnesses  in  the  pregnant 
adolescent.  It  woi:ld  appear  as  if  some 
other  causative  factor  was  responsible 
for  the  general  increase  in  prematurity 
among  this  group. 

The  economic  and  social  liackground 
of  the  non-white  population  in  our  ma- 
terial is  not  as  favorable  as  in  the  white 
population.  Poor  economics  have  been 
indicted  as  a  factor  responsible  for  the 
increase  in  prematurity  rates  in  our  non- 
white  population.  This  factor  does  not, 
however,  explain  the  increased  prematur- 
ity rate  in  the  adolescent  mother  in  both 
the  white  and  non-white  population. 
There  is  no  satisfactory  ex])lanation  at 
once  apparent  in  our  data  to  account  for 


Vol.  49.  No.  1 


HASKLXS—REPRODUCTU'E   BEHAJ'IOR    OF    THE    ADOLESCENT   FEMALE 


Table  3.     Adolescent  Obstetrics:  Fetal  Complications, 
University  of  Maryland  Hospital  1950-59 


White 

Per  Cent 

Non-White 

Per  Cent 

A. 

PREM.\TTRE  BIRTHS 

Adolescent  mothers 

Adult  mothers 

188 
1,167 
1,355 

42 
464 
506 

109 
684 
793 

27 
140 
167 

62 
614 
676 

10.73 

8.80 
9.02 

2.40 
3.50 
3.37 

6.22 
5.16 

5.28 

1.54 
1.06 
1.11 

3.54 
4.63 
4.50 

950 
1,796 

2,746 

236 
597 
833 

238 
569 

807 

90 
143 
233 

171 
407 

578 

17.87 
16.10 

'^rotal  mothers 

16.67 

B. 

PERINATAL  MORTALITY 

Adolescent  mothers 

4.44 

C. 

Adult  mothers 

Total  mothers 

ABNORMAL  PRESENTATION 

Adolescent  mothers 

Adult  mothers 

Total  mothers 

5.35 
5.06 

4.48 
5.10 
4.90 

D. 

MULTIPLE  PREGNANCY 

Adolescent  mothers 

1.70 

Adult  mothers    

1.28 

Total  mothers 

1  41 

E. 

FETAL  ANOMALY 

Adolescent  mothers 

3.21 

Adult  mothers 

3.65 

Total  mothers 

3.51 

the  increased  prematurity  rates  in  the 
adolescent  mother  although  primigravid- 
itv  may  be  a  contril)uting  factor. 

Perinatal  Mortality.  An  important  in- 
dication of  the  reprocktctive  potential  of 
any  group  is  the  perinatal  mortality  rate. 
Perinatal  mortality  is  an  all-inclusive 
term  including  anteparttini,  intra])artum, 
and  neonatal  fetal  mortality.  This  is 
ordinarily  defined  in  terms  of  perinatal 
deaths  ])er  thousand  live  births.  Perinatal 
mortality  in  this  study  is  defined  as  fetal 
deaths  ])er  hundred  births  and  is  tab- 
ulated in  Tal)le  3B. 

Prematurity  is  an  important  contrib- 
utor to  perinatal  loss.  Prematurity  has 
been  demonstrated  to  occur  with  a  great- 
er frecitiency  in  the  adolescent  parttirient. 
It  might  be  reasoned  that  perinatal 
loss  would  occur  with  a  greater  fre- 
(|uency  among  the  children  of  the  adoles- 
cent mothers.  The  data  indicate,  how- 
ever, a  greater  perinatal  mortality  rate 
in  the  adult  pregnancies. 


A  partial  explanation  for  this  dis- 
crepancy may  be  found  in  the  considera- 
tion of  a  greater  incidence  in  maternal 
disease  complicating  pregnancies  in  the 
adult  mother  than  in  the  adolescent 
mother.  This  wottld  compromise  the  in- 
fants of  the  adult  mother  even  beyond 
the  prematurity  factor. 

Perinatal  mortality  occurred  with  a 
significantly  greater  frequency  in  the 
non-white  pregnancies.  This  is  probably 
the  result  of  a  variety  of  causation  factors 
including  an  increase  in  disease  com- 
plicating pregnancy  in  the  non-white 
group  as  well  as  cultural,  economic,  and 
ethnic  factors. 

Abnonnal  Presentation.  The  frequency 
of  abnormal  ])resentation  of  the  fettts  is 
tabulated  in  3C.  There  were  1.600  ab- 
normal presentations  recorded  in  the  to- 
tal material.  This  is  the  usual  frequency 
of  occurrence.  There  was  no  real  differ- 
ence in  occurrence  of  abnormal  presenta- 


Jdiiuary,  1'^'04 


BULLET  IX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICI  SE.  UXU'ERSITY  OF  MARY  LAX  D 

Table  4.     Adolescent  Obstetrics:  Maternal  Complications, 
University  of  Maryland  Hospital  1950-59 


White 

Per  Cent 

Non-White 

Per  Cent 

A. 

TTERINE  INERTIA 

Adolescent  mothers 

Adult  motliers 

55 

342 
397 

79 
181 
260 

67 
300 
367 

1 
68 
69 

23 

242 
265 

195 

947 

1,142 

37 
475 
512 

3.14 
2.57 
2.64 

4.51 
1.36 
1.73 

3.82 
2.26 
2.44 

0.06 
0.51 
0.46 

1.31 
1.82 
1.76 

11.13 
7.14 
7.60 

2.11 
3.58 
3.41 

276 
395 
671 

795 

338 

1,133 

302 
357 
659 

5 
47 
52 

81 
235 
316 

1,025 
1,797 

2,822 

202 
632 
834 

5.19 
3  54 

All  mothers 

4  07 

B. 

CONTHACTED  PELVIS 

Adolescent  mothers 

14  95 

Adult  mothers 

3  03 

All  mothers 

6  88 

C. 

PROLONGED  LABOR 

Adolescent  mothers 

5  68 

Adult  mothers 

All  mothers 

3.20 
4  00 

D. 

PLACENTA  PREVIA 

Adolescent  mothers 

0  09 

Adult  mothers 

All  mothers 

0.42 
0.32 

E. 

PREMATURE  SEPARATION 
OF  PLACENTA 

Adolescent  mothers 

1  52 

Adult  mothers 

2  11 

All  mothers 

1  92 

F. 

PRE-ECLAMPSIA 

Adolescent  mothers 

19.27 

Adult  mothers 

16  10 

All  mothers 

17  12 

G. 

CESAREAN  SECTION 

Adolescent  mothers 

3.80 

Adult  mothers 

5.66 

All  mothers 

5.06 

tioii  among  the  adult,  adolescent,  white, 
or  non-white  parturients. 

Fetal  Anomalies.  The  incidence  of 
multiple  pregnancy  and  other  fetal  an- 
omalies is  indicated  in  Tahle  3D  and  3E. 
Studies  involving  greater  numbers  of 
patients  than  ours  have  shown  that  there 
is  a  greater  incidence  of  twinning  in  the 
non-white  mother  than  in  the  white 
mother.  There  is  also  a  trend  toward  an 
increasing  incidence  of  multiple  preg- 
nancy in  the  older  gravid  female.  The 
University  of  ^Maryland  Hospital  data 
fail  to  corroborate  these  general  observa- 
tions. This  lack  of  agreement  may  be  re- 
lated to  the  size  of  the  sample  involved. 


Our  data  does,  however,  confirm  the 
observation  that  fetal  anomalies  in  gen- 
eral occur  with  a  lesser  frequency  in 
the  offspring  of  the  younger  than  of  the 
older  mother. 

Maternal  Mortality.  There  were  43 
maternal  deaths  in  the  31,495  pregnan- 
cies. This  is  a  maternal  mortality  rate  of 
approximately  14  per  ten  thousand  births 
or  0.14^/c.  All  of  the  maternal  deaths 
occtirred  in  the  adtilt  pregnancy  group. 
If  the  maternal  death  rate  had  been  the 
same  in  the  adolescent  pregnancies  as  in 
the  adult  pregnancies,  we  could  have  ex- 
])ected  10  deaths  in  the  7.069  adolescent 
pregnancies. 


Vol.  49.  Xo.  1 


HASKIXS— REPRODUCTIVE    BEHAVIOR    OF    THE   ADOLESCENT   FEMALE 


Uterine  Inertia.  Primary  uterine  iner- 
tia occurs  with  a  frequency  approximat- 
ing 2%  of  all  labors.  It  is  more  fre- 
quently found  in  the  primigravida.  Anxi- 
ety is  a  prominent  personality  factor  in 
patients  with  uterine  inertia. 

In  the  adolescent  pregnancy  group 
there  is  a  jiredominance  of  primigravida. 
This  factor,  plus  an  immature  personality 
structure  in  the  adolescent  parturient, 
might  contribute  toward  the  greater  in- 
cidence of  uterine  inertia  in  this  age 
grou|).  Our  analysis,  as  indicated  in 
'liable  4A.  shows  a  significant  increase 
in  uterine  inertia  in  the  adolescent  non- 
white  i)opulation  when  compared  to  the 
adult  non-white  population.  There  is  a 
greater  occurrence  of  uterine  inertia 
among  the  adolescent  white  group  when 
compared  to  the  adult  white  group,  Init 
the  difference  is  not  necessarily  signifi- 
cant. There  is  a  greater  incidence  of 
uterine  inertia  in  the  total  non-white 
population  as  compared  to  its  incidence 
in  the  total  white  population. 

Contracted  Pelvis.  Sexual  precocity  in 
the  human  female  is  associated  with  an 
initial  acceleration  of  somatic  growth. 
The  final  growth  achieved  by  the  sex- 
ually jjrecocious  female  is  ordinarily  less 
than  the  normal  standard  for  the  popula- 
tion. This  is  assumed  to  be  the  result  of 
])remature  epiphyseal  closure  of  the  long 
bones  associated  with  ])recocious  sexual 
deyelo])ment. 

It  is  (juite  apparent  from  the  age  dis- 
tribution of  this  study  that  our  adolescent 
pregnancy  grou]~)  would  tend  to  contain 
tliose  individuals  whose  se.xual  develop- 
ment was  somewhat  earlier  than  the  aver- 
age. Although  not  necessarily  classified 
as  sexually  precocious,  sexual  maturation 
would  luidoubtedly  be  occurring  at  the 
earlier  levels  of  estalilisbed  norms.  It 
would  follow  from  this  that  ])elvic  con- 
traction coulcl  occur  with  a  greater  fre- 


quency among  the  adolescent  pregnancies 
than  in  the  adult  pregnancy  group.  Ex- 
amination of  our  data,  Talile  4B,  indi- 
cates a  marked  increase  in  contracted 
pelvis  in  the  adolescent  pregnancy  group 
in  l)oth  the  white  and  non- white  poj^ula- 
tion. 

It  has  been  noted  previously  that  con- 
tracted pelves  occur  more  frequently 
among  the  non-white  than  the  white  pop- 
ulation. Our  data  corroborate  this  ob- 
servation. Contracted  pelvis  in  the  ad- 
olescent non-white  group  occurs  with  a 
freciuency  approximating  three  times  that 
of  the  white  adolescent  pregnancy  group 
which  is  also  about  the  same  magnitude 
found  in  the  adult  population  compar- 
isons. 

Prolonged  Labor.  Preceding  data  in- 
dicate a  greater  frequency  of  uterine  in- 
ertia and  contracted  pelvis  among  the 
adolescent  population.  It  is  recognized 
that  these  are  two  of  the  major  causes 
of  prolonged  labor.  The  data  on  pro- 
longed labor  are  approached  with  the 
anticii)ation  that  the  adolescent  preg- 
nancy group  would  have  a  greater  inci- 
dence of  prolonged  labors  than  would  the 
adult  pregnancy  group. 

In  this  study,  prolonged  laljor  is  de- 
fined as  labor  in  excess  of  20  hours.  As 
indicated  in  Table  4C,  there  is  a  sig- 
nificant increase  in  the  incidence  of  pro- 
longed labor  among  the  adolescent  par- 
turients whether  in  the  white  or  non- 
white  po|)ulation.  This  was  considered  to 
support  our  previous  deduction.  The 
study  further  indicates  an  increased  in- 
cidence of  prolonged  lal)or  in  the  total 
non- white  population  as  compared  to  the 
total  white  population. 

Placenta  Previa.  It  has  been  ol)seryed 
that  i)lacenta  previa  is  a  more  frequent 
complication  of  pregnancy  in  the  multi- 
parous  females  than  in  the  primigravida. 
In  view  of  the  weighting  of  the  adoles- 


Jiuniarw  l'-'f)4 


BULLHTIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  Of  MfiDICIXE.  UMnik'SII)-  OF  MAIO'LAXD 


cent  pregnancies  by  priniigravida,  a 
lesser  incidence  of  j^lacenta  previa  would 
be  ex])ected  in  tbis  group.  Tbe  total 
incidence  of  ])lacenta  previa  was  found 
to  approximate  0.5 "^v .  Tbis  is  tbe  gen- 
erally accepted  incidence  of  ])lacenta 
previa  in  tbe  United  States. 

Tbe  data  in  Table  4D  support  tbis  con- 
clusion in  tbat  tbe  adolescent  pregnancy 
group  sbows  an  incidence  of  placenta 
previa  approximately  one-tentb  tbat  of 
tbe  adult  motbers.  Tbis  difference  in  in- 
cidence remains  constant  wbetber  in  tlie 
wbite  or  non-wbite  population. 

Prciiiatitre  Separation  of  Placenta. 
Premature  separation  of  tbe  placenta  oc- 
curs witb  a  greater  frequency  among 
tbose  women  in  wbom  pregnancy  is  com- 
plicated by  hypertension.  Tbe  etiology 
of  tbe  hypertension  may  be  pre-eclamptic, 
nephritic,  or  essential.  Since  hyperten- 
sion is  considered  to  occur  with  a  greater 
frequency  among  populations  with  in- 
creasing age,  except  for  the  factor  of  pre- 
eclampsia, it  could  be  predicted  that  pre- 
mature separation  of  placenta  would 
occur  with  lesser  frequency  among  the 
adolescent  than  among  the  adult  preg- 
nancy group. 

In  referring  to  Table  4E.  it  becomes 
immediately  apparent  that  there  is  a 
lesser  incidence  of  premature  separation 
of  the  placenta  in  the  adolescent  preg- 
nancies. The  numerical  difference  pres- 
ent in  both  tbe  white  and  non-white 
groups  is  considered  to  be  significant  in 
tbe  non-white  group  only.  Though  a 
difference  exists  in  the  wbite  population, 
tbe  difference  is  not  necessarily  signifi- 
cant. 

Prc-cclanipsia.  Pre-eclamptic  toxemia 
of  pregnancy  occurs  with  a  predictable 
increase  in  frequency  among  tbe  young 
priniigravida.  This  should  lead  to  an  in- 
crease in  pre-eclampsia  in  our  adolescent 


])regnancy  group,  since  they  are  obvious- 
1\  young  and  also  have  a  high  incidence 
of  primijiarity.  As  indicated  in  Table 
4b\  tbe  usual  distribution  of  pre- 
eclampsia is  corroborated.  There  is  an 
increase  in  tbe  rate  f)f  ])re-eclamptic 
toxemia  in  tbe  adolescent  pregnancy 
wbetber  in  tbe  wbite  or  non-wbite  ])oi)- 
ulation.  There  is  also  an  increased  tox- 
emia rate  in  the  total  non-wbite  popula- 
tion as  compared  to  the  total  wbite  pop- 
ulation. These  data  can  be  interpreted 
to  sujjport  tbe  axiomatic  consideration 
indicating  tbat  pre-eclamptic  toxemia  of 
])regnancy  is  a  disease  of  young  primi- 
gravidas  of  low  economic  and  social 
background. 

Cesarean  Section.  The  two  most  com- 
mon indications  for  cesarean  section  are 
previous  cesarean  section  and  cephalo- 
l)elvic  disproportion.  It  has  previously 
been  established  that  contracted  pelvis 
occurs  with  a  greater  frequency  in  the 
adolescent  pregnancy  group.  There  is  a 
greater  incidence  of  prolonged  labor  and 
uterine  inertia  in  the  adolescent  group. 
It  might  be  expected  that  cesarean  sec- 
tion would  occur  with  a  greater  fre- 
quency in  the  adolescent  group  than  in 
tbe  adult  population. 

This  conclusion  is  not  borne  out  by 
these  data,  see  Table  4G.  The  reason 
])robably  being  that  previous  cesarean 
section  has  a  greater  numerical  impor- 
tance as  an  indication  for  cesarean  sec- 
tion than  contracted  pelvis,  uterine  iner- 
tia, or  prolonged  labor.  It  is  quite  ob- 
vious that  as  the  patient  ages  she  may 
enter  into  the  category  of  adult  preg- 
nancies with  a  previously  scarred  uterus 
and  with  a  continuing  indication  for 
cesarean  section.  This  would  tend  to 
weight  the  adult  pregnancies  dispropor- 
tionately due  to  tbe  incidence  of  repeat 
cesarean  sections.  Tbe  lesser  incidence  of 


I'ol.  4Q.  Xo.  1 


HASKIXS— REPRODUCTIVE   BEHAl'IOR    OF    THE    ADOLESCENT   FEMALE 


])reinature  separation  of  placenta  and 
placenta  previa  in  the  adult  groups  would 
favor  an  increased  cesarean  section  rate 
among  the  mature  parturients. 

SUMMARY 

The  reproductive  hehavior  of  adoles- 
cent females  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land Hospital  from  1950  through  1959 
was  reviewed.  The  data  revealed  an  in- 
creased incidence  of  uterine  inertia,  con- 
tracted pelvis,  prolonged  labor,  pre- 
eclampsia, and  prematurity  in  the  adoles- 
cent pregnancies.  There  was  a  lower  in- 
cidence of  placeta  previa,  premature  sep- 
aration of  the  placenta,  cesarean  section, 
and  fetal  anomalies  in  the  adolescent 
pregnancy  group. 


Comparative  studies  of  the  non-white, 
white  populations  revealed  a  greater  in- 
cidence in  the  non-white  group  of  uterine 
inertia,  contracted  pelvis,  premature  sep- 
aration of  the  placenta,  prolonged  labor, 
pre-eclamptic  toxemia,  cesarean  section, 
prematurity,  perinatal  mortality,  and 
multiple  pregnancy.  There  was  no  sig- 
niticant  difference  in  incidence  of  pla- 
centa previa,  fetal  anomaly,  or  abnormal 
presentation  in  the  white  or  non-white 
population. 

References 

1.  Israel,  S.  L.,  and  Woutersz,  T.  B.  : 
Teen-Age  Obstetrics.  Am.  J.  Obst.  &  Gynec, 
85:659,  1963. 


Jauiiary.  10^4 


A  Controlled  Suidy  of  Er>  lliroiii\  ciii  in  Acne 
Therapy 

HARRY  M.  ROBINSON,  JR.,  M.D. 


Sttdiks  kv  Rol)ins()n.'  Sul/J)C'ri;er  and 
P>aer.-  and  Andrews''  indicated  that  broad 
spectrum  antil)iotic  thera])v  was  of  great 
\alue  in  the  modern  approach  to  the  man- 
agement of  acne.  These  investigators 
demonstrated  that  certain  orally  admin- 
istered antil)iotic  drugs  were  of  value  in 
the  treatment  of  acne  papules  and  pus- 
tules. l)Ut  when  these  medications  were 
discontinued,  the  lesions  recurred.  It 
was  observed  that  a  satisfactory  result 
could  be  maintained  in  many  patients  by 
the  continued  administration  of  antibi- 
otics at  periodic  intervals  or  by  using 
small  doses  of  the  selected  medication. 
Although  the  specific  mode  of  action  of 
these  drugs  in  the  treatment  of  acne  has 
not  l)een  determined,  Sulzberger-  sug- 
gested that  the  beneficial  effect  could 
possibly  be  due  to  the  action  exerted 
against  internal  foci  of  infection  rather 
than  a  direct  action  on  the  cutaneous 
lesions.  It  was  the  consensus  of  opinion 
that  ])enicillin  was  of  no  value  in  the 
treatment  of  acne  vulgaris. 

The  study  conducted  by  Robinson^  in- 
dicated that  chloramphenicol,  the  tetra- 
cyclines, and  erythromycin  stearate  were 
equally  effective  in  the  treatment  of  acne 
vulgaris.  Penicillin,  administered  orallv 
or  by  injection,  was  of  no  value  in  the 
treatment  of  acne  vulgaris. 

The  following  long-term  study  was 
conducted  with  erythromvcin  stearate,  a 


From  the  Division  of  Dermatology,  Department  of 
Medicine,  School  of  Medicine  University  of  Maryland, 
Baltimore.  The  erythromycin  stearate  used  in  this 
study  was  furnished  as  250  nig.  filmtabs  by  Dr.  George 
Berryman  of  Abbott  Laboratories,  North  Chicago, 
Illinois. 


drug  producti\e  of  few  adverse  reactions, 
to  determine  its  eff'ectivity  in  the  treat- 
ment of  a  large  series  of  patients  who  had 
acne  vulgaris,  acne  rosacea,  or  acne  con- 
globata.  This  form  of  erythromvcin  has 
not  been  associated  with  to.xic  effects  on 
the  li\er  or  other  organs. 

Methods  and  Materials 

Patient  selection:  The  patients  includ- 
ed in  this  study  were  examined  and 
treated  in  the  author's  private  practice 
and  in  the  out-patient  department  derma- 
tology clinic  of  University  Hospital.  Both 
white  and  negro  patients  were  included. 
The  age  range  was  from  12  to  60  years. 
Except  for  acneiform  eruptions,  the  132 
cases  on  which  observations  were  com- 
pleted, were  in  general  good  health. 

The  treatment  periods  range  from 
three  to  ten  months.  Patients  completing 
less  than  two  months  of  treatment  were 
not  included  in  this  series. 

The  drug:  Erythromycin  stearate  was 
dispensed  in  250  mg.  coated  tablets 
(  Filmtab  ).  Inositol  Niacinate  in  200  mg. 
capsules  was  used  as  a  control  to  treat  30 
patients  inckided  in  this  study.  A  previ- 
ous investigation^  had  proved  this  drug 
to  be  ineffective  and  therefore  it  could  be 
used  as  a  satisfactory  control. 

Dosai/e  seliediile  of  erythroniyci)i  stea- 
late:  Treatment  was  initiated  with  a  dose 
of  250  mg.  of  erythromycin  stearate  four 
times  daily  until  improvement  was  noted. 
F'atients  who  did  not  show  satisfactory 
improvement  or  i)artial  improvement 
after  a  period  of  fottr  weeks  were  dropped 
from  the  study.  Thirty  patients  who  had 


10 


Vol.  49,  No.  1 


ROBINSON— CONTKOLLIil)  STUDY  OF  ERYTHROMYCIN  IN   ACNE 


improved  on  treatment  with  erythromy- 
cin stearate  after  four  weeks  were  given 
200  mg.  of  inositol  niacinate  four  times 
daily  in  place  of  the  antiliiotic.  This  was 
continued  for  foin-  weeks  and  after  re- 
lapses were  noted  in  all  of  them,  the 
erythromycin  stearate  treatment  was  re- 
sumed. Prior  to  antihiotic  therap\-.  all 
])atients  included  in  this  study  had  heen 
treated  with  dietary  restrictions,  im- 
l)roved  hygiene,  and  local  ap])lications  of 
colloidal  sulfur  lotions.  The  local  meas- 
ures were  continued  throughout  the 
period  of  antil)iotic  thera])y. 

Results 

Of  the  66  patients  with  acne  vulgaris, 
42  were  greatly  im])roved,  16  partially 
improved,  and  8  were  not  benefited.  The 
degree  of  improvement  was  based  on 
disappearance  of  pustules  and  papules, 
and  the  rapidity  of  response  to  institu- 
tion of  erythromycin  stearate  treatment. 
After  four  weeks,  the  dose  was  reduced 
and  it  was  possible  to  maintain  20  of 
these  patients  in  a  state  of  remission  with 
a  single  250  mg.  tablet  of  erythromvcin 
stearate  daily.  Sixteen  patients  main- 
tained improvement  with  a  dose  of  250 
mg.  of  the  antil)iotic  twice  daily.  In  14 
patients  it  was  possible  to  maintain  im- 
provement with  alternating  rest  periods 
of  two  weeks  and  two  weeks  of  erythro- 
mycin stearate.  Although  papules  and 
pustules  disappeared  under  treatment 
with  this  antibiotic,  it  was  found  to  have 
no  effect  on  the  presence  of  comedones  or 
excessive  sebaceous  secretion. 

Of  41  i)atients  with  acne  conglobata, 
Z2i  imj^roved  under  treatment  with 
erythromycin  stearate  as  expected,  the 
results  were  less  striking  than  those 
obtained  in  acne  vulgaris.  Twenty-five  of 
these  patients  were  greatly  improved, 
eight  were  partially  improved,  and  eight 
were  unim])roved.  It  was  not  i)ossible  to 


maintain  improvement  in  any  patient 
w  ith  a  single  250  mg.  tablet  of  erythro- 
mycin stearate  daily,  but  31  of  this  group 
maintained  improvement  on  two  tablets 
daily.  Using  the  same  scheme  of  alternat- 
ing rest  periods  that  was  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  acne  vulgaris  patients,  two 
of  this  group  maintained  improvement. 

Gratifying  results  were  obtained  in  the 
treatment  of  patients  with  acne  rosacea. 
Eighteen  of  25  patients  were  greatly  im- 
l)roved  and  five  were  partially  improved. 
Only  two  patients  in  this  series  were  not 
beiiefited  bv  the  treatment.  After  a  mini- 
mum of  six  months  of  continued  treat- 
ment, ten  patients  maintained  improve- 
ment on  single  daily  dosage,  nine  on  two 
taljlets  of  erythromycin  stearate  daily, 
and  four  maintained  improvement  on  al- 
ternating rest  periods  and  periods  of 
medication. 

Adverse  reactions  were  minimal.  Two 
patients  had  severe  diarrhea  and  were 
forced  to  discontinue  treatment.  Alild 
gastrointestinal  disttirbances  were  ob- 
served in  six  patients. 

Comment 

While  it  is  generally  recognized  that 
endocrine  iml)alance  is  basically  res])onsi- 
ble  for  the  j)roduction  of  acne  lesions,  safe 
and  eft'ective  measures  for  the  correction 
of  such  dysfunctions  have  not  been  dis- 
covered. The  factors  which  play  a  large 
part  of  the  production  and  aggravation 
of  acne  lesions  include  infection,  emo- 
tional stress,  dietary  indiscretion,  and 
])Oor  body  hygiene.  \\'hen  all  facts  are 
taken  into  consideration,  it  is  obvious 
that  the  treatment  of  acne  nnist  be  spe- 
cifically tailored  for  the  individual.  The 
role  played  by  infection  in  production  of 
acne  pustules  is  not  clearly  understood. 
1  Seeker'"  performed  bacteriologic  studies 
in  65  patients.  He  found  a  variety  of 
organisms  including  hemolytic  sta])hylo- 


Jdiiuarv.  1Q64 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDIClMi.  V Ml' F.RSITY  OF  MAKVLAM) 


Systematic   Administration   of  Erythromycin   Stearate  in   Acne 


Manifestalion 

Severitv              ^°-  "'            Greatly 
severity            patients         improved 

Partially             Un- 
improved       improved 

Maintained 

improvement 

on  250  mg. 

daily 

Maintained 
improvement 
on  250  mg. 
twice  daily 

Maintained 
improvement 
with  alter- 
nating rest 
periods  and 
periods  of 
medication 

Aciic 
\"ulgaris 

Mild                 20              15 

3                2 

10 

5 

3 

Moderate 

23 

15 

6                2 

9                5 

7 

Severe 

23              12 

7                4 

9 

6 

4 

Acne 

Congiobata 

Mild 

5 

3 

1 

1 

0 

4 

0 

Moderate 

11 

7 

1 

3 

0 

7 

1 

Severe 

25 

15 

6 

4 

0 

20 

1 

Acne 
Rosacea 

Mild 

5 

4 

1 

0 

2 

2 

1 

Moderate          15 

11 

3                16 

5 

3 

Severe 

5                3 

1 

1 

2 

2 

0 

coccus  allnis,  non-heinolytic  staphlococcus 
albus.  hemolytic  staphylococcus  aureus, 
non-hemolytic  staphylococcus  aureus,  and 
a  mixture  of  bacteria. 

A  clinical  history  and  physical  survey 
should  be  a  part  of  the  treatment  routine. 
Good  physician-patient  rapport,  improved 
hygiene,  dietary  restrictions,  and  other 
general  measures  are  effective  and  should 
be  instituted  as  the  initial  part  of  the 
regime  in  the  management  of  acne. 

Although  topical  therapy  is  necessary, 
the  preparations  usually  applied  to  the 
skin  surface  do  not  produce  dramatic 
improvement.  In  a  recent  study*'  using  a 
large  number  of  preparations  imder  blind 
label,  it  was  determined  that  creams  and 
lotions  which  contained  sulfur,  resorcin, 
or  a  combination  of  the  two  with  or 
v.'ithout  hydrocortisone  were  no  more 
eft'ective  in  many  instances  than  the 
placebo  alone. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  long  continued 
antibiotic  therapy  is  necessary  to  obtain 
and  maintain  a  satisfactory  result  in  the 
treatment  of  acne  vulgaris,  caution  must 
be  observed  to  avoid  serious  adverse  re- 
actions. In  order  to  avoid  destruction  of 


the  normal  flora  of  the  intestinal  tract  and 
skin,  rest  periods  of  two  weeks  alternat- 
ing with  two  weeks  of  antibiotic  therapy 
ha\-e  proved  to  be  the  most  satisfactory 
method  of  treatment.  Erythromycin 
stearate  which  has  a  low  incidence  of 
adverse  reactions  is  a  valuable  drug  in 
the  treatment  of  acne,  but  it  must  be  em- 
l)hasized  that  it  does  not  replace  any  of 
the  standard  methods  in  present  day  use. 
It  should  be  intended  as  supplementary 
therapy. 

The  control  drug  in  this  study,  inositol 
niacinate  in  a  dose  of  200  to  400  mg. 
four  times  daily  proved  to  be  ineffective 
in  the  treatment  of  acne  vulgaris  in  50 
patients.  In  the  initial  study^  no  adverse 
reactions  were  recorded.  For  these  two 
reasons  this  drug  was  considered  to  be 
ideal  for  use  as  a  control.  Thirty  patients 
previously  treated  with  this  medication 
were  subsequently  given  erythromycin 
stearate,  250  mg.  four  times  daily.  After 
improvement  was  observed,  the  antibi- 
otic was  discontinued  and  treatment  with 
inositol  niacinate  resumed.  After  several 
weeks,  relapses  occurred  in  all  30  patients 
and  when  erythromycin  stearate  therapy 


12 


Vol.  49,  No.  1 


ROBINSON— CONTROLLED  STUDY  OF  ERYTHROMYCIN  IN  ACNE 


Vv'as  resumed,  improvement  was  promjit. 
This  experiment  in  30  patients  proved 
conclusively  that  the  erythromycin  stea- 
rate  was  a  valualile  adjunct  in  the  tiierapy 
of  acne. 

In  previous  studies,  it  was  observed 
that  antibiotic  therapy  was  not  curative 
in  the  treatment  of  acne  but  will  produce 
})artial  to  complete  involution  of  lesions. 
When  these  drugs  are  discontiiuied. 
lesions  will  imariahly  recur  and  when 
readministered.  the  lesions  will  involute. 
Bv  careful  manipulation,  it  is  possible  to 
determine  the  maintenance  dose  required 
and  this  le\el  should  he  obtained  as  soon 
as  possible.  Alternating  rest  periods  with 
periods  of  medication  is  the  most  desir- 
able scheme  of  treatment. 

Conclusions 

The  antibiotic  drug,  erythromycin 
stearate,  is  a  valuable  supplement  in  the 
management  of  acne  vulgaris,  acne  con- 
globata,  and  acne  rosacea.  Although  the 
value  of  such  treatment  is  recognized,  it 
does  not  replace  radiation  therapy,  die- 


tarv  measures,  and  proper  local  therapy. 
Long  continued  administration  of  anti- 
biotic drugs  without  supervision  and  rest 
periods  is  not  advisable.  Improvement 
may  be  maintained  in  a  large  percentage 
of  patients  by  the  administration  of  small 
maintenance  doses. 

References 

1.  Robinson,  Harry  M.,  Jr.:  Role  uf  Anti- 
biotics in  Therapy  of  Acne,  A.M. A.  Arch.  Der- 
matol. &  Syphilol..  69:414-17,  1934. 

2.  Sulzberger,  M.  B.  and  Baer,  R.  L.  :  The 
J949  Year  Book  of  Dermatology  and  Syphilol- 
('(/y.  Chicago,  The  Year  Book  Publishers,  Inc., 
1950,  p.  29. 

3.  Andrews,  G.  C,  Domoxkos,  A.  X.,  and 
Post,  C.  F.  :  Treatment  of  Acne  Vulgaris, 
J.A.M.A.,  146:1107,  1951. 

4.  Robinson,  H.  M.,  Jr.  :  Unpublished  data. 

5.  Becker,  F.  T.  :  The  Acne  Problem. 
A.M.A.  Arch.  Dermatol.  &  SyphiloL,  67:173. 
1953. 

6.  Robinson,  H.  M.,  Jr.,  Robinson,  R.  C. 
y.,  and  Hollander,  Mark  :  Sebaceous  Secre- 
tion and  Comedones  (Quantitative  Study), 
Bull.  School  of  Med.  Univ.  of  Md..  Vol.  47. 
No.  3,  1962. 


Januarw  1964 


John  James  Aiidiiboii''s 
Balliiiiore  Physician  Patrons 

G.  E.  GIFFORD,  JR.,  M.A.,  M.D. 


John  James  Audubon  came  to  Balti- 
more in  1833.  soliciting,  subscriptions  to 
his  classic,  Birds  of  America.  In  a  letter 
dated  October  11,  he  wrote.  "I  have 
some  hopes  of  the  Library  of  Baltimore 
and  also  of  the  College  of  Sitrgeous:'^ 
A  postscript  to  the  letter  reads.  "I  have 
rose  from  my  Dinner  to  Receive  the 
Subscription  of  E.  Geddings  Escf  M.D. 
Baltimore."-  At  that  time  Dr.  Eli  Ged- 
dings (1799-1878)  was  Professor  of 
Anatomy  and  Physiology  (1831-1837) 
and  Dean  (1832-1834,  'l836-1837)  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  Medical 
School. ^"^  He  started  a  quarterly  journal, 
the  Baltimore  Medical  and  Surgical 
Journal,  in  1833,  which  he  changed  to  a 
monthly  in  1834,  giving  it  then  the  name 
North  America)!  Arcliiz'es  of  Medical 
and  Surgical  Sciences.  Volumes  II  and 
\'  of  Ornithological  Biography,  the  text 
accompanying  Audubon's  plates,  list 
Geddings  as  a  subscribers*^  and  entries 
in  Audubon's  letters  reveal  their  finan- 
cial dealings. ss  Dr.  Eli  Geddings  left  his 
chair  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in 
1837  and  returned  to  his  native  Charles- 
ton, South  Carolina.  On  the  burning  of 
Columbia  at  the  close  of  the  Civil  \\'ar, 
Cieddings'  entire  fine  library,  which  had 
been  sent  there  from  Charleston  for 
safety,  was  destroyed.^  The  Audubon 
folio  must  have  been  burned  too ;  Ged- 
dings' descendants  do  not  know  of  its 
existence. s- 

A  colleague  of  Dr.  Eli  Geddings  was 
Professor  Jules  Timoleon  Ducatel  (1796- 
1849 )''^--''    who    was    described    as    an 


Portrait  of  ¥.\\  (Jeddings,  M.D..  from  an   unattributed 

engraving    in    the    Charleston    Medical    Journal    and 

Review. 

(Courtesy   of   Joseph    I.   Waring.   M.D.) 

"ardent  and  enthusiastic  student  of  na- 
ture" and  "ever  ready  to  impart  his 
knowledge  to  others. "S'  His  father,  Ed- 
mund Ducatel.  a  celebrated  Baltimore 
druggist,  had  been  one  of  the  Baltimore 
subscribers  to  Alexander  Wilson's  Amer- 
ican Ornithology.-^  Dr.  Ducatel  was  a 
Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy  in  the 
Mechanics'  Institute  before  he  became 
Professor  of  Chemistry  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  Medical  School  (183U 
1837).  Ducatel  subscribed  to  the  smaller 
edition    of   Audubon's    Birds    of   Amer- 


14 


Vol.  49,  No.  1 


GIFFORD—JOHN  JAMES  AUDUBON'S  BALTIMORE  PHYSICIAN  PATRONS 


jca,^9, 25  gj^(-|  according  to  an  Audubon 
letter  dated  Charleston,  S.  C,  October 
25th,  1833,  Dr.  Ducatel  gave  Audubon 
the  name  of  one  of  his  medical  students, 
Thomas  Edmondson,  Jr.-^ 

Sn< — 

My  I-"riencl  J.  T.  Ducatell  writes  me 
that  it  is  your  desire  to  reecivc  from  me, 
a  memorandum  explanatory  of  tlie  manner 
in  which  the  pubHcation  of  my  Work 
entitled  "The  Birds  of  America"  is  car- 
ried on ;  tlie  price  of  this  work,  time  of 
completion  &  etc.  This  I  now  will  do 
with  the  more  pleasure  knowing  that  you 
are  naturally  yourself  a  student  of  Nature. 
"The  Birds  of  America"  will  form  4  Folio 
Volumes  each  containing  one  hundred 
plates, — the  last  perhaps  more  ?  The  whole 
is  published  in  numbers  each  of  5  plates 
of  which  5  or  6  or  perhaps  7  numbers 
come  out  annually — the  cost  of  each  of 
these  numbers  is  ten  dollars  payable  on 
delivery  of  the  same  or  when  called  for.— 
Persons  subscribing  at  this  time  receive 
the  four  volumes  yS  bound  in  Russia 
leather  for  which  they  have  to  disburse 
200  dollars  for  the  20  numbers  contained  in 
it  &  20  more  for  the  price  of  the  binding — 
the  2<i  volume  will  be  finished  in  August 
or  Sept>'  ne.xt  and  when  fhaf  is  delivered 
the  same  sum  of  220  $  will  have  to  be 
paid — after  this  the  subscriber  will  receive 
the  X^s  for  the  3d  Volume  as  they  are 
forwarded  from  England  and  pay  for  them 
when  askd — It  will  take  in  all  probability 
Eight  Years  now  to  finish  the  Work  from 
this  state.  The  2  first  volumes  contain 
Land  birds — the  3rd  Water  birds  and  the 
4  birds  of  both  classes  to  enable  me  to 
introduce  all  subsequent  discoveries  from 
after  the  finishing  of  the  3rd  volume — 

One  volume  of  letter  press  accompanies 
each  vol   of   Illustrations   and   if  paid   for 
separately — the  cost  of  each  of  these  about 
4  Dollars- 
Believe  me  with  great  respect 

Your  very  obt.  Svt. 

John  J.  Audubon 
to  Edmundson  Esqr. 
Baltimore 

P.S.     Should  you  please  to  honor  me  with 
your   subscription  to  my  Work,  have  the 


goodness  to  write  to  me  at  this  place  care 
of  Revd  John  Bachman — 

In  1834  Audubon  returned  to  Balti- 
more, where  in  a  letter  of  March  7  he 
wrote  "I  wish  to  make  5  or  6  drawings 
of  Ducks  here  and  will  probably  spend  a 
month  at  this  city."-''  Approximately  one 
month  later,  in  a  letter  April  5th  he 
confessed,  "I  did  next  to  nothing  at  Bal- 
timore in  the  Bird-way — Drew  only  a 
Male  canvas-back  Duck — but  I  obtained  a 
new  subscriber — that  was  something!"-^ 
The  next  day  he  recorded  in  a  letter, 
"Thomas  Edmundson,  Jr. — New  Sub- 
scriber 1st  V'e  220.00.'"-'9  Edmondson 
was  listed  as  a  subscriber  in  both  Vol- 
umes II  and  V  of  the  OrnithoJogical  Bi- 
ograpliy}^ 

Thomas  Edmondson,  Jr.,  M.D.  (1808- 
1856)  ^^o-^'^  was  graduated  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine 
in  1834,  but  never  practiced  his  profes- 
sion. Inheriting  wealth,  he  became  a 
patron  of  the  arts  and  "with  whom  art 
collecting  was  more  an  obsession  than  a 
gentlemanly  pursuit"  ;-^^  he  owned  eight 
cellos  and  fifteen  violins,  of  which  two 
were  by  Stradivarius  and  one  by  Guan- 
narius.  His  home,  "Harlem,"  was  given 
to  the  city  of  Baltimore  upon  his  death, 
and  Edmondson  Avenue  in  Baltimore 
is  named  for  him.^^  Edmondson  amassed 
a  huge  library  including  Audubon's  Birds 
of  America  and  Quadrupeds  of  North 
America.  In  his  will-^^  Edmondson  left 
directions  that  his  books  and  picttires 
were  to  be  divided  among  the  children, 
hut  at  his  death  his  collection  was  de- 
posited in  the  Maryland  Historical  So- 
ciety and  dispersed  by  i)ublic  sale  in 
1870.  Item  #351  in  the  catalog  of  Ed- 
mondson's  library  is  Audubon's  Birds  of 
America.  A  copy  of  this  catalog  anno- 
tated by  a  Sanuiel  I.  Harper  lists 
"Warren"    as    purchaser    and    the    auc- 


Jaiiuarv.  l'^>64 


15 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OI-  MEDICIXE.  IWirJiRSITV  OF  M.IIO'L.IXP 


,//. 


7/  /////.  i 


^  r////^  ///// 


////  ///r.j/  // 


Book     plate    of    Thomas    Edmondson,    Jr.,    M.D.,    in 

his   set   of   Birds   of   America,   now   in   the   Cincinnati 

Public    Library. 


tioiieer's    copy    lists    "$750.00"    as    tht 
selling  price. •^'' 

This  "Warren"  may  have  heen  a  Cin- 
cinnati book  dealer,  Alfred  Warren, 
"wholesale  dealer  in  periodicals,  news- 
papers, magazines  and  cheap  publica- 
tions,"^'' who  acted  as  an  agent  for  Joseph 
Longworth  of  Cincinnati.  The  Pul)lic 
Library  of  Cincinnati  purchased  the 
Audubon  folio  from  Joseph  Longworth 
for  $1,000.00  in  1870.  Today  the  set  is 
still  in  that  library  in  the  Rare  Book- 
Room,  bearing  the  original  3^/4  x  2.)4 
book  plate  of  Thomas  lulmondson,  Jr.-^'' 

Nathaniel  Potter,  M.D.  (1770- 
1843)^^^"'*^  was  one  of  the  founder.s  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
Medicine  and  its  Dean  in  1812  and  1814. 
He  occupied  the  chair  of  Medicine  from 
1807  to  1843  and  is  chiefly  remembered 
t(jday  for  his  theories  on  the  etif)logy  of 
yellow  fever  and  as  sometime  editor  of 
the  Baltimore  Medical  and  Philosophical 


Lyceitiit.  None  of  the  existing  biograph- 
ical material  mentions  his  interest  in 
natural  history  or  ornithology,  but  he 
had  been  a  contributor  to  the  classic, 
.Imcrican  Oruitholoc/y^'  of  .Mexander 
Wilson,  'i'his  includes  a  letter,  "which  as 
it  contains  some  new  and  interesting 
facts,  and  several  amusing  incidents,  il- 
lustrative of  the  character  of  the  birds, 
1  shall  with  ]>leasure  lay  before  the 
reader."  The  letter  was  a  description  of 
tlie  Cow-Bunting,  today  called  the  Cow 
bird.  It  begins,  "I  regret  e.xceedingly  that 
])rofessional  avocations  have  put  it  out 
of  my  i)ower  to  have  replied  earlier  to 
your  favor  of  the  19th  of  September  ;  and 
although  1  shall  not  now  reflect  all  the 
light  you  desire,  a  faithful  transcript 
from  memoranda,  noted  at  the  moment 
of  observation,  may  not  l)e  altogether 
uninteresting."  Then  follows  a  footnote 
with  clinical  overtones. 

It  may  not  be  improper  to  remark  here, 
that  the  appearance  of  this  bird  in  Spring 
is  sometimes  looked  for  with  anxiety  by 
the  farmers.  If  the  horned  cattle  hapi)ened 
to  be  diseased  in  Spring,  they  ascribe  it 
to  worms,  and  consider  the  ])ursuit  of  the 
birds  as  an  unerring  indication  of  the 
necessity  of  medicine,  .-\lthough  this 
hy])othesis  of  the  worms  infesting  the 
cattle  so  as  to  produce  much  disease  is 
problematical,  their  super  abundance  at 
this  season  cannot  be  denied.  The  larvae 
of  several  species  are  deposited  in  the 
vegetables  when  green,  and  the  cattle  are 
fed  on  them  as  fodder  in  winter.  This 
furnishes  the  principal  inducement  for  the 
birds  to  follow  the  cattle  in  Spring,  when 
the  aperient  effects  of  the  green  grasses 
evacuate  great  numbers  of  worms.  .\t  this 
season  the  Pccctris  often  stuffs  its  crop 
with  them  till  it  can  contain  no  more. 
There  are  several  species,  but  the  most 
numerous  is  a  small  white  one  similar  to, 
if  not  the  same  as,  the  .  Iscaris  of  the 
human  species. 

X'ot  only  had  Potter  made  memoranda 
and  o])served  the  birds'   food  habits,  he 


16 


Vol  49.  No.  I 


GIFFORD— JO/IN  JAMES  AUDUBON'S  BALTIMORE   FHYSICIAN   PATRONS 


had  offered,  "a  premium  for  the  nest, 
and  the  Negroes  in  the  neighborhood 
brought  me  a  variety  of  nests  ;  but  they 
were  always  traced  to  some  other  bird." 
1'hen  follows  a  detailed  account  of  the 
cow  ])irds"  nesting  habits,  song,  and 
copulatory  beliavior.  The  letter  ends. 

This,  sii-,  is  tlic  amount  of  my  infor- 
mation oil  tliis  sul)ject,  and  is  no  more 
than  a  transcript  from  my  notes  made 
several  years  ago.  For  ten  years  past,  since 
I  have  lived  in  this  city,  many  of  the  im- 
pressions of  nature  have  been  effaced,  and 
artificial  ideas  have  occupied  their  places. 
The  pleasure  I  formerly  received  in  view- 
ing and  examining  the  objects  of  nature 
are,  however,  not  entirely  at  your  service. 
With  the  sincerest  wishes  for  the  success 
of  your  useful  and  arduous  undertaking,  I 
am,  dear  Sir,  yojrs  very  respectfully, 
Nathaniel    Potter.  . 

Dr.  Potter  is  not  listed  as  a  subscriber 
to  Wilson's  .liitcrican  Oniithology,'^^  but 
he  did  subscribe  to  Audubon's  Birds  of 
America.-^"  luitries  in  iVudubon's  letters 
indicate  some  financial  dit^culty  on  Pot- 
ter's i)art.-'"  Potter  is  not  listed  as  a  sub- 
scril)er  in  the  Ornitliohxiical  Bioyrapliy^'' 
but  in  Ledger  B  of  Audubon,  now  in 
the  Atidul)on  Museum,  Henderson,  Ken- 
tucky, there  is  the  following  entry,  "103 
— Potter.  Nathaniel — Baltimore,  July 
18th,  1835 — C."  The  "C"  means  that  the 
total  sul)scription  was  completed;"''  how- 
ever, as  late  as  February  21,  1840,  Audu- 
l)on  wrote  "Dr.  Potter  is  very  ill  and 
poor  and  yet  I  hope  to  get  his  note  before 
1  leave  here. "5-  Potter's  set  of  the  Birds 
of  America  is  most  likely  the  set  in  the 
Tilden  Library,  New  York  Public  Li- 
l)rary  ;  on  the  reverse  side  of  plate  No. 
()(),  plate  CCCXXVI  in  volume  4  there 
is  a  i)encilled  inscription,  "Nos.  63,  64. 
65.  66.  for  Nath^  Potter.  b:sq.  M.D."53 
Mr.  Tilden  acquired  tliis  set  for  his 
lil)rary  in  18<)5.  We  know  that  Potter 
(lied   in   pentn-y   in    1843   and   that   most 


likely  his  library  was  sold.  The  where- 
abouts of  the  set  from  Potter's  purchase 
in  1835  to  1895,  a  60-year  span,  remains 
unknown. 

Tlic  last  physician-nattu"alist  patron  of 
Audu])on  was  (lideon  ]>.  Smith.  An  ento- 
mologist of  sorts,  he  was  graduated  from 
the  University  of  Maryland  in  1840.5'^ 
Dr.  Smith  became  j.  j.  Audubon's  agent 
in  P)altiniore  and  Audubon  named  a  bird. 
Smith's  Longspur,  for  him.  The  location 
of  Dr.  Smith's  copy  of  Audubon's  Birds 
of  America  is  tniknown,  but  an  Audubon 
letter  to  G.  P>.  Smith  is  part  of  the 
Thayer  Collection  of  Audubonalia  at 
Houghton  Library.  Harvard  Univer- 
sity.^^ It  is  of  particular  interest  since 
there  is  a  brief  signed  note  by  Dr.  Smith 
at  the  l)()ttoni  of  it.  The  letter  reads  as 
follows : 

Fort  L^nion.  M°  3  miles  aliove 

the  Yellow  Stone  River, 
Lat.  47°  20'  North 

June  13th.  1843 

Mv  Dear  Friends, 

We  arrived  safe  and  all  well  yesterday 
afternoon  at  this  place,  which  is  unlike 
anything  I  ever  saw  before.  I  cannot  write 
you  a  long  letter  on  a/c  of  the  confusion 
and  excitement  at  this  moment  around  us. 
We  are  in  the  very  midst  of  the  Game 
Country.  We  saw  yesterday  no  less  than 
22  Mountain  Rams  together,  scampering 
over  the  High  Clay  Hills  close  to  our 
Boat — we  have  made  the  quickest  trip 
ever  performed  by  man  to  this  place,  and 
tliat  without  touching  a  single  snag  or 
having  scarcely  an  accident  worthy  of 
remark. 

We  intend  leaving  this  place,  on  our  way 
downward,  on  the  15th  or  20th  of  August 
and  proceed  slowly  to  afYord  us  all  oppor- 
tunities possible  to  collect  what  ever  we 
can.  As  well  as  knowledges  of  things  that 
we  coiihi  not  study  from  the  deck  of  a 
steamer. 

Pledge  to  write  to  \'ictor  or  John  when 
you  receive  this,  and  pledge  also  remem- 
i)er    me    kindlN-    to    your    good    wife    and 


Jaiuicirv.  F>64 


17 


Smith's    Longspur,    Birds    of    America.    Philadelphia    and    New    York,    J.    J.    Audubon,    Volume    VII, 

1844,  plate  487,  p.  337. 


daughter   and   my   friend   and   believe   me 
always  yours  sincerely, 

J.  J.  Audubon 
Baltimore  July   10,    1843 

My  Dear  Sir, 

I  am  sure  you  will  accept  my  congratu- 
lations on  the  contents  of  the  above  wel- 
come letter.  I  am  getting  about  again  but 
slowly.  In  haste  for  the  mail. 

Yours, 

Gideon  B.  Smith 

The  close  relationship  of  natural  sci- 
ence and  medicine  in  the  revolutionary 
era  of  America  has  been  pointed  out.^^'  ^^ 
This  continued  into  the  frontier  stage  as 
illustrated  by  the  vast  amount  of  orni- 
thology done  by  Army  physicians. ^^  The 
patronage  of  Audubon  l)y  a  group  of 
I->altimore  physician-naturalists  indicates 
the  ties  between  medicine  and  natural 
science  in  Baltimore  in  the  early  1830's. 
Audubon  summarized  the  situation  well, 
"At  Baltimore  .  .  .  my  friends  .  .  .  Drs. 
Potter,  Edmondson.  Geddings  and  Du- 
catel  greatly  aided  me  in  augmenting  my 
list  of  subscribers  .  .  .  my  very  best 
ackncnvleflgements  are   offered   to  these 


gentlemen    for    their    polite    and    kind 
attentions."''"'' 

Acknowledgments 

I  would  like  to  acknowledge  the  assistance 
of  the  following:  Yeatman  Anderson  III, 
Curator  of  Rare  Books,  the  Public  Library  of 
Cincinnati ;  Elizabeth  C.  Litsinger,  Head, 
Maryland  Department,  Enoch  Pratt  Free  Li- 
brary ;  Joseph  I.  Waring,  M.D.,  Historical 
Library,  Medical  College  of  South  Carolina; 
Alice  Hester  Rich,  Assistant  Librarian,  Mary- 
land Historical  Society;  Mrs.  I.  M.  Robinson, 
Librarian,  University  of  Maryland,  Health 
Sciences  Library ;  L.  R.  Newburn,  Acting  Li- 
brarian, Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of 
Maryland;  William  A.  Jackson,  Librarian, 
Houghton  Library,  Harvard  University ;  Har- 
old Merklen,  Research  Librarian,  the  New 
York  Public  Library;  Charles  R.  Hall,  Park 
Superintendent,  Audubon  Memorial  State 
Park,  Henderson,  Kentucky  ;  Professor  Joseph 
Ewan,  Tulane  University ;  Mr.  Waldemar  H. 
Fries  ;  and  Mr.  Richard  H.  Dickie. 

References 

1.  Corning,  Howard  (editor)  :  Letters  of 
John  James  Audubon,  1S26-1840.  Boston,  Club 
of  Odd  Volumes,  Volume  I,  1930,  p.  262. 

2.  Ibid.,  p.  263. 

3.  CoRDELL,  Eugene  F.  :  The  Medical  An- 
nals oj  Marvland.  ]79Q-hSW.   Baltimore,   Wil- 


18 


/(;,'.  49.  No.  1 


GIFFORD—JOHN  JAMES  AUDUBON'S  BALTIMORE  PHYSICIAN  PATRONS 


lianis  &  Wilkins,  1903,  pp.  53,  89,  95-96,  406- 
407,  693,  715. 

4.  QuiNAN,  John  R.  :  Medical  Annals  of 
Baltimore  from  1608-1880.  Baltimore,  Press 
of  Issac  Friedenwald,  1884,  pp.  93-94,  102-103, 
147-148. 

5.  Appli'tou's  Cyclopedia  of  America)!  Biog- 
raphy, Volume  2,  ])]).  240,  622;  Volume  5,  pp. 
90. 

6.  "J-  ^I-  T."  Necrology,  Trans.  American 
Medical  Association,  Volume  30,  1879,  pp. 
819-823. 

7.  In  Memorium,  Eli  Geddings,  a  Biograph- 
ical Sketch  of  the  Professional  Career  of  the 
late  Professor  Eli  Geddings,  M.D.  Charleston, 
Walker,  Evans  and  Cogswell,  1878.  Presented 
to  the  Medical  Society  of  South  Carolina  by 
Doctors  F.  M.  Robertson,  T.  L.  Ogier  and 
j.  P.  Chazal,  a  Committee  appointed  for  that 
])urpose.  (  Copy  in  the  Historical  Library  of 
the  Medical  College  of  South  Carolina.) 

8.  CoRDELL,  Eugene  F.  :  Historical  Sketch 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Med- 
icine. /(SW-icVW.  Baltimore,  Press  of  Issac 
Friedenwald,  1891,  pp.  77-78,  209,  210. 

9.  Kellev  and  Burrage  :  Dictionary  of 
American  Medical  Biography.  New  York,  D. 
Applet  on  and  Co.,  1928,  pp.  458-459. 

10.  Audubon,  John  James:  OrnitJwlogical 
Biography.  Volume  II,  Boston,  Hilliard,  Gray 
and  Co.,  1835,  p.  581.  Under  subscribers  to  the 
"Birds  of  America"'  obtained  since  the  publi- 
cation of  the  first  volume  ( 1832)  are  "E. 
(ieddings,  Esq.  M.D.,  Baltimore,  Maryland 
and  Thomas  Edmondston,  Jr.,  Esq.  Baltimore, 
Maryland."  Audubon,  John  James,  Ornitho- 
logical Biography.  Volume  V,  Edinburgh. 
Adam  &  Charles   Black,   1839,  p.   648.  Under 

"List    of    American    Subscribers,     #58 

Smith,  Esq.  Baltimore,  #59  Thomas  Ed- 
mondston, jun.  Esq.  Baltimore,  #68  E.  Ged- 
dings, Esq.  AI.D.,  Charleston,  South  Caro- 
lina." 

A  list  of  American  subscribers  is  also  in 
Herrick,  Francis  Hobart.  Audubon  the  Na- 
turalist. New  York,  D.  Appleton  and  Co., 
1917,  Volume  II,  pp.  380-382. 

11.  Letters  of  .lohii  .James  Auduhan,  X'olume 
II,  pp.  23,  27,  142,  187,  268. 

12.  Communication  of  Mr.  Waldemar  II. 
Fries. 

13.  CoKDKi.i.,  Eix.EXE  F. :  Historical  .Sketch 
of  the  Uni^'crsity  of  .Maryland  .Scliool  of  Med- 


icine,   1807-1890.    Baltimore,    Press    of    Issac 
Friedenwald,   1891,  pp.  74-75,  77-79. 

14.  CoRDELL,  Eugene  F.  :  The  Medical  An- 
nals of  Maryland,  1799-1899.  Baltimore,  Wil- 
liams &  Wilkins,  1903,  pp.  383,  684,  688,  701. 

15.  Quinan,  John  R.  :  Medical  Annals  of 
Baltimore  from  1608-1880.  Baltimore,  Press  of 
Issac  Friedenwald,  1884,  pp.  93-94. 

16.  Baltimore  Sun,  April  24,  1949. 

17.  Anonymous  :  "The  Diary  of  Robert 
Sitmor."  Maryland  Historical  Maga.zi>ie,  1922, 
17,  pp.  249,  338. 

18.  Uhler,  John  Earle  :  "The  Delphian 
Club."  Maryland  Flistorical  Magazine,  1925, 
20,  pp.  306,  329-330. 

19.  Watters,  Robinson  :  "Audubon  and  His 
Baltimore  Patrons."  Maryland  Historical  Mag- 
azine, 1943,  Volume  38,  pp.  7i. 

20.  HoYT,  William  D.,  Jr.  :  "The  Warden 
Papers."  Maryland  Historical  Magazine,  1943, 
Volume  38,  p.  73. 

21.  Hartridge,  Walter  Charlton  :  "The 
Refugees  from  the  Island  of  St.  Domingo  in 
Maryland."  Maryland  Historical  Magazine, 
1943,  Volume  38,  pp.  114-115. 

22.  HoYT,  William  D.,  Jr.  :  "The  Monday 
Club."  Maryland  Historical  Magazine,  1954, 
Volume  49,  pp.  308,  313. 

23.  Bierck,  Harold  A.,  Jr.  :  "Spoils,  Soils 
and  Skinner."  Maryland  Historical  Magazine, 
1954,  Volume  49,  p.  151. 

24.  Cantwell,  Robert:  Alexander  JJ'ilson. 
Philadelphia  and  New  York,  J.  B.  Lippincott 
Co.,  1961,  p.  287. 

25.  Letters  of  John  James  Audubon.  Vol- 
ume II,  p.  245. 

26.  Audubon's  letter  to  Thomas  Edmondson, 
October  25th,  1833,  was  presented  to  the  ]Mary- 
land  Historical  Society  December  7,  1935, 
by  Edmondson's  granddaughters,  the  Misses 
Hough.  It  is  #47294  of  the  Society's  collec- 
tion. 

27.  Letters  of  John  James  .Audubon.  Volume 
II,   p.   12. 

28.  Ibid.,  p.  15. 

29.  Ibid.,  p.  19. 

30.  Cordell,  Eugene  F.  :  Historical  Sketch 
of  tJie  Unizrrsity  of  Maryland  School  of  Med- 
icine, 1807-1890.  Baltimore,  Press  of  Issac 
Friedenwald,  1891,  p.  173. 

31.  .  /  Century  of  Baltimore  Collecting.  1840- 
1<>40.   Baltimore  Museum  of  Art,  1940. 


Jtinuary.  1^>64 


19 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE.  UNIl'ERSITV  OF  MARYLAND 


32.  Westox,  Latrobe  :  "Art  and  Artists  in 
Baltimore."  Maryland  Historical  Magazine, 
1938,  Volume  2>i,  p.  220. 

2,3.  Baltimore  Sun,  June  12,  1949. 

34.  Baltimore  Sun,  obituary,  Xovember  26, 
1856,  Page  1,  Column  6. 

35.  Edmondson's  will  dated  3  Marcli  1853 ; 
probated  9  December  1856,  Baltimore,  Mary- 
land. 

36.  The  Maryland  Historical  Society  has  a 
copy  of  "Catalogue  of  a  Splendid  Collection  of 
Books,  Being  the  Private  Library  of  the  Late 
Thomas  Edmondson,  Jr.,  March  17,  18,  19, 
1870,"  annotated  by  Samuel  L  Harper.  Page 
13.  after  item  351.  lists  "Warren"  as  purchaser. 

37.  Communication  of  Yeatman  Anderson, 
III.  Curator  of  Rare  Books,  Cincinnati  Public 
Library.  The  Public  Library  of  Cincinnati  has 
the  four  volumes  of  Audubon's  Birds  of  Amer- 
ica. Edmondson's  book  plate  is  in  each  of  the 
four  volumes.  Edmondson's  copies  of  the 
Synopsis  and  Ornithological  Biography  have 
been  rebound,  losing  the  bookplates. 

38.  Dictionary  of  American  Biography,  Vol- 
ume 15,  1935,  pp.  131-132. 

39.  QuiXAX,  John  R.  :  Medical  Annals  of 
Baltimore  from  1608-1880,  Baltimore,  Press 
of  Issac  Friedenwald,  1884,  pp.  147-148. 

40.  CoRDELL,  EuGEXE  F. :  Historical  Sketch 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Med- 
icine, 1807-1890.  Baltimore,  Press  of  Issac 
Friedenwald,  1891,  pp.  4,  85,  88,  107-109,  209- 
210.  Portrait  opposite  page  16. 

41.  CoRDELL,  EuGEXE  F. :  The  Medical  An- 
nals of  Maryland,  1799-1899.  Williams  & 
Wilkins,  Baltimore,  1903,  pp.  21,  43,  51-53, 
59-61,  64-65,  73-76,  78,  82,  86-87,  98,  100,  S37, 
657,  668,  683,  698. 

42.  CoRDELL,  Eugene  R.  :  University  of 
Maryland,  1807-1907.  Volume  I,  New  York, 
Lewis  Publishing  Company,  pp.  213-214.  Por- 
trait 1).  213. 

43.  WiLLiA.MS,  Stephex  West:  American 
Medical  Biography.  Greenfield,  Mass.,  L.  Mer- 
riam  and  Co.,  1845,  pp.  506-507. 

44.  Howell,  Clewell:  "Dr.  Nathaniel  Pot- 
ter wrote  a  Book."  Bulletin  of  the  School  of 
Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  1958,  Vol- 
ume 43,  pp.  64-72. 

45.  Major.  Ralph  H.  :  A  Flistory  of  Med- 
icine. Volume  II,  Springfield,  Illinois,  Charles 
C  Thomas,  1954,  p.  767. 

46.  "Necrology  of  Dr.  Potter."  Maryland 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  Volume  3,  1843, 
P]..  391-392. 


47.  Wilson,  Alexander:  American  Ornith- 
ology. Volume  II,  Philadelphia,  Bradford  & 
Inskeep,  1810,  pp.  152-160. 

48.  Caxtwell,  Robert:  Alexander  Wilson. 
Philadelphia,  J.   B.  Lippincott  Co.,  1961. 

49.  Letters  of  John  James  Audubon.  Volume 
I.  p.  186. 

50.  Letters  of  John  James  Audubon.  \'olunie 
I,  p.  190;  Volume  II,  pp.  27,  242-243. 

51.  Communication  of  Mr.  W.  Fries. 

52.  Deaxe,  Ruthven  :  "An  Unpublished 
Letter  of  John  James  Audubon  to  His  Family." 
(Baltimore,  February  21,  1840)  Auk.  Volume 
25,  1908,  pp.  166-169. 

53.  This  inscription  was  discovered  by  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  W.  H.  Fries.  This  corresponds  with 
the  January  23,  1837,  entry  into  Ledger  B, 
Audubon   Park,   Kentucky. 

54.  GiFFORD,  George  E.,  Jr.,  and  Laura  T.  : 
"John  James  Audubon  and  Gideon  B.  Smith, 
M.D."  Bulletin  of  the  History  of  Medicine, 
1961,  Volume  35,  pp.  475-477. 

55.  Audubon's  letter  of  June  13,  1843,  to  Dr. 
(jideon  B.  Smith  is  mentioned  in  his  Journal : 
Audubon,  Maria.  Aitdubon  and  His  Journals. 
New  York,  Dover,  1960,  \'ol.  II,  p.  29.  It  was 
published  previously  in  McDermott,  John  Fran- 
cis, Up  the  Missouri  -a'ith  Auduboti.  Norman, 
Oklahoma,  University  of  Oklahoma  Press, 
1951,  footnote  pp.  97-98,  is  given  as  the  source 
b}  McDermott.  Niles  National  Register,  LXIV 
(July  29,  1843),  p.  347.  The  original  letter, 
postscripted  by  Dr.  Gideon  B.  Smith,  is  now  a 
part  of  the  John  E.  Thayer  Collection  of 
.\udubonaIia  deposited  in  Houghton  Library 
(  HMS  AM  1482  [159]  ).  William  A.  Jackson, 
Librarian,  lias  given  permission  for  reproduc- 
tion. 

56.  HiXDi.K.  Brooke:  "The  Doctors:  Na- 
turalists and  Physicians."  Chapter  III,  The 
Pursuit  of  Science  in  Rezvlutionary  America, 
1735-1789,  Chapel  Hill,  University  of  North 
Carolina  Press,  1956,  pp.  36-58. 

57.  Smali.woou,  William  Martin  and 
Coox,  Mabel  Sarah  :  "What  Americans 
Studied  in  European  Universities."  Chap.  II. 
Natural  History  and  the  American  Mind,  New 
York,  Columbia  University  Press,  1941,  pp.  57- 
100. 

58.  Hume,  Edgar  Erski.ne:  Ornithologists 
0}  the  United  States  Army  Medical  Corps. 
Baltimore,  Johns  Hopkins  Press,  1942. 

59.  Audubon,  John  James:  Ornithological 
Biography.  Volume  II,  Boston,  Hilliard,  Gray 
and  Company,  1835,  p.  xxiii. 


20 


Vol.  49,  No.  1 


MEDICAL      SCHOOL      SECTION 


Hear    Members    of    the    Facitlfy.    Jlimnii.    Students,    and 
rriends  oj  ilie  Medieal  Sclwol: 

At  tlif  l)eginning  of  a  new  year  it  is  appropriate  to 
re\ie\v  the  l)asic  guide  lines  provided  for  the  program  of 
nu'chcal  education  at  ^Laryland  Pertinent  historical  refer- 
ences are  quoted  helow. 

"An  Act  for  pro\iding  a  Medical  College  in  the  city  or 
precincts  of  Pualtimore  for  instruction  of  students  in  the 
different  hranches  of  medicine." — passed  by  the  State  Leg- 
islature at  Annapolis  (ju  December  18,  1807.  stated: 


"IT — l]e  it  enacted,  by  the  Cjeneral  Assembly  of  Mary- 
land, that  a  college  for  the  promotion  of  medical  knowledge, 
by  the  name  of  the  College  of  Medicine  of  Maryland,  be 
established  in  the  city  or  precincts  of  Baltimore,  upon  the 
following  fundamental  princi])les.  to  wit:  The  said  college 
shall  be  founded  and  maintained  forever  upon  a  most  lib- 
eral plan,  for  the  benefit  of  students  of  every  country  and 
every  religious  denominati(tn,  who  shall  be  freely  admitted 
to  e(|ual  ])rivileges  and  advantages  of  education,  and  to 
•  ill  the  honors  of  the  college,  according  to  their  merit,  with- 
out requiring  or  enforcing  any  religious  or  ci\il  test,  or 
urging  their  attendance  U]wn  any  ]iarticular  plan  of  religi- 
ous worshi])  or  service:  nor  shall  any  preference  be  given 
in  choice  of  a  president,  professor,  lecturer  or  other  officer 
of  the  said  college,  on  account  of  his  particular  religious 
profession,  but  regard  shall  be  solely  paid  to  his  moral 
character,  and  other  necessary  qualifications  to  till  the 
I)lace  for  which  he  shall  l)e  chosen." 

***** 


January,  1964 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNU'ERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 
Dean's  Letter  (Cont.) 

An  Act  for  providing  a  University  in  the  city  or  precincts 
of  Baltimore,  by  the  name  of  the  University  of  Maryland, 
passed  the  Legislatnre  at  Annapolis  on  December  29,  1812. 
It  stated: 

"1.  Be  it  enacted  by  the  General  Assembly  of  Maryland, 
That  the  college  for  the  promotion  of  medical  knowledge, 
by  the  name  of  the  College  of  Medicine  of  Maryland,  be 
and  the  same  is  hereby  authorized  to  constitute,  appoint 
and  annex  to  itself  the  other  three  colleges  or  faculties,  viz. : 
The  faculty  of  Di\'inity,  the  faculty  of  Law  and  the  faculty 
of  the  Arts  and  Sciences ;  and  that  the  four  faculties  or 
colleges,  thus  united,  shall  be,  and  they  are  hereby,  consti- 
tuted an  University  by  the  name  and  vuider  the  title  of 
The  University  of  Maryland." 

The  "Faculty  Organization  of  the  School  of  Medicine" 
as  developed  by  the  faculty  and  approved  by  the  University 
Senate,  the  University  President  and  the  Board  of  Regents 
of  the  University  in  1956  states  that :  "The  aims  of  the 
School  of  Medicine  are : 

1.  To  select  and  educate  students  to  be  competent  physi- 
cians of  the  highest  character,  fully  conscious  of  their 
civic,  social  and  professional  responsibilities. 

2.  To  advance  medical  knowledge  by  maintaining  facili- 
ties for  supporting  medical  research  and  fostering 
research  by  both  faculty  and  students. 

3.  To  provide  medical  educators  for  the  future. 

4.  To  conduct  medical  postgraduate  and  graduate  edu- 
cation to  assist  physicians  and  ancillary  professional 
and  scientific  personnel  to  improve  their  knowledge 
and  skill. 

5.  To  assist  in  public  education  on  matters  pertaining 
to  health. 

6.  To  advise  the  properly  constituted  authorities  of  the 
State  of  Maryland  concerning  matters  afTecting  the 
health  of  its  citizens." 

Sincerely, 

William  S.  Stone,  M.D. 
Dean 


Vol.  49,  No.  1 


Dean's  Office  Announces  Promotions 


A  xuMBER  of  faculty  meml)ers  have 
recently  received  promotion  in  the 
School  of  Medicine. 

Dr.  Sheldon  E.  Greisman  has  been 
promoted  to  the  rank  of  Associate  Pro- 
fessor in  the  Department  of  Medicine. 

A  nati\e  of  Xew  York  City  and  a  grad- 
uate of  the  Xew  York  University  College 
of  Medicine,  Dr.  Greisman  served  his 
internship  and  residency  in  internal  med- 
icine at  the  Bellevue  Hospital  in  New 
York  City.  He  was  also  an  Instructor  in 
Clinical  Medicine  at  the  Xew  York  Uni- 
versity College  of  Medicine. 

After  i)ostgraduate  training  in  neuro- 
psvchiatrv  and  a  period  of  Army  service, 
he  joined  the  School  of  Medicine  in  1954 
as  an  Instructor  in  Medicine.  During  the 
next  year  he  was  consultant  in  infectious 
diseases  to  Walter  Reed  Army  Medical 
Center. 

Dr.  Greisman  is  a  member  of  the 
American  Board  of  Internal  Medicine. 
Alpha  Omega  Alpha  Society,  the  Society 
of  Experimental  Biology  and  Medicine, 
the  American  Federation  for  Clinical  Re- 
search, and  the  American  Society  for 
Clinical  Investigation. 

His  principal  interests  relate  to  the 
mechanism  of  fever  in  infectious  diseases. 

Martin  Irwin  Gold.  M.D.,  has  been 
promoted  to  the  rank  of  Associate  Pro- 
fessor in  the  Department  of  Anesthesi- 
ology. Dr.  Gold  also  serves  as  associate 
anesthesiologist  at  the  James  Lawrence 
Kernan  Hospital  and  at  the  Mount 
\\'ilson  State  Tuberculosis  Hospital.  He 
is  also  consultant  in  anesthesiology  to 
the  U.S.  Public  Health  Service  Hos- 
pital. 

Thomas  Arnold  Good,  M.D..has  been 
promoted  from  Assistant  Researcli  Pro- 


fessor in  Pediatrics  to  Associate  Research 
Professor  in  Pediatrics.  A  member  of 
the  staff  of  the  School  of  Medicine  since 
1958,  Dr.  Good  was  the  recipient  of  the 
Ross  Laboratories  Pediatric  Research 
Award,  which  cited  particularly  his 
studies  of  the  interrelationship  of  the 
liypothesis  and  connective  tissue  bio- 
chemistry in  collagen  diseases. 

James  A.  Lyon,  Jr.,  M.D.,  has  been 
promoted  from  Assistant  Professor  of 
Radiology  and  Instructor  in  Pediatrics 
to  Associate  Professor  of  Radiology.  He 
has  been  a  member  of  the  faculty  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  since  1956, 
where  he  came  following  a  year  of  grad- 
uate work  and  three  years  of  residency 
in  Radiology  at  the  L^niversity  of  Penn- 
sylvania Graduate  School  of  Aledicine 
and  Hospital.  Dr.  Lyon  will  direct  the 
School  of  X-ray  Technology. 

Dr.  Moritz  Michaelis,  who  received 
his  Ph.D.  from  the  University  of  Wurz- 
burg  and  came  to  the  University  of  Mary- 
land from  the  Biochemical  Institute  in 
Stockholm,  has  been  promoted  to  Asso- 
ciate Professor  of  Biochemical  Research. 
Dr.  Michaelis,  the  author  of  more  than 
40  papers,  has  also  served  at  the  Chem- 
ical and  Medico-Chemical  Institutes  of 
Uppsala  Laiiversity  in  Sweden ;  the  Car- 
diff City  Mental  Hospital  in  Great  Bri- 
tain ;  and  McGill  University  in  Montreal, 
Canada. 

Dr.  James  Eugene  Robinson  re- 
ceived his  master's  degree  and  doctorate 
from  \\'ashington  L'niversity.  After  six 
years  at  Stanford  Medical  Center  as  re- 
search associate  in  radiology  and  lec- 
turer in  biophysics,  he  joined  the  faculty 
of  the  School  of  Medicine  in  1961  as 
Assistant    Professor    in    Radiologv.    Dr. 


Jauiniry.  1^64 


Bl'LLHTIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MFDICIXE.  VMlliKSFI'V  OF  MARYLAM) 


Rol)inson   now   heads  a   new  section  of 
radiation  physics  and  radiol)i()logy. 

Donald  A.  \\'olfi:i..  M.D.. radiologist, 
lias  been  promoted  to  Associate  I'rofessor 
of  Radiology  in  the  School  of  Medicine. 
Since  he  joined  the  facnity  in  195S,  lie 
has  served  as  instructor  and  assistant 
professor.  From  1953  to  1955  he  served 
as  medical  officer  in  the  U.S.  Army.  I  )r. 
\\'olfers  principal  interest  has  been  in 
vascular  radiolog}'. 

Dr.  McCrumb  Speaks  Before 
Library  Group 

Dr.  Fred  R.  McCrumb,  Director  of 
the  Institute  of  International  Medicine, 
delivered  an  address  entitled  "Interna- 
tional Health  in  American  Foreign  Pol- 
icy," on  the  occasion  of  the  10th  annual 
meeting  of  the  medical  library  group  of 
the  Washington,  D.  C,  area,  which  was 
held  at  the  School  of  Medicine  on  Octo- 
ber 26,  1963.  The  meeting  coincided  with 
the  150tli  anniversary  of  the  founding  of 
the  first  medical  library  at  the  School  of 
^Medicine  and  was  arranged  by  Mrs.  Ida 
M.  Robinson.  lil)rarian  of  the  Health 
Sciences  Library. 

Dr.  William  S.  Spicer,  Jr.,  head  of 
the  Division  for  Pulmonary  Diseases,  has 
been  appointed  to  the  National  Advisory 
Committee  on  Community  Air  Pollution, 
a  body  created  in  1957  to  advise  the  U.  S. 
Surgeon  General  on  Public  Health  Ser- 
vice policies,  objectives,  and  accomplish- 
ments relating  to  air  pollution. 

In  line  with  his  interest  in  air  pollu- 
tion. Governor  Tawes  has  also  a])pointed 
Dr.  Spicer  to  a  five-member  air  pollution 
control  council  which  was  created  in 
1963  by  an  act  of  the  Maryland  legisla- 
ture, the  council  being  charged  with 
maintaining  a  "reasonable  degree  of  ]uir- 
ity"  of  the  air  resources  of  the  state. 


Dr.  Sa.mtkl  p.  P)KSS.man',  Professor  of 
I'ediatric  Research  and  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Biochemistry,  j^articipated  in 
two  ])anels  at  the  first  Pan-American 
Congress  of  Neurology,  held  in  Lima, 
Peru,  on  October  21  to  25.  1963. 

Dr.  Hessnian  discussed  the  chemistry 
of  hepatic  coma  and  the  chemistry  of 
hereditarv  diseases. 

Dr.  Fred  R.  McCrumb  has  been  elect- 
ed to  membership  in  the  American  Epi- 
demiological Society.  Meml)ership  is  con- 
ferred on  those  who  have  contril)uted  at 
a  high  level  to  the  general  field  of  epide- 
miology. 

Dr.  Raymond  K.  Thompson,  Asso- 
ciate Professor  of  Neurological  Surgery, 
has  been  elected  President-Elect  of  the 
Neurosurgical  Society  of  America. 

Dr.  Raymond  C.  V.  Robinson,  of 
the  Department  of  Dermatology  in  the 
School  of  Medicine,  served  as  counselor 
to  the  Southern  Medical  Association, 
representing  the  State  of  Maryland. 

Dr.  Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr.,  lectured 
at  the  St.  Vincent's  Symposium,  in 
Worcester,  Mass.,  in  October,  1963.  Dr. 
Robinson  was  also  a  guest  of  the  \\  est 
Virginia  Academy  of  Dermatology  at  its 
meeting  held  in  Wheeling,  A\'.  Xtx. 

Betatron  Advances 

The  new  betatron,  an  intense  radia- 
tion source,  has  been  completed  and  in- 
stalled in  the  new  Martha  V.  Fill)ert 
b!adiation  Center  at  the  University  Hos- 
l)ita]. 

h^ifteen  times  more  powerful  than  the 
usual  col)alt-60  source,  the  instrument  is 
now  being  calibrated  and  put  through  an 
exacting  and  exhaustive  series  of  tests. 
According  to  Dr.  John  AI.  Dennis,  it  is 
ho])ed  that  the  facility  will  become  avail- 
able for  cancer  therapv  earlv  in  1964. 


Vol  49,  No.  1 


MEDICAL   SCHOOL   SECTION 


Lectureships   Consolidated 

The  School  of  Medicine  is  fortunate 
in  being  able  to  present  a  number  of 
lectureshii)s,  the  expenses  of  whicli  are 
defrayed  liy  dedicated  funds.  These  in- 
clude the  Julius  Friedenwald  Memorial 
Lecture,  the  Phi  Delta  Epsilon  Annual 
Lecture,  the  Uhlenhuth  Memorial  Lec- 
ture, the  Pincoffs  Lecture,  and  the  Alice 
Messinger  Band  Memorial  Lecture. 
Many  of  these  have  now  been  consoli- 
dated into  a  single  program,  copies  of 
which  can  l)e  obtained  from  the  Dean's 
office  in  the  School  of  Medicine. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  Bulletin  will 
be  able  to  present  the  1964-65  program 
well  in  advance.  The  importance  of  these 
lectureships  cannot  be  overestimated.  We 
are  happy,  therefore,  to  present  the  pro- 
gram for  the  second  half  of  the  academic 
year,  beginning  with  the  lecture  on  Jan- 
uary 14,  1964.  All  the  lectures  will  be 
held  in  the  Gordon  \A'ils()n  Mall  of  the 
LTniversity  Hospital. 

January   14 

"Detection  and  Management  of  Mal- 
absorption Problems" 

By  Daniel  S.  Ellis,  M.D. 

Clinical  Associate  in  Medicine.  Har- 
vard Medical  School 

February  1 1 

"Cerebral  Vascular  Insufficiency" 

By  C.  Miller  F'isher,  M.D. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Clinical  AU'ii- 
roloyy.  Harvard  iMedical  School 

(The  Uhlenhuth  Memorial  Lectures. 
si)onsored  l)y  Phi  lieta  Pi  Frater- 
nity.) 

March  3 

"Patliogenesis  of  Xepliritis  with  a  Dis- 
cussion of  Management" 

liy  D.^vid  p.  E.-xrle.  ALD. 

Professor  of  Medicine.  X^orthwestern 
School  of  Medicine 


March  25 

"Blood  Coagulation  and  Thrombosis" 

By  Oscar  Ratnoff,  M.D. 

Professor  of  Medicine,  Western  Re- 
serve Lniversity  School  of  Medicine 

(Alice  Messenger  Band  Memorial 
Lecture ) 

A])ril   7 

"The  Current  .Status  of  Gastric  Freez- 
ing" 

By  Owen  H.  Wangensteen,  M.D. 

Professor  and  Chairman,  Department 
of  Surgery,  University  of  Minnesota 
School  of  Medicine 

(The  Phi  Delta  Epsilon  Annual  Lec- 
ture) 

May  12 

"Interferon:  Current  Status" 
By  Robert  B.  Warner.  M.D. 
Associate  Professor  of  Microbiology, 
Johns  Hopkins  School  of  Aledicine 

Department  of  Dermatology 

Dr.  Willl\m  Dunseath  and  Dr. 
Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr..  have  presented 
an  exhibit  entitled  "A  Statistical  Study 
of  the  Chronic  Cutaneous  Lesions  with 
Occlusive  Dressing  Techniques,"  at  the 
recent  meeting  of  the  Southern  Medical 
Association  in  New  Orleans.  At  the 
same  meeting.  Dr.  Eugene  S.  Bereston 
read  a  paper  entitled  "The  Sturges 
\\>ber  Syndrome."  Dr.  Francis  A. 
lu.LLS.  at  the  same  time,  served  as  a 
panelist  on  the  Zola  Cooper  Panel  Svm- 
])osiunL 

Other  meml)ers  of  the  dejxartment  have 
also  been  active.  Dr.  Raskin  and  Dr. 
Robinson  have  completed  the  initial  ])hase 
of  a  study  on  Tolnaftate.  a  verv  potent 
toi)ical  fungicide.  The  ])reliminary  re- 
])ort  is  .schedided  to  api)ear  in  the  Journal 
('j  Ini'estigatii'c  I^ernuitolot/y  during  the 
month  of  b\'bruarv,  1964. 


Jamiarv.  1Q64 


pook  i^ebietus; 


Anatomy.  A  Regional  Study  of  Human 
Structure  by  E.  Gardner,  D.  J.  Gray,  and 
R.  O'Raliilly.  1006  pp.  2nd  edition.  W.  B. 
Saunders   Co.,    Philadelphia,    1963.   $17.50. 

The  stated  aims  of  this  book  are  1)  to  pro- 
vide a  textbook  that  is  sufficiently  brief  for 
the  undergraduate  medical  and  dental  student 
during  the  present  shortened  course  in  human 
anatomy,  2)  to  provide  information  on  living 
anatomy  and  to  stress  the  importance  of  the 
relationship  between  srtucture  and  function, 
and  3)  particularly  by  the  citation  of  relevant 
references,  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  more 
advanced  student  and  the  postgraduate  worker. 
The  authors  have  certainly  achieved  these 
aims.  This  is  undoubtedly  one  of  the  finer 
textbooks  of  human  anatomy  to  appear  in  re- 
cent years.  Its  regional  plan  of  organization 
suits  the  book  well  for  use  in  the  majority'  of 
laboratory  courses  of  anatomy.  Following  the 
introductory  chapters  on  General  Anatomy, 
the  various  parts  (regions)  may  be  taken  up 
in  any  desired  order  to  suit  a  particular  sched- 
ule of  dissection.  Although  this  book  is  shorter 
by  several  hundreds  of  pages  than  some  of 
the  older  textbooks  of  anatomy,  a  wealth  of 
information  is  included  through  the  use  of  a 
double  column  format  and  by  the  setting  of 
detailed  descriptions  and  sections  on  surface 
anatomy  in  smaller  type. 

The  draftsmanship  in  the  line  drawings  is 
not  of  uniform  high  quality,  but  all  of  them 
adequately  demonstrate  the  salient  features 
of  the  region  depicted  and  some  portray  3- 
dimensional  relationships  in  a  clear,  compre- 
hensible fashion  through  the  use  of  clever 
technique  and  ingenuity.  The  te.xt  figures  are 
supplemented  by  a  total  of  67  well  selected 
radiographic  plates. 

Beginning  or  advanced  students  of  anatomy, 
alike,  who  wish  to  pursue  certain  areas  of 
study  in  greater  detail  are  supplied  not  only 
with  lists  of  general  references,  but  with  foot- 
noted  references   to   special   works   numl)ering 


30,  40.  and  50  or  more  per  chapter  covering 
both  classical  and  recent  papers. 

The  widely  adopted  terminology  of  the 
Nomina  Anatomica  (1955)  as  amended  in  1960 
is  used  throughout  and  is  anglicized  wherever 
possible.  The  authors  have  wisely  dropped  the 
eponymous  terminology  which  is  less  meaning- 
ful to  the  student  than  descriptive  terms,  al- 
though some  of  the  more  common  eponyms  are 
included  in  a  special  glossary. 

The  principal  changes  in  this  second  edition 
are  extensive  revisions  of  the  text  and  illus- 
trative material.  There  are  new  illustrations 
and  some  have  been  modified  and  enlarged.  A 
number  of  references  have  been  deleted  to  make 
room  for  newer  ones. 

The  authors  are  to  be  congratulated  upon 
this  fine  new  edition  of  their  book — one  which 
well  merits  a  place  among  our  current  stand- 
ard textbooks  of  human  anatomy. 

V.  E.  K. 

Illustrated  Physiology  by  Ann  B.  McXaught, 
M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Ch.D.,  Lecturer  in  Physiol- 
ogy, University  of  Glasgow,  and  Robert 
Callender,  Medical  Artist,  Instructor  of 
Physiology,  University  of  Glasgow.  The 
Williams  and  Wilkins  Company.  Balti- 
more, Md.,  1963,  pp.  287.  $6.75. 

Designed  as  a  visual  aid  for  students  in  a 
university  physiology  course  who  lacked  a 
background  of  mammalian  anatomy,  the  authors 
have  compiled  an  atlas  composed  essentially 
of  profusely  labeled,  diagrammatic  representa- 
tions of  important  anatomical  and  anatomico 
physiologic  entities  or  pathways,  principally 
mammalian. 

While  directed  to  the  attention  of  the  college 
student,  the  quality  and  excellency  of  the 
drawings  and  the  profuse  labeling  provide  an 
illustrated  atlas  of  great  diversity,  making  the 
book  useful  as  a  general  reference  for  anyone 
interested  in  the  biological   sciences.  The  vol- 


Vol.  49,  No.  1 


MEDICAL   SCHOOL   SECTION 


umo  miglit  be  i)articularly  valuable  as  a  desk 
reference  for  a  busy  practitioner  who  seeks 
to  explain  to  a  patient  certain  basic  body 
structures  and  mechanisms  with  reference  to 
the  location  of  disfunction  or  the  disease.  The 
book  could  well  be  a  part  of  the  working  office 
library  of  any  physician,  regardless  of  his 
specialty.  A  useful  and  expanded  index  is 
appended. 

J.  A.  W. 

Clinical     Examinations     in     Neurology     by 

Members  of  the  Sections  of  Neurology  and 
of  Physiology  of  the  Mayo  Clinic  and 
Foundation,  Rochester,  Minn.  2nd  ed.  Pp. 
296.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.   1963. 

There  are  now  a  number  of  books  available 
purporting  to  be  guides  to  the  clinical  evalua- 
tion of  the  neurological  patient.  Far  from 
being  just  another  addition  to  this  group,  this 
manual  makes  a  genuine  contribution  to  med- 
ical literature.  An  adequate  guide  to  the  taking 
of  a  comprehensive  neurologic  history  is  in- 
cluded. In  this  section  of  the  book  discussions 
of  common  presenting  symptoms  and  guides  to 
their  evaluation  in  the  history  are  found. 

Complete  examination  of  cranial  nerve  func- 
tion and  a  discussion  of  neuro-ophthalmology, 
including  interesting  sections  on  the  differential 
diagnosis  of  nystagmus,  may  be  found.  Al- 
though the  standard  chapters  on  the  examina- 
tion of  motor  and  sensory  function  are  present, 
these  chapters  are  outstanding  for  their  clarity 
and  completeness.  Specific  examination  of  the 
status  of  individual  muscles  and  muscle  groups 
is  one  of  the  many  excellent  features  of  this 
section.  Tests  of  use  in  evaluation  of  pain  in 
upper  and  lower  extremities  are  handled  in 
detail. 

.\n  area  that  is  extremely  confusing  for  most 
medical  stvidents,  language  and  motor  speech, 
is  most  lucidly  discussed,  with  many  concrete 
suggestions  for  the  clinical  evaluation  of  these 
functions. 

Although  discussions  of  chemical,  radiolog- 
ical, and  other  laboratory  aids  to  the  diagnosis 
of  neurologic  disease  are  to  be  found  in  abun- 
dance, those  sections  of  this  book  dealing  with 
these  subjects  are  remarkable  for  their  con- 
ciseness, clarity,  and  completeness.  A  short 
chapter  on  the  use  of  electroencephalography 
is  to  be  found.  Along  with  a  presentation  of 
electromyograjihy,    with    a    description    of    the 


clinical  usefulness  and  interpretation  of  electro- 
myographs,  nerve  stimulation  studies  are  sum- 
marized in  one  of  the  most  outstanding  chap- 
ters. 

The  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  nervous 
system  of  use  in  understanding  the  rationale 
behind  the  various  examination  procedures  are 
included  in  each  chapter  of  this  manual.  Lib- 
eral use  of  diagrams  and  charts  further  add  to 
the  unusual  clarity  of  presentation  found  in 
Clinical  Exaiiiinatidiis  in  Neurology. 

Although  much  of  the  information  about  the 
recording  of  results  of  a  neurological  examina- 
tion pertains  to  the  excellent  printed  forms  in 
use  at  the  Mayo  Clinic,  sample  forms  and 
sample  tests  are  included  with  the  book.  These 
may  serve  to  stimulate  the  development  of  like 
methods  in  other  centers. 

This  manual  is  recommended  without  excep- 
tion to  advanced  medical  students  and  to  house 
staff  and  all  others  interested  in  the  rational 
approach  to  a  complete  neurological  examina- 
tion. 

JvIarvix  N.  Goldsteix 

Human  Histology  by  Leslie  B.  Arey.  Pp.  338. 
Illustrated.  Second  edition.  W.  B.  Saunders 
Company,  Philadelphia  and  London.  1963. 

$7.50. 

On  opening  this  volume  one  is  immediately 
impressed  that  it  has  two  unique  features.  First, 
the  presentation  is  in  strict  outline  form.  All 
the  material  is  arranged  under  heads  and  sub- 
heads and  presented  in  short  crisp  sentences 
with  key  words  and  phrases  italicized  for  em- 
phasis. Second,  and  even  more  unusual  for  a 
textbook  of  any  type  and  particularly  for  a 
textbook  of  histology,  is  the  lack  of  pictures. 
The  illustrative  material  is  arranged  in  a  num- 
ber of  strategically  placed  plates  and  consists 
entirely  of  schematic  line  drawings.  A  single 
contrasting  color  is  used  to  add  clarity  and  to 
emphasize  particular  cells  or  parts  of  cells. 
These  drawings,  combined  with  a  section  at 
the  end  of  the  discussion  of  each  organ  or 
tissue  which  reviews  its  diagnostic  features, 
are  intended  to  enable  the  student  to  identify 
and  study  slide  preparations.  A  short  section 
devoted  to  function  as  it  relates  to  structure  is 
also  ])resented  at  the  end  of  each  chajiter. 

The  material  included  is  complete  and  con- 
tains information  derived  from  some  of  the 
newer  techni(|i:es,  such  as  electron  microscopy, 
as    well   as    from    more    conventional   methods. 


JaniKirv.  l'J64 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE.  UXIJ'ERSrfV  OF  MAKYLAXD 


The  style  is  clear  and  concise  and  the  use  of 
italics  is  a  valuable  aid  to  the  reader.  The 
limitations  of  the  method  of  illustration  which, 
as  is  evident  from  the  Preface,  are  obvious  to 
the  author,  do  not  seem  to  greatly  limit  the 
value  of  the  text.  Beginning  students  in  human 
histology  will  find  this  a  useful  guide  to  the 
understanding  of  microscopic  anatomy,  and 
the  more  sophisticated  will  refer  to  it  often 
when  seeking  answers  to  questions  concerning 
normal   structure. 

floW.VRD    M.    WiSOTZKEV,    M.D. 

The  House  Phjsician's  Handbook,  2nd  ed., 
by  C.  Allan  Birch,  .M.D.,  F.R.C.P.  Pp. 
204.  The  Williams  and  Wilkins  Co.,  Bal- 
timore, U.  S.  Agents.  $4.50. 

This  is  a  pocket  manual,  written  as  a  guide 
to  the  medical  and  legal  duties  of  a  house  phy- 
sician. It  includes  concise,  clearly  written  guides 
to  clinical  and  laboratory,  therapeutic  and  diag- 
nostic procedures  in  routine  use.  Much  infor- 
mation necessary  to  have  at  one's  fingertips 
is  presented,  often  by  means  of  charts.  Unusual 
for  a  book  of  this  type  are  the  cultured  style 
and  literary  allusions  found.  A  unique  table  of 
medically  useful  phrases  in  French,  German, 
and  Italian  is  also  included.  Although  much  of 
the  general  advice  in  the  introductory  section 
is  down  to  earth  and  internationally  useful,  the 
legal  information  is  applicable  primarily  to 
Britons. 

The  major  portion  of  this  book  is  obviously 
without  geographical  limitations  and  would  be 
of  great  use  especially  to  medical  students  and 
junior  house  stafif  members  in  any  part  of  the 
world. 

^[aKVIX   X.  GOLDSTEIX 

Aids  to  Clinical  Pathology  by  M.  G.  Rinsler, 
M.A.,  AI.D.  3rd  ed.  Pp.  206.  The  Williams 
and   Wilkins   Co.,   Baltimore.    1963.   $3.50. 

This  is  a  new  addition  to  the  well-known 
Students'  Aid  Series.  It  is  a  pocket-sized,  hard 
bound  summary  of  the  basic  information  neces- 
sary to  the  understanding  of  human  pathological 
physiology  and  of  the  laboratory  as  an  aid  in 
the  diagnosis  of  disease.  The  fields  of  infectious 
diseases,  hematology,  and  clinical  chemistry  are 
lucidly  reviewed,  incorporating  many  of  the 
recent  advances  in  these  areas.  The  15  tables 
included  greatly  increase  the  clarity  of  presen- 
tation   of    this    material.    This    volume    would 


api)ear   to  be  a   limited   Init   useful   addition  to 
the   medical    student's  bookshelf. 

M.\K\I.\    X.  GoLDSTF.IX 

Diseases  of  the  Skin,  5th  ed.  by  G.  C. 
Andrews,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  and  A.  X. 
Domonkos,  AI.D.,  F.A.C.P.  Pp.  749.  W.  B. 
Saunders   Co.,   Philadelphia,   Pa.    1963. 

The  authors  indicate  on  the  title  page  that 
their  textbook  is  designed  for  practitioners  and 
.-students.  Cutaneous  diseases  are  discussed  in 
a  concise,  straightforward,  and  not  too  dog- 
matic manner.  When  possible,  entities  have 
been  grouped  as  to  etiologic  factors  such  as 
various  micro-organisms,  metabolic  or  inher- 
ited factors.  Other  conditions  are  grouped  with 
reference  to  type  of  tissue  involved,  i.e.,  chap- 
ters on  connective  tissue,  reticuloses,  dermal 
tumors,  etc.  However,  a  chapter  on  tropical 
diseases,  included  in  many  dermatologic  texts, 
is  missing.  Tropical  diseases  are  well  handled 
but  disconnected  under  headings  of  Syphilis, 
Yaws  and  Pinta,  Diseases  Due  to  Animal  Para- 
sites, and  Diseases  Due  to  Bacterial  Infections. 

Chapters  on  anatomy,  pathology,  and  allergy 
are  probably  not  detailed  and  complete  enough 
to  be  of  great  value  to  dermatology  trainees 
or  specialists.  X'^evertheless,  there  is  ample  new 
material  included  which  makes  the  book  valu- 
able to  those  specializing  in  dermatology.  Rela- 
tively recently  described  entities  are  presented. 
.Some  examples  are  the  following  :  angiokera- 
toma corprois  diffusum,  phenylketonuria,  malig- 
nant reticulemic  erythroderma,  cyclic  neutro- 
1  enia,  alopecia  mucinosa,  Hartnup  disease,  and 
cytomegalic  inclusion  disease. 

More  detail  on  treatment  is  given  than  is 
probably  necessary  for  the  average  practitioner 
and  medical  student.  This  is  particularly  true 
in  chapters  on  radiation  therapy,  ionizing  radi- 
ation, physical  methods,  and  treatment  of  epi- 
theliomata.  The  information  serves  as  a  guide 
for  dermatologists  and  residents  and  enhances 
the  value  of  the  book  even  more  for  this  group. 

Latest  therapeutic  modalities  are  presented. 
Little  space  is  wasted  on  outmoded  methods. 
A  few  e.\ami)les  of  the  newer  medications  in- 
clude :  Griseofulvin  in  fungus  infections,  plastic 
occlusive  dressing  with  local  steroids  in  psori- 
asis, and  5-iodo-2-deoxyuridine  in  herpetic  den- 
dritic keratitis.  Suggested  use  of  systemic 
steroids  in  severe  acne  vulgaris,  frowned  upon 
by  some  dermatologists,  is  defended  by  the 
authors.  The  section  concerned  with  dermatitis 


/',;/.  49.  Xo.  1 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL   SECTION 


due  to  drugs  has  been  up-dated.  Older  prepara- 
tions such  as  Napharsen,  Guauacum,  and 
Santonin  have  been  deleted.  Among  the  addi- 
tions to  the  list  are  methotrexate,  Griseofulvin, 
and  zirconium. 

Photographs  included  in  the  textbook  are 
excellent.  Clinical  pictures  are  often  presented 
with  photomicrographs  of  the  lesions.  Unfor- 
tunately, photographs  are  not  used  to  the  very 
best  advantage  because  there  is  no  reference 
to  the  figure  in  the  printed  text.  In  the  case 
of  pyoderma  gangrenosum,  pictures  appear  on 
the  page  preceding  the  discussion  of  the  entity. 
More  detailed  legends  could  enhance  the  value 
of  the  already  exceptional  photographs.  Pic- 
tures in  the  chapter  on  parasites  are  helpful  for 
identification  of  vectors. 

Most  of  the  references  listed  in  the  bibliogra- 
phies have  been  written  in  the  past  decade  and 
many  of  them  in  the  past  five  years.  Thus  the 
reader  is  directed  to  background  material  pro- 
viding current  concepts.  Too  frequently,  how- 
ever, references  noted  in  the  text  are  not  in- 
cluded in  the  bibliography.  A  few  examples 
are  cited :  Ellis  on  urticaria  pigmentosa,  Mor- 
ris on  pediculosis  corporis,  Barrack  on  mollus- 
cum  contagiosum. 

The  book  is  printed  on  good  quality  paper. 
Double  column  format  and  appropriate  use  of 
bold  type  facilitate  reading. 

In  general  the  authors  have  presented  a  book 
concerned  with  clinical  dermatology.  It  is  well 
written,  contains  new  and  current  material, 
and  is  most  useful  to  dermatologists,  medical 
students,  and  other  practitioners  with  a  cursory 
interest  in  cutaneous  diseases. 

Joan  Raskin,  M.D. 


An  Atlas  of  Electrocardiography  by  Hugo 
Roesler,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  and  Evan 
Fletcher,  M.D.,  M.R.C.P.  Pp.  700,  with 
400  fig.  The  Williams  and  Wilkins  Co., 
Baltimore.  U.   S.  Agents.   1963.  $28.00. 

The  senior  author,  Hugo  Roesler,  has  made 
numerous  significant  contributions  to  the 
knowledge  of  cardiovascular  diseases,  perhaps 
e])itomized  in  this  volume.  He  died  while  the 
manuscript  was  being  prepared  for  the  pub- 
lishers, the  joint  work  being  completed  by  the 
associate  author. 

More  than  an  atlas,  this  volume  adequately 
illustrates    the    authors'    belief    that    a    sound 


knowledge  of  clinical  electrocardiography  is 
best  acquired  by  the  critical  analysis  of  numer- 
ous tracings  correlated  with  the  clinical  and 
pathological  data.  Grouped  into  the  usual  sub- 
divisions, 400  electrocardiograms  are  presented 
with  detailed  discussions,  consisting  of  a  minute 
analysis  of  each  tracing,  the  electrocardio- 
graphic interpretation,  followed  by  the  clinical 
data  and,  in  136  cases,  the  postmortem  findings. 
A  final  paragraph  correlates  the  preceding 
data  and  amplifies  the  interpretation  of  the 
tracings. 

The  presentation  is  clear  and  balanced 
throughout,  physiologic  concepts  being  empha- 
sized in  the  interpretations.  While  the  tracings 
are  scalar,  the  vector  approach  is  used  for 
analysis  of  the  ventricular  complex.  Consider- 
able stress  is  placed  upon  terminal  QRS  ab- 
normalities in  myocardial  infarction,  with  peri- 
infarction  block  being  discussed  in  detail.  The 
sections  on  occlusive  coronary  artery  disease 
are  extensive,  in  keeping  with  the  importance 
of  the  subject.  The  more  significant  varieties 
of  cardiac  arrhythmias  are  illustrated,  but  the 
interchangeable  usage  of  atrioventricular  dis- 
sociation and  complete  atrioventricular  block 
is  needlessly  confusing  (Figs.  379  and  384). 
That  unfortunate  term,  interference,  is  linked 
with  atrioventricular  dissociation  (Fig.  389), 
but  is  not  defined  nor  the  circumstances  of  its 
employment  explained  in  the  text.  Since  the 
associated  features  of  the  clinical  varieties  of 
A-V  dissociation  can  be  described  in  simple 
terminology  by  an  analysis  of  atrial  impulses 
in  relation  to  normal  or  abnormal  states  of 
refractoriness,  the  concept  of  interference  is 
superfluous  and  better  dropped  from  the  litera- 
ture. 

The  organization  of  the  book  is  good  and  it 
is  extremely  well  indexed.  In  a  day  when 
medical  texts  are  often  too  heavy  to  lift,  this 
700-page  book  is  surprisingly  light.  In  achiev- 
ing this  laudable  end,  the  publisher  has  occa- 
sionally sacrificed  detail  by  reducing  the  size 
of  the  illustrations,  as  in  Fig.  132  where  notch- 
ing of  the  P  waves  is  barely  visible.  However, 
the  fitting  of  the  illustrations  in  close  conjunc- 
tion with  the  related  text  has  added  measurably 
to  ready  comprehension  of  the  material. 

This  book  will  serve  those  best  who  already 
have  some  knowledge  of  electrocardiography 
and  who  prefer  a  "self-teaching"  book.  It 
should  he  in  all  departmental  libraries. 

:\Iakvin  H.  Davis,  M.D. 


January,  l'Jfy4 


ABSTRACTS 


Immunological   Studies  with   Group   B   Ar- 
thropod-borne   Viruses.    I.    Broadened 
Neutralizing    Antibody    Spectrum     In- 
duced by  Strain  17D  Yellow  Fever  Vac- 
cine   in    Subjects    Previously    Infected 
with     Japanese     Encephalitis     Virus — 
C.   L.   Wisseman,   Jr.,   B.   H.    Sweet,    M. 
Kitaoka,  and  T.  Tamiya 
Aincr.  J.  Trap.  Med.  &  Hyg.   11:550,   1962 
Tlie   neutralizing   antibody   patterns    evoked 
for  selected  Group  B  arthropod-borne  viruses 
in  response  to  inoculation  with  the  living  at- 
tenuated 17D  yellow  fever  vaccine  were  com- 
liared  in  two  groups  of  human  subjects  with 
the  following  characteristics  :  (1)  subjects  with 
no  evidence  of  previous  Group  B  arbor  virus 
infection,   and    (2)    subjects   w^ho   had   experi- 
enced  primarily  natural  Japanese   encephalitis 
virus  infection  some  time  prior  to  vaccination. 
The  previous  experience  with  JE  virus  did  not 
alter  the  pattern  of  appearance  of  YF  neutral- 
izing antibodies,  either  in  time  of  appearance 
or   in   height   of   antibody   titer.    Nor   did   the 
administration  of  the  related  YF  virus  signifi- 
cantly alter  the  level  of  JE  neutralizing  anti- 
bodies. However,  subjects  with  prevaccination 
JE   antibodies   developed  antibodies   that   neu- 
tralized chiefly  dengue  type  1  and  West  Nile 
viruses  in  response  to  the  17D  strain  inocula- 
tion,   while    subjects    without    prevaccination 
Group  B  arbor  virus  antibodies  did  not. 

Interaction  of  Rickettsiae  and  Phagocytic 
Host  Cells.  III.  Opsongizing  Antibodies 
in  Human  Subjects  Infected  with  Viru- 
lent or  Attenuated  Rickettsia  prowa- 
zekii  or  Inoculated  with  Killed  Epi- 
demic Typhus  Vaccine — C.  L.  Wisseman, 
Jr.,  J.  R.  Gould,  and  J.  G.  Wood 
/.  Immunol.  90:127,  1963 

Infection  of  human  subjects  with  virulent 
or  attenuated  (Strain  E)  Rickctt.'iia  proi^'uzckii 
was  followed  within  two  weeks  by  the  appear- 
ance of  antibodies  which  would  enhance  phago- 
cytosis of  homologous  rickettsiae  by  mouse 
peritoneal  leukocytes.  Although  an  injection 
of  conventional  killed  epidemic  typhus  vaccine 
appeared  to  cause  more  rapid  appearance  of 
antibodies  (by  the  end  of  1  week),  the  titers 
attained  at  this  time  were  low  and,  on  the 
average,  did  not  increase  significantly  in  later 


of  articles  by 
faculty  and  alumni     , 

s])ecimens.  Serum  from  all  groups  also  en- 
hanced phagocytosis  of  A',  moo.s'cri.  but  for  the 
most  part  these  antibodies  occurred  in  lower 
titers  tiian  the  antibodies  involved  in  the 
opsonization  of  R.  pniica^ck'ii.  The  cross- 
reactions  observed  with  the  murine  typhus 
antigen  tended  to  be  lower  relative  to  the 
homologous  reaction  in  the  group  which  re- 
ceived the  living  attenuated  (E  strain)  vaccine 
than   in  the  other   groups   studied. 


Antibodies  and  Clinical  Relapse  of  Murine 
Typhus  Fever  Following  Early  Chemo- 
therapy— C.  L.  Wisseman,  Jr.,  W.  H. 
Wood,  Jr.,  A.  R.  Noriega,  M.  E.  Jordan, 
and  D.  J.  Rill 

.bin.  Inf.  .Med.  57:743,   1962 

Treatment  with  chloramphenicol  was  initi- 
ated early  in  the  course  of  disease  (two  to 
four  days  after  onset)  in  three  cases  of  murine 
typhus  fever  acquired  presumably  through  the 
respiratory  route.  Chemotherapy  was  discon- 
tinued 5,  8,  and  10  days,  respectively,  after 
onset.  Clinical  relapse  occurred  promptly  in 
each  patient  in  less  than  two  to  about  three 
days  after  the  last  dose  of  antibiotic.  In  each 
instance  an  array  of  anti-rickettsial  antibodies 
was  present  at  the  onset  of  relapse. 

The  very  short  interval  between  withdrawal 
of  drug  and  onset  of  relapse  makes  impractical 
for  murine  typhus  the  same  simple  interrupted 
schedule  of  chemotherapy  that  was  developed 
earlier  for  scrub  typhus.  As  an  alternative,  a 
regimen  is  proposed  that  might  compensate  for 
the  stage  of  disease  at  which  treatment  is 
begun.  This  consists  of  daily  administration 
of  antibiotic,  at  least  until  the  patient  has  been 
afebrile  for  48  hours.  Then  daily  therapy  is 
continued  until  the  total  time  elapsed  from 
onset  of  disease  is  equal  to  about  the  mean 
duration  of  the  untreated  disease,  that  is,  until 
about  12  to  14  days  from  onset. 

The  possible  mechanisms  by  which  clinical 
relapse  can  occur  in  the  face  of  appreciable 
antibody  levels  are  discussed.  Among  others, 
the  possibility  is  presented  of  the  participation 
of  an  inununopathological  process  in  which 
hypersensitivity  and  antigen-antibody  com- 
plexes contribute  to  the  tissue  damage  in  the 
later  stages  of  the  disease. 


J'ol.  49.  No.  1 


The  Laboratory  Animal  and  New  Drugs^ 


JOHN  C.  KRANTZ,  JR.  and  FREIDA  G.  RUDO 


DiSKASE  is  the  arch  enemy  of  niankiiul. 
It  has  Hniited  and  often  curtailed  his 
every  activity  from  the  time  lie  dwelt  in 
cliffs  to  his  occupancy  of  a  modern  sky 
scraper.  Man  has  ransacked  the  entire 
earth  to  achieve  a  surcease  from  pain 
and  a  \  ictorv  over  disease.  The  use  of 
drugs  has  plaved  an  im])()rtant  role  in 
this  conflict.  Their  value  in  disease 
echoed  out  of  the  primeval  jungle,  when 
a  savage  ai)plied  the  juice  from  a  succu- 
lent leaf  to  an  arrow  wound  of  the  tiesh. 
And  today  the  struggle  goes  on,  un- 
ahated  on  all  fronts  in  the  lahoratory  and 
clinic  in  an  effort  to  develop  new  drugs 
in  the  conquest  of  disease. 

To  illustrate  the  importance  of  drugs 
in  the  modern  medical  care  program  of 
America,  the  following  facts  are  striking. 
The  cost  of  the  program  is  approximately 
16  billion  dollars  annually.  Of  each  dollar 
25^  goes  for  physician's  services  and  20<j- 
for  drugs.  The  manufacture  of  drugs  has 
become  a  three  billion  dollar  industry. 
An  avalanche  of  new  drugs  has  descended 
upon  the  medical  profession  and  laity  of 
such  magnitude  that  it  affects  every  level 
of  physiologic  organization  from  cells  to 
society. 

The  biologist  observes  that  one  of  the 
greatest  marks  of  distinction  between 
man  and  other  primates  is  that  man 
speaks.  Sir  William  Osier  observed  that 
another  difference  was  that  man  liked 
to  take  drugs.  Indeed  taking  drugs  has 
l)ecome  a  favorite  American  pastime. 
Each  day,  along  with  a  host  of  other 
drugs,  the  American  public  consumes  2)7 


*  A  telecast  over  WMAR-TV,  November  30,  1963— 
Medicine  1963,  sponsored  by  the  Haltiniurc  City  Med- 
ical  Society. 


tons  of  as])irin  and  nearh'  one  ton  of 
])hen()l)arl)ital.  P)Ut  why  do  ])eople  take 
drugs  ?  Most  people  want  to  do  what  they 
want  to  do  when  they  want  to  do  it. 
Disease  and  its  symptom  of  pain  stand 
as  a  great  ol)struction  in  their  pathway. 
People  want  to  enjoy  themselves  un- 
hami)ered  by  a  headache,  a  stiff  joint,  or 
a  feeling  of  lassitude.  And  they  believe, 
and  often  times  their  belief  is  correct, 
that  they  can  achieve  relief  and  a  greater 
degree  of  freedom  to  pursue  their  own 
desires  by  taking  drugs. 

Most  of  the  drugs  that  were  available 
to  the  medical  profession  up  to  a  century 
<-igo  were  naturally  occurring  plants  and 
minerals.  ^Astute  physicians  achieved  a 
remarkable  degree  of  success  in  the  treat- 
ment of  the  diseases  of  mankind  by  em- 
ploying these  natural  products  as  medi- 
cines. Indeed  some  of  these  are  still  in 
current  use  and  are  very  valual)le  medica- 
ments. The  English  Dr.  \\'illiam  Wither- 
ing used  digitalis,  the  leaves  of  the  purple 
fox  glove,  in  the  treatment  of  dropsical 
conditions  resulting  from  heart  failure. 
He  used  it  first  on  a  few  turkeys,  then 
tried  it  on  himself,  and  then  on  his  dis- 
tinguished patient  Dr.  Crawley.  It  was 
fortunate,  indeed,  that  he  did  not  ]X)ison 
himself  or  his  patient.  For  without  ade- 
({uate  testing  on  laboratory  animals,  it  is 
extremely  hazardous  to  give  a  drug  to  a 
human  being.  Withering  was  indeed  for- 
tunate to  have  been  the  disco\erer  of  this 
\aluable  drug  that  is  still  our  most  gen- 
erally used  remedy  in  the  treatment  of 
heart  failure.  One  hears  his  voice  re- 
sounding down  through  the  decades  from 
1776  to  today  declaring.  "\\'ith  this  drug 


Januiirv.  I"r)4 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIi'ERSITV  OF  ^LlRyL.^ND 


we  can  regulate  the  pulse  at  will  and  to 
the  salutary  ends  for  our  patients." 

Another  example  of  the  use  of  drugs 
hefore  the  era  of  the  lahoratory  was  that 
of  Dr.  William  T.  G.  Morton,  a  dentist, 
who  used  ether  hrst  as  a  general  anes- 
thetic. Dr.  Charles  Jackson,  a  chemist, 
gave  Morton  a  sample  of  ether  to  ruh 
on  the  gums  of  his  ])atients  in  order  to 
ohtund  dental  pain.  It  was  not  satisfac- 
tory and  ]\lorton  conceived  of  the  idea 
of  the  inhalation  of  the  agent,  which 
he  found  produced  unconsciousness  and 
complete  olilivion  to  pain.  He  tried  it  first 
in  general  surgery  on  a  patient  in  the 
Massachusetts  General  Hospital  on  Octo- 
ber 16.  1846.  Dr.  J.  C.  Warren  looked 
up  to  the  skeptical  audience  in  the  bal- 
cony and  exclaimed,  "Gentlemen,  this  is 
no  humbug;  Mr.  Abbott  is  fast  asleep." 
And  the  era  of  general  anesthesia  was 
established. 

Medicine  has  tried  always  to  extend 
the  number  of  drugs  used  in  the  treat- 
ment of  disease  and  increase  their  scope 
to  treat  and  cure  other  diseases.  During 
the  last  century  the  organic  chemist  has 
synthesized  more  than  a  million  new^ 
chemical  compounds.  These  are  new  cre- 
ations of  matter  which  have  never  existed 
on  this  planet  before.  Brilliant  dyes,  new 
plastics,  new  and  effective  insecticides, 
and  new  fabrics  have  been  created.  The 
implication  is  abundantly  clear,  that  a 
new  science  was  necessary  to  determine 
the  action  of  these  new  substances  on  liv- 
ing systems,  in  order  to  ascertain  whether 
or  not  they  might  be  useful  as  drugs  in 
the  treatment  of  disease. 

To  meet  this  challenge,  pharmacology, 
with  its  array  of  laboratory  animals,  be- 
came an  established  medical  science  at 
the  turn  of  the  century.  So  important  in 
the  development  of  new  drugs  is  the  lab- 
oratory animal  that  without  these  labora- 
tory test  objects  progress  in  new  drug- 


research  would  be  absolutely  halted.  The 
pharmacologist  uses  mice,  rats,  rabbits, 
guinea  pigs,  cats,  dogs,  and  monkeys  to 
test  new  chemical  compounds.  In  the  use 
of  these  animals,  he  endeavors  to  ascer- 
tain the  answers  to  two  fundamental 
(|uestions  : 

1.  Does  the  compound  produce  a  re- 
sponse on  the  animal  that  would  be  useful 
in  the  treatment  of  disease  in  man  ? 

2.  Can  the  compound  be  safely  admin- 
istered to  man  as  a  drug?  Thus  from  his 
experiments  with  animals,  the  pharma- 
cologist can  determine  the  nature  and 
the  efficacy  of  the  action  of  the  compound 
and  also  its  relative  safety.  And  safety 
is  so  important,  for  all  drugs  have  poten- 
tial harmful  effects  and  these  nuist  be 
determined  and  weighed  against  the  ben- 
eficial or  curative  action  of  the  drug. 

But  why  does  the  pharmacologist  use 
such  a  wide  variety  of  animals  ?  Through 
the  years  he  has  learned  that  there  exists 
often  a  wide  species  variation  between 
the  action  of  a  drug  on  one  kind  of  ani- 
mal and  its  action  on  an  animal  of 
another  species.  W'ith  several  species  of 
animals,  the  pharmacologist  is  able  to 
obtain  a  more  faithful  prediction  of  what 
might  be  the  expected  action  in  man.  For 
after  the  completion  of  all  laboratory 
studies,  the  pharmacologist  must  extra- 
polate and  project  the  action  of  the  drug 
to  man.  This  is  difficult  and  requires  skill 
and  judgment  that  is  acquired  only  after 
years  of  experience.  Thus  after  comple- 
tion of  all  the  studies  on  the  laboratory 
animals,  the  final  approbation  or  dis- 
approbation of  the  drug  is  determined  in 
the  clinic  by  careful  observation  on  man 
afflicted  with  the  disease  on  which  the 
drug  is  indicated  to  have  its  effect. 

The  concept  of  a  new  drug  stems  from 
the  minds  of  the  pharmacologist  and 
chemists.  They  must  know  the  diseases 
of  mankind  and  the  availability  of  drugs 


Vol.  49,  No.  1 


KRANTZ  &  RUDO—THE  LABORATORY  ANIMAL  AND  NEW  DRUGS 


useful  in  their  treatment  or  cure.  Further- 
more, it  is  a  well-estabhshed  fact  that 
there  is  no  drug  in  use  today  that  could 
not  l)e  improved  upon.  Let  us  illustrate 
this  principle  by  an  example  from  the 
])harmacologic  laboratory  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  Many  of  the  generally 
used  anesthetics  present  explosive  and 
fire  hazards.  This  is  true  of  cyclopropane 
and  ether.  Such  explosions  have  caused 
injury  to  many  patients  and  others  in  the 
operating  room.  Indeed  they  may  very 
often  be  fatal  to  the  patient.  Al)out  ten 
vears  ago,  we  decided  that  by  synthesiz- 
ing a  new  ether  with  fluorine  in  the  mole- 
cule, we  might  diminish  or  even  eliminate 
the  explosive  hazard.  Accordingly,  we 
])repared  ether  with  10  fluorine  atoms  in 
the  molecule  instead  of  10  hydrogen 
atoms.  Our  prediction  was  correct ;  the 
new  com])ound  was  completely  devoid  of 
the  explosive  hazard.  Actually  it  was  an 
excellent  fire  extinguisher.  But  what 
about  its  anesthetic  properties?  On 
mice,  dogs,  and  monkeys  this  compound, 
known  as  perfluorodiethyl  ether,  showed 
no  anesthetic  properties.  In  fact,  it  was 
as  inert  as  the  nitrogen  of  air  we  breathe. 
We  decided  immediately  to  prepare 
another  ether,  replacing  only  a  portion 
of  the  hydrogen  in  the  molecule  with 
fluorine.  This  ether  known  now  as 
Fluoromar  ( named  after  the  University 
of  Maryland)  was  found  to  exhibit  little 
or  no  explosive  hazard  and  also  produced 
anesthesia  in  mice.  Through  a  period  of 
a  year  we  studied  this  agent  on  the  whole 
s])ectrum  of  laboratory  animals.  More 
than  200  anesthesias  were  conducted. 
P>lood  pressure,  electrocardiograms,  elec- 
troencephalograms, blood  tests,  liver 
function,  and  kidney  function  tests  were 
])erformed.  Surgical  operations  were  per- 
formed on  dogs  to  determine  the  degree 
of  relaxation  and  freedom  from  ])ain 
])roduced  bv  anesthesia  with  Fluoromar. 


All  of  the  tests  met  our  expectations,  in- 
dicating the  possible  use  of  Fluoromar 
as  an  anesthetic  in  man.  In  these  tests  of 
a  new  drug  it  is  alnmdantly  clear  that  the 
laboratory  animal  is  indispensaljle. 

Armed  with  the  information  ol)tained 
from  the  laboratory  animal,  ten  years  ago 
one  of  us  (J.  C.  K. )  anesthetized  Dr. 
Max  Sadove  of  the  I'niversity  of  Illinois 
with  Fluoromar  for  a  period  of  20  min- 
utes. The  anesthesia  was  smooth  and  the 
recovery  uneventful.  That  same  after- 
noon, Dr.  Sadove,  a  distinguished  anes- 
thesiologist, anesthetized  three  patients 
re([uiring  surgery  with  Fluoromar.  Fluo- 
romar became  available  as  an  anesthetic ; 
it  was  followed  by  other  fluorine-contain- 
ing anesthetics  such  as  Fluothane  and 
methoxyflurane.  It  is  now  estimated  that 
approximately  15  million  patients  have 
l)een  anesthetized  with  these  three  fluo- 
rine-bearing anesthetics,  with  the  fire  and 
explosive  hazard  eliminated.  Without  the 
laboratory  animal  this  progress  would 
have  been  impossible. 

Encouraged  by  this  success  we  at- 
tempted to  improve  on  the  molecule  of 
the  anesthetic  Fluoromar.  Thus  we  in- 
creased the  number  of  fluorine  atoms  in 
the  molecule  of  Fluoromar  from  three  to 
six.  A/Iuch  to  our  amazement  this  com- 
pound when  tested  on  rats  produced  no 
anesthesia,  but  violent  convulsions.  Again 
one  notes  how  fortunate  it  is  that  the 
laboratory  animal  is  the  gate  through 
which  a  drug  must  pass  before  it  is  tested 
on  man  in  the  clinic.  All  species  of  labora- 
tory animals  that  inhaled  this  new  fluori- 
nated  ether,  now  called  Indoklon,  con- 
vulsed violently.  The  character  of  the 
convulsion  resembled  that  produced  by 
electroshock  used  in  tlie  treatment  of 
mentally  ill  ])atients.  b'or  manv  months 
Indoklon  was  tested  repeatedlv  on  a 
large  \ariety  of  laboratory  animals.  It 
ne\er    failed    to    produce    a    convulsive 


January,  1964 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MFPICINE.  UXirERSFf)-  OF  M.IRVLAM) 


seizure.  Aj^proximately  300  convulsions 
were  evoked  in  laboratory  animals  and 
all  available  tests  were  conducted  to  de- 
termine wbether  or  not  tbe  convulsive 
seizure  produced  a  banulul  effect  on  the 
animals.  'J'bese  tests  rexealed  that  the 
seizure  i)roduced  no  deleterious  effects 
on  the  animals.  Man  was  to  be  the  next 
test  sul)ject. 

Six  years  ago  one  of  us  ( j.  C.  K.  )  ad- 
ministered Indokdon  to  four  ])atients  who 
were  mentally  ill  and  for  whom  electro- 
shock  was  indicated.  The  laboratory 
animal  results  were  duplicated  in  man. 
During  the  ensuing  years  about  3.000 
mentally  ill  jjatients  have  received  the 
treatment.  It  appears  to  enjoy  a  greater 
patient  acceptance  than  electroshock  and. 
in  many  cases  where  benefits  from  elec- 
troshock are  not  achieved.  Indoklon  has 
proved  to  be  a  valuable  drug.  Without 
the  laboratory  animal,  standing  as  it  were 
in  the  vanguard  of  progress,  this  treat- 
ment could  not  have  l)een  established. 

Many  types  of  cancer  can  readily  be 
produced  in  the  mouse  and  rat.  The 
workers  in  this  most  urgent  field  of  re- 
search test  thousands  of  new  compounds 
each  year  for  their  capacity  to  check 
cancerous  growth  and  eradicate  the  dis- 
ease. Some  of  these  compounds  showing 
promise  of  success  in  mouse  and  rat  can- 
cer are  then  tried  on  man  suff'ering  with 
cancer.  Sticcess  in  the  lal)oratorv  animal 
in  this  most  difficult  field  of  research  has 
not  always  been  paralleled  l)v  a  corre- 
s])onding  success  in  the  treatment  of 
human  cancer.  But  certain  strides  have 


been  made,  for  example,  luethotrexate 
in  the  treatment  of  leukemia  and  nitrogen 
nuistard  and  its  derivatives  in  the  treat- 
ment of  solid  tumors. 

Certain  laboratory  animals,  like  the 
monkey,  lend  themselves  well  for  the 
testing  of  new  drugs  that  aft'ect  the  l)e- 
havior  of  man.  Thus,  tranquilizing  drugs 
are  tested  on  the  Rhesus  monkey.  The 
monkey  retains  his  jungle  characteristics 
in  captivity.  He  is  siisf^icious,  antagonistic 
and  even  jcrocious  when  approached  by 
man.  A  new  drug,  if  it  is  to  be  valuable 
as  a  tranquilizer,  will  convert  the  jungle 
behavior  pattern  into  one  of  docility  and 
submissiveness.  This  is  achieved  without 
rendering  the  animal  unconscious. 

Let  us  examine  for  a  moment  the 
liealth  record  of  the  human  race  in  whicli 
the  discovery  of  new  drugs  and  the 
lal)oratory  animal  have  jdayed  a  vital 
role.  At  the  time  of  the  Roman  Empire 
the  life  expectancy  at  birth  was  about  25 
years.  Wdien  William  McKinley  sat  in 
the  White  House  it  had  increased  to  42 
years.  When  John  F.  Keiuiedy  served  as 
president,  it  had  almost  doubled,  reaching 
the  gratifying  expectancy  of  71  years. 

Health,  like  democracy,  can  never  be 
taken  for  granted.  Eternal  vigilance  and 
persistent  effort  in  research  are  necessary 
to  add  years  to  our  lives  and  life  to  our 
years.  The  search  for  new  drugs  to 
achieve  this  end  goes  on  at  a  sttipendous 
pace,  and  in  the  vanguard  of  this  progress 
stands  man's  faithful  allv — the  laboratory 
animal. 


]'ol.  49.  No.  1 


OFFICERS 

President 

GiBsox  J.   Wei.ls.  M.U. 

President-Elect 

J.  Howard  Franz.  ^M.D. 

Vice-Presidents 

Louis  Daly,  M.D. 
\"iNCENT  Davis,   M.D. 
.\rciiie   K.   C'ohen,   M.D. 

Secretary 

Frax;:is  J.    P.orgks.   M.D. 

Treasurer 

Howard    H.    Mays.    M.D. 

Executive  Director 

Wii.i-iAM   H.  Trii'i.ett.  M.D. 

Executive  Secretary 

Mrs.    I.diise  ("iIrkin 

Board  of  Directors 

Theodore  E.  Woodward,  M.D. 
F.   Ford  Loker,  M.D. 
Nathan  E.  Needle,  M.D. 
Harold  P.  Biehl,  M.D. 
Rexnert  M.  Smelser,  M.D. 
Joseph  D'Axtonio,  M.D. 
William   Supik.   M.D. 
High   McNally.  M.D. 
Emmaxuel  Schiml'nek,  M.D. 
Fraxk  K.   Morris.  M.D. 

(cr-ofHcio) 
George  H.  Veager.   M.D. 

(cx-officio) 

Nominating   Committee 

Fraxk   K.  Morris.   M.D. 
George  H.  Yeager.  M.D. 
Harry    Beck,   M.D. 
Louis  C.  Dobihal,  M.D. 
Joiix  F.  HoGAN,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Representatives  to  General 
Alumni  Council 

F'rank  K.  Morris,  >LD. 
George  H.  Veager,  M.D. 
Wn.i.iAM    H.   Triplett,   M.D. 

Representatives,  Editorial  Board, 

Bulletin 

Harry    M.    Robinson,    Jr.,    M.I). 
JoHx    F.   Savage,   ^LD. 
C.   Vernon   W'illiamson,    M.I). 
Gibson  J.   Wells,  M.D. 
(c.r-officio) 

Representatives,   Advisory  Board, 
Faculty 

Frank  K.  Morris,  M.D. 
George  H.  Yeager,  M.D. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION 


SECTION 


President's    Letter 


Fcllo-cc  Medical  .  Uininii: 

Tliis  year  of  office  as  President  of  your  Medical 
Ahinini  Association  is  passing  all  too  quickly.  There 
seem  to  be  so  nianv  aspects  involved  that  one  can  not 
help  but  worr}'  if  he  i.s  doing  all  that  is  possible.  The 
constant  support  and  advice  of  Dr.  William  Triplett  and 
Dr.  John  Wagner  does  make  one's  job  easier  to  perform 
and  the  duties  of  the  various  committees  are  being  exe- 
cuted in  such  an  efficient  manner  that  the  President  ju:jt 
can  not  express  his  gratitude  too  frequently. 

The  important  event  of  this  year  is  the  combined 
meeting  on  May  8,  1964,  of  the  Medical  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation and  the  various  hospital  groups  in  surgery, 
medicine,  obstetrics-gynecology  and  pediatrics.  The  com- 
mittees involved  in  this  undertaking  have  been  working 
very  diligently  to  insure  its  success  as  nothing  less  than 
outstanding.  It  is  impossible  to  name  them  all,  l)ut  please 
show  your  appreciation  Ijy  rewarding  their  efforts  with 
an  enthusiastic  and  capacity  attendance,  and  remember 
this  includes  your  wives. 

Plans  likewise  are  going  forward  for  a  Faculty-Alumni 
Club  for  the  Baltimore  campus,  and  this  will  include 
all  the  professional  schools.  This  is  a  very  long  range 
project  in  which  Dr.  Howard  B.  Mays  has  an  intense 
interest  as  our  representative.  He  was  one  of  the  origi- 
nators of  this  venture,  which  we  all  hope  will  be  brought 
to  an  early  fruition.  The  club  is  a  facility  that  is  urgently 
needed,  and  I  hope  will  insure  closer  cooperation  between 
the  Baltimore  professional  schools  ;  so  much  more  can  be 
obtained  through  the  combined  efforts  of  these  bodies. 

Your  treasurer.  Dr.  lloward  Mays,  has  been  most 
determined  in  his  efforts  to  bring  our  Alumni  files  and 
record  svstem  to  a  liigh  degree  of  accuracy.  However, 
this    re(|uires   the   coo])eration    of   each    member   of   the 


JaiiitarY.  1964 


XV 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Medical  Alumni  Association.  So  please  send  to  the  office 
all  available  information  which  is  necessary  and  im- 
portant to  help  complete  and  keep  up  to  date  this  perti- 
nent data.  Your  officers  and  Board  are  anxious  to  keep 
improving  your  organization,  so  that  each  of  you  and 
the  School  of  Medicine  may  be  justly  proud.  But  re- 
member we  need  your  sincere  and  earnest  cooperation 
and  constructive  criticism  to  accomplish  this  goal. 

At  the  present  time  our  Medical  School  is  in  the  fore- 
front of  progress — enlarging  its  properties  and  buildings, 
investigating  and  promulgating  new  trends  in  medical 
education  and  discovery.  In  this  day  and  age  it  is  neces- 
sary to  advance  in  the  ever  widening  horizon  of  new 
medical  explorations  and  events,  or  fall  by  the  wayside 
and  be  left  behind  in  the  rapidly  flowing  stream  of 
medical  progress. 

However,  there  are  moments  when  I  must  stop  and 
reflect  that  our  School,  which  has  always  had  the  repu- 
tation of  preparing  men  and  women  to  be  good  physi- 
cians, must  not  stop  turning  out  the  doctor  who  is  well 
versed  and  trained  in  all  aspects  of  medicine.  I  just  can 
not  appreciate  the  cold  scientific  doctor  who  has  lost 
the  human  side  of  medical  practice.  To  those  who  argue 
I  say  to  consider  the  example  given  us  in  medicine's 
patron  saint — Luke,  the  physician.  Here  is  a  man  who 
is  worthy  of  every  effort  to  emulate — kind  to  all,  be  he 
Jew  or  Gentile,  black  or  white,  slave  or  freeman.  He  was 
well  educated  and  cultured,  trained  in  the  Greek  method 
to  observe  and  evaluate  in  the  most  scientific  manner  pos- 
sible, but  above  all  a  God-fearing  practitioner  of  the  art 
of  medicine,  highly  receptive  at  all  times  to  the  needs  of 
his  patients.  We  should  all  pause  to  see  how  close  each 
of  us  has  come  to  the  example  set  for  us  by  L.uke.  the 
physician. 

I  am  certain  that  all  of  you  will  be  happy  to  know 
that  Dr.  Hugh  R.  Spencer,  Emeritus  Professor  of 
Pathology,  has  been  selected  as  the  recipient  of  the 
Alumni  Honor  Award  for  1964  and  has  accepted  with 
sincere  appreciation  and  in  all  humility.  I  assure  you  he 
most  justly  deserves  this  honor. 

In  closing,  please  remember  May  8,  1964,  the  date  for 
our  big  annual  meeting.  Right  now,  decide  to  attend  by 
marking  the  date  on  your  calendar  and  plan  to  bring 
your  wife.  If  each  of  you  Medical  Alumni  will  do  this, 
we  will  be  assured  of  an  unqualified  success. 

Gibson  J.  Wells,  M.D. 
President 
n  Vol.  49,  No.  1 


Important  Notice! 
Alumni  Annual  Meeting  Date,  May  8,  1964 

Clianged  to  Conform  with  Hospital  Groups 


Ik  a  letter  to  all  alumni.  Dr.  Edward 
F.  Cotter,  Chairman  of  the  Joint  Com- 
mittee on  Arrangements,  annoimced  that 
the  annual  meeting  of  the  Medical  Alum- 
ni Association  will  he  held  on  Friday, 
May  8.  1964.  Although  early  June  has 
been  the  traditional  meeting  time  for 
alumni,  many  have  requested  a  change 
because  of  inconvenience  with  gradua- 
tion acti\ities  and  other  medical  meet- 
ings. 

In  1964  the  meeting  will  he  held  on 
the  weekend  of  May  7-8-9  and  will  be 
slightly  different  since  the  Medical 
Alumni  Association  will  join  the  depart- 
mental associations  of  the  University 
Hosi)ital.  which  this  year  will  include 
programs  in  medicine,  surgery,  pedi- 
atrics, gynecology,  and  obstetrics.  It  is 
natural  for  the  alumni  to  join  with  these 
departmental  associations  since  there 
have  been  alreadv  numerous  successful 
meetings  of  these  organizations  during 
the  month  of  ^lay,  just  preceding  the 
annual  Alumni  Association  meeting. 
Thus  there  will  Ije  papers  and  discussions 
of  interest  for  everyone  as  the  scientific 
])roceedings  will  cover  many  dift'erent 
specialtv  groups.  In  addition  to  renewing 
friendshi])s,  alumni  reunions  will  again 
be  held  for  the  so-called  five-year  classes 
as  well  as  specialty  meetings  for  the 
various  groups  of  })hysicians  who  have 
served  in  the  I'niversity  Hos])ital. 


While  details  of  the  program  will  reach 
each  alumnus  separately  (and  also  in  the 
April,  1963,  issue  of  the  Bulletin;  a 
preliminary  program  shows  activities  be- 
ginning on  Thursday,  May  7,  in  the 
hospitality  room  of  the  Lord  Baltimore 
Hotel.  The  next  day  scientific  meetings 
will  begin,  after  a  talk  of  general  interest 
by  a  prominent  speaker.  Luncheon  will 
l)e  held  at  the  Student  Union  Building, 
with  a  business  meeting  of  the  Medical 
Alumni  Association  following.  Dining 
and  dancing  at  the  Alumni  Banquet  on 
the  same  evening  will  round  out  a  happy 
and  memorable  day. 

The  departments  of  the  medical  school 
and  hospital  will  have  Open  House  and 
exhibits  on  May  9  and  a  small  but  inter- 
esting scientific  meeting  is  being  arranged 
as  part  of  the  25th  anniversary  activity 
of  the  Class  of  1939.  Dr.  Raymond  M. 
Cunningham  is  chairman  of  this  group. 
A  day  of  interesting  activities  is  being 
planned  for  the  wives  on  Friday,  May 
8,  through  a  committee  headed  by  Mrs. 
James  G.  Arnold. 

Rememl)er,  this  year  the  Medical 
Alumni  Association's  annual  meeting 
and  the  meeting  of  the  clinical  associa- 
tions of  the  University  Hospital  will  be 
held  simultaneously  from  May  7  through 
Mav  9. 


JdiuKirv.  l'->()4 


Dr.  Hugh  R.  Spencer 

Named  Recipient  of  1964 

Honor  Award  and  Gold  Key 


Hugh  R.  Spencer,  M.D. 


Dr.  Hugh  R.  Spencer,  Emeritus  Pro- 
fessor of  Pathology  in  the  School  of 
Aledicine,  has  heen  named  recipient  of 
the  Alumni  Association  Honor  Award 
and  Gold  Key.  A  distinguished  scholar. 
])athologist,  teacher,  and  advisor.  Dr. 
Spencer  has  materially  influenced  the 
careers  of  several  generations  of  alumni 
of  the  School  of  Medicine.  His  contril)u- 
tions  have  heen  recorded  in  a  previous 
issue  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  School  of 
Medicine  (Vol.  41,  No.  2-April,  1952). 

Instead  of  redocumenting  the  accom- 
plishments of  this  honored  faculty  mem- 
her,  the  Bulletin  asked  a  member  of 
the  alumni.  Dr.  Dexter  R.  Reimann  of 
the  Class  of  1939,  to  officially  announce 
tlie  nomination  of  Dr.  Spencer.  His 
article  follows. 

HUGH  R.  SPENCER 
Honored  Alumnus  1964 

—  A  Tribute — 

By  Dexter  R.  Reimann 

We  edify  ourselves  when  we  exalt  men 
of  great  character,  we  dignify  ourselves 


v\hen  we  honor  men  to  whom  honor  is 
(Uie,  we  magnify  ourselves  when  we  pay 
homage  to  the  deserving.  Is  there  one 
of  us  who  will  not  feel  rewarded  this  year 
when  Dr.  Hugh  R.  Spencer  receives  the 
1964  Medical  Alumni  Association  Honor 
Award  and  Gold  Key  ? 

14ie  tenth  day  of  May,  ISSS.  was  un- 
like other  days  in  Jarrettsville,  Md.,  be- 
cause a  baby,  not  yet  named  Hugh,  was 
l)orn  to  Rose  /\nna  and  Clayton  A.  Spen- 
cer. The  days  to  follow  were  not  the 
same  either  for  jarrettsville  and  the  sur- 
rounding county,  as  swaddling  gave  way 
to  stove-pipe  pants,  and  baby  l)ecame  the 
growing  lioy,  the  hunter,  and  the  archc- 
ologist  in  search  of  Indian  relics. 

Hunting,  especially  raccoon,  and  In- 
dian lore  survived  as  major  interests  of 
Dr.  Spencer  and,  in  fact,  i)eriodically, 
even  in  liis  ])rofessional  days,  pushed 
aside  liis  fruitful  interest  in  pathology. 
.Many  of  his  trainees  remember  with  de- 
light how  refreshing  his  accounts  were 
of  cold  nights  ringing  with  bawls  and 
chops  of  prize  hounds,  and  how  exciting 
his  descriptions  of  the  show-down  fights 


/•(-/.  -/y.  Xo.  1 


ALUMNI   .ISSOCI.ITION   SECTION 


l)etweeu  hounds  and  coons.  Others  re- 
nienil)er  fondly  his  jMcturing  of  Indian 
camp  sites  and  l)urial  grounds  and  his 
excitement  as  he  rehved  the  thrill  of 
discovery. 

Through  his  hoxhood.  ])r.  Spencer 
shared  a  hapjiy  family  life  with  sister 
Mary  and  attended  county  schools.  It 
was  here,  in  the  security  of  a  good  home, 
that  the  character  which  we  admire  he- 
gan.  A  life  close  to  the  soil  and  nature 
encouraged  its  dexelopment. 

As  adolescence  hlended  with  adult- 
hood, further  education  was  sought  at 
the  Baltimore  Medical  College  on  North 
Howard  Street.  Here  the  doctor  took 
shape,  the  doctor  who  was  to  serve  the 
University  so  well  for  4C)  years. 

Dr.  Spencer  liecame  an  alumnus  in 
1910  and  set  a  course  which  led  him  into 
a  distinguished  career  in  ])athology. 

With  appreciati\e  eye  for  heauty, 
charm,  and  character.  Dr.  Spencer  pur- 
sued Lillian  Mlliott  until  she  said  "yes." 
They  were  married  on  July  6,  1912.  In 
th.e  years  that  followed,  Mrs.  Spencer 
did  more  than  live  up  to  her  husl)and"s 
expectation  for  hy  Dr.  Spencer's  own 
admission,  she  was  the  hest  housekeeper, 
hest  cook,  best  companion,  and  hest  all- 
around-girl  living  on  this  side  of  the  sea 
and  century. 

World  events  were  soon  to  in\'olve  the 
L'nited  States  in  war.  Dr.  Spencer  was 
not  hesitant  in  his  response  to  his  coun- 
try's call,  so  hy  1918  he  was  in  France 
serving  as  a  ])<athol()gist  with  the  First 
Army. 

Soon  after  Dr.  .Spencer's  return  from 
France  he  was  made,  in  1919,  Professor 
of  Pathology  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land School  of  Medicine.  In  this  position 
he  won  the  admiration  and  friendship  of 
his  students  and  fellow  faculty  members, 
i  i  is  devotion  to  medicine  and  the  school 
did  nuich  to  adxance  the  stature  of  our 


corner  of  the  medical  world.  In  the  lean 
years  of  the  twenties  and  thirties,  his 
selfless  labors  contributed  nmch  not  only 
to  the  school's  survival  Init  also  toward 
raising  the  standards  and  reputation  of 
our  .School  of  Medicine.  On  tlu'  Admis- 
sions Committee,  he  guarded  the  front 
door ;  as  advisor  to  the  dean,  he  helped 
keep  our  house  in  order  ;  and  as  the  good 
teacher  he  was,  when  students  hnished, 
he  admonished  them  to  do  well  by  the 
school  and  her  r('i)Utation. 

From  1925  to  1950  the  name  of  II.  K. 
Spencer  was  to  appear  as  author  and 
medical  leader  in  local  and  national 
journals.  At  home,  where  honor  does  not 
come  easily,  a  greater  distinction  was 
won  among  all  who  knew  him.  To  them 
he  was  unexcelled  gentleman,  teacher, 
friend,  and  loyal  son  of  the  University. 

In  1956,  after  a  career  which  deserves 
emulation.  Dr.  Spencer  retired.  On  the 
occasion  of  his  retirement.  Spencer  Day 
Vvas  arranged  to  do  him  honor  and  from 
shore  to  shore  of  this  nation,  from  border 
to  border,  and  from  the  Continent  of 
Kurope  stuflents  and  friends  came  to  pa_\- 
homage.  \\  here  travel  was  not  possible, 
greetings  were  sent  to  wish  him  well  and 
sav  thanks  for  your  teaching  and  counsel. 

Dr.  Spencer's  influence  outlasted  his 
career  and  continues  to  spread  its  light 
over  medical  students  in  many  corners  of 
the  land.  A  measure  of  his  kindness,  wis- 
dom, and  luedical  knowledge  now  flow 
through  his  many  trainees  who  teach  in 
world  famous  schools  to  benefit  future 
doctors  of  medicine. 

Well  .should  the  present  generation 
know  U])on  whose  shoulders  they  stand, 
and  thev  should  know  that  from  Dr. 
Spencer's  shoulders  they  get  an  ins])iring 
view. 

If  greatness  and  fame  should  survive 
its  own  time,  let  the  name  of  Spencer  be 
re])eated  to  future  generations. 


JcDiiiary,  1064 


As  We  Approach  Our  50th  Anniversary 


Ik  another  year,  the  Bulletin  will 
be  50  years  old.  As  we  approach  this 
important  milestone,  a  review  of  the 
past  century  during  which  this  journal 
has  recorded  the  history  of  the  School  of 
Medicine,  and  in  part  some  of  its  scien- 
tific achievements,  two  elements  will  im- 
mediately become  important  and  para- 
mount. First  will  be  the  record  of  scien- 
tific achievement  as  it  has  compared  to 
the  stream  of  scientific  development 
throughout  the  world.  Next,  it  is  our 
hope  that  the  past  half-century  can  again 
be  re-created  or  epitomized,  perhaps  as 
an  inspiration  for  the  next  half-century, 
during  which  we  hope  the  Bulletin  will 
continue  to  prosper. 

Help  from  Alumni  who  have  graduated 
during  the  past  half-century  will  be  most 
valuable,  particularly  from  the  historic 
aspect  which  we  hope  to  develop  in  some 
detail.  To  this  end,  photographs,  prop- 
erly identified  if  possible,  will  be  most 
welcome  as  loans,  or,  if  the  donor  de- 
sires, as  a  gift  to  the  school.  After  their 
use  in  the  Bulletin,  they  will  be  given 
to  the  Dean's  office  for  appropriate  filing. 

Alumni  of  the  School  of  Medicine  can 
contril)ute  also  by  means  of  historical 
studies  and  by  allowing  us  the  use  of 
important  documents  which  have  come 
their  way. 

Cooperation  of  each  interested  reader 
of  the  Bulletin  is  respectfully  solicited. 

The  Bulletin  Does  Get  Around 

This  current  issue  of  the  Bulletin 
numbers  2,900  copies.  At  first  this  does 
not  appear  to  be  an  impressive  press  run. 
However,  when  compared  to  some  of  the 


leading  scientific  journals  of  the  country, 
a  favorable  comparison  is  noted. 

The  Bulletin  is  not  only  distributed 
to  alumni,  but  has  a  wide  circulation  in 
exchange,  the  library  receiving  valuable 
journals  from  throughout  the  world — 
api)roximately  600  such  exchanges  exist. 
In  addition,  numerous  subscriptions  to 
the  Bulletin  are  enjoyed  by  non-alumni 
subscribers. 

The  following  table  of  comparison  is 
interesting. 

As  of 
December 

Journal  1962 

Bulletin,  School  of  Medicine  2,900 

American  Journal  of  Clinical  Pathology  7,273 
American  Journal  of  Physical  Medicine  1,359 
America)!  Journal  of  Tropical  Medicine 

&  Hygiene  2,563 

Angiology  2,081 

Applied  Microbiology  4,116 

Gastroenterology  4,888 

Journal  of  Bacteriology  9,848 

Journal  of  Biological  Cliemistry  6,151 
Journal  of  Histocliemistry  & 

Cytochemistry  2,257 

Journal  of  Immunology  3,199 

Journal  of  Investigative  Dermatology  2,580 

Journal  of  Nervous  &  Mental  Diseases  2,034 
Journal  of  Pharmacology  & 

Experimental  Therapeutics  2,433 

Journal  of  I'rauuui  2,047 

Journal  of  Urology  8,133 

Laboratory  Investigation  2,885 

Medicine  3,841 

Obstetrical  &  Gynecological  Survey  6,607 

Pharmacological  Reviczcs  2,409 

Plastic  &  Reconstructive  Surgery  3,234 

Stain  Technology  2,775 

Survey  of  Anesthesiology  3,759 

Survey  of  Ophthalmology  1,850 

Urological  Survey  1,834 


Vol.  49,  No.  1 


ALUMNI   ASSOCIATION   SECTION 


Alumni  Hold  Meeting  In 
New  Orleans 

Alumni  of  the  School  of  Medicine 
were  invited  to  a  c()cl<tail  ])arty  and 
l)uffet  at  the  Royal  Orleans  Hotel  on  the 
occasion  of  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
Southern  Medical  Association  in  New- 
Orleans.  The  party  was  arranged  hy 
Joseph  Schenthal  of  the  Class  of  1^^39. 

(lilson  Wells.  President  of  the  Med- 
ical Alumni  Association,  made  a  special 
trip  for  the  occasion  and  gave  an  illus- 
trated talk  on  the  progress  heing  made 
on  the  Baltimore  campus. 

The  party  enjoyed  a  New  Orleans 
stvle  huffet  with  wide  variety  of  seafood 
])rei)ared  in  the  unique  style  of  the  area. 
A  New  Orleans  "comho"  entertained  the 
group  during  the  evening. 

Those  attending  were  : 

Dr.  &  Mrs.  L.  C.  Dobihal  '20 

Dr.  &  Mrs.  F.  A.  Holden  '20 

Dr.  Gibson  J.  Wells  '36 

Dr.  &  Mrs.  Jos.  Schenthal  '39 

Dr.  &  Mrs.  Robert  Shell  '48 

Dr.  &  Mrs.  McGoogan  '42 

Dr.  Elizabeth   Sherrill  "41 

Dr.  &  Mrs.  R.  C.  V.  Robinson  '40 

Dr.  J.  Morris  Reese  '20 

Dr.  Eva  F.  Dodge  '25 

Dr.  James  A.  Kelly  '39 

Dr.  &  Mrs.  Conrad  Richter  '40 

Dr.  Arlie  AIansberger  '47 

Dr.  Louis  Pratt  '44 

Mr.  Marvin  Saiontz  "64 

The  next  meeting  of  the  Southern 
Medical  Association  will  he  held  in 
Memphis.  Tennessee,  Novemher  16-19. 
1964.  No  douht  there  will  again  be  a 
Marvland  alumni  gathering  of  members 
of  the  Southern  Medical  Association  and 
their  friends. 


Lawrence  F.  Woolley  Dies 

Dr.  Lawrence  F.  \\'oollky,  who  for 
many  years  served  as  clinical  director  of 
the  Shei)pard  and  Enoch  Pratt  Hospital, 
died  in  P)runswick,  Ga..  on  October  15, 
1963. 

A  native  of  Salt  Lake  City  and  an 
alumnus  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sitv  School  of  ^Medicine.  Dr.  ^^'oolley 
interned  at  the  I'niversity  of  Maryland, 
to  return  to  Baltimore  at  the  Sheppard 
and  Enoch  Pratt  Hospital,  where  he  was 
appointed  in  1932.  During  his  tenure  at 
the  Sheppard  and  Enoch  Pratt  Hospital, 
he  held  an  associate  professorship  in 
Psychiatry  at  the  School  of  Medicine  and 
was  active  in  teaching  during  that  period. 
In  1945  he  moved  to  Atlanta.  Ga..  en- 
gaged in  private  practice,  and  served  as 
a  part-time  instructor  at  Emory  L'niver- 
sitv. 


Student  Loan  Fund  Needs 
Additional  Growth 

While  a  steady  flow  of  contribu- 
tions to  the  Medical  Alumni  Student 
Loan  Fund  is  acknowledged,  the  fund 
cannot  completely  meet  the  demand.  It  is 
urgent  that  interested  Alumni  contribute 
to  this  rotating  fund,  which  will  be  per- 
]ietuated  as  the  loans  are  repaid.  Such 
donations,  tax  exempt,  meet  a  very 
])ressing  need  in  tlie  School  of  Medicine 
and  are  most  appreciated  bv  the  students 
who  loenefit  through  this  interest  and 
Alumni  irenerositv. 


Jcuniarx.  1^64 


I 


NOTES 


Elsewhere  in  this  edition  yoti  will 
find  o  "tear  out"  page,  jar  reporting 
Alnnini  Xews  to  the  Bulletin.  Tliis  is 
not  0)1  idle  gesture. 

]'oiir  aehievenienfs.  jcUow  alumnus, 
are  of  interest  to  your  elassinates.  They 
constitute  a  reivard  to  the  faculty,  are  a 
challenge  to  the  younger  physicians,  and 
are  an  Item  uj  prestige  for  the  Univer- 
sity, release  cooperate  tvith  us  by  for- 
warding nezi's  of  yourself  or  a)iy  alumnus 
to  the  Bulletin.  Thank  you. 

Class  of  1916 

Harry  Goldmann  has  recently  been 
appointed  as  part  time  assistant  in  Psy- 
chiatry at  the  School  of  Medicine. 

At  the  1963  meeting  of  the  Academy 
of  Psychosomatic  Medicine  held  in  San 
Francisco.  Dr.  Goldmann  condncted  a 
workshop  on  "Psychotherapy  and  Hyp- 
nosis in  the  Treatment  of  Obesity." 

Dr.  Goldmann  recently  changed  his 
address  to  7121  Park  Heights  Ave.,  in 
Baltimore. 

Class  of  1929 

Jacob  H.  Conn  ])articipated  in  the 
1963  International  Congress  on  Hypnosis 
held  in  Xew  York  on  October  26.  He 
presented  a  paper  entitled  "The  Clinical 
Aspects  of  Con.scionsness  in  Relation  to 
the  Therapeutic  Use  of  Hypnosis." 

A  jjast-president  of  the  .Society  for 
Clinical  and  Experimental  Hypnosis.  Dr. 
Conn  serves  also  as  a  staff  member  of 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  The  Seton 
Institute,  and  Sinai  I  fospital. 


He  has  been  re-elected  President  of  the 
American  lioard  of  Medical  Hypnosis 
and  has  been  ap])ointc'd  U.S.  delegate 
to  the  International  Societv  for  Clinical 
and  Experimental  Hypnosis. 

Class  of  1931 

Mark  B,  Hollander  has  announced 
tlie  removal  of  his  office  for  the  practice 
of  Dermatology  to  836  Park  Ave.,  Balti- 
more. 

Class  of  1933 

Stephen  Sewell  has  lieen  appointed 
chief  of  Gastroenterology  at  the  Veterans 
Administration  Hospital,  Lyons,  N.  J. 
Dr.  Sewell  recently  retired  from  private 
practice  in  .Sjjring  Lake.  X.  J. 

Class  of  1937 

Eugene  S.  Bereston,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Dermatology  in  the  School  of 
Medicine,  was  a  member  of  the  Allergy 
Panel  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  West 
Virginia  State  Medical  Society  in 
August,  1963. 

Class  of  1938 

H.  Leonard  Warres  has  announced 
the  removal  of  his  office  for  the  practice 
of  Diagnostic  Radiology  to  3502  W. 
Rogers  Ave.,  in  Baltimore. 

Class  of  1944 

H.   James   Lambert,   Jr.,   who   for 

eight  years  has  been  active  in  the  practice 
of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology  at  the 
.Straub  Clinic  in  Honolulu,  has  returned 
to  the  mainland  and  has  become  asso- 
ciated with  Dr.  James  ^^^  Ravenscroft 
in  the  practice  of  Obstetrics  and  Gyne- 
cology with  offices  at  2330  First  Ave., 
San  Diego,  Calif. 


J  'ol.  49,  No.  1 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 


Class  of  1945 

The  \"ery  Revereiul  Edward  Dhanis, 
rector  of  the  Pontihcrd  Gregorian  Uni- 
Aersitv  in  Rome,  has  announced  the  ap- 
pointment of  Dr.  Frank  J.  Ayd,  Jr., 

to  the  Theology  faculty.  13r.  Ayd  will 
lecture  on  Psychiatry.  He  is  the  hrst 
American  lavman  to  teach  at  Gregorian 
L'niversitv.  which  was  founded  as  the 
Roman  College  in  1551  hy  St.  Ignatius 
Lovola  and  St.  Francis  Borgia.  It  is  the 
oldest  ])ontihcal  l^niversitv  in  Rome  and 
lias  an  international  faculty  and  student 
hody.  Among  its  many  departments  are 
faculties  of  theology,  philosophy,  canon 
hiw,  church  history,  and  misseology  and 
Institutes  of  Social  Sciences,  ascetical 
theology,  and  Latin  literature.  The  major- 
ity of  the  students  are  priests  and  semi- 
narians, numhering  some  3,360  from  all 
over  the  world. 

Class  of  1951 

David  Kipnis  has  heen  named  direc- 
tor of  a  pediatric  unit  established  l)y 
A\'ashington  University  in  the  St.  Louis 
Children's  Hospital  as  a  part  of  the 
school  clinical  research  center.  The  new 
unit  is  supported  by  funds  from  the  Na- 
tional Institutes  of  Health.  Dr.  Kipnis 
serves  as  Associate  Professor  of  Medi- 
cine at  the  Washington  LIniversity  School 
of  Medicine  in  St.  Louis. 

Class  of  1954 

David  Levy  is  currently  serving  as  a 
])()Stcl()Ctoral  fellow  in  microbiology  and 
medicine  in  the  Division  of  Immunology 
at  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hosi)ital.  Dr. 
Levy  was  recently  certified  by  the  Amer- 
ican Jjoard  of  Internal  Medicine. 

Joseph  J.  Noya  has  been  certified  l)y 
the  American  Board  of  Surgery  during 
the  year  1963. 


Dr.  Noya,  a  member  of  the  regular 
corps  of  the  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service, 
formerly  served  as  Deputy  Chief  of 
Surgery  at  the  U.S.  Public  Service  Hos- 
])ital  in  New  Orleans.  At  the  same  time 
he  served  as  Clinical  Instructor  in  Sur- 
gery at  the  LSU  School  of  Medicine  in 
New  Orleans. 

Dr.  Noya  has  been  recently  promoted 
to  Chief  of  Surgery  at  the  U.  S.  Public 
Health  Service  Hospital  in  Detroit, 
Mich. 

Robert  R.  R.  Roberts,  now  on  active 
duty  with  the  U.  S.  Navy,  is  currently 
stationed  at  the  \J.  S.  Naval  Hospital  at 
Camp  Lejeune,  N.  C. 

Robert  Yim  of  Lutherville,  Md.,  re- 
l^orts  that  in  addition  to  his  regular  prac- 
tice of  Pediatrics,  he  finds  time  to  serve 
on  the  LTnited  Appeal  Committee  and  is 
taking  an  active  part  in  its  work.  He  is 
also  serving  as  a  lecturer  in  Pediatrics 
at  the  School  of  Medicine  and  is  active 
in  his  local  medical  society,  where  he 
serves  as  a  committee  member  for  the 
Pediatric  Annual  Seminar.  He  is  Clinical 
Director  of  Child  Hygiene  for  Baltimore 
City. 


Class  of  1957 
William  A.  Simmons  has  been  dis- 
charged recently  from  military  service 
after  two  years  at  the  Key  West  Naval 
Hospital.  Dr.  Simmons  is  now  in  the 
])rivate  practice  of  Obstetrics  and  Gyne- 
cology with  offices  at  208  First  National 
P.ank  Bldg.,  Canton  2,  Ohio. 

Landon  C.  Stout,  Jr.,  has  been  ap- 
pointed Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine 
at  the  University  of  Oklahoma  Medical 
Center.  Dr.  Stout  currently  resides  at 
800  N.  E.  13th  St.,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 


Januiirx.  I'^>h4 


Class  of  1958 

Robert  B.  J.  Mulvaney  was  recently 
graduated  from  the  School  of  Law  of 
Fordham  University,  X.  Y.  At  present 
Dr.  ]\Iulvaney  is  serving  a  legal  clerk- 
ship with  the  firm  of  Steiner  and  Scha- 
pira  in  Newark,  N.  J.  Dr.  ]\Iulvaney  is 
also  serving  as  physician  to  the  I'^ssex 
County,  N.  J.,  Penitentiary  and  is  chair- 
man of  the  Social  Welfare  Committee 
of  the  Essex  County,  X'.  J.,  Medical 
Societv. 


Class  of  1959 

William  James  Ross  Dunseath  has 

entered  a  partnership  with  Dr.  John 
Franklin  Strahan  in  the  practice  of  Der- 
matology, with  offices  at  Suite  403  La- 
trohe  Building,  2  E.  Read  St.,  in  Balti- 
more. 

William  E.  Rhea  has  heen  appointed 
chief  resident  at  the  Children's  Hospital 
of  the  East  Bay,  Oakland,  Calif.  Dr. 
Rhea,  who  served  his  internship  at  the 
Providence  Hospital  in  Washington, 
D.  C,  has  served  his  entire  residency  at 
the  California  institution. 

Herbert  Ribner,  who  recently  com- 
pleted his  training  in  Neurology,  has 
l)een  named  instructor  in  Neurology  at 
the  New  York  Medical  College.  Dr.  Rib- 
ner has  also  begun  the  private  practice 
of  Neurology. 


Class  of  1895 

John  McMullen,  5250  Watson  St., 
N.W.,  \\'ashington,  D.  C,  for  many 
years  Assistant  Surgeon  General  of  the 
U.  S.  Public  Health  Service,  died  on 
April  28,  1963,  at  the  age  of  93. 

Class  of  1896 

George  Washington  Mitchell  of  2 

W.   University   Pkwy.,   Baltimore,   died 
on  May  22,  1963.  Dr.  Alitchell  was  88. 

Class  of  1903 

Charles  R.  Richardson  of  Bel  Air, 
i\Id.,  died  February  15,  1963,  at  the  age 
of  85. 

B.  M.  C.  1907 

Adolph  Flachs  of  241  S.  Arlington 
Ave.,  East  Orange,  N.  J-,  <^^ied  July  1, 
1963.  at  the  age  of  78. 

P  &  S  1908 

Ernest  E.  Whipple  of  196  Hamilton 
Circle,  Painted  Post,  N.  Y.,  died  on 
March  27,  1963.  Dr.  ^^4^ipl)le  was  79. 


Class  of  1961 

Robert  A.  Fink  was  recently  a  visi- 
tor to  the  campus.  Dr.  Fink  is  now  in 
his  second  clinical  year  in  Neurosurgery 
at  the  University  of  Chicago  Hospitals 
and  Clinics.  Dr.  Fink  plans  a  year  of 
research  before  assuming  duties  as  senior 
resident. 


B.  M.  C.  1908 

J.  Leroy  Wright  of  612  Southmont 
l\(l..  Pjaltimore.  died  Septeml)er  11,  1963. 

Class  of  1908 

James  K.  Insley,  Sr.,  of  3501  St. 
Paul  St.,  l^altimore,  died  May  2.  1963. 
Dr.  Inslev  was  77 . 


Vol.  49.  No.  1 


ALUMXI  ASSOCIATION  SECTIOX 


B.  M.  C.  1909 

John  Henry  Messier,  a  general  prac- 
titioner in  Howard  and  Frederick  coun- 
ties for  more  than  53  years,  died  Decem- 
l)er  2,  at  the  \'indabonne  Nursing  Home 
at  Braddock  Heights,  after  a  short  ill- 
ness. He  was  77. 

A  native  of  Carroll  County,  Dr.  Mess- 
ier has  been  in  general  practice  in  the 
johnsville  and  Union  Bridge  area  since 
1910.  During  \\'orld  \\"ar  I  he  served  as 
llrst  lieutenant  in  the  Army  Medical 
Corps. 

B.  M.  C.  1910 

Harrison  A.  Pruitt  of  Anderson, 
S.  C.  died  March  10,  1963.  Dr.  Pruitt 
Vv'as  75. 

William  L.  Stone  of  473  75th  St., 
Brooklyn.  X.  Y..  died  on  May  11.  1963. 
Dr.  Stone  was  80. 

B.  M.  C.  1911 

Louis  Adelard  Perras  of  129  Ruth 
Ave..  Xew  Bedford,  Mass.,  died  on  Mav 
30,  1963,  at  the  age  of  76. 

Class  of  1912 

Abraham  Schapiro  died  in  Se})tem- 
ber,  1963.  He  was  72  years  old. 

A  native  of  Philadelphia  and  a  gradu- 
ate of  the  Baltimore  City  College,  Dr. 
Schapiro  received  his  degree  from  the 
University  of  ^Maryland  and  then  in- 
terned at  the  Sinai  Hospital  and  later  at 
the  Epstein  Tuberculosis  Hospital. 

Class  of  1915 

Edgar  W.  Lane,  who  for  many  years 
practiced  in  the  lUoomsburv  area  near 
P]nlil)sburg,  X.  |..  died  at  the  Morton 
Plant     Hospital.     Clearwater.     Vh\..     on 


November   30,    1963,   following  a  heart 
attack. 

Retired  from  active  practice  since 
1952,  Dr.  Lane  had  made  his  home  in 
Clearwater,  Fla. 

F"ollowing  his  graduation  from  the 
School  of  Medicine,  he  interned  at  the 
Baltimore  City  Hospitals  and  later 
served  on  the  stafT  of  the  Xew  Jersey 
Sanatorium  for  Chest  Diseases.  He  then 
returned  to  the  northern  part  of  Xew 
jersey  where  he  served  on  the  medical 
staff  of  the  Warren  Hospital,  which  in 
1933  elected  him  chief  of  its  medical 
staff.  In  1952  he  was  named  to  the  emeri- 
tus staff'  of  the  hospital.  Dr.  Lane  was 
also  active  on  the  medical  staff's  of  the 
Easton  (Pa.)  hospitals. 

Class  of  1918 

Joseph  Lucien  Brown  of  314  Tur- 
rentine  Ave.,  Gadsden,  Ala.,  died  on 
July  2,  1963,  at  the  age  of  71. 

William  B.  Dalton  of  4217  Hender- 
son Rd.,  Greensboro,  X'.  C.  died  on 
October  \S,  1963,  following  an  operation 
for  carcinoma  of  the  throat. 

Sherman    Balch    Forbes    of    706 

Franklin  St.,  Tam])a,  Fla.,  died  on  June 
25,  1963.  Dr.  Forbes  was  68. 

Class  of  1920 

William  F.  Martin  of  225  Haw- 
thorne Lane,  Charlotte,  X.  C,  died  on 
April  18.  1963,  at  the  age  of  65. 

Class  of  1922 

H.  Raymond  Peters,  Professor  of 
Clinical  Medicine  in  the  School  of  Med- 
icine and  ])rominent  hematologist,  died 
on  June  1 1,  1963,  at  the  age  of  66. 

Long  active  as  a  senior  member  of  the 
medical  staff  at  the  ^lercy  Hospit.al.  Dr. 


.hvniarv,  1^64 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNirERSITV  OF  MARY  LAX  I) 


Peters  was  widely  known  for  his  Inie 
clinical  studies  during  the  early  stages 
of  the  development  of  knowledge  con- 
cerning:  erythroblastosis. 


Class  of  1936 


Philip  L.   Franklin 

died  recently. 


of   Gary.   Ind., 


Class  of  1938 

Leonard   C.  Molofsky  of  280  W. 

Alac Arthur  BKd.,  Oakland,  Calif.,  died 
on  Ai)ril  30.  1963.  at  the  age  of  48. 

Alvan  A.  Welfeld  suffered  a  tragic 
death  recently  in  a  fire  which  consumed 
his  garage  at  his  summer  home  near  Bal- 
timore. 

Class  of  1939 

Alvin  Meyer  of  117  E.  37th  St..  in 
New  York  City  died  on  July  8,  1963.  Dr. 
Meyer  was  47. 

Class  of  1941 

Henry  Robert  Spinnler  of  Butler, 
ark,  N.  J.,  died  on  April  25,  1963,  at  the  N.  J.,  died  June  4,  1963.  Dr.  Spinnler 
aee  of  54.  was  48. 


Class  of  1929 

William  Paul  Dailey  of  Harrisbur^ 
Pa.,  died  recently. 


Class  of  1931 

W.  O.  Rehmeyer  of  \\\ard  County 
]\ronahaus.  Texas,  died  July  15,  1963. 


Class  of  1934 

Isaac  Gutman,  Associate  in  Ortho- 
pedic Surgery  at  the  School  of  Medicine, 
died  suddenly  on  November  29,  1963. 

Jacob  Herbert  Rabinowitz  of  New- 


Vol.  49.  \o.  1 


PLEASE    TEAR    OUT 

ALUMNI  NEWS  REPORT 

TO  THE  BULLETIN: 

I  would  like  to  report  tlie  following : 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  NEWS  ITEMS 

American  Board  Certification 
Change  of  Address 
Change  of  Ofiice 
Residency  Appointment 
Research  Completed 
News  of  Another  Alumnus 
Academic  Appointment 
Interesting  Historic  Photographs 


Name 


Address 


Class . 


Send  to 


Bulletin — School  of  Medicine 
University  of  Maryland 
31  S.  Greene  St. 
Baltimore  1,  Md. 


BULLETIN    School  of  Medicine 
University  of  Maryland 

VOLUME  49  APRIL,   1964  NUMBER  2 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGE 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Psychogalvanic    Skin    Response    Gustometry 22 

Steven  J.  Borsanyi,  M.D.,  Jose  Quinones,  B.S.,  and 
Cyrus  L.  Blanchard,  M.D. 

Puberty   and   Gynecology   in   the  Cuna    Indians 25 

Major  Archibald  W.  McFadden,  MC,  USA 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 

Dean's    Letter    _ i 

Appointments  and   Promotions  ii 

Grants iii 

Publications  of  the  StafF  of  the  School  of  Medicine     iv 

Obituaries   xviii 

Book    Reviews   _ XX 

Abstracts  .__._ xxii 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 

President's  Letter      _ xxiii 

Medical   Alumni   Annual   Meeting   Combined   with   Maryland    Medical    Reunion „ _..  xxv 

Medical   and  Chirurgical   Faculty  Annual   Meeting  , _ _ „  xxix 

Washington,   D.   C,  Alumni   Organize _ _ „  xxix 

Class  of  1939  Plans  Program  for  Alumni   Day xxx 

Class   Notes                                      . _ xxxi 

Deaths    „ xxxiii 

Alumni    News    Report    ^ _ xxxv 

-i/TfY.   1Q64  21 


Psvcliojjijalvailic  Skin  Response  Giislonielry 

STEVEN   J.   BORSANYI,   M.D.,  JOSE   QUINONES,   B.S.,  and   CYRUS  L.   BLANCHARD,  M.D. 


'rill-;   MKDK  (ii.i-CAi.  ASl'i'C'is  of  ai^cusi.'i  of  (lisa^rcciiicnt    Ix'iii;^    tlic-   tccliiiiiim-   of 

ri'(|uirc  a   ti-sliiiL;   iiK'tlio<l   lor  tlic  cxalii-  ,L;ustator\'   cxaininatioii.   'I  lie   most   com- 

atioii    of   tlu'    ]i(Ti|)lu'ral    taste   apparatus  moii  method  of  lestiiij^  is  the  use  of  sohi- 

whieh  is  accurate  and  ohjecti\c.   lU'Cause  tions  which  icpreseut  the  I'our  hasic  taste 

of    the    recent    upsurge    in    ear    surjjjerw  (pialities.    Two    common     errors     found 

damage   to   the   chorda   t\'mpaui   hecanu'  with  the  use  of  this  method  are:  (  1  )  the 

rather  common,  l)Ut   it   is   weh   tolerated  use  ol    solutions  of  too   hi,i;h   concentra- 

h\'    the    majoritN'    ol    patients.    I  iowever,  tion.    This  ma\   lead  not  onl\-  to  an  efiect 

occasionalK'    the    loss   of   taste    following;'  on  the  taste  huds  hut  also  on  the  receptors 

ear    sur_i;er\-    is    se\erel\-    com])lained    of  ol     common     sensihilit\     of    the     tongue 

and  it  is  not   uulikeh'  that  compensation  lhereh\-    afiectiu}^    hoth    the    5th    and    7th 

might    he    sought     for    it    through    legal  cranial  nerves.   (2)  The  use  of  too  much 

procedures  in  these  suit-conscious  da\s.  lluid  for  tln'  examination.  Chemical  solu- 

The  cliief  nerves  of  taste  are  the  chorda  tions     diffuse     rapidly     throughout     the 

tym])aui  which  su])plies  the  anterior  two-  mouth,  making  localized  testing  dinicult. 

thirds    of    the    tongue    and    the    glosso-  ( )f  agents  other  than  chemical   which 

]iharyngeal     nerve     which     supplies    the  are    ca])ahle    of   e\-oking   a    sensation    of 

posterior    one-third.     It    is    (|uestional)le  taste,    hy    far    the    most    etTectix'e    is    the 

whether    taste    fihers    follow    any    other  electrical  current.  The  fact  that  passing 

pathway     hesides     the    chorda     t\nipaui  an   electric   current    through   the   tongue 

from  the  anterior  ])ortion  of  the  tongue.  gi\cs  rise  to  taste  sensation  was  demon- 

The  ner\e  most   fre(|uently  indicated  as  strated  lirst  hy  X'olta  in   1792.  The  cur- 

an   alternate   ])athwav   is   the   trigeminal  rent  exokes  an  acid  taste  when  the  elec- 

nerve.    I  iowever,    this    nerve    according  trode   on    the   tongue   is   the   anode,   and 

to  present  knowledge  is  thought  of  as  a  an  alkaline  taste  when  it  is  the  cathode, 

mediator  of  common   .sensihility    (touch.  The     hrst     attem])ts     of     (piantitative 

jjressure.  and  temperature)   and  it  does  measurement    of   taste    while   ])assing   a 

not    contain    taste    fihers.    Cu.shing    oh-  direct  current  through  the  tongue  were 

served    that    removal    of    the    (lasserian  made  in  l'^55.  I  Iowever.  tln'  results  were 

ganglion    did   not   cause   any   ])ermanent  unreliahle  hecause  the  electrical  circuits 

loss  of  ta.ste.'  did    not    take   into   account   the    xariahle 

\\'idelv  \ar\ing  results  ha\'e  heen  oh-  hody  resistance  hetween  electrodes, 
tained  hy  different  investigators  testing  Kraru])  sohed  this  prohlem  hy  devising 
for  taste  fmalh'  with  the  estahlishmeni  an  apparatus  which  consists  of  a  dry 
of  the  chorda  tym])ani  and  the  glosso-  hattery  and  a  xariahle  resistor  and  a 
])haryngeal  nerve  as  the  main  ])ath\vays  potentiometer.  I)y  means  of  the  poten- 
for  taste  sensation,  the  only  other  cause  tiometer  the  xoltage  and  therefore  the 
amperage     can     he     regnlatcfl.      Krarui) 

From    the    Division    of    Otolarviifinloyv,    .School    of  .            ,     .'          .               .             -11 

Medicine.    University    of    M.ii  yl.n..I,    H.iltimore.  loUlld     lU    lllS    .SCriCS    ol      140    Uomial     Suh- 

22  J-ol.  40.  No.  2 


liOKS.LWI  1:1    .11..     r'>y(  ll')(,.\l.l'ANIC  SKIh'  RRSPONSV.  CJJSKjM  1:1 1'V 


\  IV.      I         I  hi-    [laticnt    in    r<-arfy    for   th»-    tfxt. 


jccts  that  only  2/4  coiiM  not  vcco'^u'vac 
a  stimulus  of  3rX)  microarnpf-rfs.  'I'liis 
stimulus  is  consirlcn-d  lar^c  ciiouj^li  to 
indicate  total  aj((rusia  and  at  the  same 
time  small  cnouj^h  Uy  j^revent  stimula- 
tion rjf  the  5th  nerve,  since  out  of  55 
patients  with  totally  severed  chorrlas 
only  one  lia^l  any  sensation  of  taste  helow 
?)()()  micrfmmperes.-' '"' 

In  search  for  ati  objective  way  of 
testinj^  tastf  the  tfclinif|iu-  dcsrrihf-d 
above  is  heinjj  used  by  us  in  cf^nibinatirm 
with  the  psychfigalvam'c  skin  response 
iiiftbr.d  (  I'GSR  ).  The  I'fiSk  consists  of 
a  decrease  in  the  electrical  resistance  of 
the  skin  to  a  vvifle  variety  ai  stimuli.  It 
is  an  autonomic  response  mediated 
tlirfiUj^h  chanj^es  in  the  secretory  activity 
of  the  sweat  j(lands  in  the  skin.  This 
reflex  hai  been  used  successfully  in 
physioloj^y.  psycholrj^y,  etc.,  aiul  is  of 
particular  interest  io  TJtolaryngolo^y  in 
aiulionietry'  and  olfactrjmetry,'' 


Method:  The  subject  tinder  investi- 
gation is  placerl  iti  a  c)uiet  rrjom  and 
blinrlfolded  to  eliminate  extranerjus  .stim- 
uli. Then  the  I'GSk  recf>rdinj(  leads  are 
plarefj  on  the  palmar  surfaces  of  the 
.secr^nd  and  ffMirth  fingers  of  the  left  hand 
anrl  tlie  grounrl  is  attached  to  the  arm. 
The  l'<^i.SK  .shock  electrrnles  are  attached 
to  the  rij^ht  forearm.  The  cathode  of  the 
{(ustometer  is  attached  to  the  rij^ht  wrist, 
the  anode  is  lieUl  in  the  right  hand,  arul 
placerl  (m  the  tongue  wlieti  the  experi- 
ment starts  C  I'"ig.  1  ;. 

The  gtistometer  is  .set  to  deliver  a 
stimulus  from  150  tf*  2'^X)  microamperes. 
This  is  cr>nsirlered  above  the  threshfjld 
value  fr,r  trK>st  of  tlie  normal  populatif>n. 
The  cf>nrlitioning  (A  the  i>atient  is  car- 
ried out  by  giving  taste  aufl  shfKrk  stimuli 
simult;meously  ai>f)roximately  10  to  12 
times  during  a  period  of  one  miimte. 
Then  taste  stimulus  is  given  alone.  If  a 
positive  re.sfxjn.se  i.s  obtained,  it  is  car- 


April,  V/(A 


23 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


.^..^jKjv^jxiAA. 


Fig.    2.     Positive    tracing. 


Fig.   3.     Negative   tracing. 


ried  to  extinction  then  reinforced.  If  no 
response  is  obtained,  the  taste  stimulus 
is  increased  to  maximum  and  the  test 
repeated. 

To  rule  out  the  possibility  that  the 
positive  PGSR  responses  were  actually 
artefacts  caused  by  the  stimulating  direct 
current  from  the  gustometer,  the  laten- 
cies of  the  artefacts  were  measured  by 
computer  averaging  method.  We  found 
that  it  took  200  milliseconds  for  the  taste 
stimulating  current  to  travel  from  the 
tongue  to  the  recording  leads  of  the 
PGSR  machine.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
average  latencies  of  the  PGSR  responses 
were  in  the  800  to  1 500  millisecond  range, 
thus  ruling  out  the  possibility  of  the 
stimulus  artefacts  interfering  with  the 
PGSR  response. 

Fig.  2  illustrates  a  positive  response. 
The  first  part  of  the  tracing  represents 
conditioning  ( a )  followed  by  the  taste 
stimulating  current's  artefact  (b)  and 
by  a  positive  PGSR  response  (c). 

The  next  illustration  (Fig.  3)  is  a 
record  of  a  negative  PSGR  response. 
The  conditioning  part  of  the  tracing  ( a  ) 
is  followed  by  two  taste  stimulus  arte- 
facts (b)  but  no  PGSR  response. 

Twelve  patients  with  severed  chordas 
due  to  radical  mastoid  oi)eration  were 
tested  in  this  series.  None  of  the  ])a- 
tients  in  this  group  gave  positive  PGSR 


response  to  galvanic  taste  stimulation 
within  a  period  of  3  months  following 
surgery.  The  control  group  consisted  of 
six  normal  subjects.  The  presence  of 
taste  was  readily  determined  in  all  of 
the  subjects  from  the  control  group  with 
PGSR  electrogustometric  method. 

The  main  purpose  of  this  preliminary 
report  is  to  focus  attention  on  this  new 
method  for  testing  taste.  We  feel  that 
PGSR  electrogustometry  is  a  reliable 
method  and  may  be  of  value  in  the  field 
of  Otoneurology  for  the  objective  assess- 
ment of  the  function  of  the  chorda  tym- 
pani  and  in  some  cases,  indirectly,  of  the 
facial  nerve. 

References 

1.  CusHiNGS,  H. :  Tumors  of  the  Nervous 
Acousficus  and  the  Syndrome  of  the  Cerebello- 
pontine Angle.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co..  Philadel- 
phia, 1919. 

2.  Krarup,  B.  :  Electrogustometry,  A  Metii- 
od  for  Clinical  Taste  Examination.  A  eta 
Otolaryni/.    (.Stockholm),   49:294.    1958. 

3.  Krarup,  B.  :  On  the  Technique  of  Gusta- 
tory Examinations.  Acta  Otolaryng.  ( Stock- 
liolm)  Suppl.  140:195,  1959. 

4.  Bordlev,  J.  E.  and  Hardy,  W.  C.  :  A 
.Study  in  Objective  Audiometry  with  tiie  Use 
of  the  Psychogalvanic  .Skin  Response.  .Inn. 
Otol..  58:751,  1949. 

5.  Borsaxvi,  S.  J.  and  Bi.axchard,  C.  L.  : 
Psychogalvanic  Skin  Response  Olfactometry. 
Ann.   Otol..  71:213,   1962. 


24 


I'ol.  40,  No.  2 


Puberty  and  Gynecology  in  the  Cuna  Indians 


MAJOR  ARCHIBALD  W.  McFADDEN,  M.C.,  U.S.A. 


Traditional  Medical  and 
Ceremonial   Practices  of  the 
San  Bias  Cunas  of  Panama 

The  beliefs  and  rituals  centering 
on  the  female  in  this  primitive  society 
are  an  important  part  of  their  folk  med- 
icine. This  elaljorate  unscientific  medical 
system,  hrml}-  rooted  in  their  ancient 
religion,  remains  the  closely  guarded 
knowledge  of  their  medical  practitioners. 
The  trihal  life  of  these  people,  somewhat 
altered  during  the  past  450  years  of 
European  predominance  in  Panama,  is 
now  rapidly  changing  under  the  impact 
of  modern  civilization.  Their  indigenous 
system  of  medicine  is  also  beginning  to 
crumlile ;  however,  conservatism,  isola- 
tion, and  limited  medical  facilities  have 
prevented  scientific  medicine  from  re- 
l)lacing  traditional  practices. 

Their  concepts  of  creation  and  human 
reproduction  arise  from  the  heart  of  the 
ancient  Cuna  religion,  which  Keeler^ 
considers  a  form  of  the  once  iniiversal 
Earthmother  religion.  The  most  sacred 
ceremony  is  the  Inna  feast  for  the  newly 
marriageable  female,  which  symbolically 
relates  the  events  of  conception,  fetal 
development,  and  childbirth.  Their  tra- 
ditional lore  is  transmitted  by  lengthy 
chants  sung  in  an  obscure  symbolic  vo- 
cabulary, which  only  the  priests  and  heal- 
ers fully  imderstand. 

This  system,  which  incorporates  ele- 
ments of  religion,  sympathetic  magic, 
superstition,  and  sound  i)ractical  therapy, 
presents  some  curious  parallels  to  mod- 


Chief    of    Dermatology    Section,    Medical    Service, 
U.  S.  Army  Hospital,  Fort  Jackson,   S.   C. 


ern  medical  practice.  An  investigation  of 
Cuna  medical  lore  indicated  that  the 
area  of  obstetrics,  gynecology,  and  pub- 
erty rites  was  the  least  modified  and 
])robably  the  best  example  of  their  med- 
ical heritage.  Therefore,  this  account  of 
contemporary  Cuna  Indian  medicine  and 
ceremonies  is  presented  as  a  fragment  of 
an  ancient  American  culture  surviving 
into  the  twentieth  century. 

STUDY    METHODS 

This  account  is  based  on  information 
collected  from  medicine  men,  diviners, 
and  chanters  with  the  assistance  of  sev- 
eral educated  native  missionaries.  With 
a  letter  of  permission  from  the  Panaman- 
ian Government  and  the  cooperation  of 
several  prominent  chiefs,  I  visited  most 
of  the  San  Bias  villages  with  a  traveling 
medical  clinic  between  1959  and  1961. 
During  these  trips,  I  was  able  to  observe 
the  ceremonies  described  in  this  paper. 
Olowitinappi,  a  respected  medicine  man 
from  Mulatuppu,  San  Bias,  came  to  my 
quarters  in  the  Canal  Zone  to  spend  ten 
days  teaching  uses  of  herbal  remedies, 
therapeutic  chants,  and  medicine  draw- 
ings. 

The  publications  of  Nordenskiod,- 
Keeler,-'  and  Stouf*  supplied  detailed  in- 
formation on  Cuna  history  and  culture. 
In  spite  of  the  distortions  and  omissions, 
which  resulted  from  the  difficulties  of 
translation  and  the  reluctance  of  the 
medicine  men  to  divulge  sacred  knowl- 
edge, this  account  is  considered  reason- 
ably accurate.  The  information  in  draft 
form  was  sent  to  Saikla  Ikwaniktipippi, 
First  Chief  of  Ailigandi  and  the  leading 


.April.   1^^(^4 


25 


ini.iJirix  OF  Tim  school  of  mf.pioixf.  rxiii-h'SFD'  of  .\LiRyL.L\n 


authoritv  on   Cuna   tra(litit)nal    lore,   lor 
his  approval. 

TIIF.  CUXA   IXniAXS  OF   SAX   BLAS 

The  Cuna  Indians  are  descendants  of 
the  people  who  dominated  a  large  area 
of  Panama  and  Colomhia  prior  to  the 
Spanish  Conquest.  Today,  they  are  con- 
centrated in  small  villages  along  the 
Carihhean  Coast,  east  of  the  Panama 
Canal.  This  region,  known  as  the  San 
Bias  Coast  after  a  prominent  point  of 
land  and  mountain  range,  has  remarkable 
natural  beauty.  A  multitude  of  coral 
islands  are  strung  in  chains  among  the 
ofY-shore  reefs.  The  brilliant  greens  and 
blues  of  the  almost  transparent  Carib- 
bean contrast  with  the  white  beaches  and 
coconut  palms  of  the  islands.  On  the 
mainland,  the  dense  jvnigle.  rising  quick- 
ly from  the  narrow  coastal  plain  into  the 
mountains,  is  broken  only  by  scattered 
clearings.  This  country,  in  the  shadow 
of  the  Panama  Canal,  with  no  roads,  few- 
trails,  and  limited  trade,  has  remained 
almost  unchanged  since  the  time  of 
Columbus. 

The  Cuna  Indians  follow  their  tradi- 
tional way  of  life,  governed  under  a 
form  of  town  council  with  elected  village 
chiefs.  They  have  preserved  their  tribal 
identity,  language,  and  a  great  part  of 
their  ancient  culture  through  a  strict  pol- 
icy of  isolation  from  foreign  influences. 
They  depend  on  farming  small  fields  by 
the  primitive  "slash-and-burn"  method, 
fishing,  and  hunting  for  their  main  food 
supply.  They  raise  coconuts  and  av- 
acados  for  sale  to  coastal  trading  boats 
and  receive  money,  cloth,  tools,  and 
sugar  in  return.  Many  of  the  young  men 
work  in  the  cities  and  the  Canal  Zone 
for  several  years  before  settling  down 
in  their  home  villages. 

The    typical    island    village    is    small. 


densc'K'  ])oi)ulated  with  lillle  ui)en  space 
except  the  beaches,  and  located  close  to 
a  little  river  on  the  mainland.  Their  large 
cane  and  thatch  houses  are  built  close 
together  along  streets ;  each  house  shel- 
ters several  generations  related  along 
maternal  lines  :  however,  the  eldest  male 
is  the  head  of  the  household. 

MEnitAL     COXCEPTS     AXI)     I'K.KCTITIOXEKS 

In  the  Cuna  system  of  medicine,  dis- 
ease is  caused  by  evil  spirits  attacking 
the  patient's  soul.  A  host  of  supernatural 
creatures,  evil  spirits,  and  demons  of 
disease,  many  with  animal  form  and 
attributes,  wait  in  the  darkness  of  night 
or  in  giant  trees  and  rocks  to  prey  on 
humans.  These  demons  vary  widely  in 
appearance  and  evil  power  ;  some  are  tiny 
like  gnats  with  little  influence  :  the  worst 
are  hideous  monsters  with  unlimited 
capacity  for  evil. 

The  total  soul  of  man  is  composed  of 
many  individual  souls,  each  belonging  to 
a  separate  region  of  the  l)od\',  and  each 
subject  to  injury  from  different  demons. 
A  serious  illness  develops  when  demons 
steal  the  total  soul  and  carry  it  deep  into 
the  eight  levels  of  the  underworld.  Un- 
less the  medicine  man  can  locate  the 
captive  soul  and  compel  the  demon  to  re- 
store it,  the  patient  will  die.  Lesser  ill- 
ness and  chronic  disease  result  from 
injury  or  theft  of  individual  souls.  Even 
though  many  common  diseases  are  recog- 
nized and  named,  each  symptom  is  at- 
tributed to  a  specific  evil  spirit.  Certain 
diseases  are  considered  to  have  both  a 
natural  and  a  supernatural  causation. 

The  medical  practitioners  function  in 
the  role  of  priest-])hysician.  There  is 
considerable  specialization  within  this 
.system,  which  is  based  primarily  on 
knowledge  and  confers  a  distinctive  title 
on  the  practitioner. 


26 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


McFADDEX—PUBERTY   AND    GYNECOLOGY    IN    THE    CUNA    INDIANS 


The  A^clc  (diviner)  is  born  with  super- 
natural powers  to  sent  his  soul  into  the 
underworlds  to  speak  with  demons  and 
devils  and  to  see  into  the  past  and  the 
future.  As  a  diagnostician,  he  may  be 
consulted  in  difficult  cases ;  however, 
theraj)}-  is  reserved  for  the  medicine  man. 
All  other  practitioners  learn  their  trade 
during  manv  vears  of  apprenticeship  and 
study. 

The  KaHtitlc,  high  priest  and  chanter, 
manages  the  ceremonial  Inna  celebration. 
He  sings  the  sacred  chants  of  reproduc- 
tion and  development  for  the  "coming 
out"  party.  These  chants  and  rituals  pro- 
tect the  new  debutante  from  various 
harmful  influences.  He  does  not  practice 
medicine  unless  he  also  is  trained  as  a 
medicine  man. 

The  Inatnlet  (medicine  man),  general 
practitioner  or  specialist,  studies  under 
several  experienced  inatulets  for  eight 
to  twelve  years.  He  frequently  takes  spe- 
cial training  in  diseases  of  the  female, 
but  does  not  limit  his  practice.  He  treats 
the  patient  with  various  medicinal  tonics, 
baths,  and  therapeutic  chants  with  in- 
cense. He  relies  on  the  ncle  for  the  diag- 
nosis and  treatment  of  choice  in  difficult 
and  puzzling  cases.  His  knowledge  can 
be  learned  without  supernatural  abilities. 

Much  of  the  knowledge  and  functions 
of  the  inatulet  can  he  only  vaguely  fitted 
into  the  structure  of  modern  medicine 
under  the  categories  of  public  healtli  and 
social  work.  There  are  numerous  reg- 
imens with  therapeutic  tonics,  baths,  and 
chants  which  will  enlarge  a  girl's  natural 
abilities  as  a  hammock  weaver,  seam- 
stress, and  other  skills  wliich  will  make 
her  a  better  wife.  Certain  treatments  are 
intended  to  increase  feminine  modesty 
or  curb  a  tendency  to  sexual  experimen- 
tation outside  of  marriage. 


PUBERTY    CEREMONY 

Menarche  is  observed  with  a  ceremony 
of  seclusion  and  ])urification.  This  pub- 
erty rite  was  instituted  by  the  great  cul- 
tural hero,  Ipeorkun,  according  to  Cuna 
legends.^'  ^  It  is  a  time  of  celebration 
without  ritual  dancing  or  chanting.  The 
proud  i)arents  hold  "open  house"  and 
serve  a  sweetened  cacao  l^ean  drink  to 
friends  who  visit  to  offer  congratulations. 
Only  the  "saptur  ritual"  is  sacred  and 
forbidden  to  outsiders. 

At  the  onset  of  the  first  menses,  the 
parents  notify  their  neighljors  and  the 
town  chiefs.  The  young  men  prepare  a 
])alm  leaf  enclosure  around  a  low  platform 
on  the  floor  of  the  family  house.  The  girl 
remains  seated  on  the  platform,  ac- 
companied by  village  matrons  and  mid- 
wives,  for  five  day  of  ritual  bathing. 
These  women,  "who  know  the  way  of 
bathing  the  maiden."  assisted  by  friends, 
pour  sea  water  from  a  canoe  over  her 
nude  body  during  the  day.  She  is  allowed 
food  and  drink  only  after  dark.  In  some 
villages  the  young  men  participate  in 
this  ritual  cleansing ;  probably  a  survival 
of  an  older  tradition. 

Inuring  this  seclusion,  the  girl  is  in- 
structed in  proper  behavior  and  the  im- 
portance of  her  new  status.  She  also  re- 
ceives some  information  of  the  secrets  of 
menstruation,  but  no  detailed  instruction 
in  sexual  activity  or  her  role  in  reproduc- 
tion. 

On  the  fifth  day,  the  girl's  whole  body 
is  stained  a  deep  black  with  the  juice  of 
the  sacred  "saptur,"  the  fruit  of  Genipa 
Americana.  The  juice  stains  the  stratum 
corneum  and  requires  about  10  days  to 
wear  ofi^.  This  stain,  in  addition  to  mark- 
ing the  girl's  new  status  as  a  young 
woman  (yakwa),  is  also  a  potent  pro- 
tection against  the  demons  of  disease. 
The  ceremonial  painting  com])letes  the 


April,  1964 


27 


puberty  celebration ;  it  is  a  public  an- 
nouncement of  tbe  close  of  cbildbood. 
The  voung  woman  will  usually  be  mar- 
ried in  three  or  four  years. 

The  Sapttir  Ritual:  The  sacred  fruit 
is  collected  in  the  mountains  by  a  certain 
official,  "one  who  knows  the  way  of  the 
saptur,"'  with  specified  chants  and  cacao 
bean  incense.  He  sings  of  the  origin  of 
the  saptur  and  assisted  by  incense  he 
informs  the  plant  spirit  of  his  intentions. 
He  then  climbs  the  tree  in  a  circular 
maimer  and  gathers  fruit  from  each  of 
the  four  cardinal  directions.  Since  this 
is  the  only  time  that  saptur  can  be  picked, 
and  it  is  an  important  ingredient  of 
medicines  and  cosmetics,  a  large  supply 
nnist  be  collected.  The  fruit  is  carried 
back  to  the  island  by  the  young  men  of 
the  village  with  shouting  and  singing.  A 
modern  introduction  is  a  shotgun  blast, 
which  warns  the  people  not  to  look  at 
the  saptur  being  carried  to  the  girl's 
house.  At  the  house  this  official  cuts 
four  saptur  fruit  in  half  without  looking 
by  a  single  blow  of  a  machete.  This 
most  sacred  part  of  the  ritual  is  barred 
to  all  outsiders  and  to  those  Indians  who 
have  abandoned  the  ancient  ways. 

Omens:  Omens  can  be  read  in  the 
character  of  the  cut  fruit.  Unequal  sec- 
tions, depending  on  whether  to  right  or 
left,  may  foretell  an  early  death  or  mar- 
ital discord.  The  presence  of  black  specks 
or  strings  indicates  a  lack  of  modesty 
or  premarital  sexual  activities.  The  girl's 
future  in  marriage  may  read  in  the  be- 
havior of  a  female  and  male  land  crab 
placed  together  in  a  basket.  An  aggres- 
sive male  crab  foretells  a  brave  and 
dominant  husband,  while  a  vigorous  fe- 
male foretells  a  disagreeable,  unhappy 
wife.  One  crab  escaping  from  the  basket 
indicates  unfaithfulness,  and  the  death  of 
a  crab  foretells  the  death  of  husband  or 
wife.  These  crabs  are  watched  for  seven 


Fig.  1.  Squeezing  sugar  cane  for  the  Inna  Ceremony 
in  Ailigandi,  San  Bias.  Notice  the  pre-adolescent 
girls  with  long  hair  and  gold  nose  rings.  They  are 
wearing  the  traditional  bright-colored  applique 
"mola"    blouses. 

days,  and  predictions  are  made  on  the 
basis  of  one  year  of  marriage  for  each 
day.  These  omens  and  many  others  are 
more  important  than  just  amusing  super- 
stitions :  however,  no  clear  distinction 
was  evident  between  genuine  divination 
techniques  and  humorous,  trivial  cus- 
toms. 

THE    INNA    CEREMONY 

These  ceremonies  are  the  most  sacred 
surviving  observances  of  the  Cuna  re- 
ligion. The  details  of  these  rituals,  also 
attributed  to  Ipeorkun,  have  been  trans- 
mitted by  oral  tradition  through  the  cen- 
turies. These  ceremonies  consecrate  the 
female  child  to  her  future  role  in  mother- 
hood and  supply  her  protection  against 
disease  and  other  hazards.  They  are  a 
form  of  fertility  rite,  and  symbolically 
ensure  the  survival  of  the  Cuna  Indians 
as  a  people.  The  complex  ceremonies 
relate  through  lengthy  chants,  dances, 
and  pantomime  the  sacred  mysteries  of 
creation  and  the  origins  of  the  race.  The 
senior  kantule  (high  priest)  manages 
the  entire  ceremony ;  he  sings  the  almost 
interminable  sacred  chants,  assisted  by 
associate  kantules  and  other  officials. 
Every  Indian  girl  must  have  an  Inna 
feast  to  be  eligible  for  marriage. 


28 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


McFADDEN— PUBERTY  AND  GYNECOLOGY  IN   THE  CUNA   INDIANS 


The  Lomj  I  una:  The  Long  Inna 
( Inna  Suit)  is  an  clal)orate  ceremony 
lasting  four  days.  The  girl  may  he  any 
age  hetween  three  and  nine,  hut  the 
average  age  is  seven  years.  Men  take  the 
major  role  in  these  proceedings,  which 
are  held  in  a  large  inna  hall  reserved  for 
these  feasts.  The  opening  phase  is  the 
ritual  Inna  tasting  hy  four  village  elders 
and  the  tohacco  smoke  incense  offered 
to  each  man  in  turn.  After  several  hours, 
the  high  priest  hegins  the  sacred  chants 
which  will  continue  almost  continually 
night  and  day  for  three  days.  The  pro- 
gram is  broken  at  intervals  by  ritual 
dances,  pantomime,  and  music  by  "pan 
pipes,"  flutes,  and  rattles.  As  he  sings 
for  hour  after  hour,  the  men  and  women 
drink  Inna  and  smoke  native  tobacco  to 
a  state  of  intoxication. 

The  girl  stays  in  her  hammock  sur- 
rounded by  a  palm  leaf  screen,  in  a  cor- 
ner of  the  hall,  until  the  morning  of  the 
fourth  day.  She  then  goes  to  a  previous- 
ly prepared  palm  leaf  shelter  in  the  street 
near  the  inna  hall.  There  she  sits  in  a 
pit  surrounded  by  matrons  and  friends 
and  receives  a  ritual  hair  cut  from  an 
older  woman,  "one  who  knows  the  way 
of  cutting  the  maiden's  hair."  The  result 
is  a  very  close  crew  cut.  She  is  finally 
given  a  secret  and  holy  name  by  the  high 
priest,  and  then  she  returns  to  her  family 
house.  The  Inna  feast  continues  usually 
for  another  12  hours. 

The  Inna  Chants:  The  sacred  Inna 
chants  describe  in  flowery  language  the 
development  of  the  girl  from  her  con- 
ception to  her  future  role  as  a  mother. 
The  entire  process  of  reproduction  is 
related  in  detail,  but  the  obscure  symbolic 
vocabulary  conceals  the  meaning  from 
the  general  public.  The  high  priest  chants 
against  the  many  evil  influences  which 
threatened  the  girl  in  the  past  and  lurk 
to  harm  her  and  her  pregnancies  in  the 


future.  Indian  informants  say  that  the 
Inna  tells  the  whole  story  of  the  girl's 
life.  This  is  true ;  however,  since  the 
story  l)egins  with  the  origin  of  man  fol- 
lowing the  Great  Flood,  the  Inna  ritual 
actually  recounts  the  historv  of  mankind. 

The  Inna  Drink:  Inna,  the  alcoholic 
drink  which  gives  its  name  to  the  cer- 
emonv,  and  tobacco  are  the  two  essential 
ingredients  of  the  Inna  feast.  Inna  is 
made  from  ground  parched  corn,  ripe 
bananas,  and  sugar-cane  juice  fermented 
and  then  boiled.  The  result  resembles  a 
dark  ale  or  stout  in  taste  and  appearance. 
An  important  secondary  official  is  "one 
who  knows  the  way  of  making  Inna"  or 
the  master  brewer.  Both  men  and  women 
drink  large  amounts  of  Inna  because  they 
believe  it  necessary  to  get  drunk  at  Inna 
feasts  to  ensure  going  to  "heaven"  after 
death.  In  the  obscure  and  symbolic  lan- 
guage of  the  Cuna  chants,  one  of  the 
names  for  a  human  being  is  "one  who 
possesses  Inna."  This  usage  indicates 
both  the  sacred  nature  of  the  drink  and 
mankind's  unique  status  in  possessing  it. 

Inna  Variations:  Economic  factors 
cause  some  variations  in  the  number  and 
variety  of  Inna  feasts  in  different  vil- 
lages. The  required  food  and  drink  is 
quite  expensive,  and  a  father  often  works 
several  years  to  accumulate  the  money 
and  supplies.  In  villages  where  these 
feasts  are  a  cooperative  effort,  the  Long 
Inna  is  common.  Several  variations  of 
the  Inna  are  mentioned  for  completeness. 
Inna  Tiinsikalct  lasts  about  a  day  and 
a  half,  and  may  be  substituted  for  the 
Long  Inna.  Inna  Totozvalct  is  a  rare 
variation  in  which  every  activity  is 
danced  in  a  specified  ritual  pattern.  This 
ceremony  is  quite  complex  and  is  not 
often  performed  today. 

Coiuinc/  Out  Party:  The  one  day  Inna 
feast  ( Imia  Mutiket)  is  ordinarily  held 
for  a  girl  of  13  years.  The  ceremony  is 


April,  1964 


29 


essentially  an  abbreviated  Long  Inna 
feast,  and  is  tbe  girl's  "coming  ont" 
party.  She  does  not  receive  a  ritnal  hair 
cutting  unless  she  had  not  been  given  an 
Inna  earlier.  Usually  her  mother  cuts 
her  hair  to  the  short  adult  style  a  few 
weeks  after  the  second  Inna,  and  the 
girl  adopts  the  tribal  head  scarf.  She  is 
commonK-  married  at  14  or  15  years  of 
age. 

SEX    MORES    AND    MARRIAGE 

Children  of  both  sexes  are  carefully 
shielded  from  any  knowledge  of  the  re- 
producti\e  process.  It  is  difficult  to  be- 
lieve in  the  complete  ignorance  of  young 
people  in  sexual  matters  since  the  large 
open  houses  shelter  several  generations, 
including  many  married  couples.  The  vil- 
lage is  so  tightly  organized  and  the 
houses  are  so  situated  that  privacy  is 
achieved  only  through  custom  and  Indian 
courtesy.  The  young  people  have  abun- 
dant opportiniities  to  see  and  hear  all 
possible  human  activities. 

The  modesty  of  the  Cuna  is  influenced 
by  tribal  custom  often  reinforced  by- 
village  laws.  It  is  partly  the  result  of  true 
courtesy  ( living  habits  modified  to  avoid 
giving  offense  to  other  members  of  the 
community),  partly  the  guarding  of 
sacred,  therefore  dangerous,  information 
from  the  jniblic,  and  partly  the  influence 
of  foreign  cultures.  Apparently,  what  is 
concealed  from  children  is  the  detailed 
ritual  knowledge  of  the  medicine  men. 
This  knowledge  is  held  too  sacred  to  be 
revealed  to  children,  and  much  of  it  is 
guarded  from  the  adult  laity. 

Marriage  is  arranged  by  the  parents 
without  the  consent  or  prior  knowledge 
of  the  couple  concerned.  They  frequently 
occur  during  the  celebrations  associated 
with  puberty.  The  unsuspecting  lad  is 
seized  by  a  group  of  his  friends  and 
carried  to  the  bride's  house,  accompanied 


Fig.  2.  This  waterfront  of  a  San  Bias  village  shows 
the  characteristic  large  cane  and  thatch  houses  and 
the  brightly  painted  log  canoes.  The  chiefs  and  town 
council  of  this  very  conservative  community  debated 
before    permitting    our    medical    party    to    land    here. 

by  shouts  of  "husband-husband"  and 
other  appropriate  comments.  The  young 
couple  is  pushed  into  a  single  hammock 
and  swung  several  times  over  a  burning 
log.  Afterwards,  each  takes  a  bath,  and 
the  boy  leaves  the  house.  This  is  repeated 
for  several  days ;  the  couple  is  forced 
to  spend  the  night  in  the  same  hammock 
without  moving  or  sleeping,  carefully 
chaperoned  bv  the  girl's  parents.  When, 
after  several  days,  the  prospective  groom 
voluntarily  accompanies  the  girl's  father 
to  the  mountains  and  brings  back  a  log 
for  the  fire,  the  marriage  is  considered 
completed. 

The  new  husband  moves  into  the  girl's 
household  and  becomes  a  member  of  her 
family.  The  man  and  woman  are  ex- 
pected to  be  faithful  during  marriage ; 
however,  a  separation  is  not  complicated 
and  the  individuals  are  then  free  to  re- 
marry. 

The  frequent  occurrence  of  albinism 
among  these  people  imposes  additional 
marriage  customs.  Albinism  is  attributed 
to  the  prenatal  influence  of  excess  ex- 
posure to  moonlight  and  certain  med- 
icinal plants.  However,  hereditary  fac- 
tors are  recognized  also,  and  albinos  are 
forbidden  to  marry  each  other.  Cuna  al- 


30 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


McFADimN—PUBRKTY  AND  GYNECOLOGY  IN  THE  CUNA  INDIANS 


l)inos  seldom  marry  because  they  are 
severely  handicapped  by  poor  vision,  sen- 
sitive skin,  and  premature  skin  cancers. 

GVNFXOLOGY 

Diseases  in  this  category  are  thought 
to  result  from  the  activities  of  various 
animal  sjjirits  on  specific  parts  of  the 
female  body.  IMie  results  are  visualized 
in  a  real  fashion  such  as  mechanical 
blocking,  knotting  of  tubes,  and  displace- 
ment of  reproductive  organs. 

The  menarche  usually  occurs  at  1 1  or 
12  in  the  average  healthy  female.  ]\[en- 
strual  periods  average  between  two  and 
four  (la\s  in  duration  and  approximate 
a  ZS  to  35  day  cycle.  Dysmenorrhea  is 
recognized,  but  is  rarely  severe  enough 
to  be  an  important  problem.  A  tonic 
])repared  from  the  stem  and  root  of  a 
jungle  ])lant  (member  of  the  ])iper  fam- 
ily )  is  taken  twice  a  day  to  relieve  symp- 
toms. During  the  puberty  rite,  the  girl's 
nose  is  painted  with  a  red  stain  to  ensure 
easy  menstruation. 

Menorrhagia  and  metrorrhagia  are 
distinguished  from  the  bleeding  asso- 
ciated with  abortion;  however,  all  vag- 
inal bleeding  has  a  similar  cause.  The 
fiow  of  blood  is  considered  to  be  the  red 
waters  of  the  River  of  Life  :  therefore, 
anything  whitish  and  sticky  helps  to  dry 
up  this  flood.  A  common  remedy  is  a 
tonic  ])rei)ared  from  various  vines  with 
whitish  and  viscous  sap.  xA.  prescri])tion 
for  dvsmenorrhagia  and  menorrhagia 
given  by  the  Xcle  of  Tigre,  considered 
the  l)est  of  the  present-day  nelcs,  con- 
sisted of  the  ashes  of  colored  scraps  of 
cloth.  The  cloth  scraps  were  burned  with 
chanting  and  cacao  bean  incense,  and  the 
ashes  were  mixed  with  a  sticky  sap  and 
dried  in  a  ball.  The  patient  was  directed 
to  grate  this  medicine  into  water  and 
drink  a  cup  morning  and  evening.  The 
rationale  is  not  known,  but  it  ])robably 


relates  to  the  Cuna  myth  of  creation.  The 
Original  Mother  had  different  colored 
menstrual  flows,  and  from  each  color  a 
dift'erent  animal  world  developed,  such  as 
the  snake  world  and  the  alligator  world. 

The  following  assortment  of  remedies 
is  mainly  of  interest  to  illustrate  other 
ccjnditions  recognized  in  Cuna  medicine. 
Sterility  problems  are  treated  with  a 
tonic  of  a  milky  white  juice  by  the  hus- 
band and  wife  every  day  for  three 
months.  A  drink  of  roasted  mushrooms 
may  be  taken  daily  for  one  month.  These 
nnishrooms  have  a  peculiar  tilted  cap 
and  are  useful  only  when  sterility  is  due 
to  a  tilted  uterus  or  crooked  l)irth  canal. 
The  couple  is  further  advised  to  rest,  to 
improve  their  diet,  and  to  keep  trying. 
Contraception  therapy  includes :  the  tiny 
yellow  fruit  of  a  rare  tree  found  only  in 
the  mountains  eaten  before  intercourse, 
tonic  of  the  bark  of  the  same  tree,  and 
roasted  withered  flowers  in  water.  The 
couple  is  further  advised  to  abstain  from 
intercourse. 

Vines  and  branches  with  large  knots 
or  swellings  are  soaked  in  water  to  make 
baths  and  tonics  which  are  useful  in  pel- 
vic tumors.  Stria  of  pregnancy,  tender 
breasts,  and  dyspareunia  each  have  a 
separate  regimen.  Disturbances  in  libido 
result  from  demonic  influences  on  the 
inherent  personality,  and  are  managed  by 
another  specialist  whose  field  suggests 
l)sychiatry. 

DISCUSSIOX 

Any  discussion  of  the  medical  aspects 
of  puberty  ceremonies  and  female  dis- 
eases in  a  ]M-imitive  culture  by  an  out- 
sider must  be  rather  general,  and  any 
conclusions  must  l)e  stated  cautiously. 
This  is  particularly  true  when  this 
knowledge  is  limited  to  a  few  of  the 
highest  priest-healers  who  consider  much 
of  it  too  sacred  to  reveal. 


April.  1964 


31 


J  ha\(.'  altcniptcd  a  l)ric'f.  accurate  de- 
scription of  the  i)ul)erty  ceremonies  as 
they  are  performed  in  tlie  Cuna  villages 
today  and  a  few  comments  on  their 
medical-religious  signilkance.  These  rit- 
uals are  primarily  magical-religious  in 
nature ;  the  medical  aspect  is  almost  en- 
tirely protection  against  the  many  de- 
mons of  disease.  The  Inna  ceremony  in- 
cludes activities  suggestive  of  Christian 
haptism  and  confirmation,  activities  for 
strengthening  tribal  identification,  and 
social  activities  reminiscent  of  a  deb- 
utante "coming-out"  party. 

It  appears  quite  likely  that  in  earlier 
days  the  Inna  ceremony  was  closely  as- 
sociated with  female  puberty  and  mar- 
riageability. Probably  the  introduction  of 
metal  tools,  trade  goods,  and  the  concept 
of  private  ownership  created  strong  eco- 
nomic pressures,  which  resulted  in  the 
separation  of  the  Long  Inna  feast  from 
puberty.  However,  this  is  unimportant 
because  the  girl  receives  the  magical  pro- 
tection of  the  ritual,  even  if  she  is  too 
young  to  comprehend  it. 

The  assortment  of  treatments  for  gyne- 
cological disorders  are  of  interest  because 
they  indicate  some  of  the  conditions 
recognized  in  Cuna  medicine.  No  satis- 
factory identification  was  possible  for 
the  plants  mentioned  because  even  the 
Indian  names  were  considered  too  sacred 
to  reveal. 

Acknowledgments 

Alcibiades  Iglesias,  Claudio  Iglesias,  and 
Rev.  Peter  Miller  of  the  San  Bias  Missions 
generously  contributed  personal  knowledge,  in- 
formation, their  influence  in  contacting  various 


Fig.  3.  The  Cuna  high  priest,  wearing  a  ceremonial 
hat  of  blue  and  yellow  macaw  feathers,  chants  the 
Long  Inna  ritual  in  Icanti  on  the  Bayano  River, 
Panama.  Cocoa  bean  incense  burns  in  front  of  the 
medicine  canoe  full  of  Inna  drink.  The  honored  girl 
is  hidden  behind  a  shelter  of  palm  leaves  on  the  left. 
This  is  an  artist's  reconstruction  because  photographs 
were   not    permitted   during   the   ceremony. 

medicine  men  and  interpreting,  and  transporta- 
tion and  lodging  during  my  trips  to  these 
villages.  Dr.  Teodoro  A.  Arias  of  the  OB/Gyn 
Service,  Gorgas  Hospital,  Canal  Zone,  assisted 
with  the  gynecological  aspects  of  this  paper. 
The  photographs  were  supplied  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Xeville  A.  Harte  of  Curundu,  Canal  Zone. 

References 

1.  Keeler,  Clyde  E.  :  Secrets  of  the  Ciiiia 
Earth  Mother:  A  Comparative  Study  of  An- 
cient Religions,  New  York  Exposition  Press, 
1960. 

2.  Nordeskiold,  Erland:  An  Historical  and 
Ethnological  Survey  of  the  Cuna  hidians  (Ed. 
by  Henry  Wassen).  Comparative  Ethnological 
Studies,  Vol.  10.  Goteborg,  1938. 

3.  Keeler,  Clyde  E.  :  Land  of  the  Moon- 
Children:  The  Primitive  San  Bias  Culture  in 
Flux.  Athens,  University  of  Georgia  Press, 
1956. 

4.  Stout,  D.  B.  :  San  Bias  Cuna  Accultura- 
tion: An  Introduction.  Viking  Fund  Publica- 
tions in  Anthropology,  No.  9,  New  York,  1947. 


32 


Vol.  49.  No.  2 


'Dem  's 


LETTER. 


MEDICAL      SCHOOL      SECTION 


Dear  Members  uj  the  Alumni  and  Friends  oj  the  Medical 
School: 

W  herever  the  practice  of  medicine  is  considered  or  dis- 
cussed, there  are  apt  to  be  statements  made  al)oiit  the  Art 
of  Medicine  and  the  Science  of  Medicine. 

In  the  minds  of  some,  one  of  these  entities  can  exist 
without  the  other,  although  most  are  agreed  that  first-rate 
pliysicians  must  excel  in  both  the  science  and  art  of 
medicine. 

Science  is  usually  defined  as  a  branch  of  study  concerned 
with  observation  and  classification  of  facts,  especially  with 
establishment  of  verifiable  general  laws,  chiefly  by  induction 
and  hypotheses. 

\\'ithin  a  given  field  of  science  the  average  event  can 
l)e  predicted  but  not  the  specific  event.  Thus  in  the  field 
of  medical  science  the  general  course  of  tyjjhoid  fever  can 
be  predicted.  However,  how  typhoid  fever  will  behave  in 
a  specific  patient  cannot  be  predicted  as  far  as  complica- 
tions are  concerned.  This  is  where  the  experience  of  the 
physician  and  his  mind's  interpretation  of  the  clinical 
findings  of  the  patient's  mind  and  body  becomes  the  Art 
of  Medicine. 

It  is  in  this  way  that  the  science  and  art  of  medicine 
must  function  for  the  patient's  good. 

The  art  of  medicine  cannot  exist  without  an  adeciuate 
use  of  the  medical  sciences.  The  medical  sciences  can  only 
be  of  minimal  effectiveness  in  patients"  care  unless  they  are 
interpreted  by  the  able  physician  with  a  background  of 
experience  in  medical  practice. 

The  University  of  Maryland  Medical  School's  educa- 
tional jjrograms  try  to  provide  an  adequate  liackgroinid  in 
the  sciences  and  an  awareness  of  the  need  to  develop  the 
Art  of  Medicine. 

Sincerely, 

William  S.  Stoxe.  M.D. 
Dean 


.-IpnI.  1^64 


BVLLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MFDICIXF.  CXirFRSlTV  OF  MARY  LAX  I) 


Appointments  and  Promotions 

Dr.  M.  WiLso.N  Toi.i.  has  Ijecn  a])- 
pointed  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology 
and  head  of  the  Division  of  Cytopathol- 
ogy.  Dr.  Toll  has  been  a  practicing 
jxithologist  most  recently  in  Ray  P^rook, 
X.  v..  and  for  a  nnniher  of  years  prior 
to  his  pri\ate  practice,  he  worked  in 
Albany,  X.  V.,  where  he  trained  in  path- 
ology at  the  Bender  Laboratory.  He  is 
an  alumnus  of  McGill  University,  Mon- 
treal, and  received  training  in  cytology 
at  Memorial  Hospital  for  Cancer  and 
Allied  Diseases  in  XFew  York  City. 

Dr.  Joseph  Stafford  Redding  has 
been  named  Associate  Professor  of 
Anesthesiology  at  the  School  of  Medi- 
cine and  has  been  promoted  to  Anes- 
thesiologist-in-Chief  at  the  Baltimore 
City  Hospitals.  Dr.  Redding  has  served 
on  the  stafT  of  the  Baltimore  City  Hospi- 
tals since  1958.  An  alumnus  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  X^orth  Carolina,  he  received 
his  medical  degree  from  the  University 
of  Maryland,  serving  his  internship  and 
residency  in  anesthesiology  at  the  Xiorth 
Carolina  Memorial  Hospital,  Chapel 
Hill. 

Dr.  Jose  Ramirez  has  been  appointed 
Assistant  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine 
in  the  School  of  Medicine. 

Dr.  Ennis  C.  Lane  has  been  pro- 
moted from  an  instructor  in  Biochem- 
istry to  Assistant  Professor  of  Biochem- 
istry. 


Personals 

Among  those  of  the  medical  faculty 
participating  in  the  postgraduate  pro- 
grams at  the  Sinai  Hospital  were  includ- 
ed Dr.  John  G.  Wiswell  and  Dr.  John 
C.  Krantz,  Jr.  Dr.  \\'iswell  spoke  on  the 
subject     "The     Relationshij)      P)etween 


Tluroid  I  h)rni()ne  and  Catecholamines," 
while  Dr.  Krantz  covered  the  subject 
"A  Pharmacological  Approach  to  Coro- 
nar}-  Artery  Disease." 

Dr.  Raymond  K.  Thompson,  Asso- 
ciate Professor  of  Neurological  Surgery 
in  the  School  of  Medicine,  has  been  elect- 
ed President  of  the  Xeurosurgical  So- 
ciety of  America.  The  organization  is 
one  of  the  live  major  neurosurgical  so- 
cieties in  Xorth  zA.merica. 

Dr.  Thompson  also  serves  as  X'^euro- 
surgeon-in-Chief  at  the  St.  Joseph's,  St. 
Agnes'  and  Maryland  General  Hospitals 
in  Baltimore. 


Lederle  Award  to  Dr.  Crispens 

Dr.  William  S.  Stone,  Dean  of  the 
School  of  Medicine,  has  announced  that 
Dr.  Charles  G.  Crispens,  Jr.,  an  Assist- 
ant Professor  of  Anatomy  at  the  School 
of  Medicine,  has  l)een  named  recipient 
of  a  Lederle  Medical  Faculty  Award  for 
1964. 

In  announcing  the  award.  Dean  Stone 
stated  that  the  Lederle  Laboratories  Di- 
vision of  the  American  Cyanamid  Com- 
pany provides  annually  a  grant  for  addi- 
tional support  for  medical  school  faculty 
members  during  their  development  as 
teachers  and  research  workers. 

Dr.  Crispens,  who  teaches  a  course  in 
medical  genetics,  is  now  in  the  midst  of 
a  study  to  determine  the  relationship  be- 
tween cancer  and  a  virus-like  agent 
associated  with  mouse  tumors.  Since 
1955,  Dr.  Crispens  has  published  more 
than  20  articles,  many  of  them  dealing 
with  his  study  of  neoplastic  diseases  in 
birds  and  mice.  He  is  also  the  author  of 
a  reference  book  on  X^orth  American 
game  birds. 

Con't  on  p.  iii 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


Grants 


Dr.  Raskin  has  hypothecated  that 
some  skin  (Hseases  are  associated  with 
anto-ininiune  factors,  indicating  that  the 
])atient  may  l)e  allergic  (at  times)  to  his 
own  tissues. 


Department  of  Biophysics 

The  School  of  Medicine  and  the 
Department  of  Biophysics  has  received 
a  three-year  grant  of  $100,000  to  support 
a  study  of  muscle  proteins.  The  research 
will  be  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Malvin 
D.  Stern,  Associate  Professor  of  Bio- 
physics. 

Dr.  Stern  is  interested  in  determining 
the  actin  and  myosin  to  form  filaments 
and  hl)rils  in  muscle.  Dr.  Stern  plans 
to  use  various  physical  and  chemical 
techniques  including  light  scattering  to 
examine  the  way  actin  and  myosin  mole- 
cules arrange  themselves  under  various 
conditions.  He  will  w^ork  with  purified 
proteins  extracted  from  frog,  lobster, 
rabbit  and  other  animal  muscle. 

Dr.  Stern,  a  former  Atomic  Energy 
Commission  postdoctoral  fellow  in  bio- 
logical sciences  at  Harvard  University, 
has  l^een  associated  with  the  University 
of  Maryland  since  1963.  He  holds  his 
B.S.  degree  from  the  City  College  of 
Kew^  York,  and  an  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  from 
Princeton  Universitv. 


Dr.  Jo.\n  Raskix,  Assistant  Professor 
of  Dermatology,  has  received  a  grant  of 
$10,765  from  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health  to  continue  research  she  has  l)een 
conducting  on  the  role  of  allergy  in  cer- 
tain skin  diseases,  specifically  Molluscum 
contagiosum.  Preliminary  studies  have 
indicated  the  ])roduction  of  certain  anti- 
viral antibodies  specific  for  the  virus  in 
certain  individuals  who  have  sutTered 
from  the  infection. 


Dr.  Cowley   Receives  Large   Grant 
for  Hyperbaric  Oxygen  Research 

A  PRES-SURizED  CHAMBER  for  rcscarch 
in  hvperl)aric  oxygen  techniques  has  been 
installed  at  the  School  of  Medicine  at 
the  cost  of  some  $65,000,  defrayed  by  the 
Dixie  Manufacturing  Company  of  Bal- 
timore, who  installed  the  apparatus  at 
cost. 

Under  the  direction  of  Dr.  R.  Adams 
Cowley,  head  of  the  Division  of  Thoracic 
Surgery,  the  8  x  22-foot  test  unit  will 
be  employed  as  a  pilot  unit  for  prelimi- 
narv  studies  on  animals  and  eventually 
on  human  lieings.  It  will  l)e  followed  by 
a  quarter-million-dollar  unit,  designed  to 
accommodate  a  full  surgical  team  with 
all  of  the  ancillarv  equii)ment.  The  larger 
chamber  was  donated  by  Hercules  Pow- 
der Company  for  research  at  the  School 
of  Medicine. 

Although  still  an  experimental  method, 
hyperbaric  therapy  has  been  used  suc- 
cessfully in  the  treatment  of  carbon 
monoxide  poisoning  and  in  some  in- 
stances of  surgical  shock. 


Con't  from  p.  ii 

A  new  arrival  at  the  School  of  Medi- 
cine. Dr.  Crispens  recently  com])leted  a 
year  as  a  postdoctoral  fellow  at  the  Jack- 
son Laboratory,  Bar  Harl)or,  Me.  He 
holds  a  I^.S.  degree  from  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  an  ]\I.S.  degree  from 
Ohio  State  University,  and  a  Ph.D.  from 
Washington  State  University. 


April.  1^64 


Publications  of  Slafi' of  Tlie  School  of  Medicine  1962-1963 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ANATOMY 

Ckispexs,  C.  G.,  Ju.  :  Serum  Lactic  Dehydro- 
genase Levels  in  Mice  During  the  Develop- 
ment of  Autochthonous  and  Chemically  In- 
duced Tumors.  /.  Nat.  Cancer  Inst.,  30:361, 
1963. 

Crispexs,  C.  G.,  Jr.  :  Factors  Which  Influence 
Normal  Values  for  Serum  Lactic  Dehydro- 
genase in  Mice.  Experientia,  19:97,  1963. 

Krahl,  V.  E. :  The  Glomus  Pulmonale :  Its 
Location  and  Microscopic  Anatomy  in  Pul- 
monary Structure  and  Function,  Ciba  Foun- 
dation Symposium.  Little,  Brown  &  Co., 
1962,  p.  53. 

Krahl,  V.  E. :  Relationships  of  Peripheral 
Pulmonary  Vessels  to  the  Respiratory  Areas 
of  the  Lungs.  Med.  Thorac,  19:194,  1962. 

Krahl,  \'.  E. :  Microstructure  of  the  Lung. 
Arch.  Environ.  Health,  6:37,  1963. 

Krahl,  V.  E. :  A  Method  of  Studying  the 
Living  Lung  in  the  Closed  Thorax  and  Some 
Preliminary  Observations.  Angiology,  14:149, 
1963. 

Krahl,  V.  E. :  Cinemicrography  of  the  Living 
Lung.  Anat.  Rec,  145:371,  1963. 

Krahl,  V.  E. :  Anatomy  of  the  Mammalian 
Lung,  Chap.  6,  Sec.  3,  Vol.  I  in  Handbook 
of  Physiology.  Williams  &  Wilkins  Co., 
Baltimore,   1963. 

Krahl,  V.  E. :  Pulmonary  Anatomy  in  A 
Symposium  on  Anthracosilicosis.  W.  B. 
Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia.  In  press. 

MosES,  A.  M.,  Leveque,  T.  F.,  Giambattista, 
M.,  and  Lloyd,  C.  W.  :  Dissociation  Between 
the  Content  of  Vasopressin  and  Neurosecre- 
tory Material  in  the  Rat  Neurohypophysis. 
/.  Endocr.,  26:273,  1963. 

Reyxolds,  B.  L.,  Leveque,  T.  F.,  and  Buxtox, 
R.  W. :  Metabolic  Responses  in  Skeletal 
Muscle  and  Connective  Tissues  to  Open  Skin 
Wounds  in  Animals.  Amer.  Surg.,  29:1,  1963. 

Reyxolds,  B.  L.,  Leveque,  T.  F.,  and  Buxton, 
R.  W. :  Metabolic  Parameters  in  the  Healing 
of  Open  Skin  Wounds  in  Animals.  Amer. 
Surg.,  29:5,  1963. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ANESTHESIOLOGY 

Drinker,  A.  S.  and  Helrich,  M.  :  Halothane 
Anesthesia    in    Patients    with    Spinal    Cord 


Lesions.  Anesthesiology,  24:399  (May-June), 
1963. 

Gold,  M.  I.,  and  Helrich,  M.  :  A  Study  of  the 
Complications  Related  to  Anesthesia  in  the 
Asthmatic  Patient.  Anesth.  &  Analg..  42:283 
(March-April),    1963. 

Gold,  M.  I. :  Tranquilizing  Drugs :  Adverse 
Reactions  Related  to  Anesthesia  and  Sur- 
gery. Maryland  Med.  J.,  11:500  (Sept.), 
1962. 

Helrich,  M.  and  Atwood,  J.  M. :  Sernyl 
Anesthesia,  A  Re-evaluation.  The  Pharma- 
cologist (Fall),  1962,  p.  155. 

Krantz,  J.  C,  Jr.,  Cascorbi,  H.  F.,  Helrich, 
M.,  Burgisox,  R.  M.,  Gold,  M.  I.,  and  Rudo, 
F. :  A  Note  on  the  Intravenous  Use  of 
Anesthetic  Emulsions  in  Animals  and  Alan 
with  Special  Reference  to  Methyoxyflurane. 
Anesthesiology,  22:491  (May-June),  1961. 

Seebert,  C.  T.  and  Helrich,  M.  :  A  Study  of 
Blood  Transfusion  Practices  During  Cesa- 
rean Section.  Ohstet.  &  Gyjicc.  In  press. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOCHEMISTRY 

Thomas,  G.  H.  and  Herbst,  E.  J. :  The  Effect 
of  Polyamines  on  the  Latent  Ribonuclease  of 
E.  coli.  Fed.  Proc.  22:349,  1963. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOPHYSICS 

AIuLLiNS,  L.  J.:  Efflux  of  Chloride  Ions  Dur- 
ing the  Action  Potential  of  Xitella.  Nature, 
196:4858,  1962. 

MuLLiNS,  L.  J. :  The  Concentration  Depend- 
ence of  Sodium  Efflux  from  Muscle.  /.  Gen. 
Physiol.,  46:629,  1963. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  MEDICINE 

Bixx,  L.  N.,  Randall,  R.,  Harrison,  V.  R., 
GiBBS,  C.  J.,  Jr.,  and  Aulisio,  C.  G.  :  The 
Serological  Reactions  in  a  Case  of  Rift 
Valley  Fever.  Amer.  J.  Trap.  Med.,  12:236, 
1963. 

BiNN,  L.  N.,  Randall,  R.,  Harrison,  V.  R., 
Gibbs,  C.  J.,  Jr.,  and  Aulisio,  C.  G.  :  Im- 
munization Against  Rift  Valley  Fever  :  The 
Development  of  Vaccines  from  Non-primate 
Cell  Cultures  and  Chick  Embryos.  Amer.  J. 
Hyg.,  77:160,  1963. 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


Greisman,  S.  E.  and  Michaelis,  M.  :  Effect 
of  Catecholamines  During  Traumatic  Shock 
in  the  Rat.  /.  Surg.  Res.  In  press. 

Greisman,  S.  E.,  Hornick,  R.  B.,  Carozza, 
F.  A.,  Jr.,  and  Woodward,  T.  E.  :  Effect  of 
Endotoxin  Tolerance  on  Human  Typhoid 
Fever.  Trans.  Assoc.  Aiiirr.  Thysicians, 
75:170,  1962. 

Greisman,  S.  E.,  Carozza,  F.  A.,  Jr.,  and 
Hills,  J.  D. :  Mechanisms  of  Endotoxin 
Tolerance.  I.  Relationship  Between  Toler- 
ance and  Reticuloendothelial  System  Phago- 
cytic Activity  in  the  Rahbit.  /.  Exp.  Med., 
117:663,   1963. 

Greisman,  S.  E.,  Hornick,  R.  B.,  Carozza, 
F.  a.,  Jr.,  and  Woodward,  T.  E.  :  The  Role 
of  Endotoxin  During  Typhoid  Fever.  I.  Ac- 
quisition of  Tolerance  to  Endotoxin.  /.  Clin. 
Invest.,  42:1064,  1963. 

Morrison,  S.  :  In  Mcmoriam — Maurice  Feld- 
man,  Sr.  Gostrooiterology,  42:641  (May), 
1962. 

Morrison,  S.  :  Dignity  in  the  Medical  Profes- 
sion. Maryland  Med.  J.,  12:175  (May),  1963. 

Morrison,  S.  :  Organizations.  Open  Forum. 
Maryland  Med.  J.,  12:203,  1963. 

Randall,  R.,  Gibbs,  C.  J.,  Jr.,  Aulisio,  C. 
G.,  Binn,  L.  N.,  and  Harrison,  V.  R. :  The 
Development  of  a  Formalin-Killed  Rift  Val- 
ley Fever  Virus  Vaccine  for  Use  in  Man. 
/.  Inunun..  89:660,  1962. 

Randall,  R.,  Binn,  L.  N.,  and  Harrison,  V. 
R. :  Rift  Valley  Fever  Vaccine.  Amcr.  J . 
Trap.  Med.  In  press. 

Woodward,  T.  E.  :  Chemosuppression  of  Spe- 
cific Infections  with  Antibiotics.  /.  Chron. 
Dis.,  15:611,  1962. 

Woodward,  T.  E.  :  Typhoid  Fever :  A  Discus- 
sion of  its  Pathogenesis,  Physiologic  Abnor- 
malities and  Management.  Tra)is.  College 
Physicians.  In  press. 

Woodward,  T.  E.  and  Smadel,  J.  E. :  Man- 
agement of  Typhoid  Fever  and  Its  Compli- 
cations in  Science,  'Technology,  and  Develop- 
ment. Vol.  VI.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.  C,  1963,  p.  94. 

Woodward.  T.  E.  :  Tularemia  in  Cccil-Loeb 
Textbook  of  Medicine.  11th  Ed.  W.  B. 
Saunders   Co.,   Philadelphia,   1963. 

Woodward,  T.  E.  :  Typhoid  Fever  in  Current 
Pediatric  Therapy.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co., 
I'hiladelphia,   1963.  In  press. 

Division  of  Cardiology 

Dembo,  D.  H.  :  Cardiac  Work  Evaluation  Unit. 


Heart  Page.  Maryland  Med.  J.  In  press. 

JuDE,  J.  R.,  ScHERLis,  L.  and  Farr,  M.  E. : 
CardiopuUnonary  Resuscitation — A  Manual 
for  Instructors.  The  Heart  Association  of 
Maryland.  Revised  January,  1963. 

Lee,  Y.  C.  and  Hicken,  W.  J.:  Anomalous 
Origin  of  the  Left  Coronary  Artery  Arising 
from  the  Pulmonary  Artery  in  an  Infant : 
Report  of  a  Case.  Bull.  Sch.  Med.  Univ. 
Maryland,  48:12,  1963. 

Papadopoulos,  C.  and  Blazek,  C.  :  Ventricular 
Tachycardia  of  70  Days  Duration  with  Sur- 
vival. Amer.  J.  Cardiol.,  11:107,  1963. 

Scherlis,  L.  and  Lee,  Y.  C.  :  Transient  Right 
Bundle  Branch  Block.  An  Electrocardio- 
graphic and  Vectorcardiographic  Study. 
Amer.  J.  Cardiol.,  11:173,  1963. 

Scherlis,  L.,  Koenker,  R.  J.,  and  Lee,  Y.  C.  : 
Pulmonary  Stenosis :  Electrocardiographic, 
Vectorcardiographic,  and  Catheterization 
Data.  Circulation.  In  press. 

Scherlis,  L.  and  Lee,  Y.  C.  :  Recurrent  Hy- 
pertension in  a  Patient  with  Chronic  Aor- 
toiliac  Thrombosis  and  Renal  Artery  Ob- 
struction Successfully  Treated  on  Two  Occa- 
sions by  Partial  Nephrectomy.  Ann.  Intern. 
Med.  In  press. 

Division  of  Clinical  Pathology 

Jiji,  R.  M.,  Gangerosa,  E.  J.,  and  de  la 
Macorra,  F.  :  Chloramphenical  and  Its  Sul- 
famoyl  Analogue :  Report  of  Reversible  Ery- 
thropoietic Toxicity  in  Healthy  Volunteers. 
Arch.  Intern.  Med..  111:70.  1963. 

Division  of  Dermatology 

Raskin,  J.:  Molluscum  Contagiosum  :  Tissue 
Culture  and  Serologic  Study.  Arch.  Derm., 
87:552,   1963. 

Robinson,  H.  M.,  Jr.  and  Dunseath,  W.  J. 
R. :  Micronized  Griseofulvin,  /.  Inz'cst. 
Derm..  39:65.  1962. 

Robinson,  H.  M.,  Jr.,  Robinson,  R.  C.  V., 
and  Hollander,  M.  B.  :  Sebaceous  Secretion 
and  Comedones  ( Quantitive  Study).  Bull. 
Sch.  Med.   Univ.  Maryland.  47:31,   1962. 

Robinson,  H.  M.,  Jr.:  Patient  Presentation 
Textbook  of  the  Twelfth  International  Con- 
gress of  Dermatology.  Horn-Schafer  Co., 
Baltimore,    1962. 

RoBixsox,  R.  C.  v.:  Treatment  of  Erysipelas, 
Current  Therapy — 1962.  W.  B.  Saunders 
Co.,   Philadelphia,    1962. 

Robinson,  R.  C.  V.  and  Roberts,  D.  :  Occi- 
pital Nevus  Fammeus.  Southern  Med.  J., 
55:1292,  1962. 


April,  1064 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Division  of  Endocrinology  and  Metabolism 

Ci.AKK,  R.  L.,  Ci.wis,  F.  M.,  and  Bradford, 
W.  L. :  A  Study  of  the  Possible  Relationship 
of  Progesterone  to  Colic.  Pediatrics,  31:65, 
1963. 

Connor,  T.  B.  and  Lovice,  H.  :  Observations  on 
Renal  Function  Before  and  After  Correction 
of  Hypercalcemia.  Trans.  Amcr.  Clin.  & 
Climat.  Assoc,  1962.  In  press. 

Ganis,  F.  M.  :  A  Practical  Support  for  Ascend- 
ing and  Descending  Paper  Chromatography. 
/.  Chromatog..  7:570,   1962. 

Howard,  J.  E.  and  Connor,  T.  B.  :  The  Use  of 
Differential  Renal  Function  Studies  in  the 
Diagnosis  of  Renovascular  Hypertension. 
Amcr.  J .  Sure;.  In  press. 

General  Medical  Clinic 

Blum,  L.  V.  and  Atagun,  M.  :  Diabetes  Mel- 
litus  at  the  Tuberculosis  Division  of  Balti- 
more City  Hospitals.  Maryland  Med.  J.,  Jan., 
1963. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  Cowley,  R.  A., 
and  Blair,  E.  :  Anatomy  of  Peripheral  Ram- 
ification of  the  Cardiac  Conduction  System. 
Circulation,  1962,  p.  732. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  Merlis,  J.  K., 
Scott,  W.  H.,  Richards,  R.  D.,  and  Cow- 
ley, R.  A. :  Metabolic,  Hematologic,  and 
Neuropsychological  Studies  on  Patients  Un- 
dergoing Open  Heart  Surgery  with  Pro- 
found Hypothermia.  Proc.  22nd  Intcrnat. 
Cong,  on  Physiol.  Sci.,  1962. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  and  Cowley,  R. 
A.:  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in  Medical  and 
Surgical  Conditions  :  Application  in  Experi- 
mental Vascular  Collapse.  Proc.  2nd  San 
Diego  Symp.  for  Bioincd.  Eng.,  1962,  p.  311. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  and  Cowley,  R. 
A. :  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in  Experimen- 
tal Hemorrhagic  Shock :  Experimental 
Chamber  Design  and  Operation.  Trans. 
Amcr.  Soc.  for  Artificial  Internal  Organs, 
Vol.  VIII,  1962,  p.  384. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  Borges,  F.,  Cow- 
ley, R.  A.,  HoLLiNGSwoRTH,  N.,  and  Blair, 
E. :  Use  of  Mannitol  in  Postperfusion  Oli- 
guria-Anuria. Circulation,  1963,  p.  699. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S., 
Blair,  E.,  and  Hawthorne,  I. :  Electro- 
cardiographic and  Biochemical  Studies  in 
Hemorrhagic  Shock  Treated  with  Hyper- 
baric Oxygenation.  Circulation,  1962,  p.  670. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  and  Cowley,  R. 
A. :    Hyperbaric    Oxygenation    in    Vascular 


Collapse.  /.  llior.  &  Cardiov.  Surg.,  44:759, 
1962. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Moulton,  G.  A.,  and  Michae- 
Lis,  M.  :  Effects  of  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation 
on  Noble  Collip  Drum  Shock  in  the  Rat. 
Bull.  Sell.  Med.  Univ.  Maryland.  47:42,  1962. 

Freeman,  I. :  Anticoagulants  and  Atrial  Fi- 
brillation. J. A.M. A.  In  press. 

ScHUBART,  A.  F.,  Rothschild,  H.  J.,  Schroed- 
er,  W.  C,  and  Ewald,  R.  W.  :  Changes  of 
Serum  Complement  Levels  in  Acute  Rheu- 
matic Fever.  A  Longitudinal  Study.  Arthritis 
&  Rheum.,  5:656.  1962. 

Division  of  Hypertensive  &  Renal  Diseases 

Attar,  S.,  Borges,  F.  J.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Es- 
mond, W.  E.,  HoLLiNGSWORTH,  N.,  and 
Blair,  E.  :  Use  of  Intravenous  Mannitol  in 
Postperfusion  Oliguria  and  Anuria.  Circula- 
tion, 1963,  p.  699. 

Borges,  F.  J. :  Work  Prescription  and  the 
Cardiac  Patient.  Report  of  Heart  Associa- 
tion of  Maryland,  1963,  p.  43. 

Madeloff,  M.  S.,  Schwartz,  F.  D.,  Borges, 
F.  J.,  Revell,  S.  T.  R.,  Jr.,  and  Young,  J. 
D.,  Jr.  :  Differential  Excretion  of  Sodium 
and  Water  in  Man  Following  Infusion  of 
Inulin  and  Para-Aminohippurate.  Arch. 
Surg.,  1962,  p.  944. 

Division  of  Infectious  Diseases 

Greisman,  S.  E.,  Hornick,  R.  B.,  Carozza,  F. 
A.,  Jr.,  and  Woodward,  T.  E.  :  The  Role  of 
Endotoxin  During  Typhoid  Fever  and  Tu- 
laremia in  Man.  /.  Clin.  I  invest.,  42:1064, 
1963. 

McCrumb,  F.  R.,  Jr.  :  Plague  in  the  Cecil-Loch 
Textbook  of  Medicine.  11th  Ed.  W.  B. 
Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia.   1963. 

Wagner,  H.  N.,  Jr.,  Iio,  M.,  and  Hornick, 
R.  B. :  Studies  of  the  Reticuloendothelial 
(RES)  II.  Changes  in  the  Phagocytic  Ca- 
pacity of  the  RES  in  Patients  with  Certain 
Infections.  /.  Clin,  hn'cst.,  42:427,  1963. 

Division  of  Neurology 

Cai'RILES,  L.  F.  :  Intracranial  Hypertension 
and  Iron  Deficiency  Anemia.  Arch.  Neurol. 
In  press. 

Heck,  A.  F. :  William  Alexander  Hammond. 
J.A.M.A..   183:170,    1963. 

Heck,  A.  F. :  Heart  Disease  in  Friedreich's 
Ataxia.  Part  I.  Clinical  Studies  and  Review 
of  the  Literature.  Neurology,  13:587,   1963. 

Heck,   A.   F. :    Heart   Disease   in   Friedreich's 


Vol.  49.  No.  2 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


Ataxia.  Part  II.  Investigation  of  Cardiac- 
Disease  in  a  Large  Family  with  Friedreich's 
Ataxia.  Neurology,  13:596,   1963. 

Heck,  .A.  F. :  Presumptive  Sex-linked  Inter- 
mediate Transmission  of  Retinal  Degenera- 
tions. .Irch.  OphthaJ.  In  press. 

Ide.^,  B.  V. :  Clinical  Appraisal  of  Pentapi- 
peride  Methyl  Sulfate — A  New  Anti-cho- 
linergic  Drug.  Aiiicr.  J.  (rasfrocnt.,  Jan., 
1963,  p.  52. 

Kramer,  AI.  D.  :  Biheriden  in  the  Treatment 
of  Phenothiazine-induced  Extrapyramidal 
Reaction.  J. A.M. A..  182:1127,  1962. 

Merli.^,  J.  K. :  Epilep.sy  in  Progress  in  Neu- 
rology and  Psycliiatry,  1962,  p.  172. 

Merlis,  J.  K. :  Ahnormal  Excitatory  Activity  : 
Epilepsy  in  Neural  Physiopathology.  Harper 
&  Rowe,  New  York,  1962,  p.  69. 

Teitelb.^um.  H.  a.  :  Psychomatic  Aspects  of 
Nervous  System  Disease.  Psyclwsoiiiafics, 
Nov.-Dec,   1962. 

Van  Buskirk,  C.  :  Current  Trends  in  Treat- 
ment of  Cerebrovascular  Disease.  Maryland 
Med.  J .  In  press. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  NEUROPHYSIOLOGY 

AIerlip,  J.  K. :  Epilepsy  in  Progress  in  Neu- 
rology and  Psyehiatry,  1962,  p.  172. 

Merli.s,  J.  K. :  Abnormal  Excitatory  Activity: 
Epilepsy  in  N^eural  Physiopathology.  Harper 
&  Rowe,  New  York,  1962,  p.  69. 

DEPARTMENT   OF   MICROBIOLOGY 

El  Batawi.  Y.,  Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.,  Wood, 
W.  H.,  Jr.,  and  Noriega,  A.  R. :  Allergic 
and  Toxic  Skin  Reactions  in  Man  to  Typhus 
Rickettsiae.  Fed.  Proc.,  22:616,  1963. 

Eylar,  O.  R.,  and  Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.  :  En- 
hancement of  West  Nile  Virus  Neutraliza- 
tion by  Fresh  Normal  Serum.  Baet.  Proc., 
1963,  p.  155. 

Provost,  P.  }.,  Myers,  W.  F.,  and  Wisse- 
man, C.  L.,  Jr.  :  A  Differentially  Permeable 
Cytoplasmic  Membrane  in  Rickettsia  moo- 
seri.  Baet.  Proc.   1963.  p.   133. 

RosENZWEiG.  E.  C,  Babione,  R.  W.,  and 
Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.:  Immunological 
Studies  with  Group  B  .Arthropod -borne 
Viruses.  IV.  Persistence  of  Yellow  Fever 
.Antibodies  Following  Vaccination  with  17D 
Strain  Yellow  Fever  Vaccine.  Amer.  J .  Trop. 
Med.,  12:230,  1963. 

Smith,  A.  G.,  Taubert,  H.  D.,  and  Towns, 
C.   AL :    Comparative   Media   Studies   in   the 


Isolation  of  Candida  al ''icons  from  Pregnant 
Women.  Mycopatholagia  et  Mycologia  Ap- 
plicata,  17:269,   1962. 

Smith,  A.  G.,  Taubert,  H.  D.,  and  Martin, 
C.  W. :  The  Use  of  Trichomycin  in  the 
Treatment  of  Vulvovaginal  Mycosis  in 
Pregnant  Women.  Anier.  J.  Obstet.  & 
Gynec.  In  press. 

Sweet,  B.  H.,  Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.,  Kitaoka, 
M.,  and  Tamiya,  T.  :  Immunological  Studies 
w^ith  Group  B  Arthropod-borne  Viruses.  II. 
Effect  of  Prior  Infection  with  Japanese  En- 
cephalitis Virus  on  the  Viremia  in  Human 
Subjects  Following  Administration  of  17D 
Yellow  Fever  Vaccine.  Amer.  J .  Trop.  Med., 
11:562,   1962. 

Verna,  J.  E.  and  Eylar,  O.  R.  :  Rabbit  Fi- 
broma Virus  Plaque  Assay  and  in  vitro 
Studies.  Virology,  18:266,  1962. 

Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.,  Sweet,  B.  H.,  Kitaoka, 
M.,  and  Tamiya,  T.  :  Immunological  Studies 
with  Group  B  Arthropod-borne  Viruses.  I. 
Broadened  Neutralizing  Antibody  Spectrum 
Induced  by  Strain  17D  Yellow  Fever  Vac- 
cine in  Human  Subjects  Previously  Infected 
with  Japanese  Encephalitis  Virus.  Amer.  J. 
Trop.  Med.,  11:550,  1962. 

Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.  and  Sweet,  B.  H.  :  Im- 
munological Studies  with  Group  B  Arthro- 
pod-borne Viruses.  III.  Response  of  Human 
Subjects  to  Revaccination  with  17D  Strain 
Yellow  Fever  Vaccine.  Amer.  J.  Trop.  Med.. 
11:570,   1962. 

Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.,  Gauld,  J.  R.,  and  Wood, 
J.  G. :  Interaction  of  Rickettsiae  and  Pha- 
gocytic Host  Cells.  HI.  Opsonizing  Anti- 
bodies in  Human  Subjects  Infected  with 
Virulent  or  Attenuated  Rickettsia  prozca- 
cekii  or  Inoculated  with  Killed  Epidemic 
Typhus  Vaccine.  /.  Immun..  90:127,  1963. 

Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.:  Global  Medicine:  A 
New  Dimension.  Bull.  Sch.  Med.  Unir. 
Maryland,  48:1,  1963. 

Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.  :  Armed  Forces  Epide- 
miological Board.  Activities  of  the  Commis- 
sion on  Rickettsial  Diseases.  Milit.  Med., 
128:444,  1963. 

Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.,  Sweet,  B.  H..  Rosen- 
zwEif.,  E.  C,  and  Eylar,  O.  R.  :  Attenuated 
Living  Type  1  Dengue  Vaccine  ( In  Sym- 
posium on  Arborvirus  \'^accines ) .  .Imer.  J. 
Trop.  Med.  In  press. 

Wisseman,  C.  L.,  Jr.,  Gajdusek,  D.  C, 
ScHOFiELD,  F.  D.,  and  Rosenzweig,  E.  C.  : 
-Arthropod-borne   Virus    Infections   of   Abo- 


April,  1964 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


rigines  Indigenous  to  Australasia :  A  Partial 
Preliminary  Report  of  a  Collaborative  Study. 
Med.  J.  Papua  &  Neiv  Guinea.  In  press. 
WissEMAN,  C.  L.,  Jr.,  Wood,  W.  H.,  Jr., 
XoRiEGA,  A.  R.,  Jordan,  AI.  E.,  Rill,  D. 
J. :  Antibodies  and  Clinical  Relapse  of  Mu- 
rine Typhus  Fever  Following  Early  Chemo- 
therapy. Ann.  Intern.  Med.,  57:743,  1962. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  OBSTETRICS 
&  GYNECOLOGY 

MuNFORD,  R.  S. :  Invasive  Carcinoma  of  the 
Cervix  Associated  with  Pregnancy.  Mary- 
land Med.  J.,  May,  1962. 

Smith,  A.  G.,  Taubert,  H.  D.,  and  Towns, 
C.  M. :  Comparative  Media  Studies  in  the 
Isolation  of  Candida  albicans  from  Pregnant 
Women.  Mycopathologia  et  MycoJogia  Ap- 
plicata.  Vol.  XVII,  1962. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  OPHTHALMOLOGY 

Fox,  S.  L. :  Pseudomonas-Contaminated  Fluo- 
rescein Stock  Solution.  Clin.  Med.,  Sept., 
1962. 

Fox,  S.  L. :  An  Instrument  for  Removing  For- 
eign Bodies  from  the  Cornea.  Amer.  J. 
Ophthal,  March,  1963. 

Goldberg,  J.  R. :  Gamma  Radiation  in  the 
Treatment  of  Squamous  Cell  Carcinoma  of 
the  Limbus.  Amer.  J.  Ophthal.,  April,  1963. 

Richards,  R.  D.  :  Lipids  in  Diabetic  Retino- 
pathy. J.  Amer.  Geriat.  Soc.,  10:831,  1962. 

Van  Bijsterveld,  O.  P.  and  Richards,  R.  D.  : 
Pituitary  Tumors  and  Intraocular  Pressure. 
Amer.  J.  Ophthal.  In  press. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PEDIATRICS 

Bessman,  S.  p.,  Hammel,  C.  L.  :  Protein 
Synthesis  in  Nuclei  of  Avian  Erythrocytes. 
Biochcm.  &  Biophys.  Res.  Comm.,  7:26, 
1962. 

Bessman,  S.  P.  and  Baldwin,  R.  :  Imidazole 
Aminoaciduria  in  Cerebromacular  Degen- 
eration. Science,  135:789,  1962. 

Bessman,  S.  P.  and  Fishbein,  W.  N.  :  Gamma 
Hydroxybutyrate — A  New  Metabolite  in 
Brain.  Fed.  Proc.,  22:334,  1963. 

Bradley,  J.  E. :  Blood  Pressure  Determina- 
tions in  Infants  and  Children.  C^ir.  M.  Digest, 
30:53,  1963. 


Carter,  J.  A. :  Frequency  Distribution  Analysis 
of    Heart    Sounds.    Bull.    Sch.    Med.    Univ. 
Maryland,  47:56,  1962. 
Clemmens,  R.  L.,  Jantz,  E.  M.  and  Schiff- 
MAN,   G. :   Reading  Disability  as  a  Familial 
Characteristic.    Southern    Med.   J.,   55:1329, 
1962. 
Clemmens,    R.    L.  :    Inter-Disciplinary    Diag- 
nostic   Clinics    and    the    Mentally    Retarded 
Child.  Maryland  Med.  Bull.  In  press. 
Clemmens,    R.    L.   and    Schiffman,    G.    B.  : 
Hereditary  Factors  in  Certain  Reading  Dis- 
abilities. Proc.  College  Rcadi)ig  Assoc,  1963. 
Eichler,  M.  and  Bessman,  S.  P. :  A  Double- 
Blind  Study  of  the  Efifect  of  Ammonium  In- 
fusion on  Psychological  Functioning  in  Cir- 
rhotic   Patients.    /.    Nerv.    &    Ment.    Dis., 
134:539,   1962. 
Gorten,   M.   K.   and   Hefner,   R.  :    Hyperbili- 
rubinemia  and   Weight   Loss   in   Premature 
Infants.  Amer.  J.  Dis.  Child..  104:577,  1962. 
Gorten,  M.  K.,  Hefner,  R..  and  Workman, 
J.  B. :  Iron  Metabolism  in  Premature  Infants. 
I.    Absorption    and    L^tilization    of    Iron    as 
Measured  by  Isotope  Studies.  Pediatrics.  In 
press. 
Hefner,  R.  :  Revision  of  Unit  4  on  "The  New- 
born" in  DeLee's  Obstetrics  for  Nurses.  W. 
B.  Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia,  1962. 
Hefner,  R.  :  Care  of  the  Premature.  Current 
Therapy.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia, 
1963. 
Hefner,  R.  :  A  Metabolic  Bed  for  Infants  in 

Incubators.  Fed.  Digest,  June,  1963. 
Klaus,  M.,  Tooley,  W.  H.,  Weaver,  K.  H., 
and    Clements,    J.    A. :    Lung   Volumes    in 
Newborn   Infants.   Pediatrics.  30:111,    1962. 
Kress,  M.  B.  and  Finkelstein,  A.  H. :  Giant 
Bullous  Emphysema  Occurring  in  Tubercu- 
losis in  Childhood.  Pediatrics,  30:269,  1962. 
Shaw,  C.  E.,  Jr.,  Hurwitz,  G.  E.,  Schmuk- 
LER,  M.,  Bracer,   S.  H.,  and  Bessman,  S. 
P. :  A  Clinical  and  Laboratory  Study  of  In- 
sulin   Dosage    in    Diabetic    Acidosis :    Com- 
parison with  Small  and  Large  Doses.  Dia- 
betes, 2:23,  1962. 
Walker,   S.   H.  :    Periodic   Fever   in   Juvenile 

Regional  Enteritis.  /.  Pediat.,  April,  1962. 
Walker,  S.  H.  :  Encephalitis  Due  to  Group 
B,  Type  5  Coxsackie  Virus.  Amer.  J.  Dis. 
Child.,  Feb.,  1963. 
Walker,  S.  H.  :  The  Respiratory  Manifesta- 
tions of  Systemic  Hemophilus  Influenza  In- 
fection. /.  Pediat.,  March,  1963. 


Vol.  49.  No.  2 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PATHOLOGY 

FiRMiXGER,  H.  I.:  Letter  Concerning  Training 
in    Experimental    Pathology    in    "Education 
and    Research    in    Pathology."    Bull.    Coll. 
Amcr.  Path.,  16:77,  1962. 
FiRMiNGER,  H.  I. :  Letter  to  the  Editor  "Med- 
ical    Progress     in     Africa — Cirrhosis     and 
Hepatic   Carcinoma."   Aiiicr.  J.   Clin.   Path.. 
38:639,  1962. 
HicKEX,   W.   J.   and   Lee,   \.   C. :   Anomalous 
Left    Coronary    Artery    Arising    from    Pul- 
monary Artery  in  an  Infant.  Bull.  Sell.  Med. 
Cuk:  Maryland.  48:12,  1963. 
HicKEX,   W.  J.  and  Scherlis,   S.  :   Angioma- 
tosis of  the  Pericardium — A  Report  of  a  Case 
and  Review  of  the  Literature.  Aim.  Intern. 
Med.  In  press. 
MouLTOX,    G.    A. :    Central    Nervous    System 
Lesions — Fatal    or    Xot?    Con.uilfant,    July, 
1962. 
MouLTOx,     G.     A.,     EsMoxD,     W.     G.,     and 
MicHAELis,    M.:    Effect    of    Hyperbarbaric 
Oxygenation  on  Noble  Collip  Drum   Shock 
in  the  Rat.  Bull.  Seh.  Med.  Univ.  Maryland, 
47:42,  1962. 
Naib,  Z.  AI.  and  Goldsteix,  H.  G.  :  Exfoliative 
Cytology  of  a  Case  of  Bronchial   Granular 
Cell  Myoblastoma.  Dis.  Chest,  42:645,  1962. 
Naib,   Z.    M.  :    Cytologic    Diagnosis   of   Cyto- 
megalic  Inclusion   Body    Disease.   Ainer.   J. 
Dis.  Child.,  105:153,  1963. 
Naib,  Z.  M.,  Powder,  J.  R.,  and  Youxg,  J.  D., 
Jr.  :  Cytolog\'  Diagnosis  of  an  Early  Gross 
Invisible  Transitional  Cell  Carcinoma  of  the 
Renal  Pelvis.  /.  Urol.,  89:566,  1963. 
Naib,  Z.  AI.  :  Exfoliative  Cytology  of  a  Case 
of    Bronchial    Granular    Cell    Myoblastoma. 
Dis.  Chest,  Dec,  1962. 
Naib,  Z.  M.  :  Exfoliative  Cytology  in  I^^ungus 
Diseases  of  the  Lung,  .ieta  Cytoloi/iea.  Sept.- 
Oct.,  1962. 
Naib,    Z.    M.  :    Cytologic    Diagnosis    of   Cyto- 
megalic Inclusion  Body,  .inter.  J .  Dis.  Child., 
105:153.  1963. 
Reuber,  M.  D.  and  Fik.mixger,  H.  L.  :  Effect 
of    Progesterone    and    Diethylstilbestrol    on 
Hepatic    Carcinogenesis    and    Cirrhosis     in 
A  X  C  Rats  Fed  N-2-fIuorenyldiacetamide. 
/.  A'<7/.  Caneer  lust..  29:933,  1962. 
Reuber,  M.  D.  and  Schmieler,  G.  C.  :  P2detate 
Kidney    Lesions    in    Rats.    Arch.    Environ. 
Health.  5:430,  1962. 
Reuber,     M.     D.  :     Paratliyroid     Hy])er])iasia, 
Multicvstic   Kidnevs,   Osteitis   Fibrosa   Gen- 


eralisata  and  Metastatic  Calcification  in  Cir- 
rhotic Rats  Fed  N-2-fIuorenyldiacetamide. 
Amer.  J.  Path.,  41:645,  1962. 

Storey,  P.  B.  and  Goldsteix,  W.  :  Pulmonary 
Embolization  from  Primary  Hepatic  Carci- 
noma. Arch.  Intern.  Med.,  110:262,  1962. 

Wagxer,  J.  A.  and  Wistozkey,  H.  :  Cerebral 
Cortical  Biopsy :  A  New  Vista  for  the 
Pathologist.  Southern  Med.  J.,  56:415,  1963. 

Wood,  C.  and  Borges,  F.  J. :  Perimuscular 
Fibrosis  of  Renal  Arteries  with  Hyperten- 
sion. Arch.  Intern.  Med.,  112:79,  1963. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PHARMACOLOGY 

Bell,  F.  K.,  O'Neill,  J.  J.,  and  Burgisox,  R. 
M. :    Determination   of   the   Oil/Water   Dis- 
tribution Coefficients  of  Glyceryl  Trinitrate 
and  Two  Similar  Nitrate  Esters.  /.  Pharmac. 
Sci.,  52:637,  1963. 
Burgisox,   R.   M.  :    "Animal   Screening   Tech- 
niques   for    the    Evaluation    of    Anesthetic 
Agents,"  a  chapter  in  Pharmacologic  Tech- 
niques, Yearbook  Publishing  Co.,  1963. 
Burgisox,  R.  M.,  Lu,  G.  G.,  Cowley,  R.  A., 
and  Krantz,  J.  C,  Jr.:  Studies  on  a  New 
Coronary    Vasodilator,    l-Chloro-2,    3-Pro- 
panediol  Dinitrate.  Angiology,  13:412,  1962. 
Burgisox,  R.  M.,  Lu,  G.  G.,  Bell,  F.  K.,  and 
Kraxtz,  J.  C,  Jr.:   Nitrites  XX.  Pharma- 
cologic Studies  with   1-Ethylglyceryl  Trini- 
trate. Proc.  Soe.  E.vper.  Biol.  Med..  111:245, 
1962. 
Cascorbi,  H.  F.,  Rudo,  F.  (}.,  and  Lu,  G.  G. : 
Acute     Toxicity     of     Intravenous     Sodium 
Lauryl    Sulfate.    /.    Pharmac.    Sci..    52:803. 
1963. 
Kraxtz,  J.   C,   Jr.:   Volatile  Anesthetics  and 

Indoklon.  /.  N europsychiat.,  4:157,  1963. 
Krantz,  J.  C,  Jr.  :  Mannitol  Therapy — Cur- 
rent Status.  Cur.  Med.  Digest.  30:41,  1963. 
Lixg,  a.  S.  C.  and  Krantz,  J.  C,  Jr.:  The 
Effect  of  his  (2,  2,  2-trifluoroethyl )  Ether  on 
Brain   Electrolytes   and   Water    Distribution 
in  the  Rat.  Biochcm.  Pharma.,  12:394,  1963. 
O'Neill,  J.  J.,  Simox,  S.  H.,  and  Cu.mmixs, 
J.    T. :     Inhibition    of    Stimulated    Cerebral 
Cortex  Respiration  and  Glycolysis  by  Cho- 
linolytic  Drugs.  Biocheui.  Pharmac.  12:809, 
1963. 
RozMAX,  R.  S.,  Sacks,  R.  P.,  and  Kates,  R.  : 
Rapid   Measurement   of   Hemoglobin   As  by 
Means  of  Cellulose  Acetate  Membrane  Elec- 
trophoresis. /.  Lab.  Clin.  Med..  62:692,  1963. 
Truitt,   E.   B.,   Jr.,   Duritz,   G.,   and   Ebers- 
BERGER,  E.  AL  :  Evidence  of  Monoamine  O.xi- 


April,  1964 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UXirERSlTY  OF  MARVLAXD 


dase  Inhibition  by  Alyristicin  and  Nutmeg. 
Proc.  Soc.  Expcr.  Biol.  Med.,  112:647,  1963. 
Truitt,  E.  B.,  Jr.  :  Some  New  Aspects  of  an 
Old  Drug:  Aspirin.  Bull.  Sch.  Med.  Univ. 
Mary  laud,  48:6,  1963. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL  THERAPY 

L.\TiMER.  R.  ]M. :  Paralysis  in  Morocco  due  to 
Triorthocresyl  Phosphate  :  A  Report  on  the 
Neuromuscular  Condition  of  460  Patients. 
/.  Aincr.  Physical  Thcr.  Assoc,  June,  1962. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSIOLOGY 

Adelm.^n,  W.  J.,  Jr.:  A  Sucrose  Gap-Axial 
Wire  Voltage  Clamp.  Fed.  Proc,  22:174, 
1963. 

Adelman,  W.  J.,  Jr.  and  Gilbert,  D.  L.  :  Volt- 
age Clamp  Studies  on  Internally  Perfused 
Squid  Axons.  Biophys.  Soc  Ahsir.,  Feb., 
1963. 

Barraclough,  C.  a.  and  Gorski,  R.  A.: 
Studies  on  Mating  Behavior  in  the  Andro- 
gen-Sterilized  Female  Rat  in  Relation  to 
the  Hypothalamic  Regulation  of  Sexual  Be- 
havior. /.  Endocrin.,  25:175,  1962. 

Barraclough,  C.  A.  and  Cross,  B.  A. :  Unit 
Activity  in  the  Hypothalamus  of  the  Cyclic 
Female  Rat:  Effect  of  Genital  Stimuli  and 
Progesterone.  /.  Endocrin.,  26:339,   1963. 

Barraclough,  C.  A. :  Hypothalamic  Regula- 
tion of  LH  and  FSH  Secretion  in  the  Andro- 
gen-Sterilized  Persistent-Estrous  Rat.  Ad- 
vances in  Ncnrocndocrinology.  University  of 
Illinois,  Urbana,  1963. 

Coleman,  P.  D. :  Failure  to  Localize  the 
Source  Distance  of  an  Unfamiliar  Sound. 
J.  Acoust.  Soc  Amcr..  34:345,  1962. 

CoLEMAX,  P.  D.  :  An  Analysis  of  Cues  to 
Auditory  Depth  Perception  in  Free  Space. 
Psychol.  Bull..  60:302,   1963. 

Glaser,  E.  M.  :  A  Data  Processing  System 
for  Microelectrode  Recordings.  IRE,  Trans. 
Biomcd.  Electron,  9:190,  1962. 

Heriot,  J.  T.  and  Coleman,  P.  D. :  The  Effect 
of  Electro-Convulsive  Shock  on  Retention 
of  a  Modified  "One  Trial"  Conditioned 
Avoidance.  /.  Comp.  Physiol.  Psychol., 
55:1082,  1962. 

Pinter,  G.  G.  and  O'Morchoe,  C.  C.  C.  : 
Effect  of  Acetylcholine  on  Renal  Function. 
Fed.  Proc,  22:218,  1963. 

VAX  der  Loos,  H.  and  Glaser,  E.  M.  :  Semi- 
Automatic    Quantitation    of    Dendrite    Char- 


acteristics  in   Cerebral   Cortex.  Atiat.   Rcc, 
145:295,  1963. 

DEPARTMENT    OF    PREVENTIVE 
MEDICINE  AND  REHABILITATION 

Extwisle,  G.  :  Evaluation  of  Research  Pro- 
grams in  Home  Care  Services.  Ann.  Nezc 
York  Acad.  Sci..  May,  1963. 

Fleischer,  C.  J. :  The  Role  of  the  Nursing 
Home  in  Rehabilitation  of  Geriatric  Patients. 
Geriatric  Institutions,  6:11,  1963. 

Henderson,  M.,  Entwisle,  G.,  and  Tayback, 
M.  :  Bacteriuria  and  Pregnancy  Outcome : 
Preliminary  Findings.  Anicr.  J.  Public 
Health,  52:1887,  1962. 

Lawther,  p.  J.,  CoMMiNS,  B.  T.,  and  Hen- 
derson, M. :  Carbon  Monoxide  in  Town  Air  : 
An  Interim  Report.  Ann.  Occup.  Hyg., 
5:241,  1962. 

Tayback,  M.,  and  Frazier,  T.  M.  :  Continu- 
ous Health  Surveys  a  Necessity  for  Health 
Administration.  Public  Health  Reports,  Vol. 
77,  Sept.,  1962. 

Tayback,  M.  and  Wallace,  H.  :  Maternal 
and  Child  Health  Services  and  Urban  Eco- 
nomics. Public  Health  Reports,  Vol.  77,  Oct., 
1962. 

DEPARTMENT    OF   PSYCHIATRY 

Anderson,  A.  R.  and  McLaughlin,  F.  :  Some 
Observations  on  Psychoanalytic  Supervi- 
sion. Psychoanalytic  Quarterly,  32:77,  1963. 

Aaroxson,  H.  and  Gilbert,  A. :  Preadolescent 
Sons  of  Male  Alcoholics :  An  Experimental 
Study  of  Personality  Patterning.  Arch.  Oen. 
Psychiat.,  8:235,  1963. 

Brody,  E.  B.  :  Continuing  Problems  in  the  Re- 
lationship Between  Training  in  Psychiatry 
and  in  Psychoanalysis  in  the  U.S.A.  /.  Nerv. 
&  Ment.  Dis..  136:58,  1963. 

Bkouy,  E.  B.  :  Color  and  Identity  Conflict  in 
Young  Boys.  Observations  of  Negro  Mothers 
and  Sons  in  L^rban  Baltimore.  Psychiatry. 
26:188.   1963. 

Bkody,  E.  B.  :  From  Schizophrenic  to  Homo- 
sexual. A  Crisis  in  Role  and  Relating.  Anier. 
J.  Psychother.  In  press. 

Derbyshire,  R.  L..  Brody,  E.  B.,  and  Schleif- 
ER,  C. :  Family  Structure  of  Adult  Alale 
Xegro  Mental  Patients :  Some  Preliminary 
Observations  from  Urban  Baltimore.  /. 
Nerv.  &  Ment.  Dis..  136:3,  1963. 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


Derbyshire,  R.  L.  and  Brodv,  E.  B.  :  Identity 
and  Ethocentrisni  in  American  Negro  Col- 
lege Students.  Mental  Hygiene.  In  press. 

Derbyshire,  E.  L.  and  Bkody,  E.  B.  :  Mar- 
ginality.  Identity,  and  Behavior  in  the  Amer- 
ican Negro;  a  Functional  Analysis.  Infernaf. 
J.  Psycliidt.  In  ])ress. 

EicHLEK,  M.  and  Lansdowne,  M.  :  Detection 
of  Mood  Elevation  in  a  Double  Blind  Study 
of  a  Monamine  Oxidase  Inhibitor,  Pargyline 
Hydrochloride,  in  a  Geriatric  Population. 
March.  1963. 

Grenei.l,  R.  G.  :  Neural  Pliysiopathohu/y. 
Harper  &   Row,   New   York,   1962. 

Grenei.l,  R.  ('•.:  Molecular  Biology  and  Psy- 
chopathology.  An)i.  Nezc  York  Aead.  Sei., 
96:345,  1962. 

Grenell,  R.  G.  and  Davies,  P.  W. :  Metabo- 
lism and  Function  in  the  Cerebral  Cortex 
Under  Local  Perfusion,  With  the  Aid  of  an 
Oxygen  Cathode  for  Surface  Measurement 
of  Cortical  O.xygen  Consumption.  /.  Neuro- 
physiol.,  25:651,  1962. 

Howe,  E.  S.  :  Probabilistic  Adverbial  Qualifi- 
cations of  Adjectives.  /.  Wvbal  Learning  & 
Verbal  Behavior,  1:225,   1963. 

HuFFER,  V. :  Fee  Problems  in  Supervised 
Analysis.  Ihtll.  Pliila.  Assoc.  Psyclioanal. 
In  press. 

Klee,  G.  D.  :  Lysergic  Acid  Diethylamide 
(LSD-25)  and  Ego  Functions.  Arch.  Gen. 
Psychiat..  8:461,  1963. 

KuBiE,  L.  S. :  The  Fallacious  Misuse  of  the 
Concept  of  Sublimation.  Psychoanal.  Quart., 
31:73,  1962. 

KuBiE,  L.  S. :  The  Fostering  of  Creative  Scien- 
tific Productivity.  Daedalus,  91:294,   1962. 

KuBiE,  L.  S. :  The  Concept  of  Dream  Depriva- 
tion :  .\  Clinical  Analysis.  Psychnsoin.  Med., 
24:62,  1962. 

KuBiE,  L.  S.:  King-.Vnderson  Bill.  J. A.M. A.. 
181:653,   1962. 

KuBiE,  L.  S. :  The  Maturation  of  Psychiatrists 
or  the  Time  that  Changes  Take.  /.  Nerv.  &■ 
Mcnt.  Dis.,  135:286.  1962. 

KuBiE,  L.  S. :  Guilt  by  Loose  .Analogy.  /.  Nerv. 
&  Ment.  Dis.,  133:281,  1962. 

KuBiE,  L.  S. :  The  Modern  Massacre  of  the 
Innocents.  /.  Nerz:  &  Ment.  Dis..  135:1. 
1963. 

KuBiE,  L.  S. :  Neurosis  and  Normality  in  The 
Encyclopedia  of  Mental  Health.  1963. 

MiDDLETOX.  E.  and  Huffer,  V.:  Obstetricians 
and  Their  Patients.  Psychosoinatics.  In 
press. 


Monroe,  R.  R.  :  Tlie  Daeseianalytic  Use  of 
Dreams.  Anier.  J.  Psychoanal.,  23:  1963.  In 
press. 

Monroe,  R.  R.,  Heath,  R.  G.,  and  Leif,  H.  : 
The  Integration  of  Psychiatric  and  Psycho- 
analytic Training  at  Tulane :  The  Psycho- 
analyst as  Teacher  and  .Administrator.  Sci- 
ence and  Psychoanalysis,  Vol.  5,  1962. 

Monroe,  R.  R.,  Balis,  G.  U.,  and  Ebersberg- 
ER,  R. :  Anticonvulsant  Activity  of  Alpha  and 
Beta  Chloralose  in  Rats.  Ciir.  Therap.  Resi- 
dents, Vol.  5,  March,  1963. 

Monroe,  R.  R.,  Balis,  G.  U.,  and  Ebersberg- 
ER.  R. :  The  Hypotic  Effects  of  Alpha  and 
Beta  Ch'.oralose  in  Rats.  Cur.  Therap.  Resi- 
dents. Vol.  5,  March,  1963. 

Overall,  B.  and  Aaronson,  H.  :  Expectations 
of  Psychotherapy  in  Patients  of  Lower  So- 
cioeconomic Class.  Ainer.  J.  Ortho..  33:421, 
1963. 

Pope,  B.  and  Siegman,  A.  W. :  The  Effect  of 
Therapist  Verbal  Activity  Level  and  Spe- 
cificity on  Patient  Productivity  and  Speech 
Disturbance  in  the  Initial  Interview.  /.  Con- 
sult. Psychol..  26:489,  1962. 

Reid.  J.  R. :  Truth,  Values,  and  Psychoanalysis. 
Science  &  Psychoanal.,  Vol.  5,  1962. 

Reid,  J.  R. :  The  Myth  of  Doctor  Szasz.  /. 
Nerv.  (S-  Ment.  Dis..  135:38,  1962. 

Robinson,  H.  A.  and  Silverstein,  A.  B. :  Ef- 
fects of  Medical  Education  on  Interests  and 
Attitudes.  Maryland  Med.  L.  1963.  In  press. 

Robinson,  H.  A. :  Editorial  Introduction.  /. 
Nerv.  &  Ment.  Dis..  136:421,  1963. 

Siegman,  A.  and  Pope,  B.  :  An  Empirical 
Scale  for  the  Measurement  of  Therapist 
Specificity  in  the  Initial  Psychiatric  Inter- 
view. Psychol.  Rep..  11:515,  1962. 

Siegman,  A.  M. :  A  Cross-Cultural  Investiga- 
tion of  the  Relationship  Between  Introver- 
sion-Extraversion,  Social  Attitudes  and 
.Anti-Social  Behavior.  Brit.  J.  Clin.  Soc. 
I'sychol.,  1963.  In  press. 

Siegman,  A.  W. :  A  Cross-Cultural  Investiga- 
tion of  the  Relationship  Between  Religiosity, 
Ethnic  Prejudice  and  .Authoritarianism. 
Psychol.  Rep.,  11:419,  1962. 

Vidaver,  R.  M.  :  Post  Alcoholic  Psychosis  Re- 
port of  Four  Cases  with  Unusual  Ciiaractcr- 
i.^^tics.  .\filit.  .Med..  127:276,  1962. 

Weintraub,  W.  :  The  Use  and  Misuse  of 
Tranquilizers.  Mod.  Med..  1962. 

Weintraub,  W.  and  Aaronson,  H.  :  Clinical 
Judgments  in  Psychopharmacological  Re- 
search. /.  Neuropsychiat.  In  press. 


April,  1964 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UAirERSITV  OF  MARYLAND 


Weixtralb,  W.  :  The  V'lP  Syndrome.  A  Clin- 
ical Study  in  Hospital  Psychiatry.  /.  Ncrv. 
&  Mciit.  Dis.  In  press. 

Westox,  D.  L.  :  Utilizing  Psychoanalytic  Con- 
cepts in  Evaluation  of  the  Pre-School  Re- 
tarded Child.  Mental  Defectives,  1963.  In 
press. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  RADIOLOGY 

Dexxis,  J.  M.,  WoLFEL,  D.  A.,  and  Youxg, 
J.  D. :  Diagnosis  of  Renovascular  Hyperten- 
sion :  Role  of  the  Radiologist.  Radiologic 
Clinics  of  North  America,  Vol.  I,  April, 
1963. 

Bloedorx,  p.  G.  :  Radiation  and  Surgery  in 
Progress  in  Radiation  Therapy,  Vol.  II. 
Grune  &  Stratton,  Inc.,  New  York,  1962. 

Bloedorx,  p.  G.,  Youxg,  J.  D.,  Cuccia,  C.  A., 
Mercado,  R.,  Jr.,  and  Wizenberg,  M.  J. : 
Radiotherapy  in  Carcinoma  of  the  Bladder ; 
Possible  Complications  and  Their  Preven- 
tion. Radiology,  79:576,  1962. 

Bloedorn,  p.  G.  :  Tumor  Clinic  Conference. 
Cancer  Bull,  15:37,  1963. 

Lyon,  James  A.,  Jr.  :  Pneumomediastinum  in 
the  Newborn.  Radiologic  Clinics  of  North 
America,  April,  1963. 

WoLFEL,  D.  A. :  Leimyosarcoma  of  the  Esoph- 
agus. Anicr.  J.  Roentgenol.,  Vol.  89,  Janu- 
ary, 1963. 

WoLFEL,  D.  A.,  AxToxius,  J.  I.,  and  Cowley, 
R.  A. :  Posterior  Mediastinal  Lymph  Node 
Hyperplasia.  Amer.  J .  Roentgenol.  In  press. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  GENERAL  SURGERY 

BuxTox,  R.  W.,  Oda,  F.  T.,  McLaughlix,  J. 
S.,  Yeager,  G.  H.,  and  Mansberger,  A.  R., 
Jr.  :  Vascular  Anomalies  of  the  Extremities 
Associated  with  Abnormal  Growth.  Amer. 
Surg.,  28:775,  1962. 

Buxton,  R.  W.,  Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A., 
and  Maxsberger,  A.  R.,  Jr.:  Physiologic 
Rationale  for  Hypothermia  in  Septic  Shock. 
ACS  Surgical  ForJini,  Vol.  XIII,  1962. 

Buxton,  R.  W.,  Oda,  F.  T.,  Andrews,  G.  A., 
Bigelow,  R.  B.,  and  Sitterson,  B.  W.  : 
Surgery  in  Patients  with  Leukemia  and 
Lymphoma.  Amer.  Surg.,  29:33,   1963. 

Buxton,  R.  W.,  Leveque,  T.  F.,  and  Reyn- 
olds, B.  L. :  Metabolic  Responses  in  Skeletal 
Muscle  and  Connective  Tissues  to  Open  Skin 
Wounds  in  Animals.  Amer.  Surg.,  29:48, 
1963. 


BuxTox,  R.  W.,  Revxolds,  B.  L.,  and 
Leveque,  T.  F.  :  Metabolic  Parameters  in 
the  Healing  of  Open  Skin  Wounds  in  Ani- 
mals. Amer.  Surg..  29:325,  1963. 

Buxton,  R.  W.  :  Biological  Research.  Mary- 
land M.  J..  12:140,  1963. 

BuxTox,  R.  W.  and  Holdefer,  W.  F.,  Jk.  : 
Mycotic  Aneurysm — Case  Report,  tinier. 
Surg.,  November,  1963. 

Buxton,  R.  W.  and  Reynolds,  B.  L.  :  Aber- 
rations Produced  in  Healing  Regenerating 
Tissue  by  Exogenously  Administered  Tes- 
tosterone, Hydrocortisone,  and  Methandro- 
stenolone.  Amer.  Surg.  In  press. 

Cuxnixgham,  R.  M.  :  The  Plight  of  the  Small 
Hospital.  /.  Med.  Education,  No\.  37,  July, 
1962. 

Cuxxixgham,  R.  M.  :  Education  and  Health 
in  Latin  America.  J. A.M. A.,  1963.  In  press. 

Cox,  E.  F.  :  Excision  of  Branchial  Sinus  and 
Fistula  Tracts  Using  Arterial  Internal  Strip- 
pers. Surg.  Gynec.  &  Obstct.,  1963.  In  press. 

Flotte,  C.  T.  :  Dextran  in  Treatment  of 
Thrombophlebitis.  Trans.  Southern  Surg. 
Assoc,  1962. 

Flotte,  C.  T.  :  The  Aledical  Library.  Maryland 
Med.  J.,  January,  1963. 

Holdefer,  W.  F.,  Jr.  and  Yeager,  G.  H.  :  Sur- 
gical Considerations  in  Peripheral  Vascular 
Disease.  Anicr.  Surg..  28:411,  1962. 

Just-Viera,  J.  O.,  JuRF,  A.,  Lewers,  D.  T., 
and  Yeager,  G.  H.  :  The  L^se  of  Radiopaque 
Emboli  in  Experimental  Pulmonary  Embol- 
ism. Bull.  Sch.  of  Med.  Univ.  Maryhmd, 
47:59,  1962. 

Just-Viera,  J.  O.,  Yeager,  G.  H.,  and  Puron, 
R. :  Control  of  Hemorrhage  from  the  Liver 
Without  Use  of  Sutures  or  Clamps.  Amer. 
Surg.,  28:754,  1962. 

Just-Viera,  J.  O.  and  Yeager,  G.  H.  :  Mas- 
sive Lethal  Pulmonary  Emboli.  Surgery, 
53:109,  1963. 

Just-Viera,  J.  O.,  Lewers,  D.  T.,  and  Yeager, 
G.  H. :  New  Tissue  Adhesives  :  Experimental 
Application  of  Rapidly  Polymerizing  Plas- 
tics. Maryland  Med.  J.,  12:141,  1963. 

Just-Viera,  J.  O.,  and  Yeager,  G.  H.  :  Preven- 
tion of  Thrombosis  in  the  Inferior  Vena 
Cava.  Surg.  Gynec.  &  Obstet.,  October,  1963. 

Just-Viera,  J.  O.,  Lewers,  D.  T.,  and  Yeager, 
G.  H. :  Lethal  Pro])erties  of  a  Rapidly  Poly- 
merizing Adhesive  Used  for  Nonsuture  Sur- 
gery. Arch.  Surg.  In  press. 

Just-Viera,  J.  O. :  Clubbed  Digits.  An  Enig- 
ma. Arch.  Intern.  Med.,  1963.  In  press. 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


MEDICAL  SCIIOUL  SECTION 


JisT-ViERA,  J.  O.,  Yeager,  G.  H.,  and  Puron, 
K. :  Experimental  Control  of  Renal  Hemor- 
rhage by  Use  of  a  Rapidly  Polymerizing 
Adhesive,  'fniiis.  Sciithcni  Sur;/.  Soc.  1963. 
In  press. 

Mansbekger,  a.  R.,  Jr.  :  Ammonia  \'alue  in 
Acute  Abdominal  Pain.  Mod.  Med..  Vol.  30, 
September,   1962. 

Mansberger,  .\.  R.,  Jr.,  Blair,  E.,  Cowi.ey, 
R.  A.,  and  BrxTOX,  K.  W. :  Physiologic  Ra- 
tionale for  Hyperthermia  and  Septic  Shock. 
ACS  Surgical  Ennnii.  1962. 

Maxsberger,  a.  K.,  Jr.:  Value  of  Peritoneal 
Fluid  Ammonia  Levels  in  the  Differential 
Diagnosis  of  the  Acute  Abdomen.  Rcz'ictv  of 
Surgery,  Vol.   19,  Se|)tember-October,   1962. 

Mansberger,  A.  R.,  Jr.,  Ooa,  F.  T.,  Mc- 
Laughlin, J.  S.,  Yeager,  G.  H.,  and  Bux- 
ton, R.  W. :  Vascular  Anomalies  of  the 
Extremity  Associated  with  Abnormal 
Growth,  .liner.  Surg.,  Vol.  2(S,  December, 
1962. 

Mansberger,  A.  R.,  Jr.,  and  Kopilnick,  M.  : 
Ammonia  Determinations  on  Peritoneal 
Fluid  Value  in  Differential  Diagnosis  of 
Acute  Abdominal  Disease.  Clinical  Study 
\vith  Case  Reports.  Maryhntd  Med.  J..  \'oI. 
12,  April,  1963. 

Mansberger,  A.  R.,  Jr.,  Tountas,  C.  T., 
Travasano,  F.  J.,  Jules,  A.,  and  Weather- 
i.v,  D.  L. :  The  Value  of  Ammonia  Deter- 
minations in  Acute  Intra-. Midominal  Dis- 
ease. .\n  fixperimental  Study.  Maryland 
Med.  J..  \'ol.  12,  April,  1963. 

Mansberger,  A.  R.,  Jr.  and  Moore,  G.  E.  : 
Chemotherapy  as  an  Adjuvant  to  Surgery. 
Amcr.  J.  Surg.,  Vol.  105,  May,  1963. 

McLaughlin,  J.  S.,  Oda,  F.  T.,  Yeager,  G. 
H.,  Mansberger,  A.  R.,  Jr.,  and  Buxton, 
R.  W. :  Vascular  Anomalies  of  the  Extrem- 
ity Associated  with  Abnormal  Growth. 
Amer.  Surg.,  Vol.  28,  December,  1962. 

Michaelis,  M.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  and  Moul- 
TON,  G.  A.:  Effect  of  Hyperbaric  Oxygena- 
tion on  Xoble-Collip  Drum  Shock  in  the 
Rat.  Bull.  Sell.  Med.  Univ.  Maryland.  47:42, 
1962. 

Michaelis.  M.  and  Greisman,  S.  E.  :  Effect 
of  Catechol  Amines  During  Traumatic  Shock 
in  the  Rat.  /.  Surg.  Research.  1963.  In  press. 
Oda,  F.  T.,  McLaughlin,  J.  S.,  Yeager,  G. 
H.,  Mansberger,  A.  R.,  Jr.,  and  Bl'xton, 
R.  W. :  Vascular  Anomalies  of  the  Extrem- 
ity Associated  with  Abnormal  firowtlL 
.liner.  Sure/..  Vol.  28,  December,  1962. 


Oda,  F.  T.  Gibbs,  W.  D.,  and  Andrews,  G. 
A. :  Distribution  of  Radioisotopes  in  Tumors 
of  the  Rat  Liver.  /.  Nucl.  Med.,  4:18,  1963. 

Ollodart,  R.  M.  and  Rose,  M.  R.  :  Antibodies 
to  1-2  Nai)litlio(|uinone.  Cancer  Research, 
July,  1962. 

White,  J.  P.:  Deiiiscence  of  Abdominal 
Wounds.  Jhill.  St.  Agnes  Hospital,  Balti- 
more, 1963.   In  press. 

\'eager,  (i.  H.,  and  Holdefer,  W.  F.,  Jr.  : 
Surgical  Considerations  in  Peripheral  Vas- 
cular Disease.  Amcr.  Surg..  28:411,  1962. 

"^'eager,  (].  H.,  Just-Viera,  J.  O.,  Jure,  A., 
Lewers,  D.  T.  :  The  Use  of  Radiopaque 
Emboli  in  Experimental  Pulmonary  Embo- 
lism. Bull  Sch.  Med.  Univ.  Maryland.  47:59, 
1962. 

Yeager,  G.  H.  and  Just-Viera,  J.  O. :  Control 
of  Hemorrhage  from  the  Liver  Without  the 
Use  of  Sutures  or  Clamps  ;  Preliminary  Re- 
port. Amer.  Surg.,  Vol.  28,  November,  1962. 

Yeager,  C.  H.,  Oda,  F.  T.,  McLaughlin,  J. 
S.,  Buxton,  R.  W.,  and  Mansberger,  A.  R., 
Jr.:  Vascular  Anomalies  of  the  Extremity 
Associated  with  Abnormal  Growth.  Amer. 
Surg.,  Vol.  28,  December,  1962. 

"^'eager,  G.  H.  and  Just-Viera,  J.  O. :  Massive 
Lethal  Pulmonary  Emboli.  Surgery,  53:109, 
1963. 

Yeager,  G.  H.,  Lewers,  D.  T.,  and  Just- 
Viera,  J.  O. :  New  Tissue  Adhesives.  Mary- 
land .Med.  /..  12:141,  1963. 

Yeager,  (i.  H.,  Lewers,  D.  T.,  and  Just- 
Viera,  J.  O. :  Lethal  Properties  of  a  Rapidly 
Polymerizing  Adhesive  Used  for  Non- 
Suture  Surgery.  Arch.  Surg.,  1963.  In  press. 

Yeager,  G.  H.  and  Ju.st-Viera,  J.  O. :  Pre- 
vention of  Thrombosis  in  the  Inferior  Vena 
Cava.  Surg.  Gyncc.  &  Obstet..  October, 
1963.  In  press. 

Yeager,  G.  H.,  Ju.st-Viera,  J.  O.,  and  Puron, 
R. :  Experimental  Control  of  Renal  Hemor- 
rhage by  Use  of  a  Rapidly  Polymerizing 
Adhesive.  Trans.  .'Southern  Surg.  .S'oe..  1963. 
In  press. 

Divi-sion  of  Neurologic  Surgery 

Thompson,  R.  K.  :  Head  Injuries.  .Maryland 
Med.  J..  March,  1963. 

Division  of  Otolaryngology 

Blanchard,  C.  L.  and  Borsaxyi,  S.  J.:  Ioniz- 
ing Radiation  and  the  Ear.  J..A.M..4., 
181:198,  1962. 

Blanchard,    C.    L.    and    Borsanvi,    S.    J.: 


April,  1964 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Asymptomatic  Parotid  Swelling  and  Isopro- 
terenol. The  Laryngoscope,  72:1777,  1962. 

Blanch. \Ki),  C.  L..  BoRS.\NYr,  S.  J.,  and 
Carter,  J.  F. :  Frequency  Distribution 
Analysis  of  Heart  Sounds.  Hull.  Scli.  Med. 
Univ.  Maryland,  47:56,  1962. 

Blanchard,  C.  L.  and  Borsanvi,  S.  J. :  Moliile 
Auditory  Research  Unit.  Bull.  Sell.  .Med. 
Univ.  .Maryland.  48:24,  1963. 

Blanchard,  C.  L.  and  Borsanvi,  S.  J. :  The 
Use  of  Computers  in  Auditory  Research : 
Evoked  Auditory  Potentials  in  Man.  Tlie 
Laryngoscope.  In  press. 

BoRSANYi,  S.  J.  and  Blanchard,  C.  L.  :  Ioniz- 
ing Radiation  and  the  Ear.  J.  A.M.  A., 
181:958,  1962. 

BoRSANYi,  S.  J. :  Glomus  Jugulare  Tumores. 
The  Laryngoscope.  72:1336,  1962. 

Borsanyi,  S.  J.  and  Blanchard,  C.  L.  : 
Asymptomatic  Parotid  Swelling  and  Isopro- 
terenel.  The  Laryngoscope.  72:1777,  1962. 

Borsanyi,  S.  J. :  Chronic  Asymptomatic  En- 
largement of  the  Parotid  Glands.  Ann.  Otol., 
71:857,  1962. 

Borsanyi,  S.  J.,  Blanchard,  C.  L.,  and 
Carter,  J.  F. :  Frequency  Distribution 
Analysis  of  Heart  Sounds.  Bull.  Sch.  Med. 
Univ.  Maryland,  47:56,  1962. 

Borsanyi,  S.  J.:  Mobile  Auditory  Research 
Unit.  Bull.  Sch.  Med.  Univ.  Maryland, 
48:24,  1963. 

Borsanyi,  S.  J. :  The  Prevention  of  Carotid 
Artery  Ruptures  Following  Radical  Neck 
Dissection  in  Radiated  Patients.  EENT 
Digest,  March,   1963. 

Borsanyi,  S.  J. :  Vitamin  A  Deficient  Diet  and 
Parotid  Swelling.  Sinai  Hospital  Journal. 
In  press. 

Borsanyi,  S.  J.  and  Blanchard,  C.  L.  :  The 
Use  of  Computers  in  Auditory  Research : 
Evoked  Auditory  Potentials  in  Man.  The 
Laryngoscope.  In  press. 

Borsanyi,  S.  J. :  Some  Aspects  of  Auditory 
Evoked  Potentials  in  Man.  A)ui.  Otol.  In 
press. 

Carter,  J.  F.,  Borsanyi,  S.  J.,  and  Blanch- 
ard, C.  L. :  Frequency  Distribution  Analysis 
of  Heart  Sounds.  Bull.  Sch.  Med.  Univ. 
Maryland,  47:56,  1962. 

Division  of  Tlioracic  Surgery 

Attar,  S.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  and  Cow  lev,  R. 
A. :  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in  Vascular 
Collapse.  /.  Thor.  &  Cardiov.  Surg.,  Decem- 
ber,  1962. 


Attar,  S.  and  Naib,  Z.  :   Cytologic  and  Clin- 
ical   Study    of    Endobronchial    Hamartoma. 
nis.  Chest.  41:468,  1962. 
Attar,   S.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  and  Hawthorne, 
I.:    Hemorrhagic    Shock    in    Dogs    Treated 
with    D- Aldosterone.    .\    Study   of    Survival 
Rate.  ACS  Surgical  Forum.   13:22,    1962. 
Attar,    S.,    Tisciiler,    M.,    Ta.mres,    A.,    and 
Cowley,    R.    A. :     An    Automatic    Cardiac 
Monitor-Pacer.  Bull.  Sch.  Med.  Univ.  Mary- 
land, 47:28,  1962. 
Attar,   S.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W.  G., 
Blair,  E.,  and  Hawthorne,   I. :   Combined 
Therapy  :  Cobalt  Teletherapy  Surgery  in  the 
Treatment  of  Bronchogenic  Carcinoma.  On- 
tario Med.  J.,  June,  1962. 
Attar,   S.,  Cowley,   R.  A.,   Esmond,  W.  G., 
Blair,    E.,    and    Hawthorne,    I. :    Electro- 
cardiographic   and    Biochemical    Studies    in 
Hemorrhagic    Shock   Treated    with    Hyper- 
baric Oxygenation.  Circulation.  April,  1963. 
Attar,   S.,  Esmond,  W.  G.  and  Cow^ley,  R. 
A. :  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in  Medical  and 
Surgical  Conditions  :  Application  in  Experi- 
mental Vascular  Collapse.  Proc.  2nd  Animal 
.San    Diego    Sympos.    on    Biomedical    F.ng., 
Tune,  1962. 
Attar,   S.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  and  Cowley,  R. 
A. :     Hyperbaric    Oxygenation    in    Experi- 
mental  Shock :   Experimental   Chamber   De- 
sign and  Operation.    Trans.  Amer.  Soc.  for 
Artificial  Intern.   Organs.   Vol.   VIII,    1962. 
Attar,    S.,    Blair,    E.,    Cowley,    R.    A.,    and 
Esmond,    W.    G.  :    Effets    Metaboliques    de 
I'arret     Circulatoire     a     differents     Niveaux 
d'hypothermie.  Lyo)i   Chir..  58:534,   1962. 
Attar,  S.,  Cowley,   R.   A.,  Esmond,   W.  G., 
and   Blair,   E.  :   La   Prevention  de  I'acidose 
metabolique     en     chirurgie     cardiaque     par 
rhypothermic  profoude  a  grand  debit.  Lyon 
Chir.,  58:554,   1962. 
Attar,    S.,   Esmond,   W.   G.,   Blair,   E.,   and 
Cowley,    R.    A. :    Anatomy    of    Peripheral 
Ramification     of     the     Cardiac     Conduction 
System.  Circulation.  April,  1963. 
Attar,  S.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Borges,  F.,  Blair, 
E.,  and  Cowley,  R.  A. :  The  Use  of  Manni- 
t(jl      on      Post-Perfusion      Oliguria-Anuria. 
Cardiovasc.  Surg.,  6:699,  1962. 
Attar,    S.,    Es.mond,   W.    G.,    Blair,    E.,   and 
Cowley,     R.     A. :     Autoclavable     Reusable 
Plastic    Convoluted    Disc    Oxygenators    for 
Extracorporeal    Perfusion    Systems.    Amer. 
.Surg.,  1963.  In  press. 
Attar,  S.,  Gutierrez,  G.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  and 


J'ol.  49,  No.  2 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


Cowley,  R.  A. :  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in 
Massive  Pulmonary  Embolism.  Dis.  Chest, 
1963.  In  press. 

Attar,  S.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Bi.aik,  E.,  and 
Cowley,  R.  A. :  Experimental  Aspects  of 
the  Use  of  Hyperbaric  Oxygen  in  Hemor- 
rhagic Shock.  Amcr.  Surg.,  1963.  In  press. 

Attar,  S.  and  Cowley,  R.  A. :  Hemangioma 
of  the  Mediastimum — Collective  Review. 
Amcr.  Surg.,  1963.  In  press. 

Attar,  S.,  Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  and 
Esmond,  W.  G.  :  The  Effect  of  Hypother- 
mia on  Circulatory  Reflexes  in  the  Human. 
Surg.  Gyncc.  &  Ohstct.,  1963.  In  press. 

Attar,  S.,  Nygren,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Es- 
mond, W.  G.,  and  Blair,  E.  :  Morphologic 
Changes  in  Experimental  Myocardial  In- 
farction. Proc.  IV  IVorld  Cong,  on  Cardiol.. 
1963.  In  press. 

Attar,  S.,  Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  and 
Esmond,  W.  G.  :  The  Significance  of 
Sampling  Sites  in  Myocardial  Metabolism 
in  Experimental  Acute  Coronary  Occlusion. 
Circulation.  1963.  In  press. 

Attar,  S.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Weaver,  J., 
Chyba,  J.,  Lewitinn,  a.,  and  Pierce,  L.  : 
A  Comparative  Evaluation  of  Three  Dis- 
posable Heat  Exchanges  for  Profound 
Hypothermia.  Proc.  13th  Annua!  Conf.  Eng. 
Med.  &  Biol.,  1963.  In  press. 

Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Mansberger,  A.  R., 
Jr.,  and  Buxton,  R.  W.  :  Physiologic  Ra- 
tionale for  Hypothermia  in  Septic  Shock. 
ACS  Surgical  Forum,  13:20,  1962. 

Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S.,  and 
Esmond,  W.  G.  :  Effets  Metaboliques  de 
I'arret  Circulatoire  a  differents  Niveaux 
d'hypothermie.  Lyon  Chir.,  58:534,  1962. 

Blair,  K.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  and 
Attar,  S.  :  La  Prevention  de  I'acidose  meta- 
boli(|ue  en  chirurgie  cardique  par  I'hypo- 
thermie  profoude  a  grand  debit.  Lyoi  Chir., 
58:554,  1962. 

Blair,  E.,  Attar,  S.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Borges, 
P.,  and  Cowley,  R.  A. :  The  Use  of  Manni- 
tol  on  Post-Perfusion  Oliguria-Anuria.  Car- 
diova.s-c.  Surg.,  6:699,  1962. 

Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S.,  and 
Esmond,  W.  G.  :  Electrocardiogra])hic  and 
Biochemical  Studies  in  Hemorrhagic  Shock 
Treated  with  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation.  Car- 
diovasc.  Surg..  6:670,  1962. 
Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S.,  Linberg, 
E.  J.,  and  Bloedorn,  F.  :  Combined  Therapy : 
Cobalt   Teletherapy    Surgery   in   the   Treat- 


ment  of   Bronchogenic   Carcinoma.    Ontario 
Med.  J.,  June,  1962. 

Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S.,  and 
Esmond,  W.  G.  :  The  Significance  of  Samp- 
ling Sites  in  Myocardial  Metabolism  in  E.x- 
])erimental  Acute  Coronary  Occlusion.  Cir- 
culatii))!,  1963.  In  press. 

Blair,  E.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  and 
Cowley,  R.  A. :  Autoclavable  Reusable 
Plastic  Convoluted  Disc  Oxygenators  for 
Extracorporeal  Perfusion  Systems.  Amer. 
Surg..  1963.  In  press. 

Blair,  E.  :  Cold  Therapy  in  Bacteremic  Shock. 
Proc.  r  Conf.,  Arctic  Med.,  1963.  In  press. 

Blair,  E.,  Nygren,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Es- 
mond, W.  G.,  and  Attar,  S.  :  Morphologic 
Changes  in  Experimental  Myocardial  In- 
farction. Proc.  IV  World  Cong.  Cardiol., 
1963.  In  press. 

Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S.,  and 
Esmond,  W.  G.  :  The  Effect  of  Hypothermia 
on  Circulatory  Reflexes  in  the  Human.  Surg. 
Gyncc.  &  Ohstct.,  1963.  In  press. 

Blair,  E.,  Gutierrez,  G.,  Esmond,  W.  G., 
Attar,  S.  and  Cowley,  R.  A. :  Hyperbaric 
Oxygenation  in  Massive  Pulmonary  Em- 
bolism. Dis.  Chest,  1963.  In  press. 

Blair,  E.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  and 
Attar,  S.  :  Experimental  Aspects  of  the  Use 
of  Hyperbaric  Oxygen  in  Hemorrhagic 
Shock.  Amer.  Surg.,  1963.  In  press. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.. 
and  Blair,  E.  :  Anatomy  of  Peripheral 
Ramification  of  the  Cardiac  Conduction  Sys- 
tem. Circulation,  April,  1963. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S., 
Merlis,  J.  K.,  Scott,  W.  H.,  and  Richards, 
R.  D. :  Metabolic  Hematologic  and  Neuro- 
psychological Studies  on  Patients  Under- 
going Open  Heart  Surgery  with  Profound 
Hypothermia.  Proc.  22nd  Inter.  Cong.  Phy- 
siol. Sciences.  1962. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  and  Attar,  S.  : 
Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in  Medical  and 
Surgical  Conditions  :  .Applications  in  E.xjicri- 
niental  \'ascular  Collapse.  Proc.  2)id  San 
Diego  Syml^os.  Bioined.  Eng..  1962. 

Cowi.EV,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  and  .Attar, 
.S. :  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in  E.xperinicn- 
tal  .Sliock :  E.xperimental  Chamber  Design 
and  Operation.  Trans.  Amer.  Soc.  Artificial 
Int.  Organs.  Vol.  VIII,   1962. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S., 
Blair,  E.,  and  Hawthorne,  I. :  Electro- 
cardiographic   and    Biochemical    Studies    in 


Af>ril.  1064 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Hemorrhagic  Shock  Treated  with  Hyper- 
baric Oxygenation.  Circulation.  April,  1963. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S.,  and  Esmond,  W. 
G. :  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in  Vascular 
Collapse.  /.  Thar.  &  Cardiov.  Surg.,  Decem- 
ber,  1962. 

Cowi.Ev.  R.  A.,  LiNBERG,  E.,  Attar,  S.,  and 
Blair,  E.  :  Combined  Therapy :  Cobalt  Tele- 
therapy Surgery  in  the  Treatment  of  Bron- 
chogenic Carcinoma.  Ontario  Med.  /.,  June, 
1962. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Blair,  E.,  Mansberger,  A.  R., 
Jr.,  Buxton,  R.  :  Physiologic  Rationale  for 
Hypothermia  in  Septic  Shock.  ACS  Surgical 
Forum,  13:20,  1962. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Blair,  E.,  Attar,  S.,  and 
Esmond,  W.  G.  :  Effets  Metabolique  de 
I'arret  Circulatoire  a  differents  Niveaux 
d'hypothermie.  Lyon  Chir.,  58:534,  1962. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Blair,  E.,  and 
Attar,  S.  :  La  Prevention  de  I'acidose  meta- 
bolique en  chirurgie  cardique  par  I'hypother- 
mie  profoude  a  grand  debit.  Lyon  Chir., 
58:554,  1962. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S.,  Esmond,  W.  G., 
Borges,  F.  G.,  Blair,  E.  :  The  Use  of  Man- 
nitol  on  Post-Perfusion  Oliguria-Anuria. 
Cardiov.  Surg.,  6:699,   1962. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S.  and  Hawthorne,  I. : 
Hemorrhagic  Shock  in  Dogs  Treated  with 
D-Aldosterone.  A  Study  of  Survival  Rate. 
ACS  Surgical  Forum,  Vol.  XIH,  1962. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Tischler,  M.,  Tamres,  A., 
and  Attar,  S.  :  An  Automatic  Cardiac  Mon- 
itor-Pacer. Bull.  Sell.  Med.  Univ.  Maryland. 
47:28,   1962. 

Cowley,  R.  A.  and  Blair,  E.  :  Hypothermia 
in  Emergency  Lung  Resection.  Dis.  Chest, 
1963.  In  press. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Blair,  E.,  Attar,  S.,  and  Es- 
mond, W.  G.  :  The  Significance  of  Sampling 
Sites  in  Myocardial  Metabolism  in  Experi- 
mental Acute  Coronary  Occlusion.  Circula- 
tion, 1963.  In  press. 

CoW'LEY,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S., 
and  Blair,  E.  :  Autoclavable  Reusable  Plas- 
tic Convoluted  Disc  Oxygenators  for  E.xtra- 
corporeal  Perfusion  Systems.  Amer.  Surg., 
1963.  In  press. 

Cowley,  R.  a.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Blair,  E., 
Xygren,  E.,  and  Attar,  S.  :  Morphologic 
Changes  in  Experimental  Myocardial  In- 
farction. Proc.  IV  World  Cong,  on  Cardiol., 
1963.  In  press. 

Cowley,    R.    A.,    Attar,    S.,    Blair,    E.,   and 


Esmond,  W.  G.  :  The  Effect  of  Hypothermia 
on  Circulatory  Reflexes  in  the  Human.  Surg. 
Gynee.  &  Obstct.,  1963.  In  press. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Baker,  N.,  and  Linberg,  E.  : 
A  Follow-up  on  Patients  with  Bronchogenic 
Carcinoma  Locally  Cured  by  Preoperative 
Irradiation.  /.  Thor.  <Sr  Cardiov.  Surg.,  1963. 
In  press. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Weaver,  J.,  Esmond,  W.  G., 
Chyba,  J.,  Attar,  S.,  Levitinn,  A.,  and 
Pierce,  L.  :  A  Comparative  Evaluation  of 
Three  Disposable  Heat  Exchangers  for  Pro- 
found Hypothermia.  Proc.  15th  Annual  Conf. 
Eng.  in  Med.  &■  Biol.,  1963.  In  press. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Gutierrez,  G.,  Esmond,  W. 
G.,  Blair,  E.,  and  Attar,  S.  :  Hyperbaric 
Oxygenation  in  Massive  Pulmonary  Em- 
bolism. Dis.  Chest.  1963.  In  press. 

Cowley,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W.  G.,  Blair,  E., 
and  Attar,  S.  :  Experimental  Aspects  of  the 
Use  of  Hyperbaric  Oxygen  in  Hemorrhagic 
Shock.  Amer.  Surg.,  1963.  In  press. 

Cowley,  R.  A.  and  Attar,  S.  :  Hemangioma  of 
the  Mediastinum — Collective  Review.  Amer. 
Surg..  1963.  In  press. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  Cowley,  R.  A., 
and  Blair,  E.  :  Anatomy  of  Peripheral  Ram- 
ification of  the  Cardiac  Conduction  System. 
Circulation,  April,  1963. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  Merlis,  J.  K., 
Scott,  W.  H.,  Richards,  R.  D.,  and  Cow- 
ley, R.  A. :  Metabolic,  Hematologic  and 
Neuropsychological  Studies  on  Patients  Un- 
dergoing Open  Heart  Surgery  with  Profound 
Hypothermia.  Proc.  2nd  Sa)i  Diego  Syinpos. 
Biovied.  Eng.,  1962. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  and  Cowley,  R. 
A. :  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in  Experimen- 
tal Hemorrhagic  Shock :  Experimental 
Chamber  Design  and  Operation.  Trans. 
Amer.  Soc.  for  Artificial  Intern.  Organs. 
Vol.  VIII,   1962. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  Borges,  F.  J., 
Cowley,  R.  A.,  Hollingsworth,  N.,  and 
Blair,  E.  :  Use  of  Mannitol  in  Post-Per- 
fusion Oliguria-Anuria.   Circulation,   1963. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S., 
Blair,  E.,  and  Hawthorne,  I. :  Electro- 
cardiograi)hic  and  Biochemical  Studies  in 
Hemorrhagic  Shock  Treated  with  Hyper- 
baric Oxygenation.  Circulation,  April,  1962. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  and  Cowley,  R. 
A. :  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in  Vascular 
Collapse.  /.  Thor.  &  Cardiov.  Surg.,  Decem- 
ber.  1962. 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


Esmond,  W.  G.,  Moulton,  G.  A.,  and  Mi- 
CHAEi.is,  M.:  Effects  of  Hyperbaric  Oxy- 
genation on  Noble  Collip  Drum  Shock  in 
the  Rat.  Bull.  Sch.  Med.  Univ.  Maryland, 
47:42,  1962. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Bi..\ik,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A., 
and  Attak,  S.  :  Effets  Metaboliques  de 
I'arret  Circulatoire  a  differents  Niveaux 
d'hypothermie.   Lyon    Cliir..  58:534,    1962. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Attar,  S., 
and  Blaik,  E.  :  La  Prevention  de  I'acidose 
metaboHque  en  chirurgie  cardique  par  I'hypo- 
therniie  profoude  a  grand  debit.  Lyon  Chir., 
58:54,  1962. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Attar,  S.,  and  Cowley,  R. 
A. :  Hyperbaric  Oxygenation  in  Medical  and 
Surgical  Conditions :  Application  in  Experi- 
mental Vascular  Collapse.  Proc.  2nd  San 
Diego  Synipos.  Biovied.  Eng.,  1962. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Blair,  E.,  and  Cowley,  R. 
A. :  The  Significance  of  Sampling  Sites  in 
Myocardial  Metabolism  in  Experimental 
Acute  Coronary  Occlusion.  Circnkition,  1963. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A., 
and  Attar,  S.  :  Autoclave  Reusable  Plastic 
Convoluted  Disc  Oxygenators  for  Extra- 
corporeal Perfusion  Systems.  Aincr.  Surg., 
1963.   In  press. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Nygren,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A., 
Blair,  E.,  and  Attar,  S.  :  Morphologic 
Changes  in  Experimental  Myocardial  In- 
farction. Proc.  /F  World  Cong.  Cardiol., 
1963.   In  press. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Blair,  E.,  and 
Attar,  S.  :  The  Effect  of  Hypothermia  on 
Circulatory  Reflexes  in  the  Human.  Surg. 
Gynec.  &  Obstet.,  1963.  In  press. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Gutierrez,  G.,  Blair,  E., 
Attar,  S.,  and  Cowley,  R.  A. :  Hyperbaric 
Oxygenation  in  Massive  Pulmonary  Em- 
bolism. Dis.  Chest,  1963.  In  press. 

Esmond,  W.  G.,  Blair,  E.,  Cowley,  R.  A., 
and  Attar,  S.  :  Experimental  Aspects  of  the 
Use  of  Hyperbaric  Oxygen  in  Hemorrhagic 
Shock.  Amer.  Surg.,  1963.  In  j)ress. 

Hawthorne,  I.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  and  Attar, 
S. :  Hemorrhagic  Shock  in  Dogs  Treated 
with  D-Aldosterone.  A  Study  of  Survival 
Rate.  ACS  Surgical  Porum.  Vol.  XIII,  1962. 

Hawthorne,  I.,  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Esmond,  W. 
G.,  Attar,  S.,  and  Blair,  E.  :  Electrocardi- 
ographic and  Biochemical  Studies  in  Hemor- 
rhagic Shock  Treated  with  Hyperbaric 
Oxygenation.   Circulation,  April,   1963. 

Lixberg,    E.   J.,    Cowley,    R.   A.,    Attar,    S., 


Blair,  E.,  and  Bloedorn,  F.  :  Combined 
Therapy :  Cobalt  Teletherapy  Surgery  in 
the  Treatment  of  Bronchogenic  Carcinoma. 
Ontario  Med.  J.,  June,  1962. 

Linberg,  E.  J. :  Initial  Care  of  Patients  with 
Blunt  Chest  Trauma.  Maryland  Med.  J., 
March,   1963. 

Linberg,  E.  J. :  Emergency  Surgery  for  Mas- 
sive Hemoptysis.  Anicr.  Surg.,  1963.  In 
press. 

Linberg,  E.  J.,  Baker,  X.,  and  Cowley,  R. 
A. :  A  Follow-up  on  Patients  with  Broncho- 
genic Carcinoma  Locally  Cured  by  Preop- 
erative Irradiation.  /.  Thor.  &  Cardial-. 
Surg.,  1963.  In  press. 

Division  of  Urologic  Surgery 

Bormel,  p.  and  Galleher,  E.  P. :  Reversed 
Peristalsis  and  Other  Complications  of 
Ureteroileostomies.  /.  Urol.,  August,  1962. 

FiSHMAN,  A.  and  Taylor,  W.  N.  :  Leukemic 
Infiltration  of  the  Prostate.  /.  Urol.,  Janu- 
ary,   1963. 

Galleher,  E.  P.,  Jr.  and  Bormel,  P. :  Re- 
versed Peristalsis  and  Other  Complications 
of  Ureteroileostomies.  /.  Urol.,  August,  1962. 

Galleher,  E.  P.,  Jr.  :  Common  Urologic  Dif- 
ficulties of  the  Aged.  /.  Amer.  Geriat.  Soc. 
In  press. 

Kiser,  W.  S.,  Young,  J.  D.,  Jr.,  and  Mex- 
DONCA,  P. :  Studies  on  Segmental  Ischemia 
in  the  Etiology  of  Hypertension.  Trans. 
Amer.  Assoc.  G.  U.  Surg.,  1963. 

Mendonca,  p.,  Kiser,  W.  S.,  and  Young, 
J.  D.,  Jr.  :  Studies  on  Segmental  Ischemia  in 
the  Etiology  of  Hypertension.  Trans.  Amer. 
Assoc.  G.  U .  Surgery,  1963. 

Phillippidjis,  p.,  Young,  J.  D.,  Jr.,  and 
Naib,  Z.  M.  :  Exfoliative  Cytology  of  a 
Primary  Fibrosarcoma  of  the  Kidney.  /. 
Urol.  In  press. 

Powder,  J.  R.  and  Young,  J.  D.,  Jr.:  Flank 
Cutaneous  Ureterostomy  and  Uretero-ure- 
teral  Cutaneous  Xeostomy.  Nezv  York  Med. 
J.,  July,  1963. 

Young,  J.  D.,  Jr.,  Dennis,  J.  M.,  and  Wolfel, 
D. :  Diagnosis  of  Renovascular  Hyperten- 
sion :  Role  of  the  Radiologist.  Radiol.  Clinics 
of  North  America,  April,  1963. 

Young,  J.  D.,  Jr.,  Madeloff,  M.  S.,  Schwartz. 
F.  D.,  Borges,  F.  J.,  and  Revell,  S.  T.  R., 
Jr.  :  Differential  Excretion  of  Sodium  and 
Water  in  Man.  Arch.  Surg.,  December,  1962. 

Con't   on   p.   xxii 


April,  1^64 


18974964 


Ox  February  26,  1964,  Dr.  Cyrus  F. 
Horine,  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 
in  the  School  of  Medicine  since  1936, 
died  in  Union  Memorial  Hospital.  All 
of  his  many  students,  friends,  and  asso- 
ciates lament  the  passing  of  this  able 
surgeon  with  a  warm  and  scintillating 
personality.  He  loved  the  abundant  life 
of  warm  friendship  and  radiated  charm 
and  kindness  in  his  winsome  smile. 

Dr.  Horine  was  born  in  Myersville, 
:\Id..  in  1897.  He  attended  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  and 
graduated  in  1919.  He  became  Dr. 
Arthur  'Si.  Shipley's  first  intern  in 
surgery.  He  served  as  resident  surgeon 
from  1920  to  1922.  He  enjoyed  the 
esteem  of  his  colleagues  and  his  capabili- 
ties brought  him  increases  in  rank  in  the 
Department  of  Surgery.  In  1936  he  l)e- 
came  Associate  Professor  and  retained 
that  rank  at  the  time  of  his  death. 

During  his  close  association  with  the 
Department  of  Surgery,  Dr.  Horine  en- 
gaged in  several  research  projects.  He 
was  gifted  with  an  inquiring  intellect 
and  more  than  25  ])ublications  resulted 
from  his  researches.  His  work  with  the 
late  Dr.  C.  G.  Warner,  published  in  the 
American  Journal  of  Physiology  on  pul- 
monary artery  pressures,  represented 
the  first  time  that  pulmonary  artery 
pressures  were  measured  in  the  closed 
chest  without  disturbing  the  intrapleural 
pressure. 

Dr.  Horine  enjoyed  an  extensive  sur- 
gical  practice.   His   patients  loved   him. 


He  was  honest  and  humble  and  had  an 
unusual  capacity  for  making  the  patient 
feel  that  he  had  a  high  stake  in  getting 
him  w^ell.  Among  his  many  friends  was 
the  late  Dr.  Frank  C.  Bressler.  and  it 
was  Dr.  Horine  who  persuaded  Dr. 
Bressler  to  leave  his  fortune  to  the  med- 
ical school  and  establish  the  Bressler 
Building  and  the  Bressler  Research 
Fund.  \\'e  owe  this  great  research  oppor- 
tunity that  the  school  has  enjoyed  over 
the  ever-lengthening  past  to  the  persua- 
sive influence  of  Dr.  Horine  and  his 
friend.  Dr.  Bressler. 

Upon  the  death  of  Dr.  Howard  Bubert. 
Dr.  Horine  became  Medical  Director  of 
the  Maryland  State  Police.  He  was  also 
consultant  physician  to  the  State  Roads 
Commission. 

Dr.  Horine  was  a  Presbyterian  and 
attended  the  First  Church  in  Baltimore. 
Like  a  suit  of  the  finest  fabric,  he  wore 
his  religion  on  the  street,  in  the  home, 
in  the  office,  and  in  the  operating  room. 
It  not  only  became  him  but  adorned  him. 
^\'e  who  knew  him  closely  are  better 
men  because  he  walked  among  us  in 
loving  kindness  and  mercy.  We  have 
faith  that  somewhere,  beyond  the  morn- 
ing cloud,  in  the  infinite  azure  of  the 
heavens,  his  kind  and  indomitable  spirit 
marches  on,  declaring,  "I  have  fought  a 
good  fight.  I  have  finished  my  course, 
I  have  kept  the  faith." 


John  C.  Kraxtz.  Tr- 


Vol.  49.  No.  2 


W.  i^ennebp  leader 

1905=1963 

Dr.  W.  Kennedy  Waller  was  born 
in  Oueenstown,  Md.,  on  September  6, 
1905.  He  attended  Washington  College 
Preparatory  School  and  later.  The 
Franklin  Day  School  in  Baltimore,  from 
which  lie  was  graduated  in  1925.  He 
took  his  undergraduate  work  at  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  receiving  his  B.S. 
degree  in  1928,  and  his  medical  degree 
in  1936  from  the  School  of  Medicine. 

Dr.  Waller  interned  at  University 
Hospital  from  1936  to  193(S  and  was 
assistant  resident  in  medicine  from  1938 
to  1939.  From  1939  to  1942  he  held  a 
fellowship  in  medicine  under  Dr.  Mau- 
rice Pincoffs. 

Dr.  Waller  entered  the  Army  in  1942 
and  served  with  the  University  of  Mary- 
land Unit.  42nd  General  Hospital  until 

1944.  when  he  was  assigned  to  command 
the  Rehabilitation  L^iit  at  Rockhampton 
in  northern  Austraha.  Dr.  Waller  was 
discharged  from  the  Army  in  1945  with 
the  rank  of  Lieutenant  Colonel. 

He  tlien  entered  the  private  practice 
of  Medicine  in  Baltimore  and  resumed 
teaching  duties  in  the  Department  of 
Medicine  at  the  University  of  Maryland, 
with   rank  of  Associate  in   Medicine   in 

1945.  and  was  promoted  to  Assistant 
Professor  of  Medicine  in  1936. 

Dr.  Waller's  first  love  was  the  clinical 
practice  of  medicine,  and  to  this  end  he 
was  indefatigal)le  in  liis  devotion  and 
loyalty  to  raise  the  standards  of  medical 
care.  In  the  passing  of  Dr.  \\\aller.  medi- 
cine has  lost  a  master  in  the  art  of  the 
practice  of  medicine.  His  greatest  attri- 
bute was  his  ability  to  handle  the 
troubled,  difficult,  and  burdened  patient. 
He  was  ever  conscious  of  the  ])o\ver  of 
research  and  science  of  medicine.  l)ut  he 
never  lost  feeling  for  the  (lualitv  of  man. 


Time  was  never  too  short  to  listen  to  a 
patient's  complaints  and  he  always  ap- 
peared to  crowd  more  work  into  an 
already  busy  day.  He  worked  with  such 
enthusiasm  and  zeal  that  he  gave  the 
impression  that  he  had  "...  many  miles 
to  travel  before  his  sleep."  The  rewards 
of  his  work  were  found  in  the  Greek 
definition  of  happiness :  "The  full  use 
of  one's  abilities  along  lines  of  excel- 
lence." 

The  true  evaluation  of  the  merit  of  a 
doctor  is  the  relationship  that  exists  be- 
tween the  doctor  and  his  patients  and 
the  esteem  in  which  he  is  held  by  his 
colleagues.  I  know  of  no  doctor  who 
enjoyed  a  more  sincere  patient  relation- 
ship, and  I  know  of  no  doctor  who 
rendered  medical  care  to  more  doctors' 
families. 

Dr.  W'aller  was  a  member  of  the  Bal- 
timore City  Medical  Society,  the  Med- 
ical and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Mary- 
land, the  American  Medical  Association, 
the  American  Society  of  Internal  Medi- 
cine, the  Maryland  Society  of  Internal 
Medicine,  the  Lister  Society,  and  the 
Splint  Club. 

Those  of  us  who  knew  Kennedy  have 
lost  a  true  friend  and  the  medical  pro- 
fession has  lost  an  able  practitioner  who 
lived  by  the  Hi])pocratic  Oath. 

With  the  termination  of  this  phase  of 
his  existence,  we  bid  him  farewell  and 
Mizpah.    ^^'_^LTER  E.  Karfgin.  M.D. 


April.  1964 


Pook  J^ebietosi 


Principles  of  Neurological  Surgery  by  Loyal 
Davis,  M.D.,  and  Richard  A.  Davis,  M.D. 
608  pp.  illus.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  Phila- 
delphia,   Pa.    1963.  $15.00. 

Similar  to  the  authors'  previous  Principles 
of  Neurological  Surgery,  published  20  years 
ago,  their  present  text  serves  as  an  introduc- 
tion to  noviciates  of  this  neurological  discipline. 

The  contents  include  an  e.xcellent  introduc- 
tory discussion  on  neurological  examination, 
localization,  and  diagnostic  studies.  The  strong- 
est clinical  chapters  deal  with  nervous  system 
neoplasia  and  recent  adjuncts  in  treatment. 
Cranial,  spinal,  and  peripheral  nerve  tissues  are 
covered  in  140  pages.  Unfortunately,  emphasis 
on  levels  of  consciousnes  and  progression  of 
lesions  of  surgical  importance  have  not  been 
stressed.  Neurosurgical  problems  of  infection, 
intractable  pain,  and  such  advances  as  basal 
ganglia  surgery  are  covered  along  with  brief 
mention  of  treatable  congenital  anomalies, 
autonomic  and  cranial  nerve  surgery. 

The  whole  realm  of  neurosurgery  is  broadly 
covered.  The  authors  have  chosen  a  potpourri 
of  concepts  perhaps  uncritically  presented 
rather  than  a  coherent  single  theory.  This  is 
best  illustrated  in  the  chapter  on  head  trauma 
in  which  a  multitude  of  sometimes  conflicting 
theories  are  given. 

Perhaps  the  major  criticism  is  the  lack  of 
organization.  Neither  the  chapters,  paragraphs, 
nor  sentences  are  arranged  in  sequence.  End  of 
the  chapter  references  are  sound  witli  few 
pertinent  omissions. 

The  illustrations  are  ample,  clearly  repro- 
duced, and  assist  the  authors'  descriptions.  The 
print  is  large  and  readable. 

In  summary,  this  is  a  compact  volume  that 
serves  to  acquaint  the  house  officer  and  the 
non-specialist  with  basic  neurosurgical  con- 
cepts. 

William  Kraut,  M.D. 


Methods  of  Enzymatic  Analysis,  edited  by 
Hans-Ulrich  Bergmeyer.  Pp.  1064.  Verlag 
Chemie,  GMBH,  Weinheim/Bergstr.,  .\ca- 
demic  Press,  New  York  and  London.  1963. 

Enzyme  determinations  may  serve  two  pur- 
poses :  a)  Analysis  for  substances  can  be  made 
highly  specific  without  their  prior  isolation 
when  they  are  specific  substrates  for  enzyme 
reactions,  b)  Significant  changes  in  enzyme 
concentrations  in  serum  and  tissues  occur  in 
many  diseases ;  therefore,  determinations  of 
enzyme  activities  have  diagnostic  value.  In 
(.Treat  Britain  and  in  Europe  the  techniques 
flowing  from  enzyme  analysis  have  been  used 
much  more  than  in  this  country.  Clinical  chem- 
ists and  clinicians  in  this  country  will,  there- 
fore, welcome  this  most  up-to-date  treatise 
which  gives  a  general  survey  of  enzyme  meth- 
ods, of  the  theory  involved,  and  of  enzyme 
kinetics. 

Specifically,  116  substrates  are  mentioned,  for 
each  of  which  a  detailed  method  for  enzymatic 
analysis  is  described.  Further,  determination 
methods  for  33  enzymes  are  given  as  they  are 
most  used  in  medicine,  in  food  chemistry,  and 
in  plant  chemistry.  Many  authors  have  con- 
tributed to  this  work,  Europeans  as  well  as 
Americans. 

This  book  is  in  one  volume  in  abbreviation 
of  the  classic  work  Methods  in  Enzymology, 
edited  by  Colowick  and  Kaplan  and  for  its 
conciseness  recommends  itself  to  every  clin- 
ical laboratory. 

Since  cnzymology  is  a  rapidly  growing 
branch  of  biochemistry,  the  volume  is  likely  to 
have  many  more  editions.  In  the  future,  the 
editors  might  well  increase  the  usefulness  of 
tliis  handbook  by  expanding  the  index.  Litera- 
ture references  should  be  given  in  full,  and  an 
author  index  should  be  added. 

MORITZ   MiCHAELIS 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL   SECTION 


Aids  to  Embryology  by  AI.  B.  L.  Craigmylc. 
6th  edition  (  London,  Bailliere,  Tindall  & 
Cox.  7  and  8  Henrietta  St.  W.  C.  2.)  200 
pp.  The  Wilhanis  &  Wilkins  Co.,  Balti- 
more, exckisive   L'.   S.  agents.   1962.  $3.00. 

Aids  to  Embryology,  one  of  40  pocket-sized 

volumes  in  the  familiar  "Aids  to  " 

series,  has  been  brought  up  to  date  in  several 
areas,  particularly  those  dealing  with  chromo- 
some numbers  and  with  the  placenta.  Many 
illustrations  have  been  redrawn;  some  new 
ones  have  been  added.  In  a  terse,  but  readable 
style  a  surprising  amount  of  embryologic  in- 
formation is  condensed  and  reviewed  in  an 
orderly  fashion.  Xot  a  te.xtbook  of  embryology, 
this  volume  is  a  synopsis  designed  to  assist 
niedical  students  and  graduates  in  preparing 
for  their  various  board  examinations. 

V.  E.  K. 


A    Synopsis    of    Gastroenterology.    G.    W. 

Chandler.   192  pp.,   ill.  The  Williams  and 
Wilkens  Co.,  Baltimore,  Md.,  1963.  $7.00. 

This  synopsis  would  be  of  interest  to  several 
groups  of  physicians :  the  generalist  for  the 
l)urpose  of  narrowing  the  hiatus  between  his 
knowledge  and  the  recent  advances  made  in 
this  area ;  the  niedical  student  and  resident 
rotating  through  gastroenterology  as  a  sub- 
specialty ;  and  possibly  the  internist  interested 
in  reviewing  the  major  facets  of  gastrointes- 
tinal diagnostics  and  therapeutics  in  prepara- 
tion for  specialty  boards.  The  book  should  not 
be  used  by  the  medical  student  who  has  not 
previously  studied  the  pathology  of  gastro- 
intestinal diseases. 

The  volume  is  w-ell  organized  and  written 
in  the  form  of  a  general  outline.  Each  chapter 
discusses  a  different  topic  such  as  diseases  of 
a  particular  segment  of  the  gastrointestinal 
tract,  liver,  pancreas,  gall  bladder,  peritoneal 
cavity  and  mesentery.  A  single  chapter  is 
devoted  to  melena  and  hematemesis,  a  common 
gastrointestinal  symptom,  while  another  chap- 
ter treats  general  intestinal  diseases.  Illustra- 
tions are  few  and  consist  mainly  of  drawings, 
charts  and  graphs.  Other  than  minor  omis- 
sions, the  basic  concepts  of  gastroenterologic 
diagnostics  and  therapeutics  are  conveyed  to 
the  reader.  The  index  is  complete.  There  is  no 
bibliography. 

Selvin  Passen,  M.D. 


Fundamentals  of  Neurology  by  Ernest  Gard- 
ner, M.D.  Pp.  349  with  illustrations.  W. 
B.  Saunders  Co.,  Pliiladel])hia  and  Lon- 
don, 1963.  $6.25. 

This  book  was  not  intended  to  be  a  textbook 
of  clinical  neurology,  its  orientation  being  pre- 
dominantly anatomical  with  considerable  em- 
phasis on  normal  physiology.  The  approach  to 
the  subject  is  basic,  dealing  mostly  with  con- 
cepts rather  than  presenting  large  numbers  of 
specific  facts.  No  subject  is  discussed  at  length 
and  the  intricacies  of  histologic  neuroanatomy, 
neurochemistry,  and  neurophysiology  are  avoid- 
ed except  for  short  chapters.  Also  included  is 
a  concise  section  on  embryology.  Neurologic 
dysfunction  is  alluded  to  in  many  places  but 
is  not  discussed  at  length  and  major  pathologic 
processes  are  mentioned  only  where  they  serve 
to  illustrate  the  anatomical  and  physiological 
material  presented.  The  line  drawings,  diagrams 
and  photographs  are  technically  good  and  are 
well  chosen  to  complement  the  text,  which  is 
easy  to  understand  and  quite  readable.  At  the 
end  of  most  of  the  chapters  are  one  or  more 
short  biographical  sketches  of  well  know'n 
contributors  to  neurological  science,  a  device 
which  gives  the  reader  a  view  of  some  of  the 
history  and  traditions  of  the  subject.  A  glossary 
at  the  end  of  the  volume  gives  the  origin  of 
many  of  the  terms  unfamiliar  to  the  novice 
and  defines  the  terms  which  are  unique  to 
neurology  and  likely  to  be  unfamiliar  to  the 
beginning  student.  The  references  are  not 
abundant  but  appear  well  chosen  and  the  prac- 
tice of  giving  a  short  description  of  their  speci- 
fic value  makes  them  more  useful  than  those 
contained  in  many  of  the  longer,  more  com- 
plete bibliographies. 

In  the  introduction  the  author  states  that 
the  book's  purpose  is  to  serve  as  a  basis  for 
further  and  more  detailed  study  of  disease 
of  the  nervous  system.  This  premise  is  care- 
fully followed.  The  text's  usefulness  to  residents 
and  practicing  physicians  in  the  neurological 
sciences  is,  therefore,  limited.  It  would,  how- 
ever, be  a  valuable  supplementary  text  for 
courses  in  neuroanatomy  and  basic  neurology 
for  medical  students.  The  book  might  also 
prove  quite  useful  in  the  postgraduate  education 
of  neurological  and  neurosurgical  nurses  or  in 
the  training  of  such  paramedical  personnel  as 
physical  therapists,  to  whom  a  basic  under- 
standing of  nervous  function  is  essential. 

H0W.\RD    M.    WiSOTZKEY,    M.D. 


Atril.  1(^64 


ABSTRACTS 


of  articles  by 
faculty  and  alumni 


The  Influence  of  Sodium-Free  Solutions  on 
the  Membrane  Potential  of  Frog  Muscle 

Fibers — L.  J.  Mullins  and  K.   Noda. 
/.  Gen.  Physiol.  47:117,  1963. 

The  membrane  potential  of  frog  sartorius 
muscle  fibers  in  a  CI-  and  Na-free  Ringer's 
solution  when  sucrose  replaces  NaCl  is  about 
the  same  as  that  in  normal  Ringer's  solution. 
The  K+  efflux  is  also  about  the  same  in  the 
two  solutions  but  muscles  lose  K  and  PO4  in 
sucrose  Ringer's  solutions.  The  membrane  po- 
tential in  sucrose  Ringer's  solution  is  equal  to 
that  given  by  the  Nernst  equation  for  a  K+ 
electrode,  when  corrections  are  made  for  the 
activity  coefficients  for  K+  inside  and  outside 
the  fiber.  For  a  muscle  in  normal  Ringer's  solu- 
tion, the  measured  membrane  potential  is  with- 
in a  few  millivolts  of  Ek-  This  finding  is  com- 
patible with  a  1  :1  coupled  Na-K  pump.  It  is 
consistent  with  either  no  coupling  of  Na  efflux 
to  K  influx,  or  a  coupling  ratio  of  3  or  greater. 

Detection  of  Neonatal  Jaundice — Martin  K. 
Gorten,    M.D. 

G.  P.  Jan.  1964,  p.  101. 

There  are  many  causes  of  jaundice  in  the 
newborn.  Regardless  of  etiology,  the  true 
emergency  is  the  hyperbilirubinemia  itself. 
Bilirubin  encephalopathy  leads  to  irreversible 
brain  damage.  Early  detection  of  jaundice  can 
lead  to  prompt  exchange  transfusion  and  a 
great  reduction  in  incidence  of  kernicterus. 
Early  detection  is  aided  greatly  by  proper 
artificial  lighting  with  fluorescent  bulbs  and 
by  blanching  the  skin  with  a  glass  slide  or  a 
plastic  stick. 

Every  newborn  infant  is  potentially  jaun- 
diced. Varying  degrees  of  jaundice  are  often 
found,  principally  in  premature  infants.  If 
jaundice  develops  rapidly  to  an  intense  degree, 
it  is  considered  pathologic. 

Severe  jaundice  in  the  newborn  is  consid- 
ered an  emergency  calling  for  rapid  and  imme- 
diate exchange  transfusion.  The  bilirubin  test 
should  be  performed  routinely  and  jaundice 
should  be  searched  for  so  as  to  discover  the 
condition  at  a  very  early  time.  Instructions  for 
a  rapid  jaundice  check  are  given  in  detail, 
accompanied  by  illustrations  and  classification, 
and   full  color  illustrations. 


Immunological  Studies  with  Group  B  Ar- 
thropod-borne Viruses.  II.  Effect  of 
Prior  Infection  with  Japanese  Ence- 
phalitis Virus  on  the  Viremia  in  Hu- 
man Subjects  Following  Administration 
of  17D  Yellow  Fever  Vaccine — B.  H. 
Sweet,  C.  L.  Wisseman,  Jr.,  M.  Kitaoka, 
and  T.  Tamiya 
Aiucr.  J.   Trap.  Med.  &■  Ilyg.   11:562,   1962 

The  incidence  of  viremia  following  vaccina- 
tion with  the  17D  strain  of  yellow-fever  virus 
did  not  differ  appreciably  in  a  group  of  human 
subjects  possessing  prevaccination  Japanese 
encephalitis  neutralizing  antibodies  as  a  result 
of  previous  inapparent  natural  infection  from 
the  incidence  of  viremia  in  control  groups 
possessing  no  prevaccination  Group  B  arbor 
virus  antibodies.  There  may  have  been  a  slight 
diminution  in  the  level  of  circulating  virus 
among  the  subjects  with  prevaccination  JE 
neutralizing  antibodies  as  compared  with  the 
level  in  the  control  groups  ;  however,  the  num- 
ber of  uncontrolled  factors  which  may  have 
influenced  these  measurements  precludes  a  firm 
conclusion  on  this  matter. 


Con't   from    p.   xvii 

Young,  J.  D.,  Jk.,  and  Powder,  J.  R. :  Flank 
Cutaneous  Ureterostomy  and  Uretero- 
ureteral  Cutaneous  Neostomy.  Xeic  York 
State  Med.  /..  July,  1962. 

Young,  J.  D.,  Jr.,  Kiser,  W.  S.,  and  Men- 
Do.NCA,  P.:  Studies  on  Segmental  Ischemia 
in  the  Etiology  of  Hypertension.  Trans. 
.  Inter.  Assoc.  G.  U.  Surgery.  1963. 

■^'ouNG,  J.  D.,  Jr.,  Naib,  Z.  M.,  and  Powder, 
J.  R. :  Cytologic  Diagnosis  of  an  Early 
(irossly  "Invisible"  Transitional  Cell  Car- 
cinoma of  the  Renal  Pelvis.  /.  Urol.,  April, 
1963. 

\'()rxG,  J.  D.,  Jr.:  .\  Method  of  Ureterostomy 
and  Uretcro-ureteral  Cutaneous  Neostomy. 
)','(/;-  Book  of  Urology,  1962-63. 

Wnxo.  J.  1).,  Jr.,  Phillippidjis,  P.  and  Naib, 
Z.  M. :  Exfoliative  Cytology  of  a  Primary 
P'ibrosarcoma  of  the  Kidney.  /.  Urol.  In 
press. 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


OFFICERS 

President 

Gibson  J.  Wells,  M.D. 

President-Elect 

J.  Howard  Franz,  M.D. 

Vice-Presidents 

Louis   Daily,   M.D. 
Vincent  Davis,  M.D. 
Archie  R.  Cohen,   M.D. 

Secretary 

Francis  J.   Rorges,   M.D. 

Treasurer 

Howard    B.    Mays.    M.D. 

Executive  Director 

William  H,  Triplett,  M.D. 

Executive  Secretary 

Mrs.   Louise  Girkin 

Board  of  Directors 

Theodore  E.  Woodward,  M.D. 
F.  Ford  Loker,  M.D. 
Nathan  E.  Needle,  M.D. 
Harold  P.   Biehl,  M.D. 
Rennert  M.  Smelser,  M.D. 
Joseph  D'Antonio,  ^LD. 
William  Supik,  M.D. 
Hugh   McNally,  M.D. 
Emmanuel  Schimunek,  M.D. 
Frank  K.  Morris,  ^LD. 

(cx-officio) 
George  H.  Yeager,  M.D. 

(cx-officio) 

Nominating:  Committee 
I'^RANK  K.  Morris,  M.D. 
George  H.  Yeager,  M.D. 
Harry   Beck,  M.D. 
Louis  C.  Dobihal,  M.D. 
John  F.  Hogan,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Representatives  to  General 
Alumni  Council 

Frank  K.  ^[oRRIS,  NLD. 
George  H.  Yeager.  M.D. 
William    H.   Triplett,   ^LD. 

Representatives,  Editorial  Board, 

Bulletin 

Harry   M.   Robinson,   Jr.,   ^LD. 
John   F.  Savage,  M.D. 
C.   Vernon   Williamson,    >LD. 
Gibson  J.   Wells,  M.D. 

(cx-officio) 

Representatives,  Advisory  Board, 
Faculty 

Frank  K.  Morris,  ^LD. 
George  H.  Yeager,  ^LD. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION 


SECTION 


P  r  e  s  i  d  e  n  t's   Letter 


Fcllozv  Medical  Aluunii: 

On  vi.siting  the  campus  of  our  Alma  Mater,  one  is 
amazed  to  see  the  varied  and  many  complex  changes 
that  have  transpired  in  the  physical  set-up  as  well  as  in 
the  internal  organization  of  the  School  of  Aledicine. 
Without  realizing  it,  one  contemplates  all  the  many  illus- 
trious persons  and  important  contril)utions  to  medicine 
that  have  emanated  from  our  heloved  institution.  We 
have  trulv  l)een  l)equeathed  a  legacy  of  which  we  can 
be  justly  proud.  It  is  our  responsibility  to  see  that  this 
tradition  continues  into  the  future.  It  is  also  a  sobering 
thought  to  realize  that  much  of  the  support  that  made 
it  all  possible  had  its  origin  in  private  financial  resources. 

With  the  present,  we  all  are  aware  of  the  intricate 
enormity  of  training  medical  students,  and  of  continuing 
our  own  education  to  be  better  physicians.  The  modern 
day  methods  that  enable  us  to  attain  these  goals  become 
ever  more  elaborate  and  increasingly  expensive.  These 
facts  have  permitted  government  to  more  and  more 
relentlessly  engulf  medical  education.  As  physicians.  I 
believe  we  must  e.xert  every  effort  to  forestall  tliis 
encroachment.  Contril)utions  from  individuals  as  well 
as  private  enterprise  can  do  much  to  reverse  this 
direction. 

A  most  illuminating  special  report  on  this  sul)ject 
recently  apjieared  in  the  A.M .A.  Journal  of  January  4. 
1964.  \'ol.  1<S7,  No.  1.  This  article  is  easy  to  read  and 
clarifies  its  points  with  lucid  diagrams.  Remember  the 
more  we  succumb  to  government  hand-outs,  the  more 
we  become  inextrical)ly  indebted  to  this  source.  We 
can  go  on  griping,  but  it  is  mucli  more  important  to  do 
something  about  it. 

As  Alumni  what  can  we  do  ?  First,  convince  industrv 
that  the  education  of  a  ])hysician  is  an  excellent  invest- 


April,  1964 


BVLLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE.  UNirEkSITV  OF  MARVLAXP 

meat  for  its  funds.  Secondly,  we  can  donate  to  the  Stu- 
dent Loan  Fund  (make  checks  payable  to  Medical 
Alumni  Association).  These  funds  are  most  liberally 
made  available  to  worthy  students,  and  repayment  terms 
are  easy.  Another  suggestion  is  to  send  gifts  to  the 
Endowinent  Fund  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  These 
monies  are  used  solely  for  the  School  of  Medicine.  The 
Frank  C.  Dressier  Fund  is  an  outstanding  example. 
This  organization  was  fully  descriljed  in  the  July,  1963, 
Bulletin.  Another  possibility  is  to  send  funds  to  the 
AMA-ERF,  and  earmark  them  for  our  School  of 
Medicine.  Let  us  determine  to  perform  constructive 
action  on  this  problem,  and  the  future  will  shine  as 
brightly  for  our  Alma  Mater  as  has  the  past. 

Remember  Maryland  Medical  Reunion  Day,  May  8, 
196-1-!  When  you  receive  this  Bulletin,  the  time  will 
be  near  and  you  will  have  all  the  necessary  information. 
I  hope  that  many  of  you  already  have  sent  in  your  reser- 
vations, insuring  an  outstanding  and  unqualified  suc- 
cess. Dr.  Edward  Cotter  has  performed  a  Herculean 
job,  and  everyone  is  greatly  indebted  to  him  for  his 
tireless  effort. 

Your  officers,  members  of  the  Board,  and  various 
committees  are  eagerly  anticipating  greeting  you  all  on 
this  gala  occasion,  and  we  assure  you  and  your  wi\'es  a 
warm  and  cordial  reception. 

Gibson  J.  Wells,  M.D. 
President 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


Medical  Alumni  Annual  Meeting  Combined 
with  Maryland  Medical  Reunion 

Medical  Alumni  Association  Combines  Meeting  with  Annual  Programs  of  University 
Hospital  Medical  and  Surgical  Specialty  Societies 

Meetings  to  Take  Place  May  7,  8  and  9,  1964,  on  the  Baltimore  Campus 


President  Gibson  J.  Wells  of  the 
Medical  Alumni  Association  has  an- 
nounced a  diverse  program  of  great  med- 
ical and  surgical  interest  to  be  held  on 
the  campus  beginning  Thursday  evening, 
May  7,  1964.  This  year,  the  Medical 
Alumni  Association  has  combined  with 
the  University  of  Maryland  Surgical  So- 
ciety, University  of  Maryland  Hospital 
Medical  Association,  the  Douglass  Ob- 
stetrical and  Gynecological  Society  of  the 
University  of  Maryland,  and  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  Pediatric  Society  in 
promoting  a  three-day  medical  and  sur- 
gical program  which  will  include  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  Medical  Alumni 
Association  and  its  attendant  functions. 
This  combination  of  scientific  and  social 
events  no  doubt  will  prove  a  distinct 
improvement  on  the  non-unified  and  ir- 
regular programs  of  the  past. 

Program  in  Miniature 

Alumni  desiring  to  attend  these  func- 
tions may  be  assured  of  a  hotel  reserva- 
tion by  contacting  the  Medical  Alumni 
ofi^ce  directly  (PLaza  2-1100.  Ext.  305) 
or  by  writing  to  Mrs.  Louise  Girkin, 
Executive  Secretary  of  the  Medical 
Alumni  Association. 

The  ])rogram  will  liegin  on  Tluirsday, 
May  7,  at  8 :30  P.M..  with  the  Hospitality 
Center  in  the  Caswell  Room  of  tlie  Lord 
l^)altimore  Hotel.  Registration  will  lak'e 
place  on  Thursday,  May  7,  at  the  Lord 
Baltimore  Hotel  and  on  Friday.  May  8. 
in  the  Health  Sciences  Librarv.  Lombard 


and  Greene  Streets.  The  entire  program 
follows. 

Medical    Alumni   Association   Activities 
Friday,  May  8,  1964 

General  Assembly,  Health  Sciences 
Library  Auditorium 

A.M. 

8 :45     Opening   Remarks :    Gibson    J.    Wells, 
President 
Welcome :    William    S.    Stone,    M.D., 

Dean 
Address :    "A    Personal   Account   of  the 
Successful  .American  Assault  on  Mt. 
Everest" 
David  L.  Dingman,  AI.D. 

Assistant  Resident  in  Surc/ery,  Member  .Va- 
tional  Geographic  Mount  Everest  Expedition 
1963 

10 :00     Scientific  Sessions 

University  of  Maryland  Surgical  So- 
ciety— Health  Sciences  Library  Au- 
ditorium 

University  of  Maryland  Hospital  Med- 
ical Association — Gordon  Wilson 
Hall 

The  Douglass  Obstetrical  and  Gyne- 
cological Society  of  the  University 
of  Maryland — Psychiatric  Institute 
Room  1-704 

University  of  Maryland  Pediatric  So- 
ciety— Baltimore  Union  Building 
Room  202 


12:10     .\nnual  Alumni  Business  Meeting.  Chem- 
ical Hall 
Gibson    J.    Wells,    M.D..    President . 

Presiding 
Presentation  of  .Alumni  Honor  Award 
to  Hugh  R.  Spencer,  M.D.,  Class 
of  1910,  Baltimore  Medical  College 

12:30     Luncheon,  John  Eager  Howard  Hall 

2 :00     Scientific   .Sessions 


April,  1064 


nVLLETIX'  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MRDKIXF.  IWirnh'SrrV  OF  M.IN]'LAMJ 


5  :30  Ci)cktail   Party   for  50-year  graduates 

Maryland  Room,  Lord  Baltimore  Hotel 

6:30     Banquet.  Ballroom,  Lord  Baltimore  Hotel 
Introduction    of    50-year    alumni    and 

recognition  of  Class  of  1964 
Speaker  :    "The   Ideal    Physician — His 

Confused   State  in  Today's  World" 

Jack  C.  Xorris,  AI.D. 

Dr.  Xorris  is  Assistant  Clinical  Professor  of 
Pathology  at  Emory  University,  Atlanta,  Ga. 
He  is  a  Fellow  of  the  American  College  of 
Physicians  and  the  American  Society  of  Clin- 
ical Pathologists.  He  also  serves  as  Chairman 
of  the  \^'^orkmen's  Compensation  Medical 
Board,  for  the  State  of  Georgia.  He  is  also 
former  President  of  the  Fulton  County  Medical 
Society,  and  Honorary  Consultant  of  the 
Armed  Forces  Institute  of  Pathology  in  Wash- 
ington. He  is  a  member  of  the  New  York 
Academy  of  Sciences,  an  honorary  admiral  in 
the  Georgia  Xavy,  and  a  veteran  of  World 
War  I  and  II.  He  has  a  commission  of  Cap- 
tain in  the  Medical  Corps  of  the  U.  S.  X'avy. 
He  is  the  author  of  "Gleanings  From  a  Doc- 
tor's Eye,"  "From  Midnight  to  Daybreak," 
and  "Blood  on  My  Slides."  He  has  also  written 
a  volume  entitled  "An  Autobiogra])hy  of  a 
Practicing  Pathologist." 

Dancing  to  follow — Courtesy  of  the  Med- 
ical  Alumni   Association 
Mel   Sherr's   Orchestra 


11  -.2?     "Some  Technical  Considerations  in  Rad- 
ical Mastectomy" 
Harry  C.  Hull,  M.D. 

Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery 
P.M. 
12:00     Business  Meeting 

Moderator — Harry    C.    Hill,     M.D. 
2:00     "Polyps  of  the  Gallbladder" 
Robert  W.  Buxton,  M.D. 

Professor  of  Si(rcicry 

Head.   Dcfartmcnt  of  Siirycry 

2  -.25     "Pre-Operative   and    Operative    Evalua- 

tion for  Pelvic  Exenteration" 
EvKRARu  F.  Cox,  M.D. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Surgery 
2:50     "Cancer    Chemotherapy    for    Head    and 
X'eck  Malignancies" 
XoRMAX  Tarr,  ]M.D. 

Chief   of   Siiriierv 

C.S.P.H.S.  Hospital,  Baltimore 

3:15     "Cuff  Tears  of  the  Shoulder" 

A.  GiBsox  Packard,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Assistant  in   Orthopedic  Surgery 

3  :40     "High  Pressure  Oxygen  Therapy" 

R.  Adams  Cowley,  M.D. 

Professor  of  Thoracic  Surgery 
Head,  Division  of  Thoracic  Surgery 

Saturday,  May  9,  1964 

A.M.       Tour  of  new  University  facilities 

Visit  Scientific  Exhibits 
P.M.        Cocktails  and  dinner  at  Gibson   Island 

Club 

Transportation  will  be  provided 


University  of  Maryland  Surgical  Society 

PROGRAM 

Friday,  May  8,  1964 
Health  Sciences  Library  Auditorium 

Moderator:  Edwix  O.  Daue.  M.D. 


10 :00     "Recent    Advances    in    Physiology    and 
Therapy  of  Refractory  Shock" 
Arlie  R.  Maxsberger,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 
10 :35     "Supervoltage    Irradiation    Followed   by 
Cystectomy  for  Bladder  Cancer" 
Earl  P.  Galleher,  M.D. 

Assistant  Professor  of   Urology 

11:00     "Peripheral  Vascular  Emergencies" 

C.  Thomas  Flotte,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Surgery 


University  Hospital  Medical  Association 
Friday,  May  8,  1964— Gordon  Wilson  Hall 

Moderator:   Willl\m   T.   Raby,   M.D. 


10  :00     "Detection  of  Malignant  Lesions  of  the 
Upper     Gastrointestinal     Tract     and 
Pancreas" 
Howard  F.  Raskix,  AI.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine 
Head.  Division  of  Gastroenterology 

10  :20     "Bronchitis  and  Emphysema :  The  Role 

of  Environmental  Factors  in   Patho- 
genesis" 
William  S.  Spicer,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine 
Head,  Division  of  Pulmonary  Diseases 

10:40     "Pulmonary  Tuberculosis:  Treatment  of 

the  Uncomplicated  Case" 

Patrick  B.  Storey,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine 

11  :00     "The  Use  of  Countershock  in  the  Treat- 


Vol.  49,  A-o.  2 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 


ment  of  Cardiac  Arrhythmias:  Selec- 
tion   of    Patients    and    Hemodynamic 
Changes" 
Leonard  Scherlis,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine 
Head.  Division  of  Cardioloyy 

11:20     Panel — "Organic    Brain    Disorders    Pre- 
senting as   Personality   Problems" 
El'HUAIM    T.   LiSAXSKV,   AI.D. 
Associate   Professor  of  Medicine 

Jerome  K.  Meri.is,  M.D. 

Professor  of  Xeuroloijy 

Professor  of  Cli)iical  Xeiirof'hysioloiiy 

11  :.^()     Business   Meeting 

Mddrratur :  jonx  Atkins,  M.I). 

P.M. 

2:00     "The  Lahoratory  Control  of  Anticoagu- 
lant  Therapy" 
Caruoi.i.  L.  Spurling,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine 

2  :20     "The  Concept  of  Auto-allergy  and  Hyy)- 

ersensitivity  in  the  Connective  Tissue 
Disorders" 
Adalbert  F.  Schubart,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine 
Head.  Medical  Outpatient  Clinic 
Head,  Division  of  Arthritis 

2 :40     "The     Clinical     Application     of     Xewer 

Cheniotherapeutic  .Agents" 

Richard  B.  Hornick,  M.D. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine 
Head,  Dii'ision  of  Infections  Diseases 

3  :00     "The  Basis  of  Treatment  with  Catecho- 

lamines" 
Sheldox  E.  Greismax,  M.D. 

Associate   Professor   of  Medicine 

3  :20     Panel — "Diagnostic    Radioisotope    Scan- 
ning Techniques" 
JoHx  G.  Wiswell,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine 

Joseph  B.  Workman,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Medicine 
Head,  Radioisotope  Lahoratory 

The  Douglass  Obstetrical  and  Gynecological 
Society  of  the  University  of  Maryland 

Friday,  May  8,  1964 

Psychiatric    Institute    Room    1-704 

Moderator:    .Vktihk    L.    Haskixs,    M.D. 

A.M. 

10:00     "Origins  of  0\arian  Tumors" 
DoxAi.D  G.  McKay,  M.D. 

Professor  and  Chairman,  Department  of  Path- 
otofiy.  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons, 
(  iiliimhia  L'niversity 

11  :00     "Fetal  Effects  of  Maternal  \'iral  Disease" 
Edith  L.  Potter,  M.D. 

Department  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology,  The 
Chicago  Lyingin   Hospital 


Current   Projects   in   the   Department   of 
Obstetrics  and  Gynecology 

Moderator:   Kuiiard  S.  AIc.\i--oki),   M.D. 


2 :00     "Metastasizing    Leioniyomata" 
IIaxs  D.  Taubert,  M.D. 

I nstructor  in    Obstetrics  and   Gyneeology 

2 :20     "Tumors  of   Mesonephric  Origin  in  the 
Female   Genital    Tract" 
Umberto  Villa   Saxta,    M.D. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecol- 
ogy 

2 :40     "Chiari  Frommel   Syndrome" 
.\rthur  L.  Haskixs,  M.D. 

Professor  and  Head 

Department  of  Obstetrics  and   Gynecology 

3:10     "Pure  (Gonadal  Dysgenesis" 

Erica  F.  Moszkowski,  M.D. 

Instructor  in   Obstetrics  and   Gynecology 

3 :30     "Use  of  Stilbestrol   for  Ovulation   Con- 
trol" 
Edmund  B.  Middletox,  M.D. 

Assistant   Professor   of    Obstetrics   and    Gyne- 
cology 

University  of  Maryland  Pediatric  Society 
Friday,  May  8,  1964 


A.M. 

10  :00 


Baltimore  Union  Room  202 

Welcome 

J.  Edmuxd  Bradley,   M.D. 

Professor  of  Pediatrics 

Head,  Department  of  Pediatrics 

10:10       Organizational  Meeting 

Moderator:  J.  EoMfxn  Bradley,  M.D. 
11:10     "Urinary  Cortisol   Metabolities   in   Nor- 
mal   Newborns   and   Infants   of   Dia- 
betic Mothers" 
Milton  S.  Grossmax,  M.D. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics 
11:35     "Esophageal    Abnorinalities    in     Infants 
Demonstrated  by  Cine-radiograjjliy" 
Eugene  Blaxk,  M.D. 

Department  of  Radiology,   Childroi's  Hospital 
of  Pittsburgh 

Moderator:  .\.  H.  Fixkelsteix,  M.D. 

I'.M. 

2 :00     "Ob.scure  Causes  of  School  Failure" 
Raymond  L.  Clemmens,  M.D. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Pediatrics 
Director,  Central  Evaluation  Clinic 

2:25     "Studies  on  the  Types  of  (iargoylism  and 

.\cid    Mucopolysacchride    E.xcretion" 

Thomas  A.  Good,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Pediatrics 
2:50     ".Atypical     Mycobacterial     Infections     in 
Marvland   Children" 


.  //T//.  1064 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNirERSITV  OF  MARYLAND 


Stuart  H.  Walker,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Pediatrics 
Chief,    Department   of   Pediatrics, 
Mercy  Hospital 

3:15     "Theory  and  Practice  in  Diabetes  Melli- 

tus" 

Samuel  P.  Bessman,  M.D. 

Professor  of  Pediatric  Research 
Associate  Professor  of  Biochemistry 

3  :40     "Radiographic  Abnormalities  of  the  In- 
fant's Pelvis" 
James  A.  Lyon,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Radiolotiy 
Assistaut  Professor  of  Pediatrics 

Ladies'  Activities 

Thursday  Evening,  May  7,  1964 

Wives  are  invited  to  join  their  husbands  at 
the  Reception  and  Cocktail  Party  at  the  Lord 
Baltimore  Hotel. 


a.m. 
9:00 


10:00 


P.M. 

12:30 


Friday,  May  8,  1964 

Coffee  and  pastries  will  be  served  at  the 
Baltimore  LTnion  Building,  621  West 
Lombard  Street. 

A  bus  tour  of  residential  areas  including 
a  conducted  tour  of  the  Cathedral,  5200 
North  Charles  Street,  and  a  walk  through 
the  Sherwood  Gardens.  ( The  bus  will 
leave  the  Baltimore  Union  Building  at 
10  A.M.  and  from  the  Lord  Baltimore 
Hotel  at  10:15  a.m.,  promptly,  for  those 
who  wish  to  leave  from  this  point.) 

Luncheon,  Sheraton-Belvedere  Hotel, 
Jubilee  Room.  Informal  modeling  of 
clothes  from  Miller  Brothers,  1110  North 
Charles   Street. 

RESERVATIONS 

The  bus  tour  will  cost  $1.25  and  the 
luncheon,  $3.25.  Advance  reservation  is 
necessary  to  provide  adequately  for  the 
group.  Please  use  the  enclosed  reserva- 
tion form  to  make  your  reservation  and 
return  it  with  your  check  to  the  Medical 
Alumni  Office,  University  of  Maryland 
School  of  Medicine,  Baltimore  1,  Mary- 
land, attention  Mrs.  Louise  Girkin.  An 
early  acceptance  will  be  appreciated. 
However,  reservations  will  be  honored 
as  late  as  May  1,  1964.  If  desired,  tickets 
will  be  held  at  the  registration  desk. 

Mrs.  James  G.  Arnold 

Cluiiriiian 


Committee 

Mrs.  James  G.  Arnold       Mrs.  Everett  S.  Diggs 
Chairman  Mrs.  Leonard  Scherlis 

Mrs.  Harry  C.  Bowie        Mrs.  Gibson  J.  Wells 
Mrs.  Edward  F.  Cotter 

Mrs.  Wilfred  H.  Townshend 
Chairman  of  Fashion  Shozc 

Medical  Alumni  Association 

OFFICERS 
President:  Gibson  J.  Wells.  M.D. 
President-elect:  J.  Howard  Fraxz,  M.D. 
Vice-presidents:  Louis  Daly,  M.D. 

Vincent  Davis,  M.D. 

Archie  R.  Cohex,  M.D. 
Secretary:  Francis  J.  Borges,  M.D. 
Treasurer:  Howard  B.  Mays,  M.D. 
Executive  Director :  WiLLiAsi  H.  Triplett,  M.D. 
Executive  Secretary:  Mrs.  Louise  Girkin 

BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS 
Theodore  E.  Woodward,  M.D. 
F.  Ford  Loker,  M.D. 
Nathan  E.  Needle,  M.D. 
Harold  P.  Biehl,  M.D. 
Rennert  M.  Smelser,  M.D. 
Joseph  D'Antonio,  M.D. 
William  J.  Supik,  M.D. 
Hugh  B.  McNally,  M.D. 
Emmanuel  Schimunek,  M.D. 
Frank  K.  Morris,  M.D. 

( ex-officio) 
George  H.  Yeager,  M.D. 

( ex -officio) 

University  of  Maryland  Surgical  Society 

President:  Harry  C.  Hull,  M.D. 
Vice-president:  Edwin  O.  Daue,  M.D. 
Secretary-Treasurer : 

Arlie  R.  AIansberger,  Jr.,  M.D. 

University  of  Maryland  Hospital  Medical 
Association 

President:  William  T.  Raby,  M.D. 
Vice-president:  John  Atkins,  M.D. 
Secretary:  James  R.  Karns,  M.D. 
Treasurer:  Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr.,  M.D. 

The  Douglass  Obstetrical  and  Gynecological 
Society  of  the  University  of  Maryland 

President:  J.  Tyler,  Baker,  M.D. 
Vice-president:  Harry  Cohen,  M.D. 
Secretary-Treasurer : 

Edmund  B.  Middletox.  M.D. 

Con't  on  p.  xx.x 


J'nl.  49,  No.  2 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 


Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of 

Maryland   To   Hold    166th   Annual 

Meeting,  May  6,  7,  8,  1964 

Plans  are  now  complete  tor  the  an- 
nual meeting  of  the  Med-Chi  to  he  held 
at  the  Alcazar  in  Baltimore.  The  theme 
of  the  \9()A  meeting  will  be  "Family 
Physicians'  Conference"  and  will  not  be 
directed  to  the  research  worker. 

This  year  highlights  include  an  ad- 
dress l)v  Dr.  Robert  R.  Linton  of  the 
Harvard  Medical  School  who  will  speak- 
on  "Reconstructive  Surgical  Procedures 
for  ]\Iajor  Obliterative  Arterial  Dis- 
eases." The  Finney  Lecture  will  feature 
Dr.  Isidore  Cohn,  ]v.,  of  Louisiana  State 
I'niversity.  who  will  speak  on  "Recur- 
rence of  Carcinoma  After  Colon  Sur- 
gery." Dr.  Fdward  R.  Annis.  President 
of  the  American  Medical  Association, 
will  highlight  the  Presidential  Dinner  on 
Wednesday,  ]\Lav  6. 

Dr.  Milton  .S.  Sacks  of  the  L'niversit\- 
of  Maryland  will  speak  on  "Hemato- 
logical As]:)ects  of  Progress  of  Diseases 
of  a  Medical   Nature." 

An  Acknowledgment 

At  tiik  kxd  of  each  issue  of  the  Bul- 
LKTix  is  an  .Mumui  Xews  Report  Form. 
We  are  now  receiving  (|uite  a  few  of 
these  each  week,  nearly  all  of  them  con- 
taining important  professional  news  of 
graduates  of  the  School  of  Medicine.  The 
stafif  of  the  Bulletin  thanks  you  for 
your  cooperation. 

It  is  most  im])ortant  that  we  record 
the  i)r()fessi()ual  achievements  of  our 
Alumni  and  it  is  therefore  of  great  inter- 
est to  us  that  more  of  you  are  tearing 
out  the  form  and  are  sending  us  infor- 
mation on  vourself  or  other  Alumni  of 
whom  von  have  recent  news. 

Our  com])liments  and  thanks. 


Senior  Alumni  to  be  Featured  on 
Occasion  of  Annual  Meeting,  May  8 

Specl\l  invitations  have  been  issued 
by  the  Medical  Alumni  Association  to 
the  senior  alumni,  graduates  of  50  or 
more  years,  hoping  that  they  will  return 
to  the  campus  for  the  festivities  on  May 
7.  8.  1964. 

The  usual  annual  business  meeting. 
the  award  of  the  Alumni  Certificate  and 
Ciold  Key  to  Dr.  Hugh  R.  Spencer,  and 
the  annual  banquet  will  be  features  of  the 
Alumni  part  of  the  celebration.  A  fine 
scientific  program  has  been  prepared  by 
the  medical  and  surgical  hospital  spe- 
cialty groups  ;  this  is  contained  elsewhere 
in  this  edition  of  the  Bulletin. 


Washington,  D.  C,  Alumni  Organize 

The  Lniversity  of  Maryland  School 
of  ]\Iedicine  Alumni  Club  for  the  greater 
\\'ashington  area  was  organized  in  Sep- 
tember, 1963.  The  first  meeting  was  held 
in  October. 

On  November  20,  a  luncheon  meeting 
was  held  in  conjunction  with  the  31st 
Amui.'d  Scientific  Assemblv  of  the  D.  C. 
Medical  .Society.  It  is  planned  to  make 
this  luncheon  an  annual  event  at  the 
time  of  the  annual  meeting  of  the  I).  C. 
Medical  Society. 

The  following  officers  are  serving  for 
a  term  of  two  years  : 

Dr.  lr\ing  Burka,  President:  Dr.  Leo 
T.  Brown,  I'iee-president ;  Dr.  Gerald  D. 
.Schuster,  Seeretary-Treasurcr ;  Drs.  S. 
Charles  Jones,  Benjamin  Isaacson,  and 
lames  T.  Fstes,  iiieiiibers  of  the  Execu- 
tive Coiniiiittee. 

.\11  Alumni  of  the  School  of  Medicine 
I'niversity  of  Maryland  who  are  prac- 
ticing in  the  vicinity  of  Washington, 
D.  C,  are  ur<red  to  become  members  of 


April.  1064 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICIXE.  UNIJ-ERSITV  OF  .\f.lR)L.lXD 


the  club.  Inquiries  should  be  directed  to  ERRATUM 

Dr.  Gerald  D.  Schuster,  1918  K  Street, 
X.W'..  Washiuij^ton  6,  D.  C. ;  telephone 
Muleral  8-1280. 


Class  of  1939  Plans  Program  for 
Alumni  Day,  May  9 


In  the  July,  1963,  IU'lletix  by  error, 
the  IUt.lktin  reported  the  death  of  Dr. 
Harold  Sager.  Dr.  Sager  writes: 

"If  you  have  not  already  done  so, 
please  print  a  retraction  of  my  demise." 
(We  do  ])rint  and  with  a])ologies — 
Editor.  ) 


W'k  ark  looking  forward  to  seeing  

you  on  the  campus  this  coming  May  7,  <^""'*  ^'■"•"  »•  ''"'''" 

8,   and   9.   The  following   tentative   pro-    University  of  Maryland  Pediatric  Society 

gram  for  the  25th  Reunion  of  the  Class  Organizational  ^Meeting 

of  1939  will  lie  held  on  Saturday,  May  9, 
at  a  noon  luncheon  at  the  Student  Union 
Building  on  the  Baltimore  campus. 


Committee   on   Arrangements   and   Scientific 
Program 


Edward  F.  Cotter,  M.D.,  Chairman 
We  are  extending  cordial  invitations   g^^^^^.  j   Cornbrooks,  Jr.,  M.D. 
to  all  members  of  the  Class  of  1939  and    C.  Parke  Scarborough,  M.D. 
their   wives   for   this   affair.    W^e   believe  Medical  Alumni  Association 

the  after-lunch  speakers  will  be  interest-   James  R.  Karns,  M.D. 

r       1     ,1      1  ,  1  .ui     ■     1     1-         Harrv  M.  Robinson,  Jr.,  M.D. 

nig  tor  both  classmates  and  their  ladies.   ,^  t-   -.ir  n^  t^ 

Theodore  E.  Woodward,  M.D. 

The  topics  of  our  short  luncheon  talks  University  of  Maryland  Hospital  Medical 

to  be  presented  under  the  title  "What  Association 

Medical  School  Did  Not  Teach  Us"  will   Thurston  R.  Adams,  M.D. 

1        "Tu        4-     c  1  -inr-.i       i.  T-     •       "    Harry  C.  Hull,  M.D. 

be  :     How  to  Succeed  \\  ithout   i  rvitig,      ^  ^  ^  , ,  ^ 

,      _.      „       .    ^    ^  .      ,-„     ,,,,    ,.  '  ,    Eugene  T.  Linberg,  M.D. 

by  Dr.  Frank  S.  Cole.   39 ;     Medical  and   ^^^^^  r"  mansberger,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Non-Medical    Experiences    in    Foreign 

Lands,"  by  Dr.  Edgar  Bernian,  '39;  and   University  of  Maryland  Surgical  Society 
as  this  issue  goes  to  press,  we  are  at-    Edmund  B.  Middleton,  AI.D. 
tempting     to     contact     another     famous  The  Douglass  Obstetrical  and  Gynecolog- 

classmate.    Dr.    Thomas    Scott    Sexton,  '^al  Society  of  the  University  of  Mary- 

Vice  President  and  Chief  Medical  Direc-    ,,        .J^""^  ,,  ^ 

c  -Mf  1  n/r  ,x-rT  IvARi.  H.  Weaver,  M.D. 

tor  of  Massachusetts  Mutual  Life  Insur-  University  of  Maryland  Pediatric  Society 

ance  Co.,   who   will   speak  on  the  topic,    Mrs.  James  G.  Arnold 

"You  Can't  Take  It  With  You  or  How  Ladies'  Activities 

to  Hide  Money  for  Retirement." 

25th  Reunion  Committee 

Class  of  1939,  School  of  Medicine 

Raymond  M.  Cunningham, 
Chairman 

Harry  Beck 

James  Ceanos 

Bernard  Kleiman 

Dexter  Reiman 

Ramsay  Thomas 

-^xx  Vol.  49.  No.  2 


(^lass 


NOTES 


Elsewhere  in  this  edition  you  zi'ill 
find  a  "tear  out"  page,  jor  reporting 
Alumni  Nezvs  to  the  Bulletin.  This  is 
not  an  idle  gesture. 

Your  achievements,  fellow  alumnus, 
arc  of  interest  to  your  classmates.  They 
constitute  a  rczvard  to  the  faculty,  are  a 
challenge  to  the  younger  physicians,  and 
are  an  item  of  prestige  for  the  Univer- 
sity. Please  cooperate  with  us  by  for- 
warding nezvs  of  yourself  or  a)iy  aluiinius 
to  the  Bulletin.  Thank  \ou. 


P  &  S  1888 

Jefferson  Davis  Bulla  of  Trinity. 
N.  C,  has  recently  celel:)rated  his  101st 
birthday  and  has  announced  his  firm  in- 
tention on  continuing  his  very  active 
practice  which  incKides  from  5  to  20 
patients  a  day.  According  to  the  medical 
newspaper  Medical  Tribune.  Dr.  Bulla 
is  a  likely  candidate  for  oldest  physician 
still  in  practice  in  the  United  States, 
though  he  doesn't  make  that  claim  him- 
self. 

Dr.  P)ulla  states  that  in  the  earl)-  days 
it  was  hard  work,  very  hard  work  as  he 
began  practice  in  Randolph  County. 
North  Carolina.  At  first  he  used  a  Texas 
pony,  after  that  he  wore  out  two  or 
three  buggy  horses,  two  Model  T  I'ords. 
and  one  Model  A  Ford.  Dr.  I'ulla  does 
not  think  he  has  any  particular  secret 
for  his  longevity.  His  recipe  for  longev- 
ity is  "Absolutely  none  at  all."  TTe  is  in 
good  health  himself,  li.'ning  had  onlv  one 
major  o])eration,  a  cholestectomv  in  1942. 
Dr.  Bulla  has  no  current  plans  for  retire- 
ment. 


Class  of  1904 

William  L.  Funkhouser  of  15  16th 
.St.,  X.E.,  in  Atlanta,  Ga.,  is  very  active 
in  his  general  practice.  Dr.  Funkhouser 
is  ^7. 

Class  of  1934 

Joseph  Millett  of  501  Fulton  Ave., 
Hempstead,  X.  Y.,  serves  as  associate 
attending  physician  in  the  Department 
of  Internal  Medicine  of  the  Meadow- 
brook  Hospital,  a  600-bed  county  general 
hospital  of  Nassau  County,  N.  Y.  Dr. 
Millett  has  recently  been  elected  Chair- 
man of  the  Medical  Board  of  the  Mea- 
dowbrook  Hospital. 

H.  Lawrence  Sutton  of  Hempstead, 
N.  Y..  serves  as  attending  physician  in 
the  Department  of  Psychiatry  at  the 
Meadowbrook  Hospital,  Nassau  County, 
N.  Y.  Dr.  Sutton  has  been  named  Vice 
Chairman  of  the  Medical  Board. 

Class  of  1939 

David  L.  Filtzer  has  announced  the 
removal  of  his  ofiice  to  4419  Falls  Road 
in  Baltimore.  Md. 

Class  of  1942 

Louis  O.  G.  Manganiello  of  Augus- 
ta, Ga.,  has  been  a])pointed  bv  Governor 
Sanders  of  Georgia  as  an  Admiral  of 
the  Georgia  Navy  and  is  serving  as  a 
member  of  the  Governor's  staff. 

Class  of  1943 

Harold  Dillon  of  2()')  S.  19th  St.. 
l'hiladel])hia,  l*a.,  has  been  elected  to 
meml)ership  in  the  .American  Psychoan- 
alytic Association. 

Robert  V.  Minervini,  of  330  Park 
1 1  ill  .\ve.,  ^'onkers,  N.  Y.,  has  l)een  cer- 
tified in  general  surgery  l)y  the  -American 
Ptoard  of  Surgery.  Dr.  Minervini  has 
l)racticed  surgery  in  Yonkers  since  hilv. 


April,  1964 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIJ'ERSITV  OF  MARYLAND 


1960,  when  he  completed  a  four-year 
residency  in  general  surgery  at  the 
Flower- Fifth  Ave.  Hospital  in  New  York 
City.  He  currently  serves  as  an  instruc- 
tor in  surgery  at  the  New  York  Medical 
College. 

Class  of  1944 

Bryant  L.  Jones  is  actively  connect- 
ed with  the  cancer  chemotherapy  pro- 
gram of  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health.  He  is  active  in  the  collaborative 
research  phases  of  this  project. 

Class  of  1946 

Thomas  C.  McPherson  is  a  member 
of  the  staff  of  the  Mead  Johnson  Co.  at 
Evansville,  Ind. 

Class  of  1949 

John  A.  Spittell,  Jr.,  Consultant  of 
the  Section  of  Medicine  of  the  Mayo 
Clinic  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Medi- 
cine at  the  Mayo  Foundation,  is  the 
author  of  an  article  entitled  "Dissecting 
Aneurysm  (Dissecting  Hematoma)  of 
the  Aorta,"  published  in  the  American 
Heart  Association's  "Modern  Concepts 
of  Cardiovascular  Disease,"  33:837-40 
(Feb.,  1964). 

Class  of  1950 

Harold  Daly  of  Albion,  Mich.,  was 
a  recent  visitor  at  the  School  of  Medi- 
cine. 

Class  of  1954 

Anthony  A.  Bernardo  of  130  Rock 
St.,  Fall  River,  Mass.,  has  been  certified 
in  general  surgery  by  the  American 
Board  of  Surgery.  Dr.  Bernardo  resides 
at  8  Driftwood  Drive,  Barrington,  R.  I. 

David  Looff  has  been  appointed  to 
the  staff  of  the  new  University  of  Ken- 
tucky Medical  School  in  the  Department 
of  Psychiatry.  Dr.  Looff,  who  lives  at 
1308  Fincastle  Rd.,  Lexington,  Ky.,  was 


on  active  duty  in  the  U.  S.  Public  Health 
Service  until  July,  1962.  In  July,  1964, 
he  will  take  up  full-time  work  at  the 
L'niversity  of  Kentucky  as  Assistant 
Professor  with  specific  responsibility  for 
exploring  needs  for  child  psychiatry  in 
certain  pilot  project  communities  in  Ken- 
tucky. Dr.  Looff  was  certified  in  general 
psychiatry  in  October,  1963. 

Harold  W.  Tracey  of  1822  Bruns- 
wick Rd..  Charlotte.  N.  C,  has  been 
certified  in  orthopedic  surgery  l)y  the 
American  Board  of  Orthopedic  Surgery. 
Dr.  Tracy  is  in  private  practice  with  the 
Miller  Orthopedic  Clinic  in  Charlotte. 

Class  of  1956 

C.  Herschel  King,  anesthesiologist, 
received  his  certification  as  a  Diplomate 
of  the  American  Board  of  Anesthesiology 
during  1963.  Dr.  King  has  been  appoint- 
ed Assistant  Professor  of  Anesthesiology 
at  Duke  University  Aledical  Center.  He 
assumed  his  new  post  on  January  1. 
1964.  Dr.  King  will  reside  at  2622  Char- 
lotte St.,  Durham.  N.  C. 

Class  of  1962 

Allen  H.  Satou  is  serving  a  residency 
in  psychiatry  at  the  L^niversity  of  Cali- 
fornia in  Los  Angeles. 

Class  of  1963 

Donald  H.  Gilden  of  840  S.  Wood 
St.,  Chicago,  111.,  is  serving  his  intern- 
ship at  the  University  of  Illinois  Hospi- 
tals. Beginning  on  July  1,  1964,  Dr.  Gil- 
den will  serve  as  resident  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Medicine  at  the  University  of 
Chicago  Hospital  and  Clinics. 

Michael  L.  Levin  has  accepted  a 
surgical  residency  at  the  University  of 
Illinois  Research  Education  Hospitals 
under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Warren  H. 
Cole.  Dr.  Levin's  current  address  is  840 
S.  Wood  St.  (Box  82),  Chicago,  111. 


Vol.  49,  No.  2 


B.  M.  C.  1897 

David  S.  Morrill  of  Ivinnville.  N.  C, 
died  recently. 

Class  of  1901 

Carl  R.  Ahroon  of  Normal,  111.,  died 
on  December  21,  1963. 

B.  M.  C.  1903 

Daniel  Alfonso  Dees  of  Grantsboro, 
N.C.,  died  September  19,  1963.  Dr.  Dees 
was  S3. 

Class  of  1903 

Herbert  E.  La  Roque,  well-known 
Baltimore  ophthalmologist,  died  at  his 
home,  10  Cherry  Hill  Rd..  Reisterstown. 
on  December  11,  1963.  Dr.  La  Roque 
was  83. 

A  native  of  Baltimore,  Dr.  La  Roque 
received  his  basic  education  at  Baltimore 
City  College  and,  after  graduation  from 
the  School  of  Medicine,  L^niversity  of 
Maryland,  studied  abroad.  For  many 
years  he  was  associated  with  the  l>alti- 
more  City  Health  Department  and  was 
active  on  the  stafif  of  the  Mercy  and  St. 
Joseph's  Hospitals. 

P  &  S  1904 

Wilbur  E.  MacDougal  of  186  Xow- 
ell  Rd.,  Bangor,  Me.,  died  recently. 

Class  of  1905 

Sydenham  Rush  Clarke  of  212  E. 

Morris    Ave.,     Lutherville,     Md..     died 
February  26,  1964,  at  the  age  of  S7. 

William  H.  Mitchell  of  Parma. 
Idaho,  died  October  20.  1963.  Dr.  flitch- 
ell  was  84. 


Class  of  1906 

Lafayette  Lake  of  45  Van  Ness  Rd., 
l)elmont,  Mass.,  died  recently. 

B.  M.  C.  1908 

Harry  C.  Podall  of  Norristown,  Pa., 
died  at  Sacred  Heart  Hospital  in  Norris- 
town, on  Monday,  February  17,  1964. 
Dr.  Podall  was  81. 

A  native  of  New  Haven,  Conn.,  and 
an  alumnus  of  Yale  University,  Dr. 
Podall  specialized  in  Psychiatry  follow- 
ing his  graduation  from  the  School  of 
Medicine.  In  1958  he  was  presented  a 
placjue  by  the  Montgomery  County  Med- 
ical Society  in  honor  of  his  50  years  of 
service  to  the  community. 

For  a  number  of  years.  Dr.  Podall  was 
on  the  staff  of  the  Norristown  State 
Hospital,  resigning  to  become  chief  of 
Neuropsychiatry  at  the  Veterans  Admin- 
istration Hospital  in  Philadelphia.  Later 
he  assumed  a  similar  post  at  the  Veter- 
ans Hospital  in  Coatesville,  Pa.,  where 
he  was  chief  of  the  Psychiatric  Section 
for  almost  20  years.  In  1952  he  retired  to 
become  clinical  director  at  the  Pennhurst 
State  School,  Spring  City.  Pa.,  a  post 
he  held  at  the  time  of  his  death.  Dr. 
Podall  had  also  been  Psychiatrist  at  the 
Montgomery  County  Prison  in  Norris- 
town. He  was  consultant  in  Neuropsy- 
chiatry at  the  Montgomery  Hospital  and 
Sacred  Heart  Hospital,  both  of  Norris- 
town. 

Certified  in  both  psychiatry  and  neu- 
rolog\',  he  was  a  long-time  Fellow  of  the 
American  Psychiatric  Association  and 
the  Pennsylvania  State  Psychiatric  Asso- 
ciation, and  a  member  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  the  Pennsylvania 
State  and  Montgomery  County  Medical 
Societies,  and  the  Philadelphia  Medical 
Club.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Yale 
I'niversitv     Alumni     Association,     the 


Alyril.  1964 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE.  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Alumni  Association  of  the  University  of 
Manland,  and  attended  St.  Patrick's 
Clnn'ch  in  Xorristown. 

Class  of  1908 

Herbert  J.  Rosenberg  of  3433  Bank- 
head  Ave..  Montgomery,  Ala.,  died 
recently. 

P  &  S  1909 

Felix  M.  Vilella  of  5754  S.W.  47th 
St..  Aliami,  Fla.,  died  on  January  24, 
1964. 

P  &  S  1910 

Benjamin      B.      Finkelstone      of 

firidgeport,  Conn.,  died  recently. 

Wilbert  Lee  Grounds  of  Roaring 
Springs,  Pa.,  died  recently. 

P  &  S  1911 

Howard  E.  Harmon,  a  life-long  res- 
ident of  Chillicothe,  Ohio,  was  horn  on 
Decern!  )er  14.  1888.  He  graduated  from 
Chillicothe  High  School  in  1907  and 
entered  the  College  of  Physicians  and 
Surgeons  that  year.  Dr.  Harman  served 
in  hoth  World  Wars.  He  was  a  major 
in  the  Medical  Corps  in  World  War  I, 
and  in  World  War  H  was  a  Lieutenant 
Colonel. 

On  June  8,  1961,  he  received  a  50-year 
])in  from  the  University  of  Maryland, 
and  on  Decemher  5  of  that  year  received 
a  "50-year  Award  of  Distinction"  from 
the  Ohio   State   Medical   Association. 

He  was  a  memher  of  the  Elks,  Kiwanis 
Cluh,  Masonic  Lodge,  and  the  Sons  of 
the  American  Revolution,  Ross  County 
and  Ohio  State  Medical  Associations. 
He  was  also  a  member  of  Chi  Zeta  Chi 
Medical  Fraternity  which  amalgamated 
with  Phi  Rho  Sigma  years  later. 

John  Hogan,  Sr.,  M.D. 


Class  of  1914 

Capt.  John   Robert  Agnew  of  2>7 

Eckington  St.,  Springfield,  Mass.,  died 
December  7,  1963. 

Clair  Crouse  Henderson  of  Mt. 
Olive,  X.  C,  died  on  October  8,  1963. 
Dr.  Henderson  was  75. 

Raymond  M.  Troxler  of  517  Foun- 
tain Place,  Burlington,  X.  C,  died 
August  5,  1963.  Dr.  Troxler  was  78. 

Class  of  1915 

Edgar  Winslow  Lane  of  122  Fla- 
mingo Rd.,  Clearwater,  Fla.,  died  in 
October,  1963. 

Albert  Augustus  Naumann  of  4828 
Bayville  Ave., Tampa,  Fla., died  recently. 

Class  of  1916 

Everett  L.  Bishop  of  Medical  Arts 
Bldg.,  Atlanta,  Ga.,  died  on  August  12, 
1963,  at  the  age  of  70. 

Toma's  Dominguez  of  Puerto  Rico 

died  in  Octol)er,  1963,  of  heart  disease. 

Julio  R.  Rolenson,  a  native  of  Ponce, 
Puerto  Rico,  died  at  his  home  in  San- 
turce,  Puerto  Rico,  on  October  17,  1963. 
Death  followed  the  complications  of 
coronary  occlusion. 

Following  his  graduation.  Dr.  Rolen- 
son  interned  at  the  Maryland  General 
Hospital  and  then  joined  the  armed 
forces  serving  in  the  medical  corps  of  the 
American  Expeditionary  Forces  in 
France.  He  was  discharged  with  the  rank 
of  Captain.  He  later  married  Ana  Teresa 
Ballan.  Dr.  Rolenson  was  a  member  of 
the  Puerto  Rico  Medical  Association, 
the  American  Legion,  and  a  very  active 
meml)er  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
Alumni  Association,  having  served  as 
Past  President  of  the  Puerto  Rico  chap- 
ter. 


Vol.  49.  No.  2 


PLEASE    TEAR    OUT 

ALUMNI  NEWS  REPORT 

TO  THE  BULLETIN: 

I  would  like  to  report  the  following : 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  NEWS  ITEMS 

American  Board  Certification 
Change  of  Address 
Change  of  Office 
Residency  Appointment 
Research  Completed 
News  of  Another  Alumnus 
Academic  Appointment 
Interesting  Historic  Photographs 


Name 


Address 


Class 


Send  to 


Bulletin — School  of  Medicine 
University  of  Maryland 
31  S.  Greene  St. 
Baltimore  1,  Md. 


BULLETIN    School  of  Medicine 
University  of  Maryland 


VOLUME  49 


JULY,  1964 


NUMBER  3 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


PAGE 


Esophageal   Defibrillation   of  the  Canine   Heart,    I 

R.  Adams  Cou'lcy.  M.D.,  Azruin   T inures,  and  Morris  Tischlcr,  M.S. 


Errata 


Spinal  Fluid  Cytodiagnosis  of  Central  Nervous  System  Malignancy  (Preliminary  Report). 

Hiward  M.  Jns<>t::kcy,  M.D..  and  Riva  Novcy,  M.D. 


34 


Anesthesia    LXVIII:    Indoklon,   A    New    Psychiatric    Drug,   and    Its   Sulfur   Analog _        36 

Robert  S.  Rozman,  Ph.D.,  R.  Terrell,  Ph.D.,  and  John  C.  Krantz,  Jr.,  Ph.D. 


39 
40 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 

Dean's   Letter  _ 

Pre-commencement  and    Dean's    Day  .. 
Internships      _ 


Faculty  Notes Vi 

Revolution   and   Renewal   in  Medicine _ vi 

I'liiil  J.  Sa)iacaro,  M.D. 

Abstracts         _ xl\ 


Book  Reviews 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 

President's    Letter — —  Xvi 

Alumni   Day    1964 xix 

Treasurer's  Report  of  Alumni  Association  for   1963         xxiv 

Minutes  of  Annual   Meeting   of   Alumni   Association      xxv 

Class  of   1914 xxvii 

Class    Notes xxix 


Deaths 

JhIx.  1^64 


^i 


Esophageal  Defibrillation  of  the  Canine 
Heart,  I* 

R.  ADAMS  COWLEY,  M.D.,  AVRUM  TAMRES,  and   MORRIS  TISCHLER,  M.S. 


Introduction 

Cardiac  defibrillation  is  usually  ac- 
coniplished  by  applying  a  potential  either 
directly  on  the  heart  or  on  the  surface  of 
the  intact  chest.  Neither  method  is  the 
optimal  solution  to  the  problem. 

Open  chest  defil)rillation'- -  of  the 
heart  has  been  the  more  successful  meth- 
od of  resuscitation  but  often  it  is  not 
feasil)le  due  to  the  location  of  the  patient, 
lack  of  necessary  anesthesia  ecjuipment. 
and  qualified  surgical  personnel  available 
at  the  critical  moment.  Furthermore, 
thoracotomy  without  ventilation  control 
may  only  compound  a  distressful  situa- 
tion. 

The  closed  chest  techniciue  of  defibril- 
lation-^ utilizes  high  voltage  and  high 
power  levels  and  requires  large  bulky 
equipment  with  fifteen  times  more  power 
than  instruments  used  for  open  chest  de- 
fibrillation. This  excessive  but  necessary 
power  may  cause  thermal  burns,  severe 
insult  to  the  nervous  system  and  cardiac 
resuscitation  is  often  unsuccessful. 

The  body  acts  as  a  low  impedance  path 
when  electrodes  are  placed  under  the 
skin  as  compared  with  the  im])edance 
when  electrodes  are  placed  on  the  skin 
surface.  The  impedance  is  three  times 
greater  in  the  latter  instance.  If  an  elec- 
trode could  ])(■  ])laced  near  the  lieart 
through  a  natural  ])ody  orifice  this  im- 
pedance miglit  be  overcome.  The  esoi)h- 
agus  was  chosen  as  the  most  practical 
and  accessible  site  to  place  such  an  in- 


*  From  the  Department  of  Surgery,  Division  of 
Thoracic  Surgery,  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
Medicine,  Baltimore  1,  Maryland.  Supported  by  Na- 
tional  Institutes  of  Health  Research   Grant   H-4945. 


ternal  electrode.  When  placed  in  close 
proximity  to  the  heart,  the  electrode  acts 
as  if  it  were  touching  the  heart. 

This  paper  describes  a  method  where- 
by low  power  defibrillators  can  be  used 
for  either  closed  or  open  chest  defil)rilla- 
tion  using  an  esophageal  electrode  in  con- 
junction with  an  external  chest  electrode. 

Method  of  Approach 

Experiments  were  performed  on 
healthy  mongrel  dogs  to  evaluate  the 
various  techniques  of  cardiac  resuscita- 
tion. The  animals  were  divided  into  three 
groups :  Group  I — open  chest  defibrilla- 
tion, Group  II — closed  chest  defibrilla- 
tion and  Group  III — esophageal  elec- 
trode defibrillation.  All  dogs  received 
pentobarbital  sodium  ( Nembutal  So- 
dium) anesthesia  with  tracheal  intuba- 
tion and  intermittent  positive  pressure 
breathing  air.  Arterial  pressures  and 
electrocardiograms  were  monitored  and 
recorded  throughout  the  procedure.  Each 
group  of  dogs  was  fibrillated  by  applying 
60  cycle  voltage  directly  to  the  heart.  In 
Group  II  and  III,  fibrillation  was  in- 
duced by  a  needle  probe  through  the 
chest  wall  directly  to  the  heart. 

Results 

/.     Open  Chest  Procedure 

In  Group  I,  the  dog's  chest  was  opened 
])rior  to  inducing  fibrillation.  To  resus- 
citate the  animal,  paddles  4  cm.  in  diam- 
eter were  placed  directly  on  the  heart. 
The  defibrillator  used  produced  a  square 
wave  with  an  amplitude  of  1 50  volts  and 
o])erating  at  a  frequency  ranging  between 
150  and  250  cycles.  The  pulse  duration 
was  1/10  seconds. 


34 


Vol.  49,  No.  3 


2.  Closed  C'lirsf  Procrdurc 

In  the  closed  chest  techiii(|ne  (Group 
II j,  8  cm.  paddles  were  placed  on  the 
chest  wall  in  the  standard  position.  De- 
file-illation was  attempted  with  the  same 
defihrillator  described  above  except  the 
amplitude  had  to  be  increased  from  150 
volts  to  440  volts. 

3.  Esoplhiiiciil  Electrode  Procedure 

In  Group  III  dogs,  an  esophageal  elec- 
trode constructed  from  a  No.  26  endo- 
tracheal tube  with  a  3-inch  braided  cop- 
per wire  mesh  surrounding  the  tip  (Fig. 
-1  )  was  inserted  with  the  mesh  wiring 
in  the  extended  position  to  the  approxi- 
mate level  of  the  heart.  While  holding 
the  catheter  in  position,  a  wire  stylette 
connected  to  the  mesh  was  pulled,  there- 
by causing  the  mesh  to  contract  and 
hence  increasing  the  diameter  of  the 
mesh.  Firm  contact  was  herebv  made 
with  the  wall  of  the  esophagus.  A  second 
8  cm.  paddle  type  electrode  was  placed 
on  the  dog's  chest,  directly  over  the 
heart.  In  this  position  the  most  direct 
electricrd  path  was  made  through  the 
cardiac  muscle.  The  defibrillator  used 
was  the  same  model  as  that  used  in  both 
Groups  I  and  II,  however,  an  amplitude 
of  only  200  volts  was  required.  Table  I 
summarizes  the  study.  It  appears  that 
the  esophageal  electrode  technique  is  the 
least  ecpial  in  elTectiveness  to  that  used 
in  the  open  chest  technique. 

Table  I 

Xn.  (if  Successful 

Experi-  Attempts 

ments     At  Resuscitation 

Technique  of      Voltage 

defibrillation         Number  Number  Percent       Used 


Open  Chest 
(Group  I) 

Closed  Chest 
(Group  II ) 

Esophageal 
(Group  III) 


24  24       100%         150 

10  7        70^;         440 

40  39      *97.57o      200 


*  In  Group  III,  one  of  the  animal's  heart  fibrillated 
for  four  minutes  19  seconds.  After  fibrillation  the 
electrocardiogram  returned  to  a  sinus  rhythm  but 
arterial  pressure  did  not  respond.  This  was  not  re- 
corded  as   a   successful  attempt  at   resuscitation. 


Q 


@ 


Fig.  1.  A — Plastic  tube.  B — Copper  wire  mesh. 
C — Wire  stylette.  D — Current  to  mesh  via  stylette. 
E — External     Electrode.    F — Esophagus.    G — Heart. 

Histological  sections  of  esophagus 
were  taken  several  days  following  the 
procedure.  No  tissue  damage  was  ob- 
served where  the  electrode  came  in  con- 
tact with  the  esophagus. 

Conclusions 

Closed  chest  defibrillation  requires 
high  power  type  of  defil)rillators.  At  the 
])resent  time,  defibrillators  operating  at 
5,000  watts  (700  volts)  and  5,000  volts 
DC  (capacitor  discharge)  are  used. 

A  s])ecial  type  electrode,  inserted  in 
the  esophagus,  was  found  to  provide  ef- 
fective defibrillation  when  used  with 
much  lower  power  instruments.  While 
the  esophageal  method  has  performed 
effectively  on  animals,  the  technique  has 
yet  to  be  applied  to  a  human  subject. 

Bibliography 

1.  ZULL,    P.    M.,    LiXE.NTIIAL,    A.    J.,    GiBSO.V, 

W.,  Paul,  M.  H.,  and  Normax,  L.  R.  :  Termi- 
nation of  ventricular  fibrillation  in  man  by 
(.■xtoriially  applied  electric  countershock,  Neic 
lingUmd  J.  Med.,  254:541,  1956. 

2.  Cowley,  R.  A.,  Tischler,  M.,  Attar,  S., 
T.x.MRES,  A.:  Cardiac  defibrillation  above  60 
cycles  with  a  portable  square-wave  defibrilla- 
tor, Surgery,  51:   No.  2,   1962. 

3.  KouwEXHOVEN,  W.  B.,  Milxor,  \V.  R., 
Knrkerbacker,  G.  G.,  and  Chestxut,  W.  R.  : 
Cosed  chest  defibrillation  of  the  heart,  Sur- 
ijcry,  42:550,  1957. 


Julx.  1964 


35 


Anesthesia  LXVII:  Indoklon,  A  New 
Psychiatric  Drug,  and  Its  Sulfur  Analog* 

ROBERT  S.  ROZMAN,  Ph.D.,  R.  TERRELL,  Ph.D.**  and  JOHN  C.  KRANTZ,  JR.,  Ph.D. 


The  accelerated  search  for  pharma- 
cologically active  fluorinated  compounds 
initiated  hv  Rohl^ins^  in  1946  led  to  the 
development  of  the  anesthetic  Fluoromar 
(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl  vinyl  ether)  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  The  introduc- 
tion of  fluorine  into  the  ether  molecule 
greatly  reduced  the  flammahility  of  the 
anesthetic.  This  suggested  that  the  addi- 
tion of  more  fluorine  atoms  to  the  diethyl 
ether  molecule  and  the  elimination  of 
the  doul)le  l)ond  would  further  decrease 
flammahility.  Thus,  bis  (pentafluoro- 
ethyl )  ether  was  studied.-  This  com- 
l)Ound  was  found  to  be  pharmacologically 
inert.  Since  Robbins  had  shown  that 
ethyl  trifluoroethyl  ether  possessed  anes- 
thetic properties,^  the  symmetrical  hexa- 
fluorodiethyl  ether  (HFE)  was  synthe- 
sized. Surprisingly  this  compound  was 
shown  to  be  a  convulsant  by  Krantz  ct 
al.^  A  comparison  of  the  pharmacologic 
activity  of  these  diethyl  ethers  is  given  in 
Table  1. 

,_.  70 « 

2  NaSH+CF.3CH>OS02<f     >CH3- 


Table  1.     Comparison  of  Diethyl   Ethers 

Pharinacologic 


Compound 

Activity 

CH3CH.OCH.CH3  

Anesthetic 

CF..CH.0CH,CH3    

Anesthetic 

CF.sCH.OCH.CF3     

Convulsant 

CF.CF.OCF.CF3    

Inert 

clinical  tise  by  the  Food  and  Drug  Ad- 
ministration. 

As  recently  reported"*  in  an  interview 
with  Dr.  William  Karliner,  chief  clinical 
investigator  of  Indoklon,  schizoaft'ective 
disorders  and  paranoid  states  both  re- 
spond more  to  this  drug  than  to  electro- 
conviflsive  therapy.  A  series  of  2.348 
Indoklon  treatments  administered  to 
159  patients  was  described.  Of  these, 
59  were  "much  improved."  93  were 
"improved,"  while  the  remaining  7  were 
not  benefited  by  this  treatment. 

When  the  sulfur  analog  of  Indoklon 
was  made  available,  it  was  deemed  de- 


<^~\i 


Hexafluorodiethyl  ether,  now  known 
as  Indoklon,  was  extensively  investigated 
in  many  species  of  animals.  No  toxic 
effects  were  observed  after  many  rej^eat- 
ed  exposures  to  the  drug.  Accordingly 
this  agent  was  tried  as  a  pharmacocon- 
\iilsive  drug  in  })lace  of  shock  tliera])y  in 
mentally  disturbed  patients.  The  success 
and  efficacy  of  this  experimental  drug 
recently     culminated     in     ajjproval     for 


^CF3CHo-S-CHoCF.3+NaOS02<     >CH3 

DMSO  ^=^ 

+  H2S 

sirable  to  compare  the  two  agents  phar- 
macologically. Thioindoklon  (HFTE) 
was  synthesized  by  the  following 
method.'' 


*  From  the  Department  of  Pharmacology,  t'liiver- 
sity  of  Maryland   School  of   Medicine,   Baltimore. 

**  Research  Chemist,  Central  Research  Laliora- 
tories.  Air  Reduction  Comi)any,  Inc.,  Murray  Hill, 
New  Jersey. 


A  solution  of  2,2,2-tritluoroethyl-i)-toluene 
sulfonate  (202  g)  in  dimethyl  sulfo.xide 
(200  ml)  was  added  slowly  at  70-80°  C 
over  a  period  of  one  hour  to  a  stirred 
solution  of  sodium  hydrosulfide  (136  g  of 
commercial  "NaSH  -f-  aq")  in  dimethyl 
sulfoxide  (300  ml).  The  reaction  was 
heated  at  70°  C  for  two  hours,  water  ( 500 
ml)  was  added  and  the  product  (77  g  crude) 
distilled  from  the  reaction  mixture  (Pot. 
up    to    100°    C).    The    crude    product    was 


36 


Vol.  49,  No.  3 


ROZM.-IX.  ET  AL.— ANESTHESIA   LXl'II:   INDOKLON,  A   PSYCHIATRIC  DRUG 
Table  2.    Comparison  of  the  Physical  Properties  of  HFE  and  HFTE. 


HFE 

HFTE 

Formula   

CFaCHo-O-CHaCF., 

CFsCHs-S-CH^CFa 

Appearance    

clear,  colorless 

liquid 

clear,  colorless  liquid 

Molecular  weight  .... 

182.07 

198.15 

Boiling  point  

63.9°  C 

86.5  -  87°    C 

Specific  gravity    

1.417 

1 .340 

Flaminahilitv  at  room 

temperature    

non-flammable 

borderline  flammability 

Odor 

mildly  ethereal 

objectionable  and  penetrating 

Table    3.     Convulsive    Thresholds    (Inhala- 
tion) of  HFE  and  HFTE  in  Mice 

Dose         %  Clonic         %  Tonic 
Compound         ml         Convulsions  Convulsions 


HFE 

0.15 

0 

0 

0.20 

10 

0 

0.25 

60 

0 

0.30 

90 

0 

0.50 

100 

0 

0.65 

100 

30 

0.80 

100 

50 

1.20 

100 

90 

HFTE 

0.04 

20 

0 

0.05 

40 

0 

0.07 

90 

10 

0.10 

100 

70 

0.20 

100 

90 

0.40 

100 

100 

dried  over  magnesium  sulfate  and  redistilled 
through  a  75  .x  1  cm  column  packed  with 
glass  helices  to  yield  pure  bis  (2,2,2-tri- 
fluoroetiiyl )   thioether,   16  g. 

Table  2  compares  some  of  the  physical 
properties  of  HFE  and  HFTP'. 

Measurcnicnts  of  tlu-  convulsive  thres- 
hold of  HFE  and  HFTE  after  inhala- 
tion hy  mice  were  made  by  the  techni((ne 
descrihed  l)v  Truitt  ('/  <;/.''  for  the  all-or- 
none  response.  Groups  of  ten  mice  were 
used  for  each  dose.  (Iraded  dose.s  of  the 
convulsant  were  added  to  tlie  j^auze  all- 
at-once  ;  the  animal  was  allowed  to  re- 
main in  the  jar  for  a  ])eriod  of  ten  min- 
utes unless  a  tonic  coiuulsion  occurred 
hrst.  at  which  time  the  animal  was  re- 
moved immediately. 

A    numlier    of    doses    of    HFE    and 


HFTE  was  administered  to  groups  of 
10  Webster  mice  each  by  intravenous  in- 
jection of  a  1 /{  V/V  solution  in  Carbo- 
wax  300  (55%),  alcohol  (15%)  and 
water  (30%).  Some  of  the  grotips  were 
pretreated  with  Tridione.  250  mg/kg, 
intraperitoneally  one  hour  before  convul- 
sant administration.  Dose  response  lines 
of  the  lethal  and  convulsive  doses  and  the 
LD5,,  and  CD50  and  their  95%  confidence 
limits  were  established  by  the  graphic 
log-probit  method  of  Litchfield  and  \\"\\- 
coxon"  from  these  data.  The  thera- 
I^eutic  index  was  calculated  bv  the  ratio 
LD.-,o/CD.-,„. 

Two  monkeys,  5  to  6  Kg,  were  ex- 
])osed  to  the  vapor  of  HFTE  through  a 
t\])ical  anesthesia  inhalation  mask.  Vol- 
umes of  0.2  ml  were  dispersed  on  gauze 
in  the  mask. 

Results 

The  ])harmacologic  studies  with 
HFTE  show  that  this  compound,  like  its 
oxygen  analog  HFE,  is  a  potent  convul- 
sive agent  in  the  mouse  and  monkey. 

The  data  in  Table  3  show  the  convul- 
sive thresholds  of  HP'E  and  HFTE  upon 
inlialation  in  the  mouse. 

Figure  1  shows  the  restilts  of  HFE 
injections  into  mice.  The  values  are  ex- 
l)ressed    as    ml  niouse.    In    the    unpre- 


July,  1Q64 


37 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICIXE,  UXirERSITV  OF  MARYLAND 


99.99 

99-1 

5     90 

'     70- 

>     5CH 
> 

;  30 
:  10 


0.01 


<         ■   Convulsion 

*— ^<  Oeoth 

O— "O  Convulsion  (+Tridione) 

1^— «  Death  (+Tridione) 


I 1 1 1 1 1 1 

0005    0.010     0.020    0040     0.080    0.160    0320 

DOSE  HFE  PER  MOUSE  IN  ML 

Fig.  1.  Convulsive  and  lethal  do.se  response  curves 
for  HFE  after  intravenous  injection  into  mice. 
The  ordinate  is  a  probit  scale.  The  abscissa  is  ml 
of    a    one    per    cent    solution    of    HFE    per    mouse. 

medicated  animals  the  CD50  is  0.030  ± 
0.005,  the  LD50  is  0.175  ±  0.039,  and 
the  TI  is  5.8.  Tridione  pretreatment  did 
offer  some  protection  against  the  con- 
vulsive effects  of  HFE  hut  not  against 
the  lethal  effects.  The  CD50  is  0.060  ± 
0.010  while  the  LD50  remains  the  same. 
Figure  2  shows  the  result  of  HFTE  in- 
jections into  mice.  In  the  unpremedicated 
animals  the  CD50  is  0.013  ±  0.002,  the 
LDr.o  is  0.020  ±1  0.002  and  the  TI  is  1.5. 
With  Tridione  pretreatment  the  CD50  is 
0.032  :^  0.005  while  the  LD.-,o  remains 
the  same.  Here  again  Tridione  pretreat- 
ment partially  protected  against  the  con- 
vulsions but  did  not  affect  the  toxicity. 
Since  the  therapeutic  index  with  pre- 
treatment is  less  than  one  (TI=0.63), 
it  appears  that  at  least  part  of  the  toxicity 
is  due  to  factors  other  than  convulsive 
properties.  Of  special  interest  was  the 
behavior  of  the  mice  exposed  to  HFTE. 
After  recovery  from  the  convulsive  seiz- 
ure many  of  the  animals  exhibited  a 
peculiar   activity  of  the   muscles   in  the 


9999 


99 

90 

70 
50 
30 

lOH 


0.01 


.^-. 

Convulsion 

, 

/ 

X K 

Death 

1 
1 

/ 

0 0 

®— ® 

Convulsion 
(t  Tridione) 
Deoth 
(♦  Tridione) 

/ 
J 

a' 
/ 
1 

1    J 
1    / 
1  / 

..-■■ 

■ 

/I 

/of/ 

/      I/O 

0 
/ 

./ 

0 

0,4 

..-■    / 
1 
/ 

/  ^^ 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

0,C05     0.010     0.020    0040     0  080    0160 
DOSE  HFTE  PER  MOUSE  IN  ML 


Fig.  2.  Convulsive  and  lethal  dose  response  curves 
for  HFTE  after  intravenous  injection  into  mice. 
The  ordinate  is  a  probit  scale.  The  abscissa  is  ml 
of    a    one    per    cent    solution    of    HFTE    per    mouse. 

neck  and  the  head.  The  head  was  dropped 
and  moved  upward  rapidly  for  a  period 
of  5  to  10  minutes  upon  encountering 
any  form  of  stimulus.  This  phenomenon 
endured  for  several  days.  This  response 
has  never  been  observed  following  seiz- 
ures evoked  by  HFE. 

The  two  monkeys  exposed  to  HFTE 
vapors  convulsed  violently  within  30 
seconds  of  the  vapor  inhalation.  The 
tonic  phase  of  the  convulsion  prevailed 
for  several  minutes  with  marked  opistho- 
tonus followed  by  a  clonic  phase  that 
lasted  for  5  to  8  minutes.  It  a]:)]ieared 
that  the  response  was  more  violent  than 
that  evoked  by  HFE. 

Summary 

These  studies  show  that  bis  (2.2.2-tri- 
fluoroethyl)  thioether,  HFTE,  evokes 
convulsive  seizures  in  mice  and  monkeys 
similar  to  its  oxygen  analog.  The  thio- 
ether is  more  potent  as  a  convulsive 
agent  and  also  more  toxic.  From  the  data 
on  mice  it  appears  tliat  HFTE  is  twice 


38 


Vol.  49,  No.  3 


ROZMAN,  ET  AL.— ANESTHESIA   LXJ'II:   INDOKLON,  A   PSYCHIATRIC  DRUG 


as  potent  as  its  oxygen  analog  in  evoking 
convulsive  seizures.  The  toxicity  of 
HFTE  in  mice  is  a])proxiniately  8  to  9 
times  that  of  HFE.  Although  the  convul- 
sive thresholds  of  HFTE  may  he  raised 
by  Tridione  pretreatment.  toxicity  is  not 
affected.  These  animal  experiments  in- 
dicate the  inadvisahility  of  using  HFTE 
in  man  to  induce  convulsive  seizures  in 
the  same  manner  in  which  HFE  is 
employed. 

References 

1.  RoBBiNS,  B.  H. :  Preliminary  Studies  of 
Anesthesia  Activity  of  Fluorinated  Hydro- 
carbons, J.  Pharniacol.  &  E.vp.  Thcrap.,  86:197, 
1946. 

2.  Lu,  G.  C,  Ling,  J.  S.  L.  and  Krantz, 
J.   C,   Jr.  :    Anesthesia  XLI.   The   Anesthetic 


Properties  of   Certain   Fluorinated   Hydrocar- 
bons and  Ethers,  Anesthesiology,  14:466,  1953. 

3.  Krantz,  J.  C,  Jr.,  Truitt,  E.  B.,  Jr., 
Ling,  A.  S.  C,  and  Speers,  L.  :  Anesthesia  LV. 
Tiie  Pharmacologic  Response  To  He.xafluoro- 
dietbyl  Ether,  /.  Phanimcol.  &  Exp.  Therap., 
121:362,  1957. 

4.  Convulsive  Agent  Passes  FDA,  Med. 
ll'orld  Nezvs,5:  (#10)  172,  1964. 

5.  Oesteri.ing,  R.  E.  :  (Pennsalt.)  U.  S. 
Patent  3,006,964,  October  31,  1961. 

6.  Truitt,  E.  B.,  Jr.,  Ebersbkrger,  E.  AL, 
and  Ling,  A.  S.  C. :  Measurement  Of  Brain 
Excitability  By  Use  Of  Hexafluorodiethyl 
Etlicr  (Indoklon).  J.  Phanimcol.  &  Exp. 
Therap..  129:4,   1960. 

7.  Litchfield,  J.  T.,  Jr.  and  Wilcoxon, 
F. :  A  Simplified  Method  of  Evaluating  Dose- 
effect  E.xperiments,  /.  PJianiiaeol.  &  E.vp. 
Therap..  96:99,  1949. 


ERRATA 


\\'k  wi-SII  to  make  pul)lic  apology  to 
Dr.  Aaron  Feder,  Associate  Professor 
of  Clinical  Medicine,  Cornell  University 
Medical  School,  for  our  failure  to  include 
explanatory  legends  to  the  illustration, 
diagram,  and  table  in  his  article,  "A 
Quarter-Century  of  Mercurial  Diuretic 
Therapy,"  which  was  published  on  pages 
59-62  of  the  October  1963  Bulletin 
(Vol.  XLVni  No.  4). 

Also  in  the  footnote  on  page  59,  we 
listed  Dr.  Feder  as  Clinical  Assistant 
Professor  of  Medicine,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity Medical  Center,  New  York  City,  in- 
stead of  "Associate  Professor  of  Clinical 
Medicine,  Cornell  University  Medical 
School,"  and  we  failed  to  mention  that 
the  article  came  from  the  "Department 
of  Medicine,  Cornell  University  Medical 
Center — New  York  Hospital."  In.stead. 
we  mentioned  only  that  the  article  was 
presented  at  the  annual  Alumni  Reimion, 
I'niversity  of  Maryland  .School  of  Medi- 
cine, June  6,  196vS. 

In  the  center  of  the  lefthand  column 
of  ])age  60,  we  reproduced  a  "Part  of 
l)age  146  of  'Course  Outline'  distributed 
by    the    Department    of    Pharmacology, 


University  of  Maryland,  in  1935"  with- 
out appending  this  explanation  in  a 
legend. 

In  the  top  of  the  lefthand  column  of 
page  61,  w-e  reproduced  the  chemical 
structure  of  "organic  mercurial  diuretic 
compounds"  without  a  heading  and  we 
also  failed  to  include  a  footline  legend 
stating  that  it  was  "Adapted  from  Pitts, 
R.F.,  The  Physiological  Basis  of  Diuretic 
Therapy,  courtesy  of  author  and  Charles 
C  Thomas,  Publisher.  Springfield.  Illi- 
nois." 

Also,  we  reproduced  on  the  lower  half 
of  page  61  a  table  without  the  title, 
"Table  I — Commonly  Used  Organic 
Mercurial  1  )im'etic  Com])ounds."  Also, 
this  table  should  have  carried  a  footline 
legend  stating  that  it  was  "Adai)ted  from 
Pitts.  R.F.,  The  Physiological  Basis  of 
Diuretic  Therapy,  courtesy  of  author  and 
Charles  C  Thomas.  Publisher,  Sjiring- 
field.  Illiiii  lis." 

We  are  sorry  that  these  omissions 
occurred  and  apologize  to  all  of  our 
readers  as  well  as  the  autlior  for  the  in- 
convenience that  these  omissions  may 
have  caused. — Kd. 


July,  1964 


39 


Spinal  Fluid  Cytodiagiiosis  of  Central  Nervous 
System  Malignancy* 

(Preliminary  Report)  it 

HOWARD  M.  WISOTZKEY,  M.D.  and   RIVA   NOVEY,  M.D. 


Since  the  introduction  of  exfoliative- 
cell  techniciue  for  the  (hagnosis  of  uterine 
cancer  this  method  has  heen  widely  em- 
ployed in  the  detection  of  malignant  cells 
in  such  material  as  sputum,  hronchial 
washings,  hody  cavity  fluids,  and  urine. 
The  value  of  cvtodiagnosis  in  malignant 
tumors  of  the  central  nervous  system  has 
not  been  widely  recognized  and  has  had 
limited  application.  The  finding  that 
certain  tumors  would  desquamate  cells 
into  the  spinal  fluid  and  by  so  doing  make 
the  diagnosis  possible  was  suggested  and 
demonstrated  many  times  prior  to  the 
development  of  a  i)ractical  technique 
applicable  clinically. 

In  1937  Merritt  and  Fremont-Smith^ 
stated  that  tumor  cells  might  l)e  present 
in  the  spinal  fluid  in  cases  of  medullo- 
blastoma,  metastatic  carcinoma,  and  sar- 
coma. Others-'  ^'  •^'  5'  ^  reported  the  des- 
quamation and  implantation  of  of  gliomas 
along  the  cranio-spinal  axis.  In  1951 
Piatt  described  the  normal  cellular  make- 
u])  of  ventricular,  spinal,  and  cisternal 
fluids  and  the  morphology  of  neoplastic 
cells  in  these  fluids  as  well  as  in  neo- 
])lastic  cysts.  Following  this  there  were 
a  number  of  reports  of  small  groups  of 
cases    in    which    the    diagnosis    of    ma- 


*  This  investigation  was  suiipurtcd  in  luirt  by  a 
Public  Health  Service  fellowship  (5  Tl  NB  5224  06) 
from  the  National  Institute  of  Neurologic  Disease  and 
Blindness. 

t  This  work  is  part  of  a  continuing  study.  Since 
this  report  was  written  60  additional  specimens  have 
been  examined  and  will  be  reported  at  a  later  date. 

t  From  the  Division  of  Neuropathology,  University 
of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine,   Baltimore,   Md. 


lignancv  was  made  by  the  use  of 
cytologic  methods  applied  to  the  spinal 
tluid.'^- ''•'"•  11  More  recently  Kline  ct 
al.^-  have  reported  the  results  of  a  study 
of  2270  spinal  fluid  specimens.  In  this 
series  110  patients  were  eventually 
proven  to  have  tumor,  either  at  opera- 
tion or  at  autopsy,  and  of  this  group  44 
or  40  percent  had  cytologic  studies  posi- 
tive for  cancer.  This  figure  is  slightly 
higher  than  what  can  be  expected  when 
routine  surgical  and  autopsy  material  is 
surveyed  for  evidence  of  subarachnoid 
extension  of  tumor. i^ 

In  a  pilot  study  one  of  us  (R.N.) 
examined  a  series  of  spinal  fluid  speci- 
mens obtained  from  an  unselected  group 
of  26  patients.  Of  these,  five  were  shown 
to  have  tumor  and  a  diagnosis  of  oligo- 
dendroglioma was  made  in  one  case.  The 
other  four  did  not  show  subarachnoid 
extension  in  subsequent  pathological  ma- 
terial. These  specimens  were  examined 
by  a  centrifugation  and  smear  techni(|ue, 
no  longer  used. 

Method 

Spinal  fiuid  is  obtained  at  the  time 
of  lumbar  puncture,  from  ventricular 
aspiration  or  from  neoplastic  cysts.  Since 
the  best  methods  of  cytodiagnosis  depend 
on  the  examination  of  fresh  material,  the 
fiuid  should  be  prepared  at  the  bedside 
or  at  best  to  have  the  fluid  arrive  in  the 
laboratory  as  soon  as  possible.  Many  of 
the  cells  will  have  been  present  in  the 
fluid  for  .some  time  and  degenerative 
changes   will  already  have  taken   place. 


40 


Vol.  49,  No.  3 


IVISOTZKEY,  NOVEY—SPINAL  FLUID  CYTODIAGNOSIS  OF  CNS  MALIGNANCY 

Any  delay  will  further  reduce  the  chances  Table  I 

of  having-  an   acceptable   specimen.   All  ..        ,        . 

'^  /  ,       •  ,      ,  No.    of    patients 126 

specmiens  are  to  be  processed  with  the 

use  of  a  5  millimicron  pore  cellulose  filter  N°-  ""^  <^^aminations 143 

menil)rane.*    The    filtering   process    and  No.  of  patients  with  proven  tumor 22 

staining   procedure   has   been    described  No.  of  positive  cytologic  studies 6 

elsewhere.'-^  %  positive  studies 27 

Interpretation 
Normal  cells   in   the   spinal   fluid   are  Table  II 

usually  single  although   some  clumping 

„   „      '  ,        1    r     .  •         "^  1  No.  of  positive  studies    6 

can  occur,  infectious  processes  and  con- 

.  1  •  1      1  •  r  prmiarv   tumors    2 

ditions  in  which  the  protein  content  of  metastatic  tumors  4 

the    fluid    is    high    may    cause    marked  xt       r  •  ,•       /  .       .. 

.  "  J\'o.  of  negative  studies    (tumor  proven)        16 

clumping.    Clumps    or    groups    must    be  primary   tumors    11 

differentiated  from  sheets  of  cells  and  in-  metastatic  tumors  5 

terpreted  with  caution.  Histiocytes  and  • 

lymphocytes  are  easily  identified.  Arach-  .        ,.,,,_ 

.  f  ,       ,,  ,  ,    .     ,  'ze  glial  cells.   1  wenty-six  patients  were 

noidal   cells   are   also   i^resent   but   they        ,  ^     ,  ,.,.,, 

,        ,.,-,.        ,■  ,    ,    r  1  •  ,•       .  shown  to  have  tumor  histologically  and 

may   be   dirterentiated   from   histiocytes        •    ,     ,        •  •  ,     .  ,■       /^  , , 

,        .  ,     ,.^^     .        .  ,         ,,  SIX  had  positive  cytologic  studies.  (Table 

only  with  ditriculty.  A  number  of  large  -..^  .  ,  ,.. 

,         ,         ,  .  ,  ,    ^  1 )  In  two  patients  the  cytologic  interpre- 

cigar-shaped  nuclei  are  also  seen  but  are  .  .  .     .      ^     , 

...      .  ,       -r  1  1       T.      1      111  tation  was  inconclusive  and  repeat  exam- 

not    readily    identifiable.    It    should    be  .       .  ,  ,  ,  .    ,  „, 

^    ,   ,  ,1^1  1-1      111  ination  could   not  be   earned  out.    Ihe 

noted   here   that   bare   nuclei   should   be  ,         ^      .  ,  , 

,    ,    ,       ,  ,.  ,.  .        .  number  of  primary  and  secondary  tumors 

excluded   when    making   a   diagnosis   of  .      ,  •    rr^  ,  ,    tt   t-  i 

,.  IS  shown  in  lable  Jl.  f'our  other  patients 
inali'^'nancy. 

T-T**     ,    ".'       ,,    ,         ,     ,        .  ,  were  discharged  from  the  hospital  with 

Neoplastic  cells  from  t)oth  primary  and  ,..,,.  .       ,  . 

,  ,  ,       .  ,       .^    ,  a  clinical  diagnosis  of  metastatic  carci- 

secondary  neoplasms  can  be   identified.  ,  .7  ,      .         .  , 

^  ,,     ,    '  ^.  rr      1-    1  noma  but  without  cytologic  evidence  or 

Cells  from  metastatic  tumors  offer  little  ,  .      ,      .  .^       .  ' 

,.£c     1^         .1    ■  11         -1  histologic  verification, 

dirticulty  as  tfieir  morphology  is  the  same 

as  elsewhere.  Primary  tumors  are  more  Discussion 

difficult  to  identify.  The  criteria  of  ma-  Qf  the  primary  tumors  of  the  central 

lignancy  must  be  stringently  applied  to  nervous  system,  ependymomas,  medullo- 

avoid  the  possibility  of  false-positive  re-  l)]astomas  and  sarcomas,  and  sarcomas 

])orts.   In  cyst  fluids  the  cells  may  not  might  be  expected  to  regularly  exfoliate 

have  malignant  criteria  and  this  makes  ^ells  into  the  subarachnoid  space.  These 

accurate  diagnosis  difiicult.  tumors  are  not  common  and  cells  from 

„      ,^  these  are  not  always  recoverable.  Encap- 
Itesults 

_,,,,.  ,  .     ,  sulated  tumors,  such  as  meningiomas  and 

One   hundred   and   forty-three   spinal  ,  1  1         1       .    .• 

.,    .  ,  .  .  i-,^'       ■  1  neurolemmomas,    although    at    times    in 

tluid  specimens  from  Izo  patients  have  •  ,     1         ,  ,'       ■  , 

,  ,.    ,    ^       ,  .  ^  contact  with  the  subaraclmoid  space,  can 

been   studied.    1  ouch  preparations  from  ,  ,  r  i-  .  1  1 

_,,  ,  .      ,  be   expected   to   extoliate   only   capsular 

50  central  nervous  system  tumors  stained  ,,       -  •         1       •   • 

.  ,      ,      -,  .     ,'  .       ,  ,  cells  ol  meningeal  origin, 

with  the  rapanicolaoii  stains  have  also  ^,       ,  ^       .  ,      . 

,  1-    1  ■  1  fhe   largest  group  of  primary  brain 

been  studied  m  an  atteini)t  to  character-  /      ,•  ,  "  n     • 

tumors,  the  gliomas,  do  not  usually  in- 

^ — ■  \:u\c  the  subarachnoid  space.  Cytologic 

*  Cellulose    filter    memhrancs    used    were    niamifac-  .  -  i   •  •       11       i 

tured  by  the  Millipore  Filter  Corp.,   Bedf.ir.l,   Mass.  diagllOSlS  Ot   histologically  beillgll   tUIllOrS 

July,  1964  41 


BULLETIS  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE.  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


is.  therefore,  a  remote  possil)ility  except 
following  operation.  This  tyi)e  of  exami- 
nation is  snperflnons  and  is  only  rarely 
carried  out. 

In  pathologic  material  the  majority  of 
metastatic  tumors  do  not  reach  a  surface 
until  late  in  the  course  of  the  disease. 
Diagnosis  hy  cytologic  methods  is  only 
possihle  when  the  meninges  are  seeded 
primarily  or  when  a  metastatic  lesion 
hreaks  into  the  subarachnoid  space  or 
ventricular  system. 

The  present  series  was  obtained  almost 
entirely  from  patients  admitted  to  the 
neurosurgical  service  and  attitudes  and 
practices  of  the  neurosurgeon  impress 
themselves  upon  the  study.  When  arterio- 
graphic  localization  is  possible  in  a  pa- 
tient with  a  clinical  history  suggestive 
of  tumor  the  patient  usually  goes  to  oper- 
ation without  having  a  lumbar  puncture. 
The  reluctance  of  the  surgeon  to  per- 
form a  lumbar  puncture  in  the  face 
of  elevated  intracranial  pressure  even 
though  the  clinical  picture  is  not  clear 
accounts  for  some  patients  not  having 
cytologic  examinations.  Metastatic  tu- 
mors are  not  common  on  this  service  and 
the  lack  of  interest  manifested  by  other 
hospital  services  limits  the  contact  with 
these  tumors. 

Where  does  the  cytologic  examination 
of  the  spinal  fluid  fit  into  the  problem 
of  the  diagnosis  of  central  nervous  sys- 
tem neoplasia?  In  those  patients  where 
the  clinical  situation  makes  luml)ar  punc- 
ture inadvisable  the  likelihood  of  making 
a  positive  diagnosis  would  not  seem  to 
be  worth  the  risk.  However,  in  patients 
where  the  clinical  diagnosis  of  a  mass 
lesion  is  established  and  immediate  oi)er- 
ation  is  not  mandatory,  cytologic  studies 
may  differentiate  primary  and  metastatic 
tumors.  In  those  patients  in  whom  the 
clinical  diagnosis  is  in  doubt,  spinal  fluid 
examination  by  this  method  may  yield 


valuable  information.  /\n  unexplained 
pleocytosis  in  a  routine  spinal  fluid  exam- 
ination should  be  an  indication  for  cyto- 
logic studies. 

This  is  graphically  illustrated  by  the 
following  case. 

Cliniciil  History:  A  25-year-old  male  was 
aclniitted  to  the  hospital  because  of  severe 
headaches  and  neck  pain  of  1  month's  dura- 
tion. He  had  had  transient  episodes  of  diplopia 
and  "black-out"  spells.  Six  days  prior  to 
admission  he  was  examined  by  a  neurologist 
at  another  hospital.  At  that  time  he  had 
bilateral  papilledema,  palpebral  sagging  on  the 
right  side,  and  deviation  of  the  uvula  to  the 
left  on  phonation.  The  deep  tendon  reflexes 
were  slightly  more  active  on  the  right.  An 
electroencephalogram  revealed  bilateral  delta 
wave  activity  with  some  left  sided  preponder- 
ance. On  admission  to  the  University  Hospital 
the  neurologic  examination  was  similar  to  that 
previously  recorded.  In  addition,  a  right  sixth 
nerve  weakness  and  a  left  extensor  toe  sign 
had  developed.  Bilateral  carotid  arteriography 
and  ventriculography  were  not  diagnostic.  The 
ventricular  fluid  was  xanthochromic  and  the 
white  cell  count  was  774,  all  of  which  were 
interpreted  as  lymphocytes.  Repeat  arteriogra- 
phy was  interpreted  as  normal.  The  patient 
expired  on  the  23rd  hospital  day. 

Cytologic  examination  of  the  ventricular 
fluid  revealed  multiple  clumps  and  sheets  of 
small  neoplastic  cells.  Two  repeat  studies  con- 
firmed the  findings.  The  cells  were  thought 
to  be  from  an  ependymoma  but  autopsy  re- 
vealed a  circumscribed  arachnoidal  sarcoma 
arising  from  the  anteriolateral  edge  of  the  left 
cerebellar  hemisphere.  In  this  case  the  presence 
of  a  neoplastic  process  was  detected,  although 
its  cellular  type  was  not  properly  identified. 
Retrospective  study  of  the  diagnostic  X-rays 
fail  to  reveal  any  clue  to  the  presence  of  a 
tumor. 

Summary 

The  cytologic  study  of  the  spinal  fluid 
in  cases  of  suspected  primary  or  secon- 
dary tumors  of  the  central  nervous  sys- 
tem has  a  definite  place  as  a  diagnostic 
aid.  It  cannot  be  expected  to  ])roduce 
diagnostic  results  in  those  tumors  lying 
deep  in  the  brain  substance.  Those  tu- 
mors which  come  into  contact  with  the 


42 


Vol.  49,  No.  3 


WISOTZKEY,  NOV EY— SPINAL  FLUID  CYTODIAGNOSIS  OF  CNS  MALIGNANCY 


spinal  fluid  will  yield  recoverable  cells. 
When  used  in  conjunction  with  the  al- 
ready available  diagnostic  methods  this 
technique  may  be  of  jxarticular  value  in 
separating  primary  from  metastatic  neo- 
plasms or  in  making  a  diagnosis  where 
other  methods  have  failed  or  have  been 
inconclusive.  It  should  be  emphasized 
that  the  method  is  not  a  substitute  for 
histologic  conflrmation  by  biopsy.  An 
illustrative  case  is  presented. 


References 

1.  Merritt,  H.  and  Fremont-Smitu,  F.  : 
The  Cerebrospinal  Fluid.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co., 
Phila.  and  London,  1937. 

2.  Foster,  E.  :  Die  Bedeutung  des  Liquorzel- 
libildes  fur  die  Diagnostik  der  Tumoren  des 
Zentralnervensystems  and  die  vom  Plexus  und 
den  Aleningen  Ausgehenden  Tumoren.  Zfschr. 
Ges.  Neurol,  u.  Psych.  126:  683-720,  1930. 

3.  CusHiNG,  H. :  E.xperiences  with  the  Cere- 
bellar Medulloblastomas :  .\  Critical  Review. 
Acta  Path,  ct  Microbiol.  iScaudiuaz:)  7:  1-86, 
1930. 

4.  Cairns,  H.  and  Russell,  D.  S.  :  Intra- 
cranial and  Spinal  Metastases  in  Gliomas  of 
the  Brain.  Brain  54:  377-420,  1931. 

5.  PoLMETEER,  F.  E.  and  Kernohan,  J.  W. : 
Meningeal  Gliomatosis  :  .\  Study  of  42  Cases. 
Arch.  Neurol,  and  Psychiaf.  57:  593-616,  1947. 

6.  Svein,  H.  J.,  Gates,  E.  M.  and  Kerno- 


han, J.  W. :  Spinal  .Subarachnoid  Implanata- 
tion  Associated  with  Ependymoma.  Arch. 
Neurol  &  Psychiat.  62:  847-856,  1949. 

7.  Pl.-vtt,  W.  R.  :  Exfoliative  Cell  Diagnosis 
of  Central  Nervous  Lesions.  Arch.  Neurol,  and 
Psychiat.  66:  119-144,  1951. 

8.  McCormack,  L.  J.,  et  al. :  Identification 
of  Neoplastic  Cells  in  Cerebrospinal  Fluid  by 
a  Wet-film  Method.  Cancer  10:  1293-1299, 
1957. 

9.  Spriggs,  a.  I.:  Malignant  Cells  in  Cere- 
brospinal Fluid.  /.  Clin.  Path.  7:  122-130,  1954. 

10.  McMenemey,  W.  H.  and  Cumings,  J. 
N. :  The  Value  of  the  Examination  of  the 
Cerebrospinal  Fluid  in  the  Diagnosis  of  Intra- 
cranial Tumors.  /.  Clin.  Path.  12:  400-411, 
1959. 

11.  Marks,  V.  and  Marrack,  D.  :  Tumor 
Cells  in  the  Cerebrospinal  Fluid,  /.  Neurol. 
Neurosurg.  and  Psychiat.  23:  194-201,  1960. 

12.  Kline,  T.  S.  et  al. :  Tumor  Cells  in  the 
Cerebrospinal  Fluid.  /.  N eurosurg.  19:  679- 
684,  1962. 

13.  Wagner,  J.  A.  et  al. :  Subarachnoid 
Neoplasia :  Incidence  and  Problems  of  Diag- 
nosis. South  Med.  J.  53:  1503-1508,  1960. 

Acknowledgements 

The  authors  wish  to  thank  Dr.  Zuher  ^{. 
Naib  and  Dr.  M.  Wilson  Toll  for  their  help, 
encouragement,  and  advice.  The  technical 
assistance  of  Airs.  Geneva  G.  Lord  and  many 
others  was  invaluable.  The  full  cooperation  of 
the  Department  of  Neurosurgery  is  also  grate- 
fully acknowledged. 


Julx.   1964 


43 


Give  to  the 
school  of  your  choice 
through  AMEF 

American  Medical  Education  Foundation 


To  train  the  doctors  of  tomorrow, 
the  nation's  medical  schools  must  have 
your  help  today.  It  is  a  physician's  unique 
privilege  and  responsibility  to  replenish 
his  own  ranks  with  men  educated 
to  the  highest  possible  standards. 
Invest  in  the  future  health  of  the  nation  ani 
your  profession.  Send  your  check  today! 


535  North  Dearborn  Street 
Chicago  10,  Illinois 


H 


MEDICAL      SCHOOL      SECTION 


Pear  Members  of  fJie  Alumni  and  Friends  oj 
the  Medieal  Seliool: 

During  the  school  year  1963-64  the  Faculty 
Curriculum  and  Instruction  Committee  has  con- 
tinued to  study  our  educational  program  for  the 
medical  student.  These  studies  have  resulted  in 
some  modification  and  adjustment  of  the  teaching 
hy  individual  departments.  However,  the  most  im- 
portant recommendation  of  the  Committee,  which 
has  heen  adopted  hy  the  Faculty  Board  for  1964- 
65,  is  an  increase  in  free  time  for  the  student  to 
select  areas  of  study  centered  on  the  student's 
interest.  This  changes  the  medical  education  pro- 
gram from  a  lock  step  faculty  dictated  program  to 
a  program  of  hasic  medical  education  enriched  hy 
areas  in  which  the  student  has  special  interests  in 
depth. 

A  real  measure  of  the  maturity  of  our  students 
will  l)e  ohtained  by  ohjecti\e  evaluations  of  how 
well  the  students  use  their  free  time  to  develop 
themselves  into  outstanding  physicians.  The  stu- 
dents are  tluis  being  clKillenged  to  demonstrate 
their    abilitv    and    resourcefulness    for   careers    in 

meclicine. 

Sincerely, 

\\'jLLi.\M  S.  Stone.  ^I.D. 
Dean 


July.   1064 


Prc-coiiiinenceinent  and  Dean's  Day 
Celebrated  June  2 


I.N  HONOR  ot  the  graduatiiijj^  Class  of 
1%4,  the  customary  annual  Dean's  Day 
and  ])re-coninicncenient  exercises  were 
celehrated  on  the  campus  heginning  witli 
ail  academic  jirocession  at  1  :30  p.m. 

Following  the  invocation  by  the  Rev- 
(Mtnd  Donald  C.  Kerr.  Pastor  of  Roland 
l';irk  Tresbyterian  Church.  Dr.  R.  Lee 
Ilornheck.  \'ice-President  of  the  Uni- 
\  ersity  of  Maryland  for  academic  affairs, 
extended  greetings  to  the  graduating 
class.  Prizes  and  honors  were  then 
awarded  by  Dr.  William  S.  Stone.  Dean 
of  the  School  of  Medicine.  This  was  fol- 
lowed bv  the  customary  Hipjiocratic 
Oath. 

Dr.  Paul  Sanazaro,  Principal  Speaker 

I'rior  to  the  presentation  of  the  awards. 
I  )r.  Paul  Sanazaro.  Director  of  the  Divi- 
sion of  I'2ducation  of  the  Association  of 
.\nierican  Medical  Colleges,  spoke  on  the 
subject,  "Revolution  and  Renewal  in 
Medicine."  The  complete  text  of  Dr. 
Sanazaro's  article  is  published  elsewhere 

in  (he  lifLLKTIX. 

Honors  and  prizes  were  as  fcjllows  : 
Faculty  Gold  Medal  (Sum ma  Cum  Laudc) — ■ 

ClIAKLES    He.VRV    Asi'LKN 

Certificate  of  Honor  (Magna  Cum  Laudc) — 
KiiHAUD  DoL'Gi,.iiS  Biggs,  Jk. 

Certificates  of  Honor  (Cutii  Laudc) — Don- 
ald Theodokk  Lewers,  Miltox  Siegfried 
MicuAELis,  Charles  Evans  Reikson. 
Marvin  Frederuk  Saioxtz,  and  IIakoii) 
Clark  Standii-ord 

I  .alder  Scholarshi])  Award  for  liigliest  de- 
gree of  academic  acliievenient — Charles 
Henry  Aspi.ex 

Dr.  Leonard  M.  Hummel  Medal  for  excel- 
lence in  Internal  Medicine — Donald  The- 
odore Lewers 

Dr.  Harry  M.  Kol)in.son,  .Sr.  I'rize  for  ex- 
cellence in  Dermatology — Marvin  1'red- 
ERicK  Saiontz 

Dr.  Wayne  W.  Bahcock  Award  for  excel- 
lence     in      Surgery — Jonatha.x       David 

TlERK 


Dr.  A.  P.radky  ( iaitlicr  I'rize  for  excellence 
in  genito-urinary  surgery — Charles  Evans 
Reckson 

Medical  Book  .Award  for  outstanding  scho- 
lastic attainment — .Sir  art  Ha.xdwerger, 
Kith  Flizareth  Luddv.  and  Robert 
Elmer  Stoner 

Student  Council  Keys — Rich.^rd  John 
Kkm.v,  John  Manfred  Ratino 

Student  Council  Certificates — Henry  Hu- 
bert Bowman.  William  Green  Cusher, 
Richard  John  Kelly,  Albert  Bernard 
Fleet,  John  Manfred  Rating,  Marvin 
Frederick  .Saiontz,  Eric  Dean  Smitter 

Following  the  exercises,  tea  was  served 
in  Howard  Hall,  with  wives  of  the  med- 
ical students  acting  as  ushers  and  host- 
esses. 

Commencement 

On  Satiuxlay.  June  6.  at  commence- 
ment exercises  held  at  College  Park,  de- 
grees of  Doctor  of  Medicine  were  con- 
ferred by  Dean  Stone  on  the  members 
of  the  Class  of  1964.  These  newly  cre- 
ated Doctors  of  Medicine  then  departed 
for  vacations  prior  to  l)eginning  the 
practice  of  medicine  through  their  intern- 
ships. 

Internships — Class  of  1964 

-Vmitin,  Sig.mind  a. 

South    Baltimore    Gcucral    Hospital.    Balti- 
more, Md. 

.Ashman.  Michael  N. 

Jc-a'ish  Hospital.  Brooklyn  3S.  N.   Y. 

AsilMAX,    PllH.Il'    AI. 

I larrisburcj   Hospital.   Harrisbunj.   Pa. 
-Asple.x.  Charles  H. 

University  Hospital.  Baltimore  L  Md. 
Baker,  Lynn  B. 

University  Hospital,  luillimore   1.  Md. 
Becker,  Lario' 

.S'/;;<;/  Hospital.  Baltimore  L''.  Md. 
Belinic,  Moxa  B.  S. 

Mercy  Hospital.  Baltimore  2.  Md. 
Bigbee,  Thomas   P. 

S(nitli    Baltimore    Ceneral    Hospital.    Balti- 
more. .\hl. 


Vol.  49,  No.  3 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


Biggs,  Richard  D.,  Jr. 

University  Hospital.  Bui ti more  1,  Md. 

BOHLMAN,     HeNRV     I{. 

Unii'crsity   Hospital.  Baltimore   /,  Md. 

Bkaukk,  Kim  a  L.  R. 

Moiitefiore  Hospital.  Ne^a'  York  67,  N.  Y. 

Byers,  William  S. 

Mercy  Hospital,  Baltimore  2.  Md. 
Cohen,  Barry  M. 

Sinai  Hospital.  Baltimore  L^.  Md. 
Cohen.  Miriam   L. 


Hanuwerger,  Stuart 

Bronx  Municipal  Hospital  Center  A^,  Nezv 

York  61.  N.  Y. 
Hartman,  Ira  F. 

University  Hospital,  Baltimore  1,  Md. 
Hazard,  Robert  G. 

Providence  Llospital.  JJ'ashingfon  22,  D.  C. 
Hiley,  Paul  C. 

U.  S.  Public  Health  Serx'icc 
Jones,  Euclid  H. 

U.  S.  Public  Health  Seri'ice 


Union  Memorial  Hospital.  Baltimore  18,  Md.  Kaplan,  Rosalind  B.  P. 

Colon,  (iusTA\(i  A.  Jl'ashington  Hospital,   Washington,  D.  C 

U.  S.  Public  Health  Service  Katzen,  Leeds  E. 

Conroy,  John   I.  Mercy  Hospital,  Baltimore  2,  Md. 

Church   Home  and   Hospital,  Baltimore  31,  Kaufman,  Matthew  L. 

-1/^.  Ilarrisburg   Hospital.   Ifarrisburg,  Pa. 

CuLOTTA,  Dominic  A.  Kelly,  Richard  J. 

Uniz'ersity  Hospital,  Baltimore  1,  Md. 


CusHARD,  William  G.,  Jr. 

Charity    Hospital    of    A'ezc    Orleans,    Nezv 

Orleans  40,  La. 
Dagon,  Ann  B. 

Union  Memorial  Hospital.  Baltimore  18,  Md. 
Dayton,  David  A. 

George  F.  Gcisinger  Hospital,  Danznlle,  Pa. 
De  Beck,  Thomas  W. 

Unizrrsity  Hospital,  Baltimore  1,  Md. 
Dear,  William  A.,  Jr. 

St.  Agnes  Hospital,  Baltimore  29,  Md. 
Deinlein,  Donald  A. 

Mercy  Hospital,  Baltimore  2,  Md. 
Detorie,  Frank  M. 

St.  Agnes  Hospital.  Baltimore  29,  Md. 
Donohue,  Salvatore  R. 

Mercy  Hospital,  Baltimore  2,  Md. 
Doyle,  Robert  L. 

Mercy  Hospital,  Baltimore  2,  Md. 
Francis,  Earlie  H. 

South    Baltimore    General    Hospital,    Balti- 
more, .Md. 
Gin  CELL,  Robert  L. 

University  Hospital,  Baltimore  1,  Md. 
Glass,  Simon  D. 

Army    Medical    Serz'ice    Hospital,    Ji'illiam 

Beaumont  General 
Goldstein,  Marvi.n   X. 

Uniz-ersity   of   Chicago   Clinics,   Chicago  37, 

III. 
Gordon,  Albert  M. 

University  Hospital,  Baltimore  1 ,  Md. 
Gresser,  Lee  E. 

Sinai  Hospital,  Baltimore  15,  Md. 


St.  Agnes  Hospital,  Baltimore  29,  Md. 
Kilchenstein,  AIichael 

Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  Baltimore  5,  Md. 
Kirchenbauer,  Stanley 

South    Baltimore    General    Hospital,    Balti- 
more, Md. 
Krugman,  Mark  E. 

Mount  Sinai  Hospital,  Nezv  York  29,  N.  Y. 
Lee,  Charles  D.,  Jr. 

Passavant   Memorial   Hospital,   Chicago   11, 

III. 
Lewers,  Donald  T. 

Uniz'crsity  Hospital,  Baltimore  1,  Md. 
Lindenstruth,   Danik.i. 

University  Hospital.  Baltimore  1.  Md. 
Luddy,  Ruth  E. 

University  Hospital.  Baltimore  1.  Md. 
LuTz,  John  H. 

Church   Home  and   Hospital,   Baltimore  31, 

Md. 
McGiNLEY,  Edgar  V. 

South    Baltimore    General    Hospital.    Balti- 
more, Md. 
MicHAELis,  Milton 

San   Francisco   Hospital,  San   Francisco  10, 

Calif. 
Mindel,  Joel  S. 

University  Hospital.  Ann  .Irbor,  Mich. 
Muher,  Samuei, 

Sitiai  Hospital.  Baltimore  15,  Md. 
Xagel,  Jacob  D. 

Mercy  Hospital,  Baltimore  2,  Md. 
Nichols,  David  M.,  Jr. 

Mercy  Hospital,  Baltimore  2,  Md. 
Pleet,  Albert  B. 

Uniz'crsity  Hospital,  Baltimore  1,  Md. 


July,  1964 


BVLLETIX  or  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE.  rXirERSri'V  OF  M.IRVL.IXD 


Porter,  Thomas  J. 

U.  S.  Public  Health  Service 
QfixoNKS,  Jose  D. 

V.  S.  Public  Health  Service 
Rati. no.  John  M. 

South    Paltiinore    Ceneral    Hos(>ital.    Balti- 

viore.  Mil. 
Reikson,  Charles  K. 

University  IIosf>ital.  Paltiinore  1.  Md. 

Reich  MISTER,  Jerome  I*. 

Sinai  Hospital,  Baltimore  15.  Md. 
Robbins,  E.  Lee 

Mercy  Hospital.  Baltimore  2.  Md. 
RosEXBAiM,  Barry  N. 

University  Hospital,  Baltimore  1.  Md. 
RuLEY,  Edward  J. 

University  Hospital,  Baltimore  1,  Md. 
Saioxtz,  Marvin  F. 

Sinai  Hospital,  Baltimore  15,  Md. 
ScHMiTTER,  Eric  D. 

San  Francisco  Hospital,  San  Fra)icisc(>.  Calif. 
Schwartz,  Allen  D. 

Grace  i\'ci>.'  Haven  Hospital,  New  Haven  4, 

Conn. 
Schwartz,  William  E. 

Mercy  Hospital,  Baltimore  2,  Md. 
Seidman,  Sidney  B. 

Sinai  Hospital,  Baltimore  15,  Md. 
Shelton,   Perry  S. 

Mercy  Hospital.  Baltimore  2.  Md. 
Shugarmax,  Richard  G. 

Sinai  Hospital,  Baltimore  15,  Md. 
Solomon,  Lawrence  F. 

Sinai  Hospital,  Baltimore  15,  Md. 
Spector,  Gershon 

Beth  Israel  Hospital.  Boston  15,  Mass. 
Standiford,  Harold  C. 

University  Hospital.  Baltimore  1.  Md. 
Stoner,  Robert  E. 

Uniz-ersity  Hospital.  Baltimore  1,  Md. 
Tlerk,  Jonathan  D. 

University  Hospital.  Baltimore  1.  Md. 
Weagly,  John  K. 

South    Baltimore    Cicneral    Hospital.    Balti- 
more, Md. 
Weir,  Walter  D. 

South    Baltimore    General    Hospital.    Balti- 
more, Md. 
Wilson,  Sherwood  E. 

South    Baltimore    General    Hospital.    Balti- 
more, Md. 
Yalam,  Arnold  R. 

Jackson  Memorial  Hospital.  Miami  36.  Fla. 
Young,  Marston  A. 

St.  Agnes  Hospital,  Baltimore  29.  Md. 


School  of  Medicine  Affiliated 
with  Eye  Research  Foundation 

An  affiliation  between  the  I'niver- 
sity  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  and 
the  Eye  Research  Foundation.  Bethesda, 
Md.,  was  recently  announced  jointly  by 
Dr.  William  S.  Stone.  Uean  of  the  Scliool 
of  Medicine,  and  Percy  J.  Trevethan, 
President  of  the  foundation. 

Under  the  terms  of  the  affiliation  or- 
ganized chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  teach- 
ing and  research,  the  Medical  School's 
Department  of  Ophthalmology,  headed 
by  Dr.  Richard  D.  Richards,  will  work 
closely  with  the  foundation.  Ophthalmol- 
ogy residents  will  l)e  sent  to  the  founda- 
tion for  training  in  basic  and  clinical  re- 
search problems  and  senior  investigators 
at  the  foundation  will  be  eligible  for  fac- 
ulty appointments  in  the  Medical  School. 

Dr.  Richards  has  been  named  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Scientific  Council  of  the  Eye 
Research  Foundation  and  Dean  Stone,  a 
member  of  its  Advisory  Board. 

The  Eye  Research  Foundation  is  a 
nonprofit  organization  set  up  under  a 
trust  fund  some  six  years  ago  for  pioneer- 
ing studies  of  such  conditions  as  mini- 
mal vision  cataract,  glaucoma,  and  can- 
cer of  the  eye.  It  now  occupies  a  new 
$600,000  building  near  the  National  In- 
stitutes of  Health  in  Bethesda.  Dr. 
William  M.  Hart  is  director  of  the  foun- 
dation, which  is  supported  by  private 
donations  and  grants-in-aid  of  research. 

Campus    Computer    Center   To    Be 
Developed  at  School  of  Medicine 

The  School  of  Medicine  has  recent- 
ly been  awarded  a  grant  from  the  Na- 
tional Institutes  of  Health  to  support  the 
establishment  of  a  Health  Sciences  Com- 
])uter  Center  on  the  Baltimore  campus. 

The  grant,  totaling  $296,883.  will  help 
supi)ort  the  center  over  a  27-month 
period. 

The  computer,  which   will  be  located 


Vol.  49,  No.  3 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


on  the  first  floor  of  Howard  Hall,  is 
scheduled  to  hegin  operation  in  the  fall 
of  1964.  Equipment,  designed  particu- 
larly for  health  problems,  will  include  an 
IBM  1620  digital  computer  with  an  IBM 
analog  to  the  digital  system.  The  center 
will  also  include  other  supporting  equip- 
ment. 

The  instrument  installed  on  the  P)alti- 
more  campus  will  ser\-e  as  a  branch  of 
the  Computer  Science  Center  at  College 
Park,  with  comjilete  compatability  of  all 
computer  ecfuipment.  A  courier  service 
will  be  estal)lislied.  serving  to  facilitate 
the  transmission  of  magnetic  tape  and 
IBM  cards  to  and  from  the  main  Com- 
puter Center  at  College  Park. 

According  to  Dr.  George  Entwistle, 
the  facilities  will  l)e  available  on  an  inter- 
departmental basis.  Already  plans  are 
underway  for  complex  analyses  of  data 
obtained  in  the  air  pollution  studies 
under  the  direction  of  the  Department 
of  Medicine. 

Based  on  an  analysis  of  a  large  group 
of  patients,  the  Department  of  Radiology 
proposes  to  use  the  instrument  as  a  means 
of  calculating  appropriate  doses  of  radi- 
ation at  dift'erent  depths  for  different 
types  of  tumors.  In  Psychiatry,  projected 
use  of  the  apparatus  will  relate  to  a  cor- 
relation of  complex  data  relating  to  ver- 
bal behavior.  It  is  anticipated  that  the 
instrument  will  l)e  of  great  assistance  in 
the  many  complex  analytic  problems  re- 
lating to  research  in  Medicine  and  allied 
fields. 


Dr.  Spicer  Receives  Additional  Air 
Pollution  Grant 

Dr.  \VILLIA^[  S.  Spicer,  Jr.,  head  of 
the  Division  of  Pulmonary  Diseases,  has 
received  a  supplementary  award  of  near- 
ly $200,000  from  the  U.  S.  Public  Health 
Service  to  support  a  continuation  of  his 
studies  of  the  relationship  between  air 
l)ollution  and  pulmonary  diseases.  Dr. 
Spicer.  whose  pre\ious  investigation  has 
shown  a  relationship  l)etween  air  pollu- 
tion and  lung  disease,  will  now  expand 
his  program  to  include  the  effects  of 
smoking  as  well  as  air  ])ollution  on  lung 
diseases. 


Dr.  Storey  to  Head  A.M.A. 
Postgraduate  Program 

The  American  Medical  Associa- 
Tiox  has  announced  the  appointment  of 
Dr.  Patrick  B.  Storey,  former  faculty 
member  at  the  School  of  Medicine,  as 
Director  of  the  A.M.A.  Department  of 
Postgraduate  Programs.  Dr.  Storey,  who 
has  headed  the  School  of  Medicine's 
postgraduate  program  since  1960,  will 
head  the  A.M.A.  program  designed  to 
place  before  the  271,000  physicians  of  the 
country  a  realistic  program  of  continu- 
ing medical  education. 

Known  until  recently  as  the  Depart- 
ment of  Scientific  Assembly,  the  depart- 
ment in  the  past  has  been  primarily  con- 
cerned with  organizing  the  scientific  pro- 
grams at  the  annual  A.M.A.  meetings. 


Jul\.  1Q64 


faculty 


NOTES 


Dk.  1"'i"1ir.\im  T.  LisAXSKY,  Associate 
Professor  of  ^Medicine  and  Clinical  Psy- 
chiatrv  at  the  School  of  Medicine,  has 
recently  heen  director  of  a  course  entitled, 
"Psychiatry  for  the  Internist,"  a  five-day 
l)ostgradiiate  course  approved  under  the 
auspices  of  the  American  College  of 
Physicians  and  held  at  the  School  of 
^Medicine  June  15  to  19.  Other  faculty 
participants  in  the  course  included  Dr. 
Russell  R.  Monroe,  Professor  of  Psy- 
chiatry ;  Dr.  Eugene  B.  Parody,  Profes- 
sor of  Psychiatry  and  director  of  The 
Psychiatric  Institute;  Dr.  A.  Russell 
Anderson,  director  of  the  Baltimore 
Psychoanalytic  Institute  and  Associate 
Clinical  Professor  of  Psvchiatry ;  Dr. 
Samuel  P.  Asper,  Jr.,  of  Johns  Hopkins 
I'niversity  :  Dr.  Leo  H.  Bartemeier,  med- 
ical director  of  the  Seton  Psychiatric  In- 
stitute and  Clinical  Professor  of  Psychi- 
atry at  the  School  of  Medicine ;  Dr.  \\\\- 
liam  S.  Stone,  Dean ;  and  Dr.  Theodore 
E.  Woodward,  Professor  of  Medicine. 

Dr.  Lawrence  Earl  H inkle,  Professor 
of  Clinical  ^Medicine  at  Cornell  Llniver- 
sity  Medical  College,  spoke  on  the  rela- 
tionship between  social  and  psychological 
stress  and  such  illnesses  as  i)eptic  ulcer 
and  coronary  thrombosis.  His  specific 
topic  was  "lluman  Ecology  in  the  Oc- 
currence of  Disease." 

Dr.  Samuel  P.  Bessman,  Professor 
of  Pediatrics  Research,  participated  in  a 
Congress  on  Mother  and  Child  Health 
in  Warsaw,  Poland,  June  22  to  28.  Dr. 
Bessman  delivered  a  lecture  entitled, 
"The  Role  of  Ammonia  in  Normal  Me- 
tabolism and  Disease." 

Dr.  Vernon  B.  Krahl,  Professor  of 
Anatomy,  ])resented  the  opening  paper 


at  the  Third  luu'opean  Conference  on 
-Mircocirculation  held  in  Jerusalem,  Is- 
rael, March  15  to  ]''.  1^)64.  Dr.  Krahl's 
])aper  on  pu]inonar\-  microcirculation  in 
the  frog  was  written  in  collaboration  with 
Dr.  Hollis  G.  Boren,  director  of  the  ])ul- 
nionar\'  research  laboratories  of  the  Trvi- 
deau  r^oundation,  Saranac  Lake,  N.  Y. 
Dr.  Krahl  received  a  National  Insti- 
tutes of  Health  research  career  award  in 
1962,  one  of  several  granted  in  nation- 
wide competition  to  investigators  of 
])roved  ability  in  independent  research 
and  teaching. 


Promotions  Announced 

Dr.  Theodore  Leveque  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Anatomy  has  been  recentlv  pro- 
moted to  Professor  of  iVnatomv  in  the 
School  of  Medicine. 

In  the  Department  of  Pathologv,  Drs. 
Peter  Rasmussen,  Wilson  Tall,  and 
Charles  S.  Petty  (Forensic  Pathology) 
have  been  promoted  to  the  rank  of  Asso- 
ciate Professors. 

In  the  Department  of  Preventive  Med- 
icine, Dr.  Maureen  M.  Henderson  has 
been  promoted  to  the  rank  of  Associate 
Professor. 

In  the  Department  of  Psychiatry,  Dr. 
Isadore  Tuerk  has  been  elevated  to 
Assistant  Clinical  Professor  of  Psychi- 
atry. 

Dr.  Thomas  C.  Flotte  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Surgery  has  also  been  named 
Associate  Professor  of  Surgery. 

New  a])])ointments  include  Dr.  Harley 
V.  Barrett  as  Associate  Professor  of 
Preventive  Medicine  and  Rehabilitation. 


Faculty   Members   Contribute   to 
New  Cecil's  Textbook  of  Medicine 

Drs.  Fred  R.  McCrumb,  Jr.  and 
Theodore  E.  Woodward  are  among  the 
173  contributors  to  the  11th  edition  of 
the  Cecil-Loeb  Textbook  of  Medicine. 


Vol.  49,  No.  3 


Revolution  and  Renewal  in  Medicine 


PAUL  J.  SANAZARO,  M.D. 


The  L'xivERSiTV  of  Maryland 
School  of  AIedicink  is  an  old  school 
by  American  standards,  having  been  or- 
ganized in  ISO".  I'^ven  though  cjuite 
young  when  measured  against  5,000  years 
of  medical  history,  your  school  shares 
in  full  the  spirit  of  rich  heritage  which 
is  uni(|ue  to  medicine.  Over  the  years, 
its  many  imiovations  have  kept  the 
school  at  the  forefront  of  medical  educa- 
tion. And,  like  all  veneraljle  institutions. 
]\Iaryland  has  recorded  its  ])roud  his- 
tory, giving  us  a  unique  glim])se  into  its 
past.  A  sketch  of  student  days  l)y  a  grad- 
uate of  the  class  of  1830  strikes  familiar 
notes:  "I  had  to  sit  constantly  for  eight 
hours  every  day  during  four  months  on 
a  hard  l)ench  attending  medical  lectures. 
I  would  not  undertake  the  task  again 
with  similar  health  for  any  honor  or 
emolument  that  I  could  derive  from  it. 
It  left  me  unable  to  move."  Certainly  a 
graphic  description  of  a  state  keenly 
remembered  l)y  all  medical  students. 
Even  though  lectures  no  longer  last  for 
eight  hours,  they  occasionally  seem  to. 
In  describing  his  final  examination  the 
articulate  graduate  of  1830  speaks  for 
you  today:  "I  passed  my  examination 
on  the  fifth  of  ]\Iarch.  It  was  a  most  try- 
ing ordeal.  My  character  was  involved 
and  with  it  my  peace,  for  you  know  my 
pride  could  not  well  endure  a  rejectioiL" 
Finally,  he  described  this  ritual  in  which 
medicine  is  annually  replenished :  "Then 
a  month  later  came  the  commencement 
with  its  triumphs  ...  I  received  my  di- 
ploma   in    com])anv    with    the    other    50 


Director,  Division  of  Education,  Association  of 
American  Medical  Colleges,  2530  Ridge  Avenue, 
Evanston.   Illinois. 


graduates  on  the  fifth  of  Ai)ril.  They 
were  handed  to  us  by  the  Provost  in  the 
anatomical  theater  of  the  University  in 
the  ])resence  of  the  most  beautiful  and 
fashionable  assembly  of  ladies  and  gentle- 
man I  ever  saw.  In  the  meantime,  the 
city  band  jjlayed  the  most  delightful  airs. 
A  professor  of  materia  uicdica  delivered 
a  valedictory  oration  in  which  he  gave 
many  useful  hints  to  the  graduates  on  die 
course  it  was  now  necessary  for  them  to 
pursue  in  order  to  succeed  in  their 
career."  Every  class  of  graduating  stu- 
dents must  experience  this  same  mixture 
of  euphoria,  release,  and  resignation  to 
the  exhortatory  address. 

Your  education,  received  at  the  same 
school  as  our  spokesman  for  the  past. 
has  been  far  different,  for  medical  edu- 
cation and  the  University  have  shared 
both  the  continuing  revolution  and  re- 
newal that  are  the  hallmarks  of  medicine. 
The  Oath  of  Hippocrates  defines  that 
])oint  in  medical  history  where  revolu- 
tion and  renewal  were  first  inseparal)ly 
linked,  for  the  Hippocratic  school  sup- 
])lanted  mvsticism  with  reason  and  rit- 
ual with  the  forerunner  of  the  experi- 
mental method.  Hippocratic  medicine 
was  holistic,  considering  illness  as  insep- 
al)le  from  the  patient's  distress.  Physi- 
cians did  not  then  concentrate  on  "the 
disease"  l)ecause  the  concept  of  disease 
as  an  entity  lay  20  centuries  in  the  future. 
It  is  one  of  the  quirks  of  history  that  a 
contemporary  of  Hippocrates — Democri- 
tus — should  be  the  first  to  suggest  that 
all  matter  might  be  composed  of  indi- 
visible particles  which  he  called  "atoms" 
and  that  ultimately  all  substances — in- 
cluding people — might  be  analysed  in 
terms  of  their  constituent  atoms.   This 


Julv.  1064 


in'i.i.ETis  Of  Tin-  SCHOOL  of  medicine.  UNicEKsrry  oi-  makvl.ixd 


philosophical  concept  foresaw  the  day 
when  the  symptoms  and  signs  which 
Hippocrates  so  carefully  ohserved  and 
recorded  would  be  analysed  on  a  molecu- 
lar, even  atomic,  basis.  Today,  atoms  and 
portions  of  atoms,  as  electrolytes,  iso- 
topes and  radiation,  are  essential  in  the 
study,  diagnosis,  and  treatment  of  dis- 
ease. This  is  the  incredible  revolution 
in  medical  science,  encompassing  23 
centuries,  transforming  descriptive,  em- 
pirical, holistic  medicine  into  human 
biology.  Throughout  the  uneven  course. 
it  has  ever  been  the  renewal  of  the  Hip- 
pocratic  ethic  that  has  preserved  for  you 
the  opportunity  }'oii  now  have  earned 
to  serve  and  contribute  as  an  appropri- 
ately educated  physician,  rather  than  as 
a  technician  or  an  entrepreneur. 

The  responsibility  placed  on  today's 
medical  schools  is  unusually  demanding. 
It  has  required  the  resources,  standards, 
and  ideals  of  the  University  to  prepare 
you  to  use  the  best  lessons  of  the  past,  to 
be  discriminating  in  your  choice  of  future 
lessons,  to  continue  to  grow  in  knowledge 
and  skill,  to  contribute  to  medical  science 
— all  of  this  so  that  you  may  serve  so- 
ciety fully  and  wisely.  Tt  can  be  argued 
without  too  much  violence  to  fact  that 
medicine  today  is  the  final  common  path- 
way of  all  historical  revolutions  (includ- 
ing the  scientific,  industrial,  technologic, 
social,  and  religious)  that  have  shaped 
man's  relation  to  man  and  to  society  over 
the  past  five  centuries.  Their  cumulative 
effects  are  uniquely  focused  u]:)on  the 
very  personal  encounter  between  patient 
and  physician.  It  has  been  the  continu- 
ing renewal  of  basic  ethical  principles  by 
each  generation  of  physicians,  rather 
than  the  advance  of  science  or  rise  in 
social  standards,  that  has  preserved  med- 
icine as  a  true  profession  in  the  fullest 
sense  of  the  word.  An  earlier  form  of 
the  Hippocratic  Oath  thrm  that  to  which 


you     have     subscribed    epitomizes    this 

renewal  : 

I  will  follow  that  svstcm  of  regimen 
which,  according  to  ni\'  al)ilitv  and 
judgment.  1  consider  for  the  benefit  of 
my  i)atients.  and  abstain  from  what- 
ever is  deleterious  or  mischievous. 

Xote  the  cardinal  principles  of  a  pro- 
fessional commitment:  regimen  is  to  be 
based  on  the  individual  physician's  abil- 
ity and  judgment,  not  on  adherence  to 
fixed  rules.  The  intended  result  is  the 
benefit  of  patients.  There  is  specific  dis- 
a\-owal  of  all  measures  that  are  in  them- 
selves injurious  or  "mischievous." 

What  of  the  ])hysician's  "ability"  to- 
day, compared  with  that  of  Hippocrates  ? 
\o\\  have  at  hand  the  weapons  for  pre- 
venting diseases  that  once  decimated 
nations.  You  can  now  cure  or  control 
disease  or  suffering  by  a  telephoned 
prescription.  Science  has  taken  Hippoc- 
rates' concept  of  the  humors  and  provid- 
ed you  \\'\i\\  potent  hormones  and  drugs 
to  control  and  modify  basic  body  mech- 
anisms. Surgery  has  moved  from  a  me- 
chanical to  a  physiological  base,  enabling 
it  to  deal  with  hereditary  or  acquired 
conditions  in  almost  every  organ  system. 
This  era  of  molecidar  biology  has  made 
a  reality  of  the  ancient  dream  of  organ 
transplantation.  And  it  is  taken  for 
granted  that  ])ills  are  available  to  all  at 
the  corner  drug  store  that  with  delightful 
p»recision  eliminate  onlv  procreation  from 
all  other  functions  of  the  most  basic 
human  interaction. 

All  this  indicates  that  the  ])hysician 
has  changed  his  role  in  the  struggle 
against  death,  disease  and  undesired  con- 
sefjuences.  He  is  no  longer  limited  to 
comforting  the  ill ;  he  is  an  active  inter- 
vener possessing  a  vast  array  of  effective 
biochemical  and  physical  tools.  These  in 
turn  are  the  ])ractical  result  of  applying 
the    scientific    method    to    the    studv    of 


Vol.  49,  N.o.  3 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


luniian  disease  by  considering  the  body 
as  a  machine,  or  at  least  an  analysable 
liiological  coni])lex.  Without  for  the  mo- 
ment deltating  whether  man  is  or  is  not 
a  machine,  it  is  historical  fact  that  this 
assumption,  and  research  based  on  this 
assumption,  lias  given  medicine  a  hrm 
and  enduring  scientific  l)ase.  And  it  is 
this  which  endows  you  as  physician  with 
therapeutic  ])otency  l)eyond  the  visions  of 
even  the  most  visionarv  of  ])ast  genera- 
tions. 

])Ut  these  exciting  ad\ances  at  the 
same  time  raise  perplexing  ethical  cjues- 
tions.  Medical  ethics  are  not  simply  ac- 
ceptable business  practices.  The  profes- 
sional ethics  of  medicine  are  rooted  in 
basic  morality  because  the  physician  is 
entrusted  by  society  to  deal  with  human 
problems  and  human  life  in  a  manner 
permitted  no  other  individual  by  law  or 
tradition.  An  abiding  sense  of  ethics 
cannot  be  acquired  as  readily  as  knowl- 
edge of  the  latest  concept  of  DNA  cod- 
ing, and  although  morality  in  its  funda- 
mental sense  does  not  change  over  time, 
the  combination  of  social  evolution  and 
continued  scientific  advances  creates  new 
situations  requiring  fresh  ethical  inter- 
pretation. Knowing  the  concern  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  that  its  gradu- 
ates should  be  prepared  both  to  advance 
knowledge  and  to  u])hold  the  heritage  of 
medicine,  you  have  alreadv  had  oppor- 
tunity to  begin  your  lifelong  task  of 
exploring  the  ethical  challenges  to  your 
generation. 

Consider  some  examples.  Research  in 
medicine  today  requires  human  experi- 
mentation. Ideally,  human  experimenta- 
tion should  only  proceed  with  the  full 
and  informed  consent  of  the  patient.  Hut 
although  this  is  the  position  demanded 
by  fintdamental  moral  values,  a  number 
of  ])ractic<'d  and  legal  considerations  have 
kept  the  medical  ])rofession  and  the  re- 
search communitv  from  irencrallv  endors- 


ing such  a  code.  I>ut  if  full  and  informed 
consent  is  not  mandatory  for  all  experi- 
ments on  patients,  what  is  the  appropriate 
comjjromise?  W'hich  are  to  be  the  guid- 
ing ])rinci])les  ?  The  controversy  may  be 
illuminated  by  asking,  is  it  for  the  benefit 
of  medical  scioicc  or  for  the  benefit  of 
the  j^a/icnt  that  our  ability  and  judgment 
are  to  l)e  used  in  conducting  human 
experimentation  ? 

The  enticing  nearness  of  further 
breakthroughs  makes  it  seem  to  some  a 
small  and  reasonable  price  that  not  all 
])atients  know  in  full  what  is  required 
of  them  or  what  the  immediate  or  de- 
layed consequences  might  be.  For  exam- 
ple, greater  applicability  of  organ  trans- 
p.lantation  awaits  more  effective  means 
of  inducing  tolerance  by  suppression  of 
the  immune  mechanism.  All  of  us  can 
enumerate  the  potential  blessings  of 
eliminating  cumbersome  medical  proce- 
dures for  dealing  with  end-stage  organ 
damage  and  instead  restoring  function  by 
organ  replacement  or  organ  augmenta- 
tion. To  watch  a  sickly  child  who  has 
never  known  a  single  day  of  comfort  or 
well-lieing  be  transformed  bv  an  organ 
transplant  into  an  exulting  l)oy  who  now 
runs  and  pla}-s  can  only  make  us  impa- 
tient with  the  slowness  of  progress.  But 
what  are  the  long-term  consequences  of 
suppressing  such  a  fundamental  svstem 
as  the  immune  mechanism  in  a  voung 
person  ?  How  can  one,  on  ethical  grounds, 
proceed  with  the  large  scale  human  ex- 
])erimeiitati()n  needed  to  satisfv  the  re- 
(|uirements  of  the  e.xperimental  method, 
yet  adef|uately  inform  the  ])atient  or  his 
]iarents  of  the  ])()tt'ntial  consequences, 
many  of  which  are  largely  unknown?  Is 
it  the  ])rerogative  of  the  ])hysician-scien- 
tist  to  make  these  judgments  for  the 
])atient?  How  will  you  projjose  to  resolve 
this  means-and-ends  dilemma  ? 

There  are  less  dramatic  but  no  less 
complex  situations  in  which  the  physician 


Julv.  1964 


HVU.ETIX  OP  TIIF.  SCHOOL  OI-  MliDICIXH.  rMll-h'SITV  OF  MARYI.AXD 


can  pcnnaiK'ntly  niodil'v  basic  i)hysi()l()!Liic 
functions.  This  enormous  and  steadily 
increasing  potency  must  be  directed  by 
a  continuing  and  growing  sense  of  ])er- 
sonal  moral  resi)onsibility  for  the  liunian 
conse(|uences.  For  e.\am])le.  \nur  gen- 
eration may  well  be  the  lirst  to  manipu- 
late or  attempt  to  niani])ulate  the  genetic 
components  in  living  man.  What  consid- 
erations will  enter  into  your  first  such 
experiment  on  a  human  being?  \\  ill  they 
be  primarily  scientillc,  or  ])riniarily  eth- 
ical? 

To  jiaraphrase  John  (Gardner ,  knowl- 
edge is  a  safe  weapon  only  if  it  is  linked 
to  a  deeply  rooted  conviction  that  medi- 
cine is  for  the  benefit  of  men  and  not 
men  for  the  benefit  of  medicine.  The  re- 
search scholar  has  the  inviolate  freedom 
of  the  academic  community  to  advance 
knowledge  for  the  sake  of  knowledge. 
However,  what  can  be  done  in  research 
on  man  does  not  in  itself  justify  its  being 
done  on  man.  I'nlike  the  challenge  to  the 
mountain  climber,  an  un.solved  problem 
in  n:an  is  not  to  be  studied  just  "l)ecause 
it  is  there."  The  answers  to  i^'licthcr  an 
ex]:)eriment  should  be  done  and  hoic  it 
should  be  done  always  derive  from  eth- 
ical ])rinciples.  This  is  the  continual  re- 
newal to  which  you  as  i)h\sicians  are 
called. 

There  are  other  aspects  of  medicine 
which  require  ethical  analysis.  As  physi- 
cians, each  of  you  will  ])rolong  the  pro- 
ductive lives  of  yoiu"  ])atients.  Xot  only 
that,  you  will  make  possible  their  enjoy- 
ment of  life  beyond  the  time  when  thev 
no  longer  need  to  be  economically  self 
sufficient.  (This  achievement  is  perhaps 
less  a  tribute  to  medical  science  than  it 
is  to  the  industrial  and  social  revolution.  ) 
Scientific  medicine  also  makes  ])ossil)]e 
survival  of  the  elderly  individual  despite 
the  progressive  ravages  of  chronic  dis- 
eases which  as  yet  defy  cure  or  i)reven- 


tion.  \'()ur  weapons  are  such  that  you 
will  ])v  .able  to  comfort  and  give  hope  to 
an  extent  undi'eamed  of  e\en  a  short  gen- 
eration ago.  Modern  scientific  medicine. 
li()\\e\er,  goes  fiu'ther :  it  m;ikes  ])ossible 
sur\i\;il  of  the  indi\idual  not  onlv  be- 
Nond  the  point  of  personal  ]irofluctivit\-. 
beyond  the  ])oint  ol  sell -care,  but  e\en 
beyond  the  point  of  consciousness  or 
awareness  of  self  as  a  person.  This  power 
over  i)otentirdly  lethal  states  is  a])plied 
not  only  to  the  aged  population,  but  to 
those  of  any  age  who  have  severe  irre- 
medi;i])le  br.ain  damage  of  whatever 
cause.  Modern  medicine  now  makes  pos- 
sible the  survival  of  tens  of  thousands 
of  severely  hanrlicapped  children.  These 
fellow  human  Ijeings  in  unprecedented 
numbers  will  require  contininng  special 
care.  Will  they  receive  relatively  less  care 
than  other  fellow  human  beings  who  are 
potentially  self-sufficient  ?  Should  they 
receive  less  ?  Or,  at  this  stage  of  our 
culture,  is  any  human  lieing  entitled  to 
the  best  that  medicine  can  oft'er  ? 

\\'hat  of  the  nfillions  of  citizens  who 
are  culturall}-  and  financiallv  deprived  ? 
How  is  the  benefit  of  modern  medicine 
to  be  brought  to  them  ?  Shall  we  as  phy- 
sicians wait  for  education  to  raise  them 
to  economic  and  social  self-sufficiency? 
What  is  our  ol)ligation  as  physicians  to 
act  to  l)ring  the  lienefits  of  medical  care 
to  all  who  recjuire  it?  Is  the  practice  of 
medicine  j^rimarily  an  economic  ])rivi- 
lege?  Or  is  it  ])rimarily  a  social  obliga- 
tion? I  doubt  that  we  could  set  down 
workable  answers  to  these  questions  this 
afternoon,  but  1  sincerely  ho]:)e  we  do  not 
disagree  that  the  basic  ethic  of  medicine 
which  you  have  here  today  renewed  calls 
upon  you  to  involve  yourself  in  the 
solution  of  such  ])roblems  according  to 
\()ur  "ability  and  judgment"  and  for  the 
benefit  of  all  patients. 

A  second  form  of  renewal  is  also  im- 


Vol.  49.  No.  3 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


plied  in  the  Hippocratic  Oath,  and  that 
is  the  maintenance  of  professional  com- 
petence thronghout  your  career.  It  seems 
strange  to  speak  of  maintaining  com])e- 
tence  when  each  of  you  feels  that  most 
of  your  clinical  education  lies  ahead  of 
you  in  internshi]),  residency,  and  fellow- 
ship. Vet,  t()da\-  is  a  watershed  in  each 
of  \-oiu"  personal,  ])rofessional  histories, 
and  from  this  da\-  forward  vour  indivi- 
dual careers  will  take  different  paths  de- 
termined in  part  hv  chance,  hv  circum- 
stances, hut  in  greatest  measure  hv  vour 
voluntary  choices. 

Those  of  you  who  have  read  .Vldous 
Hu.xlev's  no\el  entitled  Island  will  recall 
that  on  the  island  there  are  voices  con- 
tiinially  calling  out,  "Here  and  now, 
hoys'"  and  "Attention,  attention."  The 
inhahitants  trained  myna  hirds  to  speak 
these  words  as  a  program  of  preventive 
psychotherapy.  "Attention"  to  the  "here 
and  now"  is  the  hasis  for  resolving  proh- 
lems  and  questions  as  they  arise.  This 
pre\ents  the  slow,  massive  accumulation 
of  unfulfilled  good  intentions.  One  of  the 
major  functions  of  your  education  at  the 
I'niversity  of  Maryland  has  Ijeen  to  focus 
your  attention  on  the  here  and  now  of 
good  medicine  and  medical  science.  Pnit 
from  this  point  forward,  there  will  he 
lewer  and  fewer  indi\iduals  to  say  to 
_\ou,  "ifere  and  now,  attention."  Each 
of  you  will  ha\e  to  develop  your  own 
reminders  and  activator  mechanisms.  As 
physicians  you  are  deprived  of  luxury 
fully  enjoyed  hy  most  others :  that  of 
postponing  decisions  and  actions.  When 
the  patient  calls  you,  it  is  a  here-and-now 
situation  in  which  he  expects  not  onlv 
the  hest  you  have  to  offer,  but  also  that 
\()ur  hest  will  not  he  less  than  the  hest. 
^'our  social  contract  theretore  re(|uires 
the  regular  renewal  of  vour  ability  and 
knowledge. 

As  is  evident,  medical  schools  assume 


responsibility  for  preparing  future  phy- 
sicians who  will  contribute  to  the  revo- 
lution of  knowledge,  recognize  and  al)ide 
by  the  need  for  ethical  renewal,  and  en- 
gage in  lifetime  learning.  The  attempt 
to  achieve  these  goals  has  led  to  a  small 
.scale  re\()lution  in  the  concepts  of  med- 
ical education.  This  is  exemplified  by  the 
continuing  intensive  study  of  its  program 
by  the  University  of  Maryland.  Educa- 
tion is  shifting  its  emphasis  from  content 
to  process.  We  no  longer  believe  that 
mastery  of  the  traditional  curriculum  in 
medical  school  is  an  adequate  basis  for 
40  years  of  productive  service.  Rather,  it 
is  the  continuing  ])rocess  of  education  as 
undergone  hv  each  individual,  first  as  a 
student,  later  as  a  physician,  that  is  of 
l)rime  importance.  In  order  to  gain 
better  understanding  of  this  process,  the 
intellectual  and  non-intellectual  charac- 
teristics of  medical  students  ha\e  Ijeen 
intensively  studied. 

Diversity  in  student  bodies  has  become 
a  l)v-word.  ( Libert}',  fraternity  and  di- 
versity is  the  current  slogan. )  There  is 
growing  awareness  and  appreciation  of 
the  diverse  talents  and  interests  students 
bring  to  medicine,  because  medicine  is 
enriched  by  these.  But  ultimately  diver- 
sity encounters  and  nuist  accept  stringent 
limitations.  The  scientist-investigator  in 
medicine  cannot  estal)lish  his  own  rules. 
'Vo  achieve  recognition,  he  nuist  produce 
creditable  research  in  accord  with  estab- 
lished standards.  The  ])hysician  has  a 
wide  choice  of  careers,  but  having  chosen 
he  is  no  longer  free  to  exhibit  diversity 
in  standards  of  ])ractice  or  ethics. 

One  of  the  ])rovocative  conclusions 
wliich  is  emerging  from  studies  of  med- 
ical education  is  that  the  most  important 
objective  is  not  the  ac(|uisition  of  a  body 
of  information  or  set  of  skills,  but  rather 
the  development  of  appropriate  attitudes 
and  \alues.  More  si~)ecificrdly,  the  set  of 


July.  1964 


liVLI.RTlS  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICIXE.  UXH-ERSITV  OF  MARVLAXD 

\;ilut's  vou  brought  to  Marvlaiul  and  from  these  l)y  the  pubhc.  But  there  is 
retined  while  liere  will  in  larger  measure  growing  interest  in  measuring  the  dis- 
than  vonr  innate  ability  or  present  knowl-  crepancy  between  actual  and  ideal  prac- 
edge  determine  your  ultimate  contribu-  tice,  in  developing  the  capacity  to  assess 
tion  as  physician  or  scientist.  It  is  in  the  extent  to  which  the  potential  benefits 
accord  with  these  values  that  you  have  of  medical  service  are  realized  in  fact. 
given  relative  weights  to  the  practical  Such  research  will  eventually  make  pos- 
considerations  influencing  your  choice  sible  the  systematic  and  objective  deter- 
of  internshiji.  Similarly,  your  scale  of  mination  of  the  quality  of  patient  care, 
values  will  ati'ect  your  choice  of  residency  Historically,  it  has  been  the  preroga- 
and  its  duration.  Studies  of  the  full-time  tive  of  the  medical  profession  to  deter- 
practicing  physician  who  offers  general  mine  optimum  standards  of  practice  on 
care  to  his  patients  reveal  that,  ten  years  the  basis  of  professional  judgment.  The 
after  graduation,  his  concept  of  respon-  notion  of  external  monitoring  is  repug- 
sibility  and  the  number  of  years  of  nant.  l)ecause  only  the  physician  can  or 
residency  training  after  internship  are  should  determine  what  is  medically  cor- 
the  factors  that  correlate  i)ositively  with  rect.  Xonetheless,  the  objective  study  of 
the  calil)re  of  his  performance.  the  consequences  of  treatment  in  no  way 
Studies  of  physicians  by  behavioral  infringes  on  his  professional  prerogative, 
scientists  substantiate  what  we  all  sus-  One  hundred  years  ago.  reputable  physi- 
pect.  namely  that  a  physician  is  no  super-  cians  in  leading  medical  centers  were  con- 
man.  He  is  all  too  human,  though  happily  vinced  on  the  basis  of  their  extensive 
endowed  with  such  abnormal  character-  personal  experience  that  blood-letting 
istics  as  high  intelligence,  inordinate  was  beneficial  to  patients  ill  with  pneu- 
capacity  for  achievement,  far  more  inter-  nionia.  It  required  the  statistical  analvses 
est  in  science  and  far  less  concern  with  of  Professor  Louis  to  demonstrate  con- 
tinancial  gain  than  the  average  college  vincingly  and  for  all  time  that  l)lood- 
graduate.  He  performs  regularly  at  the  letting  reduces  the  chances  of  survival, 
highest  level  of  competence  in  two  spe-  Unfortunately.  I  must  tell  vou  that  this 
cihc  circumstances :  First,  when  he  prac-  same  conclusion  had  been  equallv  firmlv 


tices  ni  an  environment  in  which  high 
standards  are  expected  and  maintained. 
and,  second,  when  he  has  a  highly  devel- 
o]ied  sense  of  viewing  his  patients  as 
jK'rsons  and  views  his  responsil)ilitv  to 


established  22  centuries  earlier  l)y  a  re- 
nowned (ireek  phvsician. 

The  plain  fact  is  that  the  potential  and 
potency  of  modern  therapeutics,  whether 
preventive  or  curative,  make  it  increas- 


them  as  an  obligation  to  provide  the  best  ingly  important  that  there  be  objective 
possible  appropriate  medical  care.  means  of  assessing  the  results  of  treat- 
Medical  education  is  drawing  upon  the  ment.  Quality  control  of  medical  care  is 
techniques  of  the  social  and  behavioral  the  legitimate  responsibility  of  the  physi- 
sciences  which  are  necessary  and  useful  cian.  Xow  his  personal  judgment  in  this 
in  the  analysis  of  the  educational  process,  will  be  augmented,  just  as  modern  lal)ora- 
Moreover.  they  are  essential  for  the  study  tory  ])rocedures  augment  his  judgment 
of  the  heart  of  medical  practice,  which  is  in  diagnosis.  Societv  has  invested  huge 
patient  care.  In  the  past,  and  in  large  sums  of  money  in  medical  research:  it 
measure  still  today,  the  brilliant  advances  has  an  understandable  interest  in  our 
of  medicine  have  generally  been  equated  assurance  that  there  is  fair  return  on  the 
with   the  actual   recei])t  of  full   benefits  investment. 


J'ol.  49,  Xo.  3 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


There  are  important  educational  rea- 
sons for  expeditinj;^  tliis  development. 
The  major  puri)ose  of  vonr  medical  edu- 
cation has  heen  to  prejjare  \()U  for  vour 
future  role  in  providing  care.  The  appro- 
priateness and  soundness  of  your  educa- 
tion is  measured  therefore  not  1)V  vour 
knowledge  and  skills  as  such,  hut  hy  the 
quality  of  care  your  patients  will  receive 
at  your  hands.  Without  ohjective  meas- 
ures of  the  care  actually  received  we  can 
only  make  general  judgments  as  to  the 
effectiveness  of  modern  medical  educa- 
tion, and  today  it  is  too  expensive,  too 
complex,  and  too  important  to  he  guided 
1)}-  rough  judgments.  Medical  schools 
will  actively  promote  research  in  the 
(luality  of  patient  care.  This  will  have  the 
same  influence  on  future  students  as  does 
ongoing  hiologic  research,  elevating  their 
expectations  and  providing  incentive  for 
the  exploration  of  new  fields.  The  results 
of  such  research  will  provide  essential 
feedl)ack  to  physicians,  hospitals,  and 
medical  schools. 

In  the  course  of  your  career  you  will 
profit  from  the  closer  working  relation- 
ships which  will  develop  between  schools 
of  medicine  and  the  practicing  physician. 
Medical  centers  will  form  educational 
networks  with  outlying  hospitals  and 
health  centers  for  the  education  of  interns 
and  residents  and  postgraduate  instruc- 
tion of  pliN'sicians.  In  this  way,  the  learn- 


ing resources  of  the  medical  center  will 
he  more  e(|uital:)ly  distributed  among  all 
ph}sicians.  As  physicians  in  practice  you 
will  ha\e  in  the  near  future  a  more  ex- 
])licit  obligation  to  improve  vour  self- 
education  above  and  bevond  reading 
medical  books  and  journrds,  attending 
hospital  and  medical  society  meetings, 
courses,  and  annual  meetings  of  profes- 
sionrd  associations.  Work  has  already 
l)egun  to  develop  carefully  designed  edu- 
cational programs  which  will  expedite 
your  ac(|uiring  the  latest  information,  re- 
lunng  or  acquiring  new  skills,  without 
undue  sacrifice  of  time  from  your  prac- 
tice. You  will  ha\e  available  to  you  l)oth 
the  effective  means  of  learning  the  latest 
developments  and  of  realistically  testing 
yourself  on  your  new  knowledge  and 
competence.  This  will  be  your  personal 
"lifetime  learning." 

As  you  see,  you  are  the  inheritors  of 
these  many  re\olutions  in  medicine  and 
of  the  ethical  obligation  to  channel  these 
for  the  benefit  of  patients.  It  must  seem 
whimsical  or  even  farcical  to  an  outsider 
that  an  ancient  oath  should  be  given  such 
prominence  by  a  school  attesting  to  the 
continuing  productive  revolution  in  med- 
ical science.  But  on  behalf  of  your  future 
patients,  I  rejoice  with  you  in  this,  your 
first  personal  renewal. 

2530  Ridge  Avenue 
Evanston,  Illinois 


JuJ\.  1064 


ABSTRACTS 


of  articles  by 
faculty  and  alumni 


Iron  Metabolism  in  Premature  Infants  (I. 
Absorption  and  I'tilization  of  Iron  as 
Measured  by  Isotope  Studies) — Martin 
K.  Gorton,  Ray  Hcpncr,  and  Joscpli  B. 
Workman,   M.D. 

/.  Pcdiaf.  63:1063,   1963 

Fourteen  liealtliy  premature  infants  ranging 
in  age  from  one  to  ten  weeks  were  given  one 
microcurie  of  iron-59  incorporated  in  the  usual 
formula  and  later  analyzed  for  absorption  and 
utilization  rates.  Seven  infants  were  given  the 
iron-containing  formula  and  the  remainder 
were  fed  an  iron-free  formula  prior  to  the 
administration  of  a  test  dose.  An  iron  load  of 
325  to  1,025  micrograms  of  elemental  iron 
was  given  with  the  isotope. 

Absorption  of  iron-59,  ranging  from  6.8  to 
74.0%  (mean  31.5%),  was  found  to  be  inverse- 
ly related  to  the  quantity  of  stable  iron  in  the 
load  and  to  be  unaffected  by  previous  gastro- 
intestinal exposure  to  iron. 

A  correlation  between  tagged  iron  absorp- 
tion and  growth  rate  was  demonstrated.  The 
course  of  absorbed  isotopic  iron  was  traced  by 
surface  counting  of  internal  organs  and  blood 
sampling.  A  concentration  of  activity  was 
found  over  the  sacrum,  spleen,  and  liver  at  48 
to  72  hours. 

Incor]Joration  of  iron  into  hemoglobin  cal- 
culated from  the  iron-59  activity  in  the  blood 
displayed  a  wide  range  with  a  mean  of  15.3% 
of  the  quantity  of  iron  in  the  test  dose.  The 
amount  of  iron  utilized  in  blood  formation 
correlated  significantly  with  growth  rate.  The 
severity  of  anemia  and  degree  of  erythropoietic 
activity  appeared  to  affect  positively  the  imme- 
diate utilization   of  absorbed   exogenous   iron. 

Premature  infants  absorb  and  utilize  iron  at 
a  greater  degree  during  the  first  ten  weeks  of 
life  than  in  later  infancv  and  childhood. 


Multiple   Lipoidal   Histiocytomas  with   Re- 
gression— Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Louis 
E.    Harmon,    and    Harlan    I.    Firminger. 
Arch.  Dcrmat.  88:660,  1963 

The  case  history  and  postmortem  findings 
of  a  47-year-old  Xegro  female  with  numerous 
cutaneous  nodules  are  reported. 


The  lesions  characteristically  passed  through 
I)roliferative,  granulomatous,  xanthomatous, 
and  healing  phases. 

The  term  "lipoidal  histiocytoma"  would 
seem   preferable   for   this  condition. 

The  features  indicate  a  type  of  histiocytoma 
which  has  the  ability  to  phagocytose  lipids  yet 
later  undergo  regression  with  reticulum  and 
ceroid   formation. 


Tracer  and  Non-Tracer  Potassium  Fluxes 
in  Frog  Sartorius  Muscle  and  the  Kine- 
tics of  Net  Potassium  Movement — R.  A. 

Sjodin  and  E.  G.  Henderson. 
/.  Gen.  Physiol..  47:605,  1964. 

Experiments  were  performed  to  test  the  ap- 
plicability of  permeability  kinetics  to  whole 
frog  sartorius  muscle  using  K-*-  ions  as  tracers 
of  potassium  flux.  The  whole  muscle  was  found 
to  obey  closely  the  kinetic  laws  expected  to 
hold  for  single  cellular  units  in  which  the 
potassium  fluxes  are  membrane-limited  and 
intracellular  mixing  is  rapid  enough  not  to 
introduce  serious  error.  In  a  5  m.M  K  Ringer's 
solution,  potassium  efliux  was  very  nearly 
equal  to  influx  when  the  rate  constant  for  K^- 
loss  was  applied  to  the  whole  of  the  muscle 
potassium.  Over  a  fairly  wide  range  of  external 
potassium  concentration,  the  assumed  unidi- 
rectional fluxes  measured  with  tracer  K-*- 
showed  good  agreement  with  net  potassium 
changes  determined  analytically.  The  specific 
activity  of  potassium  lost  from  labeled  muscles 
to  an  initially  K-free  Ringer's  solution  was 
measured  as  a  test  of  the  adequacy  of  intra- 
cellular mixing.  The  results  were  those  ex- 
])ected  for  a  population  of  cells  with  uniformly 
distributed  intracellular  K-*-.  A  small  deviation 
was  encountered  which  can  be  attributed 
either  to  a  dispersion  of  fiber  sizes  in  the 
sartorius  or  to  a  possible  small  additional  cel- 
lular compartment  in  each  individual  fiber. 
The  acklitional  cellular  compartment,  should 
it  exist,  contains  from  0.5  to  1  per  cent  of  the 
muscle  potassium.  This  is  evidently  not  large 
enough  to  interfere  seriously  with  the  applica- 
bility of  permeability  kinetics  to  the  whole 
muscle. 


Vol.  49,  Xo.  3 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 

sible  for  any  success  the  Association  achieves.  It  is  this 
group  tliat  needs  to  be  greatly  increased  in  numbers 
and  work  expended  and  would  it  only  our  l>altiniore  and 
nearby  Aledical  Alumni  would  offer  their  services. 

Next,  I  wish  to  pass  on  a  few  thoughts  about  our 
first  Maryland  Medical  Reunion  Day.  Generally  speak- 
ing, I  believe  this  day  went  very  well,  and  this  was  to 
be  expected  after  all  the  careful  planning  and  effort  that 
was  put  forth.  The  extremely  interesting  and  thrilling 
talk  by  Dr.  David  Dingman  made  us  all  realize  we  are 
handing  the  torch  of  medical  practice  to  young  men, 
who  are  not  only  intrepid  and  daring,  but  have  the 
stamina  and  know-how  to  tackle  any  prol)lem. 

The  highlight  of  the  day  was  the  presentation  of  the 
Honor  Award  and  Medal  to  Dr.  Hugh  R.  Spencer,  who 
received  an  outstanding  and  prolonged  ovation  that  was 
well  deserved.  Following  this  event,  a  luncheon  was 
served  which  helped  everyone  to  mix,  renew  old  friend- 
ships, and  make  new  acquaintances  in  the  environment 
of  the  John  Eager  Howard  Building.  The  scientific  ses- 
sions were  numerous  and  varied  enough  to  suit  the 
interests  of  all,  and  emphasized  many  new  facets  of 
medical  progress. 

AA>  have  learned  much  from  the  happenings  of  this 
dav,  and  with  the  correction  of  our  deficiencies  and 
mistakes  the  next  meeting  should  be  more  successful. 
Your  constructive  criticisms  and  suggestions  will  be 
most  eagerly  accepted,  considered,  and  incorporated 
into  future  jilans. 

The  banquet,  opened  by  an  inspiring  invocation  by 
the  Rev.  Osborne  R.  Littleford,  climaxed  the  day  with 
a  very  good  attendance.  Our  fifty  year  graduates  were 
awarded  appropriate  certificates  and  properly  recog- 
nized. The  class  of  1964,  whose  members  and  their 
ladies  were  guests  of  the  Medical  Alumni  Association, 
was  introduced  and  Mr.  Marvin  Saiontz,  the  president, 
responded.  Then  followed  the  speaker  of  the  evening. 
Dr.  Jack  C.  Xorris  of  Atlanta,  Georgia.  Good  food  and 
drink  contributed  to  the  activities  of  the  night  which 
ended  with  a  dance. 

Please  remember  that  it  was  Dr.  George  Yeager,  my 
predecessor,  who  laid  the  foundation  of  the  first  Mary- 
land Medical  Reunion  Day,  and  that  it  was  planned  in 
a  most  commendable  manner  by  Dr.  Edward  F.  Cotter 
and  his  Hospital  Association  delegates,  especially  Dr. 
Arlie  Mansberger. 


July,  1964 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICIXF.  UXn-HRSrrV  OF  MARVLAXD 

Thanks  arc  likewise  due  Dr.  William  Triplett  and 
Mrs.  Ciirkin  for  their  efforts  on  behalf  of  the  Medical 
Alumni  Association,  and  Dr.  ]-fo\vard  P,.  Mays,  the 
Treasurer,  for  his  advice  and  aid.  Mrs.  James  G.  Arnold 
and  her  committee  are  to  l^e  heartily  congratulated  for 
such  an  outstanding  Ladies'  Day.  Dr.  J.  Morris  Reese's 
contribution  to  the  Day  was  obtaining  the  banquet 
speaker. 

Special  thanks  must  be  given  to  Dr.  William  Stone, 
Dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine,  and  Dr.  Theodore 
Woodward.  Professor  of  Medicine,  for  their  fine  coop- 
eration, moral  support,  and  encouragement.  There  are 
manv  others  to  whom  we  all  owe  a  great  inde])tedness 
for  their  efforts  in  making  this  Day  a  success. 

In  conclusion,  I  wish  to  extend  my  heartiest  con- 
gratulations and  best  w'ishes  for  a  most  successful  year 
to  Dr.  J.  Howard  Franz,  your  new  President.  This 
phvsician  combines  the  qualities  of  an  excellent  doctor, 
an  outstanding  leader  and  organizer,  a  good  business 
man.  and  above  all  a  Christian  gentleman.  Altogether 
he  should  be  a  most  eminent  President,  and  bring  to 
this  office  nothing  but  exceptional  achievement.  For  my 
part,  sincere  thanks  for  the  privilege  of  serving  as  your 
President  for  the  past  term,  and  my  deep  appreciation 
to  each  and  every  person  who  has  helped  in  the  execu- 
tion of  my  duties. 

Gibson  J-  \\'ells,  M.D. 
President 


Student  Loan  Fund  Report 

Dr.  W^illiam  H.  Triplett,  Executive  Secretary  to  the  Medical  Alumni  Associa- 
tion, reports  that  total  contributions  to  the  Alumni  Student  Loan  Fund  during  the 
fiscal  year  1963-64  amounted  to  only  $330.00. 

Loans  in  the  amount  of  $800.00  were  made  during  this  same  period. 

The  Alumni  Association  believes  the  Student  Loan  Fund  to  be  a  very  worthy 
endeavor,  with  contributions  to  the  Fund  being  used  exclusively  for  students  at 
the  SchcKjl  of  Medicine.  The  first  loan,  made  in  1959,  has  already  begun  to  be 
repaid.  Until  such  returns  from  the  Fund  are  received,  it  is  impossible  to  offer 
students  additional  loans.  The  Fund  is  in  dire  need  of  immediate  and  substantial 
support.  Inquiries  should  be  made  to  Dr.  William  H.  Triplett.  Executive  Secre- 
tary, Medical  Alumni  Association.  Contrilnitions  to  the  Fund  are  tax  exempt. 

xviii  Vol.  49,  Xo.  3 


Alumni  Dav  1964 


For  the  first  timk,  a  comliination 
of  the  Aledical  Alumni  Association's  an- 
nual meeting  with  the  hiannual  meetings 
of  the  Surgical.  Medical,  Obstetrical  and 
Gynecological,  and  Pediatric  Societies 
took  place  on  the  campus,  Mav  7,  1964. 
In(li\idual  programs  mailed  to  all  Alum- 
ni and  former  house  officers  of  the  Uni- 
versity Hospital  included  a  very  fine  and 
liberal  scientibc  program  interspersed  by 
business  meetings  and  entertainment. 

Friday.  May  8.  1964,  was  Medical 
Alumni  Day.  Registration  of  more  than 
100  Alumni  was  completed  by  8:45  a.m. 

The  following  alumni  registered  for 
Alumni  Day,  1964. 

B.  M.  C.  1904 
Howard  G.  Stevens 

Cla.ss  of  1908 
Lester  D.  Norris 

B.  M.  C.  1911 
William  Triplett 

P  &  S  1912 
Albert  E.  Goldstein 

Class  of  1913 
C.  Reid  Edwards 

Class  of  1914 
L.  W.  Blake  Joseph  Lipskey 

James  C.  Brogdem         J.  U.  Roher 
J.  J.  Jenkins,  Sr.  I.  G.  Shirkey 

Augustus  R.  Laugier     Byron  \V.  Steele 
Nolan  D.  C.  Lewis         Austin  H.  Wood 

Class  of  1915 
Ernest  G.  Marr 

Class  of  1916 
Harry  Goldmann 

Class  of  1917 
Louis  A.  M.  Krause 

Class  of  1918 
John  M.  Nicklas 

Class  of  1919 
James  Brown  W.  G.  Geyer 

John  A.  Buchness         M.  LeRoy  Lumpkin 
Eugene  L.  PMippin         H.  B.  McElwain 
Wetherbee  P'ort  C.  Wilbur  Stewart 


Class  of  1920 
Louis  C.  Dobihal  Z.  Vance  Hooper 

F.  A.  Holden  J.  Morris  Reese 

Class  of  1922 
George  E.  Shannon 

Class  of  1924 
Clewell  Howell  F.  J.  Theuerkauf,  Sr. 

James  E.  Peterman       Alex  A.  Weinstock 
Arnold  L.  Tabershaw    John  Zaslow 

Class  of  1925 
Joseph  Nataro  Sam  S.  Glick 

Class  of  1926 
Jacob  Schmukler 

Class  of  1927 
B.  Lenson-Lambros      Bernard  J.  Cohen 
Frank  K.  Morris  A.  H.  Finkelstein 

Class  of  1929 
Joseph  N.  Corsello        William  Yudkoff 

Class  of  1930 
Archie  R.  Cohen 

Class  of  1931 
Walter  Kohn  Arthur  G.  Siwinski 

Class  of  1932 
Harry  C.  Hull  Samuel  E.  Proctor 

Arthur  Karfgin  John  E.  Savage 

Louis  F.  Klimes 

Class  of  1933 
Lauriston  L.  Keown       Ben  Miller 

Class  of  1934 


D.  D.  Caples 
Samuel  Diener 
George  E.  Dorman 
Robert  H.  Dreher 
John  E.  Echols 
Robert  W.  Farr 
Leon  H.  Feldman 
Sidney  Gelman 
Herbert  Goldstone 
Charles  L.  Goodhand 


Edward  S.  Hoffman 
William  H.  Horan 
Reuben  l^eass 
Helen  1.  Maginnis 
Hugh  B.  McNallv 
Milton  S.  Sacks 
John  N.  Snyder 
C.  M.  Stutzman 
H.  Lawrence  Sutton 


Class  of  1935 
E.  I.  Cornbrooks,  Jr.    Howard  B.  Mavs 
Edward  F.  Cotter         L.  H.  Mills 
Joseph   B.  Gross  P.  Polani 

L  F.  Hartman  H.  M.  Robinson,  Jr. 

J.  R.  Heshinian 

Class  of  1936 
Harry  C.  Bowie  Gibson  J.  Wells 

Joseph  R.  Myerowitz 

Class  of  1937 
S.  T.  R.  Revell,  Jr.     C.  Parke  Scarborough 


J'.ilw   1964 


Dr.   Nolan   D.   C.   Lewis.   '14.    receives   50    year   certificate   from    Dr.    Wm. 
H.    Triplett.    executive    secretary.    Medical    Alumni    Association. 


Dr.    Gib.son    J.   Wells, 
retiring    President 


Dr.  J.   Howard  Franz,  President 
.\Iumni   Association   1964-65 


Dr.   M.   A.   Robbins.   '44 


Dr.   Theodore   E.   and   Celeste   Woodward,    Dr.    Harry   J.   Robinson,   Jr. 


Drs.  Robert  W.  Buxton,  James  ('.  Brandon,  '14,  and  Chas.  Reid  Edwards,  '13,  seen  at 

reunion. 


Dr.  C.   Wilbur   Stewart. 


Dr.  T.  Nelson  Carey  attended. 


Dr.   E.   J.   Guy,   Class   of   1944. 


Dr.    Isidore   Tuerk,   Commissioner   of 

Mental  Hygiene,  State  of  Maryland, 

saw    son    graduate. 


Dr.    Howard   B.   AIcElvain 


Drs.   Helen   I.   Maginnis  and  Sylvio  A.   Alessi 


BVLLETIS  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICIXE,  LWirERSITV  OF  MAKVLAXD 


Class  of  1938 
John  A.  Wagner  T.  E.  Woodward 

Celeste  Woodward 


Class 

Harry  M.  Beck 
Henrv  A.  Briele 
Richard   M.   Corbitt 
(Jeorpe  S.  Grier,  III 
Leonard  L.  Heimhoflf 
Benjamin  Isaacson 
Wm.  H.  Kammer.  Jr. 
I.  L.  Marks 
D.  L.  Keimann 


of  1939 
Wilbur  C.  Thomas 
John  A.  Moran 
Walter  J.  Pijanowski 
Ramsav  B.  Thomas 
John  V.  Urlock.  Jr. 
F.   B.  Whitworth 
Milton  J.  Wilder 
Sol  Wilner 


Class  of  1940 


Lester  H.  Caplan 
Edward  O.  Daue 
Ben  H.  Imloes 
James  K.  Karns 
F.  Ford  Loker 
Ross  Z.  Pierpont 


R.  C.  V.  Robinson 
Samuel  V.  Tompakov 
W.  H.  Townshend 
W.  Earl  Weeks 
R.  T.  Williams 


Class  of  1941 
Elizabeth  B.  Sherrill 

Class  of  1942 
Karl  A.  Dillinger  Theodore  Kardash 

J.  C.  Furnari  William  T.  Raby 

Class  of  1943 
Elizabeth  Acton  John  S.  Haught 

Harrv  Cohen  Hal  Ingram 

William  R.  Eaton  David  R.  Will 

Class  of  1944 

Frank  J.  Brady  Ernest  G.  Guy 

Rowell   Cloninger  Donald  W.  Mintzer 

R.  Adams  Cowley  Louis  J.  Pratt,  Jr. 

James  A.  Doukas  Morris  A.  Robbins 
William  Carl  Ebeling    Charles  E.  Shaw 
J.  Carlton  Godlove 

Class  of  1945 
John  M.  Dennis  Stanley  R.  Steinbach 

J.  B.  Ganev  Yasushi  Togo 

J.  R.  McNimch 

Class  of  1946 
Joseph   D'Antonio  Irl  J.  Wentz 

James  A.  Sewell  Joseph  B.  Workman 

Class  of  1947 
John  F.  Benson  Marv  E.  Matthews 

Robert  C.  Duvall  Adalbert  F.  Schubart 

A.  R.  Mansberger,  Jr.   John  P.  White,  3rd 

Class  of  1948 

B.  Schwartz  F.  J.  Theverkauf,  Jr. 
Norman  Tarr                  William  S.  Womack 

Class  of  1949 
Martin  K.  Gorten  Carolyn  W.  Watson 

John  F.  Strahan  Frank  Y.  Watson 

Gilbert  L.  Nicklas         Lillian  K.  Ziegler 

Class  of  1950 
F.  J.  Borges  Wm.  H.  Yeager,  Jr. 


Class  of  1951 
Robert  K.  Arthur,  Jr.    F.  S.  Gardner,  Jr. 
Wm.  H.  Edwards,  Jr.    H.  Gray  Reeves 
James  P.  Gallaher         Eugene  B.  Rex 

Class  of  1952 
B.  A.  Addison  Michael  J.  Foley 

Class  of  1953 
Wyand  F.  I)oerner,Jr.    Robert  T.  Singleton 


Leonard  H.  Flax 


Karl  H.  Weaver 


Class  of  1954 


Robert  B.  Goldstein 
John  F.  Hartman 
Ben  F.  Knotts,  Jr. 
David  A.  Levy 
Beverly  Nangle 


Gerald  Nangle 
Riva  Novey 
J.  Walter  Smyth 
H.  R.  Weiss 
Kenneth  H.  White 


Class  of  1955 
Donald  H.  Dembo  Vincent  S.  Mikoloski 

Marvin  A.  Goldliner     Leonard  J.  Morse 
C.  Ronald  Koons 

Class  of  1956 
Daniel  G.  Anderson     K.  M.  Klatt 

Class  of  1957 
John  T.  Bulkeley  Chas.  M.  Henderson 

Class  of  1959 


A.  C.  Broccoli 
Gilbert  N.  Feinberg 
Carlton  S.  Halle 
Robert  S.  Holt 
James  P.  Jarboe 
Jorge  O.  Just 


Ramon  Roig 

H.  J.  Rubenstein 

Lee  Russo 

C.  E.  Rybczynski 

Arthur  A.  Serpick 


Class  of  1961 
Carl  F.  Berner  Gerald  A.  Hofkin 

K.  L.  Cloninger  M.  B.  A.  Oldstone 

Leonard  W.  Glass 

Class  of  1960 
Jerome  M.  Read 

Class  of  1962 
Kenneth  William  Tuttle 

Class  of  1963 
Hector  L.  Rodriguez 

The  opening  remarks  were  delivered  by 
Dr.  Gil)son  J.  \\'ells.  President  of  the 
Mechcal  Ahiinni  Association,  and  an 
additional  welcome  was  given  by  Dr. 
A\'illiam  S.  Stone,  Dean.  Dr.  David  L. 
Dingman,  assistant  resident  in  Surgery 
at  University  TTos])ital  and  a  member 
of  the  National  (ieogra])hic  1963  Alt. 
Everest  Expedition,  spoke  on  "A  Per- 
sonal Account  of  the  Successful  Ameri- 
can Assault  on  Alt.  Everest." 


Vol.  49,  No.  3 


ALUMXI  ASSOCIATIOX  SECTION 


Dr.    Hugh    R.   Spencer    receives    Alumni    Award   and    Gold    Key    from    Dr.    J.    Gibson    Wells,    President    of    the 
Medical   Alumni   Association,  as  Dr.   William   S.   Stone   looks   on. 


At  10:00  A.M..  the  scientific  sessions 
of  the  Medical,  Surgical,  Ohstetrical,  and 
Pediatric  Societies  were  held,  followed 
l)v  the  annual  .\lunini  l)usiness  meeting 
in  Chemical  Hall.  At  this  time  the  Alum- 
ni Honor  Award  and  Gold  Key  was  pre- 
sented to  Dr.  Hugh  R.  Spencer,  a  mem- 
l^er  of  the  Class  of  1910  and  Emeritus 
Professor  of  Pathology  iu  the  School  of 
Medicine. 

In  presenting  Dr.  S])encer  for  this 
award.  Dr.  Wells  delivered  the  follow- 
ing citation  which,  in  part,  said  :  "Today 
we  are  Ijestowing  the  Medical  .Alumni 
Association  Honor  Award  and  Cold  Key 
to  a  (juiet,  friendl}-.  dignified  gentleman, 
who  will  celehrate  his  76th  hirthday  on 
this  Sunday,  May  10.  The  life  of  this 
devoted  and  loyal  alumnus  has  heen  cov- 
ered in  detail  in  a  most  excellent  manner 
in  several  issues  of  the  Bui.i.kti.n.  .  .  . 

"However,  there  are  certain  high- 
lights I  shall  enumerate  hriellv.   He  was 


horn  in  jarrettsville,  Harford  County,  in 
Maryland. 

"After  his  return,  following  the  World 
War  in  UHS,  to  the  .School  of  Medicine, 
he  was  made  Professor  of  Pathology  and 
Head  of  the  Department.  We  all  know 
how  he  huilt  up  his  department  to  an 
excellent  degree  of  efliciencv,  and  how  he 
also  helped  raise  the  standards  and  re])U- 
tation  of  the  School  hv  ser\ing  on  the 
Admissions  Committee,  heing  a  real 
friend  and  councillor  to  any  seeking  help. 
The  door  to  his  office  was  always  open 
and  he  more  than  once  poured  oil  on 
the  troul)lesome  and  perj)lexing  prohlems 
of  students,  faculty,  and  associates  alike 
with  his  sage  advice  and  dry  humor.  .  .  . 

"In  1956  he  retired  and,  on  a  day 
named  in  his  honor,  was  paid  high  trih- 
ute  by  all  his  colleagues  and  former  stu- 
dents from  all  over  this  vast  planet.  Since 
then  he  has  enjoyed  a  well-deserved  rest 
in  com])anv  with  his  loving  and  devoted. 


Jiilx.  1964 


Bl'LLETIS  or  Tin-  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNU'ERSITY  OF  MARYLAXD 

chanuiiig  wife.  :\  childhood  sweetheart.  to  advance  the  progress  of  our  medical 

iiistitiiti(jn. 
••Therefore,  todav  it  is  niv  good  f(jr-  "^  present  to  you  a  very  close  and  dear 

tune  to  have  the  privilege  of  bestowing  f'^i^'icl  for  your  recognition— Dr.   Hugh 

the  Medical  Alumni  Association  Honor  ^"^^  -^pencer. 

Award  and  Gold  Key  to  a  former  teacher  Following   the    presentation    l)y    Drs. 

and  professor,  a  councillor  and  adviser.  ^\>lls  <^"<1  Stone,  a  rising  ovation  and 

a  scholar,  and  a  gentleman  of  the  old  applause  was  tendered  Dr.  Spencer. 
school,  hut  above  all.  to  a  loval  alumnus  Then  followed  a  brief  business  meet- 

who  has  gi\  en  of  himself  so  unseltishly  ing  the  minutes  of  which  follow. 

TREASURER'S  REPORT  OF  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION,   1963 

The  fiscal  year  ended  April  30,  1963,  with  the  Alumni  Association  in  a  sound 
financial  position. 

Opening  Balance,  May  1, 1962 

^Maryland  National  Bank   (Checking  Account) $  4,356.10 

Eutaw  Savings  Bank  (Savings  Account) 6,249.01 

Balto.  Fed.  Sav.  &  Loan  (Student  Loan  Fund) 1,023.49 


$11,628.60 

Receipts,  Mav  1,  1962— April  30,  1963 $23,485.34 

Disbursements,  May  1,  1962— April  30,  1963 16,809.33 


Balance   $  6,676.01 

Closing  Balance,  April  30,  1963 

Maryland  National  Bank  (Checking  Account)    $      540.47 

Eutaw  Savings  Bank  (Savings  Account)    15,322.80 

Balto.  Fed.  Sav.  &  Loan  (Student  Loan  Fund) 1.441.26 


Total    $17,304.53 

Details  of  Receipts  and  Disbursements  will  appear  sejxirately  in  the  Bulletin 
following  the  auditors'  report  for  1963. 

Closing  balances  for  the  past  three  years: 

1961    $  4.064.22 

1962   11.628.60 

1963   17,304.53 

This  represents  a  real  endeavor  to  secure  for  the  Association  a  more  favorable 
financial  position  following  a  long  period  of  a  policy  of  financial  insecurity. 

The  important  reasons  for  stability  are  obvious  if  the  organization  is  to  become 
more  progressively  effective. 

This  year  a  curriculum  vitae  file  of  graduates  was  begun  with  the  1963  graduating 
class.  This  is  to  be  a  continuing  endeavor  anticipating  an  extension  to  cover  all 
graduates  of  the  Medical  School.  The  value  of  this  jMogram  to  the  Association  and 
the  Medical  School  is  obvious  and  the  expenditure  will  be  a  worthy  one.  The  plan 
as  presently  conceived  will,  in  addition  to  current  photographs  of  all  graduates  and 
a  basic  file  of  information,  encourage  accunnilation  of  significant  information.  We 
anticipate  soliciting  units  possibly  on  a  five  to  fifty  year  basis  relating  to  graduation 
anniversaries.  Thus  your  record  will  be  periodically  updated. 

Tentative  plans  for  a  combined  alumni  center  for  the  Baltimore  Campus  are 

xxiv  Vol.  49,  Xo.  3 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 

under   discussion.   Our   sound   financial   status   will   place   us   in   a   very   favorable 
financing  position  for  this  endeavor  as  it  develops. 

A  substantial  increase  of  the  student  loan  fund  is  anticipated.  At  present  this 
fund — administered  by  the  student  loan  fund  committee  of  the  Alumni  Association — 
is  a  modest  one  and  your  contributions  to  this  very  worthy  activity  of  the  Associa- 
tion are  earnestly  solicited. 

Paid  Membership  for  1963  is  1,476 — this  is  a  sizable  representation  but  should 
be  much  larger.  A  growing  membership,  continued  sound  fiscal  policy  and  your 
support  of  the  Medical  Alumni  Association  will  insure  a  greatly  increased  scope 
of  effectiveness. 

I  am  pleased  to  have  had  the  privilege  of  presenting  this  increasingly  favorable 
report  for  1963. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Howard  B.  Mays,  M.D. 
Treasurer 


Minutes  of  the  Annual  Meeting  of 

the  Medical  Alumni  Association, 

University   of    Maryland 

(Held   in  conjunction  with  the   First 
Maryland  Medical  Reunion) 

May  8,  1964 
The  annual  business  meeting  of  the 
Medical  Alumni  Association  was  called 
to  order  by  the  Alumni  President,  Gibson 
J.  Wells,  M.D. 

Dr.  Howard  B.  Mays,  Treasurer,  re- 
ported : 

Checking  Account,  Mary- 
land National  Bank $6,047.32 

Savings  Account,  Maryland 

National  Bank   5,000.00 

Funded  Reserve,  Eutaw 

Savings  Bank 15,902.75 

Student  Loan  Fund,  Balto. 

Fed.  Sav.  &  Loan 1,007.51 


$27,957.58 
He  announced  that  Dr.  George  H. 
Yeager  heads  a  subcommittee  to  assist 
in  the  planning  of  a  joint  Faculty-Alumni 
Facility. 

Dr.  Wells  called  our  attention  to  the 
posted  Necrology  Report,  following 
which  a  moment  of  silence  was  observed 
for  our  departed  colleagues. 

Dr.  Hugh  R.  Spencer  of  the  B.:\1.C. 
Class  of  1910  was  recipient  of  the  Honor 
Award  and  Gold  Key  presented  by  Dr. 


Wells  and  Dean  Stone.  Dr.  Wells  intro- 
duced Dr.  Spencer  recalling  his  37  years 
as  Professor  of  Pathology  at  the  School 
of  Medicine  where  he  had  won  the  ad- 
miration and  friendship  of  the  faculty 
and  students.  Dr.  Spencer  was  remem- 
bered for  his  outstanding  efforts  in  ad- 
vancing the  standards  and  reputation  of 
our  School  and  is  considered  one  of  our 
most  loyal  Alvmini. 

Dr.  Spencer's  remarks  upon  this  occa- 
sion were  very  v/arm  and  expressive.  Fie 
recalled  the  earlier  days  of  struggle  and 
organization  of  the  Department  of  Path- 
ology. Dr.  Spencer  was  most  appreciative 
to  his  colleagues  for  their  advice  and  firm 
friendship  throughout  his  years  as  Pro- 
fessor of  Pathology.  For  him  this  award 
was.  "The  greatest  honor  and  highest 
point  of  my  life." 

Dr.  \W'lls  reported  that  to  date  the 
student  loan  fund  had  received  $5,907.81 
in  subscriptions  and  made  14  loans  to- 
taling $4,900.30,  leaving  a  balance  of 
$1,007.51. 

The  report  of  the  Nominating  Com- 
mittee was  rendered  by  Dr.  Frank  K. 
A  [orris.  Chairman  of  the  Nominating 
Committee.  The  following  oftkers  were 
nominated  for  the  year  1964-65  : 

President-elect — 

Dr.  C.  Parke  Scarborough 


Julx,  1964 


BLLLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MFPICINE.  UNirEk'SlTV  OF  M.lRVL.LXf) 


Secretary — 

Dr.  Thomas  H.  Connor 
Treasnrer — 

Dr.  Walter  E.  KartVin 
Vice-Presidents — 
Dr.  F.  A.  Holclen 
Dr.  Robert  \\^  Farr 
Dr.  John  E.  Moran 
Three  new  Members  of  the  Board  of 
Directors : 

Dr.  \\"iniam  H.  Kanimer,  Jr. 
Dr.  Roliert  Goldstein 
Dr.  John  D.  Young,  Jr. 
Signed. 

Frank  K.  Morris,  AI.D.,  CJiainnan 
George  H.  Yeager,  JM.D. 
Harry  Beck.  M.D. 
Louis  C.  Dol)ihal,  M.D. 
John  F.  Hogan,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Respectfully, 
Francis  J.  Borges,  M.D. 
Secretary 
Dr.   William    H.    Triplett,   Executive 
Secretary  of  the  Medical  Alumni  Asso- 
ciation,   then    presented   the    Necrology 
roster  for  1963.  which  is  as  follows: 


NECROLOGY  ROSTER, 

1963-64 

Koox.s,  Earle  W. 

1924 

ROTTENBERG,    JOSEPH 

1912 

Sherman,  Louis  F. 

BMC 

1893 

MiLHOLLAND,    ArTHUR   V. 

1938 

Fenby,  John  S. 

1914 

Don  Diego,  Leonard  V. 

1940 

Hogg,  Gory 

P&S 

1895 

Booker,  Robert  F. 

1902 

Favour,  Richmond,  Jr.  . 

1904 

Cooper,  Charles  F. 

1897 

Bunn,  James  H.,  Jr. 

1936 

Babcock,  W.  Wayne 

P&S 

1893 

Whisnant,  Albert  M. 

P&S 

1893 

FiDLER,    AkDVERN    K. 

1927 

McGuiRE,  William  P. 

BMC 

1903 

FucHs,  Abner  M. 

1925 

Bubert,  Howard  M. 

1920 

Kepple,  Adam  S. 

1909 

Welfeld,  Alvan  a. 

1938 

MiTciif;LL,  George  W. 

1896 

Rabinowitz,  Jacob  H. 

1934 

MoLOFSKY,  Leonard  C. 

1938 

Makti.v,  William  F. 

1920 

Pruitt,  Harrison  A. 

BMC 

1910 

Wright,  J.  LeRoy 

BMC 

1908 

King,  Victor  F. 

1951 

Insley,  J.  Kno.x,  Sr. 

1908 

McMuLLEN,  John 

1895 

Stone,  William  L. 

BMC 

1910 

Whipple,  Ernest  E. 

P&S 

1908 

Richardson,  Charles  R. 

1903 

Peters,  H.  Raymond 

1922 

Rrow.v,  Joseph   L. 

1918 

Perras,  Louis  A. 

BMC 

1911 

Dailey,  William   Paul 

1929 

Flachs,  Adolph 

BMC 

1907 

Forbes,  Sherman  B. 

1918 

ReH MEYER,    W.    O. 

1931 

Meyer,  Alvin 

1939 

Franklin,  Philip  L. 

1936 

D ALTON,    William    B. 

1918 

GuTMAN,  Isaac 

1934 

Morrill,  David  S. 

BMC 

1897 

Lane,  Edgar  W. 

1915 

FiNKELSTONE,   BeNJAMIN   B. 

P&S 

1910 

MacDougal,  Wilbur  E. 

P&S 

1904 

Naumann,  Albert  A. 

1915 

Berry,  Erwin  P. 

1930 

Grounds,  Wilbert  Lee 

P&S 

1910 

Harman,  Howard  E. 

P&S 

1911 

Agnew,  John  R. 

1914 

Weinstein,  Jack 

1930 

Troxler,  Raymond  M. 

1914 

Shochat,  Albert  J. 

1931 

Schapiro,  Abraham 

1914 

Rosenberg,  Herbert  J. 

1908 

Waller,  W.  Kennedy 

1936 

Dees,  Daniel  Alfonso 

BMC 

1903 

Daves,  John  Thomas 

1917 

Hosmer,  Merrill  F. 

P&S 

1914 

Bis  HON,   Everett  L. 

1916 

Rolenson,  Julio  R. 

1916 

Hugg,  John  Henry 

1935 

Ahroon,  Carl  R. 

1901 

Vilella,   Felix   M. 

P&S 

1909 

Henderson,  Clair  C. 

1914 

Wanner,  Jesse  R.,  Jr. 

1939 

Mitchell,  William  M. 

1905 

Brillhart,  Harry  L. 

P&S 

1912 

Dries,  Charles   L. 

1911 

Clark,  Sydenham  R. 

1905 

HoRiNE,  Cyrus  F. 

1919 

Lovill,  Robert  J. 

1910 

Jones,  Ezra  A. 

BMC 

1907 

Powell,  Jesse  A. 

P&S 

1907 

Fessler,  William 

BMC 

1907 

I.arooue,  Herbert 

BMC 

1903 

Continued   p.  xxxiv 

/ 

'ol.  49.  No.  3 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 


Class  of  1914 


Charles  W.  Armstrong,  M.D. 

1216  W.  Innes  St.,  Salisbury,  N.  C.  28144 

Yates  M.  Barber,  M.D. 
Tidewater,  Va.  22566 

Geo.  Wm.  Bishop,  M.D. 
Pasadena,  Md.  21122 

Wm.  p.  Black,  M.D. 

Ill  Capitol  St.,  Charleston,  W.  Va.  25301 

LowRiE  W.  Blake,  M.D. 

5609  7th  Ave.  Dr.  West.  Bradenton,  Fla.  2,iS0S 

O.  H.  BoBiTT,  M.D. 

863  24th  Ave.  X.,  St.  Petersburg,  Fla.  i2,7U 

A.  D.  Bogert 

Address  not  listed  in  1963  AM  A  Directory 

James  C.  Brogdex,  M.D. 

108  W.  6th  St.,  Tulsa,  Okla.  74103 

Morton  M.  Brotman,  M.D. 

212  S.  Orange  Ave.,  Apt.  10,  S.  Orange,  N.  J. 

07079 

Manuel  G.  Carrera,  M.D. 

101  N.  Union  St.,  Fajardo,  P.  R.  00648 

Arthur  Casilli,  M.D. 

618  Newark  Ave.,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.  07203 

Everett  L.  Cook,  M.D. 

4125  Arkansas  Ave.  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

20011 

Gu-BERT  L.  A.  Dailev,  M.D. 

618  N.  3rd  St.,  Harrisburg,  Pa.  17101 

Theodore  McCann  Davis,  M.D. 

108  Vannoy  St.,  Greenville,  S.  C.  29601 

Walter  Lee  Denny,  M.D. 

3908  X.  Charles  St.,  Balto.,  Md.  21218 

Chauncey  E.  Dovell,  M.D. 

62  S.  Boxwood  St.,  Hampton,  \'a.  23369 

Escheverria  y  Mora,  Jose  Ramon,  M.D. 
Castillo  del  Principe,  Havana,  Cuba* 

Rkhaki)  I.  Esslinger,  M.D. 

3720  Glenmore  Ave.,  Balto.,  Md.  21206 

Attie  Thompson  Gordo.v,  M.D. 
Spencer,  W.  Va. 

Geo.  Garland  Grazier,  M.D. 

102  River  St.,  Hollsopple,  Pa.  15935 


Cec  H.  Starke  Hassell,  M.D. 

411  S.W.  29th  Ct,  Miami,  Fla.  33135 

Howard  Carrington  Heilman,  M.D. 
Elderton,  Pa. 

Aaron  L.  Holstein,  M.D  . 

174  Undercliff  Ave.,  Bronx  53,  X.  Y.* 

Jesse  J.  Jenkins,  M.D. 
Farinington,  W.  Va.  26571 

James  W.  Katzenberger 

44  Cedar  Rd.,  Severna  Park,  Md.  21146 

Harry  Stanley  Kuhlman,  AI.D. 
Sharptown,  Md. 

Herbert  Leonard  Langer,  M.D. 

212  Beach  69th  St.,  Far  Rockaway,  X.  Y.  11692 

Augustin  R.  Laugier,  M.D. 
Box  298,  San  Juan,  P.  R.  00902 

AIorris  B.  Levin,  M.D. 

218  E.  Univ.  Pkwy.,  Balto.,  Md.  21218 

X'oLAN  D.  C.  Lewis,  M.D. 
Rt.  #5,  Frederick,  Md.  21701 

Joseph  Lipskey,  M.D. 
Odenton,  Md. 

John  F.  Lutz,  M.D. 

72  Southgate  Ave.,  Annapolis,  Md.  21401 

Charles  L.  Magruder,  M.D. 

1010  X.  Bundry  Dr.,  Los  Angeles.  Calif.  90049 

John  E.  Maher,  M.D. 

96  Third  Ave.,  Long  Branch,  X.  J.  07740 

Erwin  AIayer,  M.D. 

The  Esplanade  Apts..  Baltimore.  Md.  21217 

John  Vincent  McAninch,  M.D. 

308  W.  Lincoln  Ave.,  McDonald,  Pa.  15057 

Albert  D.  McFadden,  M.D. 

4313  Marble  Hall  Rd.,  Balto.,  Md.  21218 

Challice  Haydon  Metcalfe,   M.D. 
Sudlersville,   Md.  21668 

Ma  J.  Alfred  Mordecai,  M.D. 

806  S.  Hawthorne  Rd.,  Winston-Salem,  X.  C. 

28403 

Lt.  Col.  Frank  ^L  Moose,  M.C,  USA 
4501  Dalton  Rd.,  Chevy  Chase,  Md.  20015 

John  Charles  O'Neil,  M.D. 

P.  O.  Box  158,  Savannah,  Ga.  31402 


*  Last  known  address. 
Jul\.  1Q64 


*  Last  known  address. 


BVLLETIX  ()!■'  Tllli  S^  IIDOL  OF  MF.niCIXE.  I'MrF^R'SITV  OF  MARVLAXD 

Class  of  1934 — University  of  Maryland 
Celebrates  at  Reunion 


Class   of    1934    (left   to    right):    J.    X.    Corsello.    E.    Levi.    W.    Sullivan.    J.    Conn.    G.    Yeager.    Mabel    Silver, 
S.  Brauer,  L.  S.  Heck.  S.  Alessi.  H.  Cohen,  and  J.  Haney. 


Maxuel  E.  Pljadaz-Dias,  M.D. 

1611  Colon  Ave.,  Santurce,  P.  R.  00911 

William  F.  Rice,  M.D. 

1965  5th  Ave.,  San  Rafael,  Calif.* 

Walter  L.  Richards,  M.D. 

Box  11,  Rt.  4,  Charlottesville.  Va.  22901 

Joseph  U.  Rohr 
Roanoke,  Va. 

Richard  O.  Shea,  M.D. 

25  Sanford  P.,  Bridgeport,  Conn.  06604 

Ivv  G.  Shirkev,  M.D. 

Albemarle  Apts.,  1830  17th  St.,  N.W., 

Washington,  D.  C.  20009 

Byron  Wm.  Steele,  M.D. 
Box  248,  Mullens,  W.  Va.  24863 


Frank  Gregory  Strahan,  M.D. 

Red  Gate  Farm,  Williamsville,  Vt.  05353 

Geo.  Loutrell  Timanus,  M.D. 

1307  Maryland  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21201* 

Thurman  Elroy  Vass,  M.D. 
Box  167,  Bluef^eld,  W.  Va.  24701 

Wm.  Sebastian  Walsh,  AI.D. 

24  Greaton  Dr.,  Providence,  R.  I.  02906 

H.  H.  Warner,  M.D. 

2604  Garrison  Blvd.,  Balto..  Md.  21216 

David  Tressler  Williams.    M.D. 
21  Hall  Ave.,  Newark,  Ohio  43056 

Austin  H.  Wood,  M.D. 

Med.  Arts  Bldg.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21201 


*  Last  known  address. 


Last  known  address. 


J  'ol.  49,  \'o.  3 


Class 


NOTES 


Elsewhere  in  this  edition  you  will 
find  a  "tear  out"  page,  for  reporting 
Ahiinni  Ncii's  to  the  Bulletin.  This  is 
not  an  idle  gesture. 

Your  achievements,  jellozv  alumnus, 
arc  uj  interest  to  your  classmates.  They 
constitute  a  rezvard  to  the  faculty,  are  a 
challenge  to  the  younger  physicians,  and 
are  an  item  of  prestige  for  the  Univer- 
sity. Please  cooperate  zvith  us  by  for- 
warding nezvs  of  yourself  or  any  alumnus 
to  the  Bulletin.  Thank  you. 

Class  of  1929 

Jacob  H.  Conn  was  the  principal 
speaker  at  the  scientific  seminar  and  at 
the  award  banquet  of  the  Michigan  So- 
ciety of  Psychosomatic  Dentistry  and 
Medicine,  held  in  Detroit  during  the 
month  of  April.  1964.  Dr.  Conn's  topic 
was,  "Psychiatric  Principles  in  Patient 
Management." 

Class  of  1934 

William  B.  Soltz  of  1749  Grand  Con- 
course, Xew  York  5?i.  X.  Y.,  has  l)een 
elected  to  fellowshij)  in  the  American 
College  of  Physicians.  Dr.  Soltz  was 
inducted  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
College  at  Atlantic  City  in  April,  1964. 
Dr.  Soltz  has  completed  and  published 
several  research  studies  on  "The  Piio- 
chemistry  of  Aging"  in  collaboration 
with  Dr.  Bacon  F.  Chow  of  the  Johns 
Hopkins  School  of  Hygiene  and  I'ul)lic 
Health. 

Class  of  1937 

Joseph  A.  Muse,  Jr.,  now  serves  as 
chief  of  Medicine  at  the  Bon  Secours 
hlospital  in  lu'dtimore. 


Class  of  1943 

Myron  J.  Myers  has  announced  the 
removal  of  his  office  to  4419  Falls  Rd. 
(at  Cold  .Spring  Lane)  in  l^>altimore. 

Class  of  1944 

Champe  Clark  Poole  of  2800  Green 
St..  Harrisburg.  Pa.,  has  been  named 
President  of  the  Dauphin  County  Med- 
ical Society  for  1964.  Dr.  Poole  also 
serves  as  chief  of  Orthopedics  at  the 
Harrisburg  Polyclinic  Hospital,  where 
he  is  also  coordinator  of  the  Department 
of  Orthopedics  and  is  acting  chief  of  the 
Department  of  Rehabilitation.  Dr.  Poole 
has  also  served  recently  as  President  of 
the  Orthopedic  Section  of  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Medical  Society  and  is  currently 
President-elect  of  the  Harrisburg  Aca- 
demy of  Medicine. 

Class  of  1945 
Frank  J.  Ayd,  Jr.,  received  the  hon- 
orary degree  of  Doctor  of  Laws  from 
Xavier  L'niversity,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  on 
June  3.  1964.  Dr.  Ayd  also  delivered  the 
commencement  address. 

Class  of  1947 

Joseph  W.  Blevins,  who  has  served 

as  medical  director  for  the  Instrument 
Department  of  the  General  Electric  Co. 
in  Lynn,  Mass.,  has  been  appointed  med- 
ical director  for  the  Olin  Aluminum  Co.. 
Hannibal,  Ohio,  where  he  assumed  his 
new  responsibilities  on  June  15,  1964. 

Dr.  Blevins  will  now  l)e  responsible 
for  organizing  a  complete  industrial  med- 
ical service  for  a  new  aluminum  rolling 
mill  that  has  recently  been  built  in  Han- 
nibal. 

L.  J.  Bunch,  formerly  of  Alamosa, 
Colo.,  has  mo\ed  to  South  Fork,  Colo. 

Gordon  R.  Forrer,  20141  James 
Couzens  Highway,  Detroit,  has  published 


July.  1964 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE.  IWirERSITV  OF  MARYLAND 


a  paper  entitled  "The  Psyclioanalytic 
Theory  of  Hallucination."  This  ixqier 
appeared  in  the  joiu-nal.  Piscascs  of  tlic 
Xcrroiis  System  (24:1.  Dec.  1963). 

Class  of  1955 

Paul  C  Hudson,  former  resident  in 
neurosurgery  at  University  Hospital  and 
a  practicing  neurosurgeon  in  Baltimore, 
has  joined  the  medical  stafif  of  the  hospi- 
tal ship  S.S.  Hope,  in  Guayaquil,  Ecua- 
dor, where  the  ship  has  heen  stationed 
.since  Decemher,  \963.  Dr.  Hudson  will 
remain  on  duty  with  the  ship  through 
the  early  summer  of  1964.  He  is  a  mem- 
her  of  the  fourth  rotation  team,  each  team 
spending  ahout  two  months  each  on  the 
ship  to  augment  its  regular  staff  of  more 
than  80  physicians,  nurses,  and  other 
medical  personnel. 

The  S.S.  Hope  will  remain  in  Guaya- 
(|uil  until  Septemher,  1964,  when  it  will 
sail  for  Africa. 

Class  of  1957 

Marvin  S.  Arons  of  107  Strand,  Gal- 
veston, Texas,  has  been  recently  elected 
to  the  Society  of  Sigma  Xi.  Dr.  Arons  is 
also  a  member  of  the  New  York  Academy 
of  Sciences.  He  presented  a  paper  at  a 
recent  meeting  of  the  American  Society 
of  Maxillofacial  Surgeons  and  at  the 
Texas  Society  of  Plastic  Surgery.  Dr. 
Arons  has  recently  ])articipated  in  the 
National  Burn  Seminar  and  has  been 
active  in  the  Association  of  Plastic  Sur- 
gery Residents. 

Harvey  R.  Butt,  Jr.,  of  710  Warren 
Drive.  Annapolis,  Md..  has  been  certi- 
fied by  the  American  Board  of  Anesthe- 
siology, the  certificate  being  issued  in 
A])ril.  1964. 


Class  of  1958 

Stuart  H.  Brager  has  recently  an- 
nounced his  association  with  Drs.  Paul 
F.  Guerin  and  Watson  Kime  as  director 
of  the  Radioisotope  Division  of  their 
Clinical  Laboratory  which  is  located  at 
1010  St.  Paul  St.  in  P,altimore. 

Richard  J.  Erickson  of  1209  Euclid 
Ave.,  Knoxville,  Tenn..  has  recently  re- 
turned from  military  duty  in  Germany 
and  has  resumed  the  private  general 
practice  of  medicine.  Dr.  Erickson  also 
serves  as  an  instructor  in  the  Department 
of  General  Practice  at  the  University  of 
Tennessee  Research  Center  and  Hos})ital 
and  in  the  National  Institutes  of  ^Mental 
Health  postgraduate  psychiatric  pro- 
gram at  the  University  of  Tennessee. 

Class  of  1960 

Jerrod  Norman  Lee  is  engaged  in 
the  practice  of  pediatric  neurology  at 
the  LTniversity  of  Oklahoma  in  Okla- 
homa City. 

Class  of  1961 

Roger  Lee  Mehl,  surgical  resident 
at  the  Presbyterian-St.  Luke's  Hospital 
in  Chicago,  was  the  recipient  of  an 
award-winning  essav  and  annual  prize 
for  surgical  research  from  the  Chicago 
Surgical  Society. 

Dr.  Mehl's  work  concerned  "The  Suc- 
cessful Treatment  of  Acidosis  and  Tox- 
emia Following  Replantation  of  an  Ex- 
tremity Severed  for  Prolonged  Periods." 
Dr.  Mehl  also  presented  a  paper  of  a 
similar  title  at  the  meeting  of  the  North 
American  Chapter  of  International  Car- 
diovascular Society  in  San  Francisco  in 
Tune,   1964. 


Vol.  49,  No.  3 


B.  M.  C.  1897 

William  Edward  Hamlin  i)f  \\  al- 

tham,  Mass.,  died  on  l)ecenil)er  15.  1963. 
Dr.  I  lanilin  was  SS. 

B.  M.  C.  1901 

Ralph    Gibson    Ferry,    Sr.,   of   68 

Main  St.,  Wells  River,  Vt.,  died  Febru- 
ary 12,  1964.  at  the  age  of  87. 

B.  M.  C.  1903 

Herbert  Larogue  of  10  Cherry  Hill 
Rd.,  Reisterstown,  Md.,  died  recently. 

Class  of  1906 

William  Dick  Campbell  of  145  W. 

Washington  St..  llagerstown.  Md.,  died 
on  December  18.  1963.  Dr.  Campbell  was 
89. 

B.  M.  C.  1907 

William  Fessler  of  Grantwood.  X. 
J.,  died  recently. 

Ezra  Albert  Jones  of  2263  Elm  St., 
Mancliester.  X.  IL,  died  recently. 

P  &  S  1907 

Jesse  Avinette  Powell,  Edenton, 
X.  C.  died  recently. 

T.  Frederick  Leitz,  gastroenterolo- 
gist  and  former  chief  of  that  department 
at  Mercy  Hospital,  died  on  lanuary  12, 
1964.  Dr.  Leitz  was  81. 

B.  M.  C.  1908 

Harry  C.  Podall,  15  K.  Jacoby  St.. 
Xorristown,  Pa.,  died  on  b'ebruarv  17. 
1964.  Dr.  Podall  was  81. 


P  &  S  1908 

Horace  Allen  Whisler  of  116  Grove 
Ave.,  Clarksburg,  W.  Va.,  died  on 
February  17,  1964.  Dr.  Whisler  was  79. 

B.  M.  C.     1909 

Juan  S.  Morales  of  14  Santa  Cruz 
St..  liavamon,  Puerto  Rico,  died  recent- 

Class  of  1910 

Robert  Jones  Lovill  of  125  Rock- 
ford  St.,  Mt.  Airy.  X.  C,  died  recently. 

B.  M.  C.  1910 

John  Henry  Messier  of  Union 
Bridge.  Md.,  died  on  December  3,  1963. 
Dr.  Messier  was  77. 

P  &  S  1910 

Lt.  Col.  W.  Boyd  Hunter  of  Coral 
Gables.  Fla.,  died  on  May  13,  1964. 

Class  of  1911 

Charles  Leibold  Dries  of  Barto, 
Pa.,  died  September  5.  1963.  Dr.  Dries 
was  S2. 

P  &  S  1911 

Joseph  Birney  Kilbourn  of  Hawk- 
hurst  Farms  died  on  ^lay  10,  1964,  at 
the  Hartford    (Conn.)    Hospital. 

The  son  of  a  member  of  the  P  &  S 
Class  1897,  Dr.  Joseph  Austin  Kill)ourn. 
he  completed  his  surgical  internship  at 
St.  X'incent's  Hospital  in  Xew  York  City. 

\\hile  attending  a  \\'orld  Surgical 
Congress  in  London  in  .August.  1914, 
during  the  time  he  was  studying  ad- 
vanced surgery  at  the  l^niversity  of 
X'ienna.  England  declared  war  on  Ger- 
nianw  lie  returned  to  offer  his  services 
to  the  Austrian  monarchy.  Dr.  Kilbourn 
was  ajjpointed  chief  surgeon  of  the  Im- 


y»/v.  1964 


Bi'LLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE.  UXU'ERSITV  OF  MARYL.iXD 


jx'rial  Royal  Austrian  Ambulance  Train 
and  was  one  of  the  first  to  perform  mocl- 
ern  surgery  on  the  battlefields  of  World 
War  I.  At  that  time  he  received  an  Im- 
perial aj^pointment  to  organize  and  staff 
the  ambulance  train,  financed  by  the  Aus- 
train  government,  the  International  Red 
Cross,  and  private  subscriptions. 

For  his  performance  of  surgery  on 
the  battlefields  of  the  Russian.  Italian. 
I^ulgarian,  and  Carpathian  fronts,  he 
was  decorated  by  the  Austrian  emperor 
and  by  the  Prussian  government. 

After  returning  from  the  war.  he 
opened  an  office  on  Madison  Ave..  New 
York  City,  and  was  assistant  visiting 
surgeon  at  Bellevue  and  German  Hospi- 
tals and  at  the  Lenox  Hill  Dispensary. 
He  returned  once  again  to  Austria  for 
training  in  Ophthalmology  and  then  re- 
turned to  the  United  States,  serving  on 
the  staffs  of  Hartford  and  McCook  Me- 
morial Hospitals  in  Connecticut  and  at 
the  Hartford  Dispensary.  For  several 
years  he  contributed  his  services  to  the 
Glaucoma  Clinic  of  the  Hartford  Lion's 
Club. 

During  \\'orld  War  II  he  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  National  Draft  Board  and 
President  of  the  Friends  of  Austria.  Inc.. 
an  organization  devoted  to  helping  refu- 
gees and  for  the  restoration  of  freedom 
in,  and  the  throne  of,  Austria. 

For  his  refugee  work,  he  was  i)erson- 
ally  cited  by  Pope  Pius  XII  in  1948. 

Dr.  Kilbourn  was  a  member  of  the 
.\merican  Medical  Association,  the  state, 
county,  and  Hartford  ^ledical  Societies, 
and  the  Hartford  Eye.  Ear,  and  Throat 
Society  of  which  he  was  a  past  president. 

He  was  a  founder  of  the  Eye  Clinic 
at  the  Hartford  Dispensary,  a  member 
of  the  Connecticut  Historical  Society,  the 
Antiquarian  and  Landmarks  Society. 
Sons  of  the  American  Revolution,  and 
the  Kilbourn  Familv  As.sociation. 


1  le  is  survived  by  his  wife,  the  former 
lu'ironess  von  Gussich.  and  two  sons. 

P  &  S  1912 

Harry  L.  Brillhart  of  1036  Talbot 
Ave..  Jacksonville.  Fla.,  died  December 
14.  1963. 

Harry  Wynn  Vinicombe  of  1336 
Troy  Ave.,  Brooklyn.  X.  Y..  died  re- 
cently. 

P  &  S  1914 

Frank  J.  Ayd,  Sr.,  East  Baltimore 
general  practitioner  for  more  than  50 
years,  died  at  St.  Joseph's  Hospital  on 
March  6.  1964.  Dr.  Ayd  was  77. 

A  native  of  Baltimore,  he  began  the 
practice  of  general  medicine  immediately 
after  graduation  and  continued  in  this 
field  until  1939.  when  he  limited  his 
practice  to  Pediatrics.  He  was  active  on 
the  staff's  of  the  St.  Joseph's  and  Mercy 
Hospitals.  During  World  \\'ar  II  he 
served  as  Assistant  to  the  Director  of 
the  Pediatrics  Clinic  at  University  Hos- 
pital. For  many  years  he  had  been  active 
as  a  volunteer  in  youth  groups.  He 
served  as  attending  physician  to  the  old 
St.  Elizabeth's  Home  and  for  many  years 
was  associated  with  St.  Hilary's  Indus- 
trial School.  During  this  period  he  do- 
nated over  1 .000  volumes  of  general  type 
literature  to  the  institution. 

Merrill  F.  Hosmer  of  1282  Snell 
Isle  Blvd..  St.  Petersburg.  Fla..  died  of 
leukemia  in  X'oveml)er.   1963. 

Class  of  1914 

James  W.  Katzenberger,  a  general 

l)ractitioner  in  the  \\'est  Iniltimore  area 
for  nearly  a  half-century,  died  on  March 
5.  1964.  ' 

A  native  of  Oregon.  111..  Dr.  Katzen- 
berger moved  to  Baltimore  in  1900.  He 
was  active  on  the  staff's  of  the  I*>on  Se- 
cours  and  St.  Agnes  Hospitals. 


J'ol.  49,  No.  3 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 


Howard  H.  Warner,  a  physician  in 
Baltimore  for  more  than  40  years,  died 
June  5,  1964.  followinj^  a  lengthy  illness. 
Dr.  Warner  was  74. 

A  native  of  Lincoln.  \'a..  he  moved  to 
Baltimore  at  the  age  of  12  and  was  grad- 
uated from  the  Friends  School  and  later 
from  the  I'niversity  of  Maryland.  After 
receiving  his  medical  degree,  he  joined 
the  29th  Division  where  he  was  commis- 
sioned as  a  First  Lieutenant.  He  served 
in  World  War  L  Following  the  war,  he 
resumed  practice  and  for  a  while  was 
associated  with  the  late  Dr.  John  Rurah. 
well-known  ])ediatrician.  At  that  time 
he  served  at  the  University  Hospital  in 
the  Department  of  Pediatrics  and  was 
also  active  in  the  Department  of  Pedi- 
atrics at  L'uion  Memorial  and  the  W^o- 
men's  Hospital  of  Maryland.  For  a  time 
he  served  as  a  public  health  officer  for 
the  City  of  Baltimore. 

Class  of  1915 

Patrick    Aloysius    Durkin    of    73 

Maynard  St.,  Pawtucket.  K.  L,  died  on 
Noveml)er  27,  1963.  Dr.  Durkin  was  73. 

Class  of  1917 

John  Thomas  Daves  of  St.  Simons 
Island,  Ga.,  died  on  September  17,  1963. 
Dr.  Daves  was  70. 

Class  of  1921 

E.  Martinez-Rivera,  Apartado  1233. 
Hato  Key,  Puerto  Rico,  died  on  March 
15,  1964.' 

Class  of  1924 

Samuel  Marton  of  333  West  End 
Ave..  Xew  ^'ork  City,  died  .August  16, 
1961. 

W.  H.  Morrison  of  9625   l^-ankford 


Ave.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  died  on  Febru- 
ary 6,  1964.  Dr.  Morrison  was  67. 

Class  of  1927 

Hiram    Eugene    Upton   of    144   S. 

Willard  St.,  Burlington,  Vt.,  died  Janu- 
ary IS,  1964.  Dr.  L'pton  was  61. 

Class  of  1930 

Erwin  P.  Berry  of  Baltimore,  Md., 
died  on  August  3,  1963.  Dr.  Berry  was 

59. 

Rollin  C.  Hudson  died  on  May  29, 
1964,  after  a  lengthy  illness.  Dr.  Hudson 
was  60. 

For  many  years  Dr.  Hudson  had  been 
active  in  medical  practice  at  Towson, 
where  he  had  an  office  at  606  Baltimore 
Ave.  He  also  served  as  a  member  of  the 
Board  of  Managers  of  the  Children's  Aid 
Society  of  Baltimore  County  and  had 
been  active  on  the  staff  of  the  Baltimore 
County  Health  Department,  serving  as  a 
specialist  in  Dermatology. 

An  avid  hobbyist  for  many  years.  Dr. 
Hudson  had  collected  semi-precious 
stones  and  fossil-marked  rocks,  acquir- 
ing an  extensive  collection.  From  some 
of  these  semi-precious  stones  he  fre- 
(|uently  contrived  pieces  of  jewelry  which 
he  presented  to  friends  as  gifts.  He  was 
also  a  collector  of  oriental  rugs  and  for 
many  years  raised  prize  orchids. 

Jack  Weinstein  of  118-02  107th 
Ave.,  Richmond  Hill,  X.  Y.,  died  re- 
cently. 

Class  of  1931 

Albert  J.  Shochat  of  Baltimore, 
Md.,  died  on  August  3,  1963.  Dr. 
.ShoclKit  was  57. 

Class  of  1934 

Harry  Warshawsky  of  523  W.  High 
St.,  Lima,  Ohio,  died  February  22,  1964. 


July,  1964 


HVLLETIX  or  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICI XE,  UXirERSITV  OF  MARVLAXD 


Class  of  1935 

Robert  Lionel  DuBois  of  W  atcr- 
Iniry,  Conn.,  died  on  January  1.  1964. 
Dr.  DuUois  was  54. 

John  Henry  Hugg  of  Jcanncttc. 
Pa.,  died  of  injuries  received  in  a  fall 
on  October  16,  1963.  Dr.  Hugg  was  56. 

Class  of  1938 

Robert  C.  Sheppard,  surgeon,  mem- 
ber of  the  staiY  of  University  Hospital 
and  chief  surgeon  at  Spring  Grove  State 
Hospital,  died  suddenly  at  his  home  on 
April  26,  1964.  Death  was  due  to  a  mas- 
sive cerebral  hemorrhage. 

Dr.  Sheppard,  who  had  also  been  a 
member  of  the  medical  department  of 
the  \\^estern  Electric  Co.,  was  a  member 
of  the  Bon  Secours  and  St.  Agnes  Hos- 
pitals stafTs. 

After  serving  a  two-year  internship 
at  the  St.  Agnes  Hospital,  Dr.  Sheppard 
took  a  three-year  residency  in  surgerv 
at  the  University  Hospital,  serving  as 
its  chief  resident  in  his  final  year.  During 
A\'orld  War  H  he  served  in  Army  field 
hospitals  in  the  European  theater,  re- 
turning in  1946  to  private  practice  of 
surgery.  He  w^as  a  fellow  in  the  Amer- 
ican College  of  Surgeons,  a  member  of 
the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of 


Maryland,  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation, and  the  American  Iioard  of  Sur- 
gery. 

l»ol)  was  a  quiet,  sincere,  and  atten- 
tive practitioner  ;  a  com])etent  surgeon, 
friend,  and  achiser.  1  lis  death  at  the  age 
of  49.  though  premature,  was  but  an 
untimely  conclusion  of  a  career  rich  in 
service  and  devotion  to  the  highest  ideals 
of  medicine  and  the  practice  of  surgery. 

He  is  survived  by  his  wife,  the  former 
Nancy  Craven,  an  alumna  of  the  School 
of  Nursing,  University  of  ^Maryland ; 
one  daughter,  Miss  Margaret  Sheppard, 
also  survives. 

Class  of  1939 

Robert  T.  Coffman  of  1  N.  Davis 
St..  Keyser,  W.  \'a..  died  on  April  24, 
1964. 

Jesse  R.  Wanner,  Jr.,  of  228  N. 
Division  St.,  Salisbury,  Md.,  died  Octo- 
ber 12,  1963.  Dr.  ^^"anner  was  49. 

Class  of  1942 
Prevost  Hubbard,  Jr.,  of  57  Ridge- 
way.  White  Plains,  N.  Y.,  died  on  De- 
cember 9,  1963.  at  the  age  of  49. 

Class  of  1944 
Jose  Garcia  y  Garcia  of  1803  Ponce 
de   Leon  Ave.,   Santurce,   Puerto   Rico, 
died  recently. 


Continued  from  p.  xxvi 

M.ARTOX,    Samuel  1924 

AvD,  John  F.,  Sr.  P&S  1914 

DuRKix,   Patrick  A.  1915 

Messler,  John  H.  BMC  1910 

Campbell,  William  Dick  1906 

Hamlin,  William  Edward  BMC  1897 

Morales,  Juan  S.  BMC  1909 

Warshawskv,  Harry  1934 

Hubbard,  Prevost,  Jr.  1942 

ViNicoMBE,  Harry  W.  P&S  1912 

Katzenberger,  James  W.  1914 

Garcia  y  Garcia,  Jose  A.  1944 

Martinez-Riviera,  Ezequiel  1921 

DuBois,  Robert  L.  1935 

Sheppard,  Robert  C.  1938 

Coffman,  Robert  T.  1939 

The  business  meeting  then  concluded 


and  was  followed  by  a  luncheon  in  John 
Eager  Howard  Hall. 

Scientific  sessions  then  continued  from 
2  :00  to  4 :00  p.m.,  followed  by  a  cocktail 
party  for  50-year  graduates  at  the  Lord 
Baltimore  Hotel. 

On  the  evening  of  Mav  S,  honored 
guests  included  the  members  of  the  Class 
of  1914  (see  list  of  registrants)  who  were 
]  (resented  with  their  50-vear  diplomas 
and  members  of  the  graduating  class  of 
1964.  Speaker  of  the  evening  was  Dr. 
jack  C.  Norris.  Assistant  Clinical  Pro- 
fessor of  Pathology.  Emory  I'niversity, 
Atlanta,  Ga. 


Vol.  49,  Xo.  3 


PLEASE    TEAR    OUT 

ALUMNI  NEWS  REPORT 

TO  THE  BULLETIN: 

I  would  like  to  report  the  following : 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  NEWS  ITEMS 

American  Board  Certification 
Change  of  Address 
Change  of  Office 
Residency  Appointment 
Research  Completed 
News  of  Another  Alumnus 
Academic  Appointment 
Interesting  Historic  Photographs 


Name 


Address 


Class 


Send  to 


Bulletin — School  of  Medicine 
University  of  Maryland 
31  S.  Greene  St. 
Baltimore  1,  Md. 


BULLETIN    School  of  Medicine 
University  of  Maryland 


VOLUME  49  OCTOBER,   1964  NUMBER  4 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGE 


ORIGINAL  ARTICLES 


Reliability    Engineering    for   Open    Heart    Surgery — — -     46 

William  G.  Esmond,  M.D.,  R.  Adams  Coivlcy,  M.D..  Albert  Lcuntinn,  John  Francone, 
Theodore  Carski,  Robert  Kaestner,  Ed'n'ard  Hurdle,  Bernhard  Baker 

The   Effects  of  Radiation   in   Utero  On    the   Human    Fetal    Brain — _ 56 

Marvm  A'.  Goldstein.  MJK,  J.  A.  Wanner,  M.D..  and  Lester  Kiefcr,  M.D. 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 

Dean's    Letter    ___. _ 

New    Faculty    Appointments    and    Promotions    _ 

Faculty    Notes    

Grants     _ 

Proceedings   of    the    University   of   Maryland    Biological    Society- 
Lecture  Series  for    1964-65   Announced 

Postgraduate    Committee    Section    

Abstracts     

Book   Reviews   _ - 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 

President's      Letter      xviii 

Alumni    Day    and    Annual    Meeting    June    3,     1965 Xt 

Class   of    1915    - - XX 

Class    Notes   _ _ xxlii 

October,  1964  45 


Relial)ilily  Engineering  for  Open  Heart 
Snrgery 

WILLIAM  G.   ESMOND,   M.D.,   R.   ADAMS   COWLEY,   M.D.,    ALBERT    LEWITINN,   JOHN    FRANZONE*, 
THEODORE   CARSKI**,   ROBERT   KAESTNERf,    EDWARD   HURDLEf,   BERNARD    BAKER  t 


Introduction 

Open  heart  oi'erations  for  the  re- 
pair of  complicated  congenital  and  ac- 
quired heart  defects  by  trained  teams  of 
physicians  have  become  numerous  in 
many  medical  centers  throughout  the 
country.  Entry  into  the  heart  for  the 
direct  suturing  or  for  the  placement  of 
prosthetic  materials  requires  the  occlu- 
sion of  inflow  blood  into  the  heart  under 
conditions  of  moderate  body  hypothermia 
(28° C)  for  a  brief  period,  or  the  com- 
plete support  of  the  patient's  gas  exchange 
and  circulation  for  a  prolonged  period 
with  the  aid  of  a  heart  lung  machine.  A 
tnimber  of  efficient  designs  for  heart 
lung  machines  are  available  and  in  clin- 
ical use  at  the  present  time.  The  func- 
tion and  use  of  all  units  is  basically  sim- 
ilar. However,  the  system  developed  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  School  of 
^ledicine  offers  significant  advantages  in 
increased  reliability. 

Briefly,  extracorporeal  circulation  for 
open  heart  surgery  is  conducted  as  fol- 
lows :  After  the  chest  has  been  opened 
l)y  the  surgical  team  and  the  patient's 
blood  has  been  treated  with  heparin, 
blood  is  lead  from  the  patient's  great 
veins  and  is  allowed  to  syphon  into  a 
device  primed  with  heparinized  blood 
designed  to  permit  gas  exchange  to  occur 


From  the  Division  of  Thoracic  Surgery,  Department 
of  Surgery,  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medi- 
cine,  Baltimore   1,  Maryland. 

Supported  by  U.  S.  Public  Health  Grants  H-2618 
(C8)  and  H-5636  (C-3). 

*  Fawn  Plastics,  Timonium,  Md.  Baltimore  Bio- 
logical   Laboratories. 

**  Baltimore   Biological   Laboratory. 

t  E.    A.    Kaestner    Co.,    Baltimore,    Maryland. 

t  Dept.  of  Mechanical  Engineering,  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University. 


to  duplicate  the  function  of  the  lungs. 
This  device  is  called  an  oxygenator. 
Extracorporeal  perfusion  systems  are 
basically  of  three  types  depending  on  the 
method  used  to  oxygenate  the  blood. 
1 . )  Bubble  oxygenation  systems  function 
Ijy  injecting  oxygen  gas  directly  into  a 
vertical  column  of  blood.  The  large  sur- 
face area  produced  by  the  bubbles  per- 
mits the  rapid  entrance  of  oxygen  into 
the  blood  and  the  escape  of  adequate 
quantities  of  carbon  dioxide  which  leaves 
the  device  by  means  of  a  tube  provided 
for  this  purpose.  The  resulting  foam  pro- 
duced by  the  oxygenating  column  is  rap- 
idly broken  down  by  means  of  silicon 
antifoam.  2.)  Filming  type  oxygenation 
systems  allow  gas  exchange  to  occur  by 
filming  large  areas  of  blood  on  vertical 
screens  or  on  rotating  discs.  3.)  Mem- 
brane oxygenation  systems  consist  of 
layered  envelopes  of  alternating  blood 
and  oxygen  layers  in  which  gas  exchange 
occurs  through  permeable  membranes  of 
Teflon®  or  Silastic®  rubber  thus  avoid- 
ing direct  contact  of  blood  and  oxygen 
gas.  A  rotating  disc  oxygenation  sys- 
tem^'^  is  employed  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  Hospital  in  Baltimore  (Fig- 
ure 1). 

Following  pressurization  in  a  pump, 
warming  (or  cooling)  in  a  heat  exchang- 
er, debubbling  and  filtering,  the  oxygen- 
ated blood  is  injected  into  the  patient's 
femoral  artery  where  it  passes  into  the 
main  arterial  channel  of  the  body,  the 
aorta,  w'here  it  flows  to  perfuse  all  tissues 
before  returning  through  the  capillaries 
to  the  great  veins  to  complete  the  cycle 


46 


Vol.  49.  No.  4 


ESMOND.  ET  AL.-REUABILITV  ENGINEERING  FOR  HEART  SURGERY 


Fig.   1.   Three   pump,    plastic   convoluted   disc,   extracorporeal    circulation    system    developed    at    the    University 

of  Maryland. 


October.  1964 


47 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICLXE,  UXIl-ERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Fig.    2.     Flow    circuit    diagram    used    in    complete    three    pump    system.    Elevated    gravity- 
reservoir    is    used    to    separately    perfuse    the    coronary    arteries    for    aortic    root    surgery. 


(Figure  2).  Other  circuits  must  be  pro- 
vided in  the  equipment  for  the  gentle  re- 
covery of  blood  from  the  open  heart  dur- 
ing the  repair  and  for  perfusing  the  cor- 
onary vessels  of  the  heart  itself,  if  entry 
must  be  made  into  the  aorta  near  the 
heart. 

Design  Criteria 
A  large  number  of  design  criteria  must 
be  satisfied  for  a  satisfactory  safe  extra- 
corporeal circulatory  support  system. 
The  system  employed  for  gas  exchange 
must  permit  the  discharge  of  adequate 
quantities  of  carbon  dioxide  from  the 
venous  blood  while  at  the  same  time 
causing  adequate  quantities  of  oxygen 
to  enter  hemoglobin  without  introducing 
actual  bubbles  into  the  arterial  blood 
stream.  A  means  must  be  provided  to 
mix  an  anesthetic  gas  such  as  /^% 
Halothane®  with  the  97.5%  Oo  —2% 
CO2  gas  at  a  flow  rate  of  5  to  10  liters/ 
minute  used  to  supply  the  oxygenator. 
Sterilization  of  this  gas  must  be  accom- 


plished with  a  Millipore  filter  membrane 
(Figure  2)  in  order  to  exclude  bacteria 
from  the  oxygenator.  All  materials  used 
in  the  system  must  be  nontoxic  and 
nonhemolytic  to  blood.  Plastic  materials 
must  be  selected  with  care  and,  even 
though  regarded  as  nontoxic,  should  not 
be  employed  unless  proved  nontoxic  by 
imbedding  in  rabbit  rectus  muscle  for  a 
period  of  two  weeks  followed  by  histo- 
logic study.  All  surfaces  must  be  smooth 
and  be  readily  cleaned.  In  order  to  avoid 
propagating  serum  hepatitis  virus,  which 
is  sometimes  present  in  donor  blood, 
materials  must  be  selected  with  care  so 
that  they  can  withstand  prolonged  im- 
mersion in  caustic  soda  solution  which 
will  also  dissolve  protein  films  and  re- 
move pyrogenic  materials. 

Oxygenators  must  reliably  oxygenate 
large  quantities  of  blood  at  high  flow 
rates  for  even  the  largest  adult  patients 
without  damaging  blood,  and  without 
causing  foaming  or  the  introduction  of 


48 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


ESMOND,  ET  AL.— RELIABILITY  ENGINEERING  FOR  HEART  SURGERY 


Fig.    3.     Six    inch,    13    inch,    and    22    inch    polycarbonate,    autoclavable,     reuseable,    convoluted    disc    blood 
oxygenators    developed    for    use   as   the    artificial    lung    for    infants,    children,    and    adults. 


bubbles  of  gas  into  the  arterial  system 
of  the  patient.  Previous  experience  (prior 
to  1958)  with  stainless  steel  and  glass 
oxygenators  indicated  these  units  to  be 
fragile  and  to  sometimes  crack  during 
autoclaving.  In  addition,  glass  chips 
originating  from  the  ends  of  the  glass 
cylinders  were  sometimes  found  in  as- 
sembled oxygenators.  Since  blood  can- 
not be  allowed  to  contact  bare  glass  be- 
cause of  causing  coagulation  disturb- 
ances, glass  cylinders  had  to  be  coated 
with  a  silicon  material  for  each  case.  The 
removal  and  recoating  of  the  cylinders 
proved  to  be  a  major  problem  and  break- 
age during  handling  was  frequently 
encountered. 

It  was  decided,  therefore,  to  complete- 
ly redesign  a  disc  oxygenator  in  high 
impact  autoclavable  plastic  which  would 
l)e  chip-proof,  steam  autoclavable,  rela- 
tively low  in  cost,  and  which  would  not 
require  coating  with  silicon.  The  oxy- 
genators designed  are  precision  molded 
in  transparent  Lexan  polycarbonate 
resin®  (Figure  3)  and  can  be  autoclaved 
at  270°  F,  or  sterilized  with  ethylene 
oxide  gas.  The  units  are  low  in  cost  and, 
therefore,  can  be  stockpiled  in  a  sterile 
condition   ready   for   instant   application 


in  the  event  an  emergency  perfusion  is 
required.  The  high  impact  Lexan  plastic 
has  virtually  eliminated  problems  of 
breakage  experienced  with  previously 
used  glass  oxygenators.  Injection  mold- 
ing into  highly  polished  molds  has  re- 
sulted in  a  mirror  smooth  finish  which 
has  reduced  blood  trauma  and  has  elimi- 
nated foaming  in  the  oxygenator.  The 
low  thermal  conductivity  of  the  plastic 
has  greatly  reduced  thermal  flux  in  the 
equijDment  and  the  patient's  temperature 
can  be  controlled  to  within  0.1°  C  if  de- 
sired. The  units  are  easily  disassembled 
and  cleaned.  Precise  injection-molded, 
replacement,  and  interchangeable  parts 
are  low  in  cost. 

Bubble  traps  must  be  provided  to  effi- 
ciently defoam  blood  recovered  from  the 
open  heart  during  prolonged  procedures. 
As  much  as  50  to  100  liters  of  blood 
must  be  recycled  through  this  debubbling 
system  during  the  replacement  of  a  pros- 
thetic heart  valve.  This  blood  must  be 
recovered  efficiently  and  gently  and  ade- 
quately defoamed  before  returning  to  the 
oxygenator  and  then  to  the  patient. 
Some  defoaming  systems  used  for  the 
recovery  of  blood  from  the  open  heart 
by  suction  discharge  the  foam  directly 


October.  1964 


49 


BVLLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MHDICIXE,  UXirERSFrV  OF  MAR)-LAXD 


Fig.  4  Fig.  5 

Fig.    4.     Polycarbonate    open    heart    suction    defoaming    reservoir.    Fig.    5.      Polycarbonate    bubble 
with     100  mesh   electro  polished   stainless  steel   screen.   Used   in   the   arterial   line   to  the   patient   as 
insurance  of   bubble   free   arterialized   blood   free   of    potential   embolic    particles. 


trap-filter 
the   final 


over  stainless  steel  sponges  coated  with 
Antifoam  "A"  (polymethylsiloxane)  to 
break  up  the  bubbles.  Antifoam  "A"  is 
an  oily  material  and  can  be  swept  into 
the  arterial  system  of  the  patient  to  form 
embolic  particles.  We  have  avoided  prob- 
lems incident  to  defoaming  by  construct- 
ing a  special  reservoir  (Figure  4)  in 
which  the  open  heart  suction  blood  is 
injected  into  a  three-chambered  compart- 
ment where  95  percent  or  more  of  the 
foaming  occurs  passively.  Excessive  suc- 
tion for  a  prolonged  period  of  time 
has  never  involved  more  than  the  gentle 
contact  of  the  bottom  of  the  coated 
sponge  with  tlie  foam.  We  consider  this 
method  is  one  explanation  for  the  virtual 
absence  of  neurological  problems  inci- 
dent to  open  heart  surgery  at  this  hospi- 
tal. An  efficient  filter-bubble  trap  must 
also  be  placed  in  the  arterial  line  return- 
ing to  the  patient  (Figure  5).  This  unit 
must  effectively  trap  small  i)latelet 
clumps  which  may  occur  and  is  used  to 


completely  debubble  the  system  prior  to 
the  onset  of  bypass.  A  100-mesh  electro- 
polished  stainless  steel  screen  effectively 
removes  potential  embolic  material  and 
is  also  believed  to  be  responsible  for  the 
A'irtual  absence  of  neurologic  problems  in 
patients  following  even  prolonged  periods 
of  extracorporeal  circulation. 

Blood  pumps  must  be  designed  to 
handle  blood  gently  with  a  minimum  of 
turbulence  so  as  to  reduce  hemolysis  to 
a  level  as  low  as  can  be  attained.  The 
pump  should  have  replaceable  blood  con- 
tacting components  and  be  stable  in  op- 
eration for  prolonged  periods  of  time. 
Pump  output  should  be  predictable  and 
controllal)le  in  all  useful  flow  ranges.  A 
single  rigidly  supported  roller,  360° 
tubing  loop  pump,  designed  at  the  Na- 
tional Institutes  of  Health  was  complete- 
ly redesigned  by  the  author'^  to  provide 
a  spring-loaded  roller  floating  in  four 
Thompson  linear  motion  ball  bearings"*-  ^ 
to  compress  the  single  360°  loop  of  tub- 


50 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


ESMOND,  HT  AL.— RELIABILITY  ENGINEERING  EOR  HEART  SURGERY 


Fig.  6.  Single  spring  loaded  roller,  360'  tubing 
loop  blood  developed  to  minimize  hemolysis  to  the 
lowest  possible  level  and  to  provide  precise  flow 
control  as  a  flow  meter.  Ten  inch  disposable  stain- 
less steel  heat  exchanger  is  shown  to  the  left  of 
the   pump. 


ing  held  securely  in  a  redesigned  rigidly 
mounted  cylindrical  pump  housing  (Fig- 
ure 6).  Six  idler  ball  bearing  rollers  were 
also  included  to  insure  the  safety  of  the 
tubing  loop.  Test  performance  of  this 
pump  fulfilled  all  desired  design  criteria. 
Accurate  flows  of  from  1  cc  to  8,000 
cc/minute  can  be  obtained  by  varying 
tube  size  and  rotation  rates.  Flows  up  to 
32  liters  a  minute  for  prolonged  periods 
of  time  have  been  accomplished  with  a 
special  high  speed  drive  (0-640  r.p.m.) 
without  damaging  the  tubing.  Flows  of 
a  fraction  of  a  cubic  centimeter  per  min- 
ute may  also  be  accurately  delivered 
with  this  pump.  Blood  hemolysis  damage 
rates  were  found  to  be  lower  than  report- 
ed for  other  blood  pumps  in  use.  Re- 
cently a  new  low  hemolysis  blood  pump 
designed  by  the  U.  S.  Army  was  evalu- 
ated at  The  Walter  Reed  Army  Hospital 
with  the  University  of  Maryland  360° 
single  roller  spring  loaded  blood  pump. 


The  Maryland  360°  pump  was  found 
equal  to  the  Army  blood  pvunp  at  a  flow 
of  2  liters/min.  The  Maryland  pump 
was  found  less  hemolytic  than  the  Army 
pump  at  4  liters/min.  blood  flow  rate. 
Clinical  experience  with  the  360°  single 
spring-loaded  roller  pump  has  shown 
very  low  hemolysis  levels  and  complete 
safety  in  operation.  Tubing  cannot  be 
cut  or  jammed  in  the  pump. 

The  pump  is  furthermore  unique  in 
that  it  serves  as  a  flow  meter.  The  flow 
meters  are  calibrated  in  two  ranges,  from 
0-4,000  cc/minute  and  0  to  8,000  cc/min- 
ute. The  advantage  of  being  able  to  set 
the  required  blood  flow  for  each  patient 
without  introducing  complex  electro- 
magnetic flowmeters  into  the  lines  can- 
not be  over-emphasized,  and  precise  flow 
control  is  largely  responsible  for  the 
freedom  from  metabolic  acidosis  follow- 
ing prolonged  clinical  perfusions,  in 
otherwise  uncomplicated  cases.  In  addi- 
tion, the  Maryland  360°  single  spring- 
loaded  roller  pump  flow  is  pulsatile  and 
produces  pulse  waves  in  the  patient  of 
from  10  to  20  mm.  of  mercury.  Pulsatile 
flow  is  desirable  and  is  thought  to  aid 
in  proportioning  blood  to  tissues. 

Heat  exchange  is  accomplished  in  the 
system  by  a  small  10-inch-long  disposable 
stainless  steel  unit  (Figure  6)  having  a 
priming  volume  of  less  than  100  cc.^ 
Caloric  exchange  of  as  high  as  64,000 
gram  calories  a  minute  can  be  safely  ex- 
changed in  the  unit.  A  new  unit  is  used 
for  each  case.  The  units  have  extremely 
low  flow  resistance,  do  not  hemolize  the 
blood  and  have  been  reliable  in  opera- 
tion. Heat  transfer  is  accomplished  by 
circulating  w-arm  or  cold  water  through 
the  heat  exchanger  from  a  wall  mounted 
Powers'  regulator  valve  or  from  a  supply 
of  ice  water  circulated  by  centrifugal 
pumps.  Immersion  heaters  are  kept  on 
hand  to  produce  a  supply  of  emergency 
warm  water  in  the  event  that  the  hospital 


October,  1964 


51 


Fig.    8A.     Two-hour    emergency    110    volt    A.C.    ni!  I  i.alUrv     p..»er    supply     sln.un    on    the    right 

connected   to   the    complete    pmusion    system    on   the    left. 


ESMOND,  ET  AL.— RELIABILITY  ENGINEERING  FOR  HEART  SURGERY 


rS^  fU 

'      I 1   CUHO   I 


Fig.  8B.     Wiring  diagram  used  in  emergency  A.C. 
power   generator. 


supply  of  hot  water  fails  as  it  did  April 
14,  1964,  due  to  a  short  circuit  in  old 
wiring  leading  to  a  centrifugal  elevated 
reservoir  supply  pump. 

The  stainless  steel  cabinets  used  are 
seamless  heli-arc  welded  and  highly  pol- 
ished. The  absence  of  seams  allows  max- 
imum sanitation  to  be  maintained  and 
heavy  gauge  construction  assures  decades 
of  useful  service. 

All  electrical  components  have  been 
selected  for  maximum  reliability  and  no 
failures  have  occurred  in  service.  The 
wiring  diagram  is  shown  in  Figure  7. 
Control  boxes  are  plug-in  type  for  rapid 
replacement  if  required.  Three  electrical 
line  power  failures  occurred  at  the  Uni- 
versity hospital  about  five  years  ago  and 
were  successfully  handled  in  all  cases 
with  difficulty  by  manual  emergency 
cranking.  In  the  fall  of  1963  the  design 
and  fabrication  of  a  dynamic  110-volt 
2-hour  emergency  power  supplv  operated 
by  nickle-cadmium  batteries  (Figure  8) 
was  completed.  The  sealed  lifetime  bat- 
teries are  maintained  fully  charged  at  all 
times  and  the  loss  of  normal  line  power 
causes  the  dynamotor  to  immediately 
switch  on  with  a  time  delay  to  full  power 
of  less  than  one  second.  Power  continues 
to  flow  to  the  heart  lung  machine  for 
2  hours,  or  until  the  resum])tion  of  nor- 
mal line  power,  when  relays  immediately 


OXYGENftTOR 
METER 
RPM         * 


0«yqenotor   RPM    Cohbrotion 

Or 

oph 

lor 

US. 

'MO 

Wilh   EmergenCK    Power   Gen 

ero 

lor 

/ 

V 

(Control   Bo«  on  "High") 

/ 

/ 

/ 

/ 

<^        DESIRED 
DISC 
y^    ROTATION 

10  1 /GEAR             / 
RATIO/CONTROL^ 
/line     /f  / 

/ 

y 

100          ""E 

IN   RPM. 
^^    PER 
^§0          MINUTE 

■    ^^ 

^ 

- 

^ 

-60 

40 

r/zO.\  GEAR   RATIO   CONTROL 

LINE 

20 

20  40  60  80  100        120        140 

AC.  VOLTS 


Fig.  9. 


Flow  Colibrolion  Groph  (or  Use  Wilh 
2  5 1- Emergency  Po»er  Generator 
jntrol  Boxes  on  "Low"' 


A.C.  VOLTS 
Fig.  10. 


transfer  connections  to  normal  line 
power.  Calibration  curves  have  been 
carefully  prepared  (Figures  9,  10,  11) 
so  that  pump  and  oxygenator  output  can 
be  maintained  accurately  during  the 
emergency  jKjwer  period  despite  a  slowly 
declining   output   voltage    (Figure    12). 


Oclohcr,  1964 


53 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNU'ERSITV  OF  MARYLAND 


Test  of  Emergency  Nickel -Codmium  Bottery 
AC  Dynomotor  Converter  Power  Supply 
for  Heart-Lung  Machine 

AC  VOLTS 


AC.  AMPS  X  10- 

ARTERIAL  PUMP  BLOOD   FLOW  x  10" 


D.C   VOLTS 


DC,  AMPS 


20  40  60  80  100 

TIME    IN  MINUTES 


120 


Fig.  12.  Despite  a  declining  A.C.  output  voltage 
and  frequency,  the  output  of  the  main  arterial 
pump  and  oxygenator  can  be  maintained  constant 
by  applying  the  previously  prepared  calibration 
curves. 


Fig.  13.  Instead  of  an  emergency  crank,  an 
emergency  torque  generator  can  now  be  applied  to 
the  main  arterial  blood  pump  and  oxygenator  to 
maintain  a  constant  smooth  output  in  an  emer- 
gency. This  unit  obsoletes  emergency  cranks  used 
in  other  systems. 


Reserve  torque  in  the  equipment  is  high 
and  sufificient  torque  remains  in  the 
arterial  pump  shaft  and  oxygenator  shaft 
to  maintain  full  output  for  the  two-hour 
period.  In  addition,  two  motors  and  con- 
trol boxes  are  provided  in  the  equipment 
to  serve  in  the  unlikely  event  of  a  motor 
failure  within  the  machine  itself.  In  this 
rare  event,  the  emergency  torque  gen- 
erator can  be  quickly  attached  by  means 
of  flexible  shafts  to  the  main  arterial 
blood  pump  (Figure  13)  and  to  the  oxy- 
generator  and  the  flexible  shafts  will 
drive  these  units  indefinitely  with  a  pre- 
cision that  could  not  be  attained  with 
manual  emergency  cranks  previously 
used.  We  believe  that  this  is  the  first  unit 
of  its  kind  in  use  for  this  application.  A 
reader  who  read  of  the  Cook  County 
Hospital  blackout  for  7y2  hours  Febru- 
ary 2,  1964,  in  which  all  power  including 
their  emergency  generators  was  inter- 
rupted, will  realize  that  the  optimum 
placement  of  emergency  power  is  at  the 
exact  site  of  required  application.  We 


believe  this  unit  significantly  increases 
the  security  of  patients  undergoing  open 
heart  surgery  with  extracorporeal  circu- 
lation and  predict  that  many  systems  will 
be  so  equipped  in  the  future. 

Equipment  is  carefully  checked  and 
lubricated  periodically.  Complete  relia- 
bility in  hundreds  of  clinical  perfusions 
has  resulted  from  optimizing  design 
parameters  and  from  constant  vigilance 
to  insure  that  equipment  is  maintained 
in  the  highest  state  of  readiness  to  serve 
the  patient. 

Summary 

Design  features  for  a  reliable,  low 
hemolysis,  clinical  cardio-pulmonary  by- 
pass system  developed  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  have  been  presented.  A 
standby  emergency  power  and  torque 
generator  has  been  described  which  in- 
creases the  security  of  patients  under- 
going open  heart  surgery  with  the  aid  of 
extracorporeal  circulation. 


54 


Vol.  49.  No.  4 


ESMOND.  ET  AL.— RELIABILITY  ENGINEERING  FOR  HEART  SURGERY 


Acknowledgements 

We  wish  to  tliank  the  following  people  for 
their  valued  contributions  to  this  work  : 

Faivn  Plastics  Conipcmy,  Timoiuitm,  Mary- 
land: Mr.  Floyd  Thomas,  Mr.  William  Reese, 
Mr.  Roy  Hcrbst,  Mr.  Chester  Rose,  Mr.  Bill 
Dumler,  Mr.  Homer  Butler. 

Wama  Plastics  Company,  BaJtiuiorc.  Mary- 
land: Mr.  William  White. 

E.  A.  Kacstiicr  Conipa)iy,  Baltiintirc,  Mary- 
land: Mr.  Henry  Rode,  Mr.  William  Bauer, 
Jr.,  Mr.  Norris  Gault,  Mr.  James  Wiseman. 

University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine, 
Baltimore,  Maryland:  Dr.  Andrew  Smith,  Dr. 
Andreas  Demetriades,  Dr.  Safuh  Attar,  Mrs. 
Sarah  Moore,  Mr.  x\vrum  Tamres,  Mr.  The- 
odore Brinkman,  Mrs.  John  Mason,  Miss  Rose- 
mary Becker,  Miss  Ellen  Rosenberg. 

Baltimore  Biological  Laboratory,  Baltimore, 
Maryland:  Mr.  Raymond  BuUinger,  Mr.  Ber- 
nard Dembeck,  Dr.  Harriet  Vera. 

Pharmacologic  Associates,  Timoniiim,  Mary- 
land:  Dr.  Harold  Bryant. 

U)iiz'ersity  of  Texas,  Austin,  Texas:  Dr. 
John  Autian,  Director,  Drug  Plastics  Testing 
Laboratory. 

Economy  Die  and  Gasket  Company,  Balti- 
more, Maryland :  Mr.  George  Carr. 

Surgical  Instruments  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany, Baltimore,  Maryland:  Mr.  Joseph  Chyba, 
Sr.,  Mr.  Joseph  Chyba,  Jr.,  Mr.  Dennis  Chyba. 


Grinding  Specialties  Company,  Baltimore, 
Maryland:  Mr.  Harold  Woodward. 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Mary- 
land: Dr.  Ralph  Witt. 

Washington  Aluminum  Company,  Baltimore, 
Maryland:  Mr.  Robert  Sanford,  Mr.  William 
Campbell,  Mr.  Kenneth  McCauley. 

References 

1.  Esmond,  W.  G.  ;  Cowley,  A.  Adams; 
Attar,  Safuh;  Blair,  Emil;  Autoclavable 
Reusable  Plastic  Convoluted  Disc  Oxygena- 
tors for  Extracorporeal  Perfusion  Systems. 
Am.  Surg.,  29:586,  1963. 

2.  Esmond,  W.  G. ;  Cowley,  R.  Adams: 
Single  Use  Disposable  Disc  Oxygenator  for 
Open  Heart  Surgery,  Am.  Surg.,  24:685,  1958. 

3.  Esmond,  W.  G.  ;  Attar,  S.  ;  Baker,  Ber- 
nard; Chyba,  Joseph;  Demetriades,  An- 
dreas D. ;  and  Cowley,  R.  Adams  :  An  Im- 
proved 360°  Single  Roller  Spring  Loaded 
Blood  Pump,  Trans.,  Am.  Soc.  Art.  Lit.  Org., 
7:1961. 

4.  U.  S.  Pat.  2,558,834. 

5.  U.  S.  Pat.  2,628,135. 

6.  Esmond,  W.  G.  ;  Attar,  S.  ;  Stram,  J. ; 
Demetriades,  A.  D. ;  Jurf,  Amin  ;  Gold, 
Martin  ;  Cowley,  R.  Adams  :  Profound  Hy- 
pothermia with  Simplified  Equipment:  A  Dis- 
posable Stainless  Steel  Heat  Exchanger  of 
High  Efficiency,  /.  Tlior.  and  Cardiovas.  Surg., 
42:563,  1961. 


October,  1964 


55 


The  Eflfects  Of  Radiation  In  Utero  On  The 
Hnnian  Fetal  Brain*t 

Report  of  a  Case 

MARVIN  N.  GOLDSTEIN,  M.D.t,  J.  A.  WAGNER,  M.D.,  and   LESTER   KiEFER,  M.D. 


Although  numerous  cases  of  post- 
irradiation  damage  to  the  human  central 
nervous  system  have  been  reported;'^' ^ 
we  have  been  unal)le  to  find  a  report  of 
the  effects  of  irradiation  on  the  central 
nervous  system  of  a  near-term,  human 
fetus  that  lived  for  an  appreciable  period 
after  birth.  The  following  case  report  is, 
therefore,  presented. 

Case  Report:  A  1701  Gm.  female  newborn 
was  admitted  to  the  nursery  of  the  University 
Hospital  after  birth  by  low  line  caesarean 
section.  The  child's  mother,  para  4-0-0-4  (  STS 
negative),  and  33  years  old,  had  suffered  a 
squamous  cell  carcinoma  of  the  cervix  (Stage 
I),  diagnosed  by  smear,  biopsy  and  conization. 
Exactly  five  months  before  the  expected  date 
of  delivery,  radiation  therapy  was  begun.  Two 
and  one-half  months  before  expected  date  of 
delivery  the  mother  began  labor  and  the  child 
was  delivered  by  caesarean  section.  During  the 
intervening  period  the  fetus  received  a  calcu- 
lated 3420-3620  rads  of  gamma  radiation  in 
fractional  doses  from  Co'^**'  and  radium. 

At  birth,  the  infant  breathed  and  cried  spon- 
taneously and  was  thought  to  be  in  fine  con- 
dition, except  for  mild  generalized  cyanosis 
and  tight  shiny  skin  over  her  fingers.  The  cir- 
cumference of  the  head  was  45.5  cm. ;  chest 
circumference  was  26  cm. ;  length  was  45.5 
cm.  Fifteen  minutes  after  birth,  the  child  was 
noted  to  have  cutaneous  ecchymoses  and  pete- 
chiae,  which  could  be  precipitated  by  slight 
pressure  to  any  point  on  the  body.  The  umbil- 
ical cord  hemoglobin  was  12.2  Gm.  The  total 
blood  bilirubin  was  3.6  mg.%  and  the  white 
blood   count   was    600.0    per    cubic    millimeter 


*  From  the  Division  of  Neuropathology,  University 
of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine. 

t  Aided  by  a  Grant  (5  Tl  NB  5224-06)  from  the 
United    States   Public    Health    Service. 

t  Present  address:  University  of  Chicago  Clinics, 
Chicago   37,   Hlinois. 


(66%  neutrophils  and  34%  lymphocytes).  Five 
hours  after  birth,  edema  of  all  extremities  was 
noted.  At  48  hours  of  age,  the  child's  hemo- 
globin was  10.0  Gm./lOO  ml.  There  were  300 
white  blood  cells  per  cubic  millimeter,  80%  of 
which  were  neutrophils  with  16%i  lymphocytes, 
7%  eosinophils,  and  7%  basophils.  There  were 
3000  platelets  per  cubic  millimeter,  with  8 
nucleated  red  blood  cells  per  100  white  blood 
cells,  and  a  1%  reticulocyte  count.  At  this 
time,  total  blood  bilirubin  was  22.5  mg.  per 
100  ml.  By  the  seventh  day  of  life  there  were 
10  nucleated  red  blood  cells  per  100  red  blood 
cells.  Reticulocytes  numbered  2.4%.  The  white 
blood  count,  hemoglobin  and  hematocrit  had 
steadily  dropped. 

On  the  third  day  of  life,  epilation  had  begun 
and  weakness  became  marked.  Suck,  rooting 
reflex  and  Moro  reflexes  remained  active  for 
7  days.  By  the  12th  day  of  life,  there  was  no 
Moro ;  the  child  would  not  suck  and  she  was 
completely  bald.  The  patient  deteriorated  pro- 
gressively, and  expired  on  the  17th  day  of  life. 

General  Autopsy  Findings 

At  autopsy,  the  infant  weighed  1500 
Gm.  There  were  numerous  petechiae  and 
ecchymoses  o\er  the  body  and  a  de- 
creased amount  of  hair  on  the  scalp.  Per- 
tinent general  autopsy  findings  were  mul- 
tiple subserosal  hemorrhages  over  the 
stomach  and  intestines  and  subpleural 
hemorrhages  over  both  lungs.  Frothy 
fluid  was  easily  expressed  from  the  cut 
surface  of  all  lobes  of  the  lung. 

Microscopic  examination  of  the  bone 
marrow  revealed  almost  complete  ab- 
sence of  hematopoietic  elements.  The 
spleen  contained  only  scattered  hemato- 
poietic cells  in  the  sinusoids,  with  com- 
plete absence  of  splenic  follicles.  There 


56 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


GOLDSTEIN.  ET  AL.— EFFECTS  OF  RADIATION  ON  FETAL  BRAIN 


iliUliUlllilildrJihijilaiihliiLiiiilhiliJililiiiiil 

Fig.   1.     Cerebral   Convexity:    Tlie   leptomeninges   are 
cloudy.   The  gyri   are   flattened. 


were  numerous  areas  of  hemorrhage  in 
tlie  thymus,  and  most  of  the  cortex  was 
seen  to  be  made  up  of  fibrous  tissue  with 
only  scattered  lymphocytic  cells.  The 
liver  was  remarkable  only  in  that  there 
was  absence  of  the  intramedullary  hema- 
topoiesis  which  is  normally  seen  in  the 
newborn  premature  infant.  The  pleura 
was  thickened  and  the  alveolar  walls  of 
the  lungs  were  seen  to  be  hypercellular. 
There  were  no  other  significant  findings. 

Nervous  System  Findings 

Numerous  discrete  and  confluent 
hemorrhages  were  seen  under  the  galea 
aponeurotica.  Widespread  hemorrhagic 
foci  were  present  within  the  epicranium 
and  dura. 

The  brain  weighed  320  Gm.  The  ex- 
ternal development  appeared  normal.  The 


fiiifiiiitiiiiiiiitiimiitmt: 
9i     '  IJO  '  111  '  112 


ililtiiltlihhlriiithlluldilihliiiih 

Fig.    2.     Base    of    the    Brain:    Notice    the    confluent 
hemorrhages  covering  the  cerebellum. 


sulci  were  widened,  and  the  gyri  were 
flattened.  The  leptomeninges  showed  in- 
creased opacity  ( Fig.  1 ) .  The  cerebellum 
was  covered  with  a  large  number  of  con- 
fluent hemorrhages  (Fig.  2).  The  cere- 
bellar hemispheres  also  showed  relatively 
decreased  consistency.  The  pons  and 
medulla  were  of  normal  appearance  and 
consistency. 

Sections  through  the  cerebrum  re- 
\ealed  poor  differentiation  between  gray 
and  W'hite  matter,  considered  normal 
for  this  patient's  age.  Numerous  green- 
ish petechial  hemorrhages  were  found 
scattered  through  the  gray  matter  (Figs. 
3  &  4).  The  ventricles,  hypothalamus 
and  thalamus  were  normal.  The  choroid 
plexus  of  the  third  and  lateral  ventricles 
contained  petechial  hemorrhages.  Hem- 
orrhages were  seen  in  the  proximal 
medulla  and  pons.  Upon  sectioning  the 


October.  1964 


57 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNU'ERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


1^ 


X 


iiiii|nii|iiii|iiit|iiii|iiiiitif}j!)riiiii(|iiii|iiit|iriipr|Hw^ 


lilniUhtitiltUlitiiiiiiiltliitliiilthhltiiltintiUiiililtitlilihiiiiltiiii 


Fig.  4 


Fig. 


Fig.   3   &   4.     Frontal  Sections  through  the  Cerebral 

Hemispheres:    There    are    many    scattered    petechial 

hemorrhages  in  the  gray  matter. 


Jiv,    - 


iiii|ifM|itii|iiitimtttiiimitiiiii|iiii|!iiiiiiiiii 

0  '  1 1  '  12     1,3  '  1,4     15 


16 


|ll!l|ltll|lll!}lli!ji!lli;ill 
17     V%     lj9 

m 


iiiiliiilhihh 


liiiiiiiinil 


cerebellum,  the  parenchyma  was  seen  to 
be  gelatinous  and  bloody,  with  many 
dilated  vessels.  Both  dentate  nuclei  ap- 
])eared  to  be  disintegrated. 

Microscopic 

Sections  of  the  spinal  cord,  stained  by 
Nissl  technique,  showed  a  moderate  de- 
gree of  neuronal  chromatolysis  and  nu- 
clear edema.  A  fresh  subdural  hemor- 
rhage was  seen  in  the  sacral  region. 
Microscopic  examination  of  the  cranial 
dura  revealed  intradural  hemorrhage 
without  evidence  of  inflammatory  change. 


In  all  sections  of  the  cerebral  cortex, 
neuronal  swelling  and  multiple,  scattered 
petechial  hemorrhages  were  present.  In 
the  right  parietal  lobe,  there  appeared  to 
be  loss  of  normal  lamination,  a  decrease 
in  the  number  of  neurons  with  increase 
in  glial  elements ;  however,  this  was  the 
only  area  that  revealed  this  change.  The 
number  of  neurons  appeared  within  nor- 
mal limits  (Fig.  5).  The  occipital  lobes 
showed  increase  in  glial  elements.  These 
had  swollen,  very  eosinophilic  processes, 
and  which  stained  well  with  hematoxylin 
showed     clasmatodendrosis      to      Cajal 


58 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


GOLDSTEIN,  ET  AL.-EFFECTS  OF  RADIATION  ON  FETAL  BRAIN 


♦/  .vfcr«\  r.^-, •  ..     "s 

/  -•'  •  *    •'•    .  ,    *  • 

~*'  }<: ,  V.V--  '>-'•    •-.  -    '^ 


L'r?;.  «-••',.- ?•<•.-•♦    '  ■'    - 


Fig.  5.     Section   of  Cerebral  Cortex    (250x)    (H&E): 

Note  that  neurons  and  laminar  structure  are  within 

normal  limits. 


Cerebellum     dOUx):    Lcptomeningeal   hyper- 
plasia is  evident. 


stains.  Similar  changes  in  glial  elements 
of  the  deep  white  matter  were  seen  in  the 
parietal  lobes  (Fig.  6).  l)Oth  centra 
semiovale  were  edematous,  with  early 
swelling  of  neurons  and  glia. 

The  brain  stem  contained  scattered 
petechiae.  The  only  other  lesion  in  the 
midbrain  was  a  bilateral  acidophilic  neu- 
ronal degeneration  of  the  oculomotor 
nuclei,  with  some  increase  in  glia.  There 


Fig.   6.     Parietal   Lobe   White   Matter    (500x)    (Cajal 

Stain)  :     The    gliae    are    swollen    and    increased    in 

number. 


was  inflammatory  reaction  around  the 
hemorrhages  in  the  peri-peduncular  re- 
gions of  the  distal  midbrain  and  in  the 
pons.  Paraventricular  neuroglia  showed 
swelling  similar  to  that  described  above. 
The  leptomeninges  everywhere  appeared 
normal  as  did  the  intramedullary  and 
meningeal  blood  vessels. 

Examination  of  the  hypothalamus  and 
basal  ganglia  revealed  only  moderate  in- 
crease in  normal  appearing  gliae  and 
swelling  of  neurons.  The  most  outstand- 
ing lesions  were  found  in  the  cerebellum. 

The  cerebellar  leptomeninges  were 
moderately  hyperplastic  (Fig.  7).  The 
entire  cerebellar  cortex  including  the 
vermis  showed  a  very  thin,  acellular  and 
edematous  molecular  layer.  No  evidence 
of  the  external  granular  layer  was  found. 
Apparently  90^^  of  the  internal  granule 
laver  was  either  necrotic  or  showed  swell- 


October,  1964 


59 


BCLLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICIXE,  UXU'ERSITY  OF  MARYLAXD 


Fig.      8.     Cerebellar     Cortex      ilOUx) 
internal  granule  layer  shows  loss  of  cellular  elements 
and  edema. 


rif 


^X\y--:f^ 


Fig.    10.     Cerebellar    (  ortex     (SOOx)     (tajal    Stain): 

Note  the  edema  and  increased  number  of  astrocytes 

and  other  glial  elements. 


ing  of  cell  bodies  and  cell  processes  (Fig. 
8).  The  Purkinje  cells  were  seen  in  nor- 
mal numbers,  with  evident  shrinkage  of 
their  cytoplasm,  with  the  nuclei  showing 
swelling,  pyknosis  or  karyolysis  (Fig. 
9).  Bergmann  cells  were  seen  but  very 
rarely.  The  matrix  was  very  reticulated 
and  edematous.  The  Cajal  astrocyte  stain 
showed  a  relative  increase  in  the  number 


Fig.      9.     Cerebellar     Cortex      (500x)      (H&E):      The 

Purkinje  cells  are  in  normal  quantities,  with  nuclei 

showing   degenerative   changes. 


of  astrocytes.  All  astrocytic  elements 
were  seen  to  be  swollen,  apparently  in- 
creased in  number  and  with  very  promi- 
nent processes  (Fig.  10).  Fresh  petechial 
hemorrhages  and  some  layer  hemor- 
rhages with  inflammatory  components 
were  present  throughout  the  cerebellum, 
with  destruction  of  scattered  areas.  The 
dentate  complexes  appeared  to  be  within 
normal  limits. 

Discussion 

It  has  been  clinically  and  experimen- 
tally shown  that  X-radiation  exerts  a 
damaging  effect  upon  bone  marrow  with 
resulting  aplastic  anemia  and  hemorrha- 
gic diathesis.  Epilation  is  also  a  recog- 
nized symptom  of  exposure  to  high  doses 
of  radiation. 

Although  the  notion  that  the  brain  is 
"radio-resistant"  has  been  widely  pro- 
nuilgated,  this  resistance  has  been  shown 
to  be  only  a  relative  one.  As  early  as 
1898,  French  workers  demonstrated  that 
heavy  irradiation  of  small  experimental 
animals  resulted  in  paralysis  and  convul- 
sions. It  was  soon  discovered  that  young- 


60 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


GOLDSTEIN.  ET  JL.— EFFECTS  OF  RADIATION  ON  FETAL  BRAIN 


er  animals  were  more  susceptible  than 
adults  to  damage  to  the  central  nervous 
system.^' ^' ^' "^  Recently  Driscoll,  ct  al.. 
have  reported  the  findings  of  two.  Ilrst- 
trimester  human  fetuses  that  were  deliv- 
ered by  uterotomy  soon  after  exposure 
to  gamma  radiation.'^  Although  experi- 
mental or  clinical  descriptions  of  situa- 
tions directly  comparable  to  the  case  pre- 
sented above  have  not  been  apparently 
mentioned,  it  has  been  shown  repeatedly 
in  animals  and  by  Driscoll  in  humans 
that  the  fetal  cerebellum  is  a  very  radio- 
sensitive organ. ^'  '^^  After  l)rain  irradia- 
tion, granular  layer  loss,  neuronal  and 
glial  swelling,  petechiae,  and  perivascu- 
litis have  all  been  described  in  both  adult 
human  and  experimental  animals  and  in 
newborn  and  fetal  experimental  animals. 
These  were,  indeed  (the  perivasculitis 
excepted),  the  very  changes  found  in  the 
brain  of  this  infant.  There  seems,  there- 
fore, to  be  sufficient  evidence  to  allow 
one  to  conclude  that  the  lesions  described 
above  were  due  to  the  intrauterine 
exposure  to  gamma  irradiation. 

References 

1.  Bailev,  O.  T.  :  Basic  Problems  in  the 
Histopathology  of  Radiation  of  the  Central 
Nervous  System,  In  Response  of  the  Nervous 
System  to  loniaing  Radiation,  T.  J.  Haley  and 
R.  S.  Snider,  Editors,  New  York,  Academic 
Press,  1962. 


2.  Brace,  K.  C.  and  Alvord,  E.  C.  :  X-Ray 
Induced  Pyknosis  of  Cerebellar  Granule  Cells 
in  Guinea  Pigs  and  Its  Suppression  by  Bar- 
liituate  Anesthesia,  Journal  of  Neuropathology 
and  Experimental  Neurology,  16:3,  1957. 

3.  Brunner,  H.  :  Uber  den  Einfluss  der 
Roentgenstrahlen  auf  das  Gehirn,  Arch.  f.  klin. 
Chir.,  114:332,   1920. 

4.  Campbell,  B.,  Peterson,  S.  G.,  and 
NovicK,  R. :  Early  Changes  Induced  in  Pur- 
kinje  Cells  of  Rabbits  by  Single  Massive  Doses 
of  Roentgen  Rays,  Proc.  Soc.  Exp.  Biol,  and 
Med.,  61:353,  1946. 

5.  Clemente,  C.  D.,  Yamazaki,  J.  N.,  Ben- 
nett, L.  R.,  and  McFall,  R.  A. :  Brain  Radia- 
tion in  Newborn  Rats  and  Differential  Effects 
of  Increased  Age,  II  Microscopic  Observations, 
Neurology,  10:669,  1960. 

6.  Driscoll,  S.  G.,  Hicks,  S.  P.,  Copen- 
HAVER.  E.  H.,  and  Easterday,  C.  L.  :  Acute 
Radiation  Injury  in  Two  Human  Fetuses, 
Arch.  Path.,  76:  113,  1963. 

7.  Hicks,  S.  P. :  Effects  of  Ionizing  Radia- 
tion on  the  Adult  and  Embryonic  Nervous  Sys- 
tem, A.  Res.  Nerv.  and  Ment.  Dis.  Proc.,  32: 
439,  1953. 

8.  AIoGiLNiTZKv,  B.  N.  and  Podjaschuk, 
L.  D.  :  Zur  Frage  fiber  die  Wirkung  der 
Rontgenstrahlen  auf  des  zentrale  Nerven- 
system,  Fortscler,  Gebretc  Rontgenstrahlen, 
40:1096,  1929. 

9.  ScHOLZ,  W.  and  Hsu,  Y.  K. :  Late  Dam- 
age from  Roentgen  Irradiation  of  the  Human 
Brain,  Arch.  Neurol.  Psych.,  40:928,  1938. 

10.  ScHUMMELFEDER,  N. :  Sequencc  of  X- 
radiation  Damage  in  Mouse  Cerebellum,  in 
J\esponse  of  the  N^erfous  System  to  Ionizing 
Radiation,  T.  J.  Haley  and  R.  S.  Snider,  Edi- 
tors, New  York,  Academic  Press,  1962. 


October,  1964 


61 


Give  to  the 
school  of  your  choice 
through  AMEF 

American  Medical  Education  Foundation 


To  train  the  doctors  of  tomorrow, 
the  nation's  medical  schools  must  have 
your  help  today.  It  is  a  physician's  unique 
privilege  and  responsibility  to  replenish 
his  own  ranks  with  men  educated 
to  the  highest  possible  standards. 
Invest  in  the  future  health  of  the  nation  and 
your  profession.  Send  your  check  today! 


535  North  Dearborn  Street 
Chicago  10,  Illinois 


1 


MEDICAL     SCHOOL      SECTION 


Dear  Members  of  the  Alumni  and  Friends  of 
the  Medical  School: 

The  faculty's  studies  of  curriculum  and  teaching  have 
continued.  As  a  result  of  these  deliberations,  a  decision 
has  been  made  to  allow,  in  the  schedule,  free  time  to  be 
used  by  the  student  to  pursue  areas  of  special  interest  if 
the  student  has  the  capacity  to  do  so.  Definite  hours  have 
been  left  open  in  the  schedule  for  this  purpose  and  are 
designated  as  "free  time"  or  "elective  time." 

There  will  be  faculty  guidance  and  some  supervision  in 
the  use  of  the  unscheduled  time.  However,  the  student  will 
be  allowed  to  select  the  subject  to  l)e  studied,  or  other  use 
of  free  time,  depending  upon  needs  and  ability  of  the 
student. 

It  is  hoped  that  these  arrangements  will  increase  the 
resourcefulness  of  our  students  and  allow  the  development 
of  the  individual  in  medicine  with  due  consideration  of 
their  talents  and  interests. 

Sincerely, 

William  S.  Stone,  ]\I.D. 
Dean 


October,  19(A 


New  Faculty  Appoiiitnieiits  and  Promotions 


Xew  facllty  appointments  and 
promotions  at  the  School  of  ^Medicine 
have  been  recently  announced  by  Dr. 
\\'illiam  S.  Stone,  Dean. 

Those  on  the  faculty  promoted  to  asso- 
ciate professor  are  Dr.  Charles  S.  Petty. 
Dr.  Peter  Rasmussen,  and  Dr.  M.  A\'ilson 
Toll  in  the  department  of  pathology  :  Dr. 
Harold  H.  Bryant,  pharmacology ;  Dr. 
Ruth  \\'.  Baldwin.  Dr.  Raymond  L. 
Clemmens.  Dr.  Martin  K.  Gorten.  and 
Dr.  Gibson  J.  \\'ells,  pediatrics :  Dr. 
Maureen  ]M.  Henderson,  preventive  med- 
icine ;  Dr.  Isadore  Tuerk.  psychiatry : 
and  Dr.  C.  Thomas  Flotte,  surgery. 

X'ew  appointments  to  associate  pro- 
fessorships on  the  faculty  are  Dr.  Harle 
V.  Barrett,  department  of  preventive 
medicine  and  rehabilitation ;  Dr.  Paul 
Fiset,  department  of  microbiology :  and 
Dr.  David  G.  Simpson,  department  of 
medicine. 

Dr.  Barrett  comes  to  the  University 
of  Maryland  from  the  post  of  medical 
director  for  the  Creighton  University. 
Omaha.  Nebraska.  Formerly  serving 
with  several  county  health  offices  in 
Kansas  and  Oklahoma.  Dr.  Barrett  had 
been  at  the  Creighton  University  since 
1957.  He  also  served  as  a  captain  and 
preventive  medicine  officer  with  the  U.  S. 
Army  for  four  years  in  the  U.  S.  and 
Korea. 

Dr.  Paul  Fiset  was  assistant  professor 
of  microbiology  and  assistant  in  medi- 
cine at  the  University  of  Rochester 
School  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry  before 
joining  the  University  of  Maryland 
faculty.  He  had  been  associated  with  the 
microbiology  department  at  Laval  I'ni- 
versity  Medical  School,  Quebec,  and  is 
a  former  director  of  Laboratory  Services 
at  Ste.  Foy  Veterans  Hospital,  Quebec, 
and  associate  director  of  microbiolog^■ 
laboratories  at  Strong  Memorial  Hospi- 


tal, University  of  Rochester  Medical 
Center.  Dr.  Fiset  earned  his  B.A.  from 
Laval  L'niversity  of  Cambridge,  London. 
He  served  as  a  major  in  the  Canadian 
Officers  Training  Corps  and  the  Royal 
Canadian  Army  Medical  Corps  Reserves. 
Dr.  David  G.  Simpson  has  been  an 
associate  in  medicine  at  Columbia  Uni- 
versity since  1959.  A  veteran  of  the 
Royal  Air  Force  Medical  .Service  in 
England,  India,  and  the  Far  East,  Dr. 
Simpson  received  his  ]\I.D.  from  Queen's 
University  in  Belfast,  Ireland.  He  is  a 
former  chief  resident  in  chest  service  at 
Bellevue  Hospital,  Xew  York,  and 
instructor  in  medicine  at  Columbia 
Universitv. 


Dr.  Lisansky  Named  Post-Graduate 
Head 

Deax  William  S.  Stone  has  an- 
nounced the  appointment  of  Dr.  Ephraim 
T.  Lisansky,  Associate  Professor  of  Med- 
icine and  Assistant  Clinical  Professor  of 
Psychiatry  in  the  School  of  Medicine,  as 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  post- 
graduate studies. 

An  alumnus  of  the  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  Dr.  Lisansky  received  his 
M.D.  from  the  L'niversity  of  Maryland 
in  1933.  After  an  internship  and  resi- 
dency at  the  Mercy  Hospital,  he  served 
for  a  period  in  the  Department  of  Pathol- 
ogy following  which  he  served  with  dis- 
tinction in  the  southwest  Pacific  during 
World  War  II  conducting  considerable 
research  in  problems  of  malaria.  Follow- 
ing his  return,  he  entered  the  private 
practice  of  medicine  and  shortly  was  cer- 
tified by  the  American  Board  of  Internal 
Medicine. 

Becoming  interested  in  psychiatry,  he 
devoted  a  considerable  part  of  his  time 


Vol.  49,  Xo.  4 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


to  the  study  of  this  speciahy.  eventually 
qualifying  in  it  and  ultimately  reaching 
the  rank  of  Assistant  Clinical  Professor 
in  the  Department  of  Psychiatry  special- 
izing in  psychosomatic  medicine.  Dr. 
Lisansky  has  had  considerahle  experi- 
ence in  post-graduate  educational  prob- 
lems and  has  been  organizer  or  co- 
organizer  of  many  successful  programs 
designed  for  practicing  physicians  includ- 
ing general  practice  and  several  special- 
ties. Dr.  Lisansky  will  assume  the  office 
vacated  by  Dr.  Patrick  B.  Storey  and 
will  take  over  his  new  duties  some  time 
during  the  month  of  October.  1964. 

Acting  Director  of  University 
Hospital  Appointed 

Dr.  \\'illiam  S.  Stoxe  has  announced 
the  appointment  of  Air.  Donald  G.  Shrop- 
shire as  Acting  Director  of  the  Univer- 
sity Hospital  following  the  resignation 
of  Mr.  Lad  F.  Grapski  who  moved  to 
Chicago  where  he  will  serve  as  Director 
of  Loyola  L'niversit}'  Hospital. 

Dr.  Allen  Voshell  Retires  as 
Orthopedic  Head 

Dr.  Allex  Fiske  \^oshell.  professor 
of  orthopedic  surgery  at  the  School  of 
Medicine  since  1931,  has  retired,  follow- 
ing a  distinguished  career  in  his  specialty 
and  in  the  development  of  post-graduate 
residency  and  refresher  programs  both 
in  general  medicine  and  surger\-  and  par- 
ticularly in  orthopedic  surgery. 

Always  active  in  the  cause  of  the  han- 
dicapped. Dr.  \'oshell  was  named  man 
of  the  year  in  1957  by  the  President's 
Committee  to  Promote  Employment  of 
the  Handicapped.  That  year  he  was  also 
recipient  of  the  Baltimore  Goodwill  In- 
dustries annual  award  of  merit.  In  1961 
he  headed  the  State  Planning  Commis- 


sion subcommittee  on  chronic  illness 
whose  recommendations  led  to  the  estab- 
lishment of  Maryland's  first  adult  out- 
patient rehabilitation  centers  at  the  Uni- 
versity Hospital  and  at  the  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hospital.  He  also  organized  crippled 
children's  clinics  in  Ellicott  City.  Annap- 
olis and  Frederick  County,  serving  as  an 
examiner  in  all  three.  His  service  at  the 
Annapolis  and  Frederick  County  clinics 
spans  more  than  thirty  years. 

Dr.  \'oshell  was  active  in  the  organ- 
ization and  development  of  post-graduate 
educational  programs  at  the  L'niversity 
of  ^Maryland  and  served  as  associate 
director  of  the  post-graduate  committee 
under  the  leadership  of  the  late  Dr.  How- 
ard C.  Bubert.  At  present,  he  is  director 
and  surgeon  in  chief  at  the  Kernan  Hos- 
pital for  Crippled  Children  and  is  a  con- 
sultant at  the  L'nited  States  Alarine 
Hospital.  He  was  former  chief  consultant 
at  the  Ft.  Howard  Veterans  Hospital 
and  since  1936  has  been  a  consultant  to 
the  Children's  Bureau  of  the  Department 
of  Labor.  He  is  a  past-president  of  the 
American  Board  of  Orthopedic  Surgery 
and  a  past-vice-president  of  the  Ameri- 
can Academy  of  Orthopedic  Surgeons.  In 
1941  he  received  the  Academy's  gold 
medal  for  his  work  on  knee  joints  and 
the  mechanics  of  ligaments.  Dr.  \"oshell 
will  continue  his  active  practice  of  ortho- 
pedic surger}'. 

Dr.  Sherrer.  Former  Patholoo^y 

Resident.  Joints  Private  Pathology 

Group 

Dr.  Paul  F.  Gltirix  and  Dr.  Watsox 
Kime  have  announced  the  association  of 
Dr.  Edward  L.  Sherrer,  Jr.,  in  the  prac- 
tice of  Laboratorv  Aledicine.  effective 
July  1.  1964. 

Dr.  Sherrer  was  formerly  resident  in 
pathology  at  the  School  of  Aledicine. 


October,  1964 


faculty 


NOTES 


Department  of  Anatomy 

Vernon  E.  Krahl,  Ph.D.,  Professor 
of  Anatomy,  has  just  returned  from  Sar- 
anac  Lake,  N.  Y.,  where  he  conducted 
several  puhnonary  studies  as  a  Visiting 
Investigator  at  the  new,  million-dollar 
l)ulnionary  research  laboratories  of  the 
Trudeau  Foundation.  As  an  approach  to 
the  better  understanding  of  control  mech- 
anisms that  operate  in  the  regulation  of 
mammalian  respiration.  Dr.  Krahl  has 
been  studying  the  structure,  function  and 
innervation  of  respiratory  apparatus  of 
lower  animal  forms  such  as  teleost  fishes 
and  several  species  of  amphibians.  A  por- 
tion of  this  work,  done  in  collaboration 
with  Hollis  G.  Boren,  M.D.,  Director  of 
the  Trudeau  Foimdation,  w-as  reported 
in  a  paper  entitled  "Ventilatory,  Neural 
and  Other  Factors  Influencing  the  Pul- 
monary Microcirculation  of  the  Frog." 
Dr.  Krahl  presented  the  paper  in  March 
at  the  Third  European  Microcirculatory 
Conference  in  Jerusalem,  Israel.  The 
meeting  was  held  at  the  Academy  of 
Medicine  at  the  invitation  of  the  Capil- 
lary Research  Laboratory  of  the  Hadas- 
sah  University  Hospital.  While  in  Israel, 
Dr.  Krahl  had  an  opportunity  to  visit 
several  medical  and  research  centers  in- 
cluding the  Academy  of  Medicine,  He- 
brew University,  Hadassah  Medical 
Center,  Pieilinson  Hospital,  the  Weiz- 
mann  Institute,  and  Technion  City. 

Theodore  F.  Leveque,  Ph.D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Anatomy,  and  his  family  sailed 
on  September  10  for  Strasbourg,  France, 
where  they  will  reside  for  one  year  dur- 
ing his  Sabbatical  Leave  from  the  De- 
partment of  Anatomy.  Working  with  Dr. 
Fred  Stutinsky  in  the  Institut  de  Physi- 


ologic Cjcnerale  of  the  L'ni\  (.Tsite  de 
Strasbourg,  Dr.  Levee jue  will  continue 
liis  studies  on  neurosecretion  and  hypo- 
])hyseo-hypothalamic  relationships. 

New  Appointments 

Dr.  b^RANK  11.  J.  l^'icci:.  Chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Anatomy,  has  an- 
nounced the  appointment  of  two  new 
members  to  the  faculty  of  his  department. 

Frederick  I.  Rams.w,  Ph.D.,  on  Sej)- 
tember  1,  1964,  joined  the  faculty  as  an 
Assistant  Professor  of  Anatomy.  Dr. 
Ramsay,  a  native  of  P>altimore,  received 
his  B.S.  degree  at  W^ashington  and  Lee 
University  where  he  graduated  cum 
laitdc,  and  received  his  M.S.  and  Ph.D. 
degrees  at  the  LIniversity  of  Illinois.  As 
an  undergraduate  Dr.  Ramsay  received 
a  Department  Scholarship  in  Hiologv 
and.  at  Illinois,  a  Predoctoral  Fellowship 
of  the  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service.  He 
taught  courses  in  Gross  Anatomy  and 
Microanatomy  at  the  University  of  Illi- 
nois and,  during  his  service  in  the  Armed 
Forces,  Dr.  Ramsay  was  assigned  to  the 
U.  S.  Army  Chemical  Research  and  De- 
velopment Laboratories  at  Edge  wood, 
Maryland.  \\Miile  at  Edgewood  he  was 
also  an  Assistant,  part  time,  in  the 
courses  of  Gross  and  Microscopic  Anat- 
omy at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Dr. 
Ramsay's  research  has  included  studies 
on  spontaneous  uterine  tumors  in  mice, 
the  antitumor  effects  of  mouse  serum  and 
the  effects  of  antiserum  and  adjuvant  on 
tumor  growth.  He  plans  further  studies 
on  tumor  growth,  using  tissue  culture 
techniques.  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Ramsay  and 
their  three  children  are  residing  in  Luth- 
erville,  Md. 

Gladys  E.  Wadsworth,  Ph.D.,  has 
l)een  appointed  Assistant  Professor  of 
Anatomy,  effective  October  1,  1964.  Dr. 
Wadsworth  received  her  P).S.  degree  at 
State  Teachers  College  at  Stroudsl)urg, 
Pa.,  and  her  M.A.  degree  at  Teachers 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


College  at  Columbia  University  in  New 
York.  After  receiving  her  certificate  in 
Physical  Therapy  at  Walter  Reed  Hos- 
pital in  Washington,  D.  C,  Dr.  Wads- 
worth  served  as  Chief  Physical  Therapist 
at  the  U.  S.  General  Army  Hospital  at 
Battle  Creek,  Michigan,  and  later,  at 
Georgetown  University  Hospital  in 
Washington,  D.  C.  While  completing  her 
work  for  her  Ph.D.  degree  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  under  the  direction 
of  Dr.  Eduard  Uhlenhuth  (who  was,  at 
that  time.  Chairman  of  the  Department 
of  Anatomy ) .  Dr.  Wadsworth  was  an 
Instructor  in  Anatomy.  From  1956  to 
1962  Dr.  Wadsworth  directed  the  De- 
partment of  Physical  Therapy  at  the 
University  of  Maryland,  then  for  two 
years  served  as  a  consultant  in  the  Divi- 
sion of  Education  of  the  American  Physi- 
cal Therapy  Association  in  New  York 
City.  Dr.  Wadsworth's  research  interests 
have  been  in  the  areas  of  body  mechan- 
ics and  in  the  anatomy  of  the  pelvis ;  she 
is  co-author  of  a  paper  on  the  latter  sul)- 
ject  with  the  late  Dr.  Eduard  Uhlenhuth. 
She  is  a  member  of  several  professional 
societies,  including  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  Anatomists  and  the  American 
Physical  Therapy  Association. 

Dr.  Spicer  Speaks  at  Symposium 

Dr.  William  Spicer,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Medicine,  was  among  the  speak- 
ers at  the  Symposium  on  Environmental 
Health  Hazards  sponsored  by  the  Mary- 
land Academy  of  Sciences  and  held  on 
October  17  at  Goucher  College.  Dr. 
Spicer  spoke  on  "Air  Pollution." 

Dr.  Kent  E.  Robinson  Honored 

Dr.  Kknt  E.  RoBixsox.  Associate  in 
Psychiatry  at  the  School  of  Medicine, 
has  been  named  Director  of  Out- Patient 
Services  at  the  Sheppard  and  Enoch 
Pratt  Hospital.  Towson,  Maryland. 


Dr.  Helrich  Speaks  at  International 
Meeting 

Dr.  Martin  Helrich,  professor  and 
head  of  the  Department  of  Anesthesiol- 
ogy at  the  School  of  Medicine,  partici- 
])ated  in  the  Eighth  Scandinavian  Con- 
gress of  Anesthesiologists  held  in  Turku, 
Mnland,  on  August  6th.  Dr.  Helrich  pre- 
sented a  paper  entitled  "Circulatory 
Compensation  Following  Analgesic 
Drugs  in  Man." 

Faculty  Participate  in   General 
Practice  Scientific  Assembly 

Members  of  the  Faculty  of  the 
School  of  Medicine  were  active  on  the 
program  of  the  Annual  Scientific  Ses- 
sions of  the  Maryland  Academy  of  Gen- 
eral Practice  held  at  the  Southern  Hotel 
October  17  and  18,  1964. 

Dr.  Harlan  I.  Firminger,  Professor 
and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Pathol- 
ogy, presented  a  panel  discussion  on 
"Visible  Tumors  and  Tumor-like  Lesions 
of  Interest  to  the  General  Practitioner." 
Associated  with  Dr.  Firminger  were  Dr. 
Robert  G.  Chambers  who  spoke  on  "Vis- 
ible Tumors  and  Tumor-like  Lesions  of 
the  Head  and  Neck."  Lesions  of  the  Oral 
Cavity  were  discussed  by  Dr.  Cyrus  L. 
Blanchard,  Professor  of  Otolaryngology. 
Dr.  Raymond  C.  Vail  Robinson  spoke 
on  "Visible  Tumors  and  Tumor-like 
Lesions  of  the  Skin"  and  Dr.  Richard  S. 
Munford,  Associate  Professor  of  Gyne- 
cology, spoke  on  "Similar  Lesions  of  the 
Vulva  and  Vagina."  Dr.  Robert  W. 
Buxton,  Professor  of  Surgery,  discussed 
"Visible  Tumors  and  Tumor-like  Les- 
ions on  the  Anus  and  Rectum." 

The  afternoon  session  was  highlighted 
l)y  a  panel  entitled  "The  Initial  Interview 
and  Its  Significance"  led  by  Dr.  Leo  tl. 
Bartemeier,  Clinical  Professor  of  Psy- 
chiatry at  the  School  of  Medicine,  assist- 
ed by  Drs.  Ephraim  T.  Lisansky  and 
Bernard  R.  Shochet. 


October,  1964 


BULLET  IX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICIXE,  UXWERSFTV  OF  MARY  LAX  D 


GRANTS 

Dr.  Frank  H.  J.  Figge,  chairman  of 
the  Department  of  Anatomy,  has  received 
a  grant  of  $990.00  from  the  Bressler  Re- 
serve Fund  to  aid  his  development  of 
cinematographic  techniques  for  use  in 
medical  education  and  research. 

The  American  Cancer  Society  has 
awarded  a  grant  of  $7,500.00  to  Dr.  Figge 
in  support  of  his  studies  on  the  activity 
or  augmenting  influence  of  mammary 
tumor  agent  virus  on  leukemogenesis  in 
the  C3HFg  mouse. 

The  U.  S.  Army  Research  and  Devel- 
opment Command  has  awarded  a  contract 
in  the  amount  of  $30,000  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  Anatomy  for  a  continuing  re- 
search program  on  comparative  neuro- 
anatomy. The  program  is  under  the 
direction  of  Dr.  Frank  H.  J.  Figge. 
Collaborating  in  these  studies  are  Ford 
Ebner,  D.V.AI.,  who  is  a  Special  Fellow 
in  the  Department  of  Anatomy,  and 
Sven  Ebbeson,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  in 
Anatomy,  part  time. 


Dr.  Charles  Crispens,  Assistant 
Professor  of  Anatomy,  has  received  from 
the  American  Cancer  Society  a  grant  of 
$1,900  for  one  year  in  support  of  his 
studies  on  a  virus  that  produces  bio- 
cliemical  lesions  in  mice. 


Dr.  Joseph  Wells,  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Anatomy,  has  received  a  re- 
search grant  in  the  amount  of  $45,021 
from  the  National  Institutes  of  Health 
of  the  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service.  The 
grant,  covering  a  three-year  period,  will 
support  Dr.  Wells'  studies  on  the  func- 
tional relationships  of  the  Nucleus 
Dorsomedialis. 


Dr.  Verxon  E.  Krahl,  Professor  of 
Anatomy,   and  a   recent   recipient  of   a 


Career  Research  Award  from  the  Na- 
tional Institutes  of  Health  of  the  U.  S. 
Public  Health  Service,  has  received  a 
research  grant  from  the  same  agency,  in 
support  of  his  studies  on  the  finer  struc- 
ture of  the  mammalian  lung.  Now  in  its 
ninth  consecutive  year.  Dr.  Krahl's  cur- 
rent grant  has  been  extended  an  addi- 
tional four  years  with  financial  support 
totaling  nearly  $45,000. 

Computer  Center  Progresses 

Dr.  George  Entwisle,  Director  of  the 
Health  Sciences  Computer  Center,  has 
announced  that  significant  progress  has 
taken  place  with  respect  to  the  develop- 
ment of  the  Computer  Center  to  be  lo- 
cated in  the  Howard  Hall  of  the  School 
of  Medicine.  Architectural  drawings  are 
being  prepared  and  it  is  anticipated  that 
the  facility  will  be  available  in  1965.  In 
the  meanwhile,  Mr.  Robert  L.  Jones, 
currently  Systems  Engineer  with  the 
International  Business  Machines  Corpo- 
ration in  Syracuse,  has  been  named  Man- 
ager of  the  Computer  Center.  Until  such 
time  as  the  area  is  renovated  and  the 
equipment  installed,  Mr.  Jones  wall  work 
in  collaboration  with  the  established  com- 
munication center  at  College  Park. 


Proceedings   of   the   University   of 

Maryland  Biological  Society  to  be 

Published  by  the  Bulletin 

Herewith  we  again  begin  the  reg- 
ular publication  of  the  proceedings  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  Biological 
Society.  For  many  years  the  Bulletin 
regularly  carried  these  proceedings  and 
abstracts.  It  is  again  a  pleasure  to  rein- 
stitute  this  regular  feature. 


Vol  49,  No.  4 


Proceedings  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  Biological  Society 


November  26,  1963.  Room  376,  Howard  Hall. 

"The  Lactic  Dehydrogenase  Agent :  Its 
Possible  Implications  for  the  Virologist 
and  the  Oncologist."  Charles  G.  Crispens, 
Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Department  of  Anatomy,  School 
of  Aledicine. 

Abstract 

The  lactic  dehydrogenase  (LDH)  agent 
was  first  reported  by  Riley  ct  al.  ( Science, 
132:544,  1960)  who  observed  a  5-  to  10- 
fold  increase  in  the  plasma  LDH  activity 
of  test  animals  48  hours  after  inoculation 
with  tissue  or  organ  extracts  from  mice 
bearing  a  variety  of  transplanted  tumors. 
In  this  laboratory,  studies  were  initiated 
to  investigate  the  nature  of  the  LDH  agent 
and  its  relationship  to  murine  tumorigene- 
sis.  Mice  bearing  2  transplantable  tumors 
(C57BRT  or  C1300)  \vere  observed  to 
contain  the  agent ;  no  evidence  was  found 
of  its  association  with  4  human  neoplasms. 

The  LDH  agent  is  transmitted  readily 
between  mice  in  the  same  cage,  but  not 
between  animals  in  different  cages.  It  is 
excreted  in  saliva  and  urine  at  36  hours, 
but  not  5  weeks,  after  infection.  In  feces,  it 
is  excreted  up  to  15  weeks  after  infection, 
presumably  until  death.  Preliminary  find- 
ings suggest  that  the  LDH  agent  is  trans- 
mitted /;;  iifcro  and  in  the  milk  of  lactating 
females. 

Recent  studies  indicate  that  the  LDH 
agent  is  both  ether  and  sodium  desoxycho- 
late-sensitive.  It  is  stable  after  storage  for 
6  months  at  — 20  °C.,  and  inactivated  by 
heating  at  56 °C.  for  30  minutes.  Heat  in- 
activation  is  enhanced  by  Mg  ions.  Com- 
plete inactivation  of  the  LDH  agent  is 
found  after  300  minutes  of  ultraviolet  irra- 
diation or  48  hours  treatment  with  forma- 
lin. There  is  a  region  of  relative  stabilitv 
from  pH  4.0  to  10.0. 

Thin  sections  of  pellets  prepared  from 
infected  plasma  show  oval-shaped  particles 
which  measure  15  m/*  x  45  nii^..  The  im- 
l)lications  of  these  findings  and  results  ob- 
tained in  other  laboratories  are  discussed. 

December  17,  1963.  Room  376,  Howard  Hall. 

"Voltage  Clamp  Studies  on  the  Effect  of 
Internal  Sodium  and  Potassium  on  Inter- 
nally Perfused  Squid  Axons."  William  J. 
Adelman,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Department  of  Physi- 
ology, School  of  Medicine. 


Abstract 

Cleaned,  isolated  giant  axons  were 
perfused  internally  witii  solutions  contain- 
ing a  variety  of  potassium  and  sodium  ion 
activities.  Solutions  were  made  isosmotic 
by  sucrose  addition.  The  resting  potential 
could  be  approximated  closely  by  the  fol- 
lowing relation : 

En,  =  (RT/F)  log  l(a„^  +  OMa^J 

I  (aj,;  +  0.25a,., ^^^l 

when  internal  potassium  sulfate  and  phos- 
pate  and  external  sodium  and  potassium 
chloride  solutions  were  used.  When  the 
internal  and  external  K+  concentrations 
were  equal  at  10  niM,  the  steady  state  (K) 
current  in  the  voltage  clamp  was  zero 
upon  making  an  appropriate  leakage  cur- 
rent correction.  Similarly,  when  the  inter- 
nal Na+  concentration  was  zero,  no  out- 
ward initial  membrane  current  was  meas- 
ured upon  voltage  clamping.  The  sodium 
])otential,  measured  as  the  clamped  voltage 
at  which  the  initial  membrane  current  turns 
from  inward  to  outward,  was  found  to  vary 
with  the  internal  and  external  sodium  ion 
activity.  A  close  agreement  w^as  obtained 
between  sodium  potential  values  and  theo- 
retical thermodynamic  sodium  equilibrium 
potential  values.  Upon  low  K  internal  per- 
fusion, the  steady  state  curve  of  inactiva- 
tion of  sodium  conductance  vs.  membrane 
voltage  was  ciianged  in  slope  and  moved 
in  the  direction  of  depolarization  yielding 
considerable  activation  at  low  membrane 
potentials.  Undamped,  these  low  internal 
K  axons  were  excitable  with  short  de- 
polarizing currents  and  gave  almost  normal 
amplitude  action  potentials  despite  low- 
resting  potentials. 

January  23,  1964.  Room  376,  Howard  Hall. 

"Mechanisms  of  Tolerance  to  Endotoxin 
in  Man."  Sheldon  E.  Greisman,  M.D.,  De- 
partments of  Medicine  and  Physiology, 
School  of  Medicine. 

February  26, 1964.  Room  377,  Howard  Hall. 

"Field  Studies  in  West  Pakistan."  Robert 
Traub,  Ph.D.,  Department  of  Microbi- 
ology, School  of  Medicine. 

April  1,  1964.  Room  377,  Howard  Hall. 

1.  "Inter-relationship    Between   the    Meta- 
bolism   and    Meciianism    of    Action    of 


October,  1964 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Nitroglycerin."  Philip  M.  Needleman, 
Fellow,  Department  of  Pharmacology, 
School  of  Medicine. 

2.  "Experimental  Infection  of  Murine 
Typhus  in  the  Guinea  Pig."  Ychia  El 
Batawi,  M.D.,  Department  of  Micro- 
biology, School  of  Medicine.  (See  Ab- 
stract) 

3.  "A  Comparative  Study  of  the  Convulsant 
Bis  (2,  2,  2  Trifluoroethyl)  Ether  and 
Its  Analog  Bis  (2,  2,  2  Trifluoroethyl) 
Thioether."  Robert  S.  Rozman,  Ph.D., 
and  Raymond  AI.  Burgison,  Ph.D.,  De- 
partment of  Pharmacology,  School  of 
Medicine. 

4.  "Nature  of  the  Binding  between  DNA 
and  Protein  in  Deoxyribonucleoprotein." 
Stephan  A.  Lesko,  Jr.,  Fellow,  Depart- 
ment of  Biochemistry,  School  of  Medi- 


Abstract 

DNA  is  always  found  associated  with 
histones  and  residual  protein  in  mammalian 
tissues.  The  residual  protein  appears  to  be 
bound  firmly  to  the  DNA  since  exhaus- 
tive   treatment   of   deoxyribonucleoprotein 


with  ice-cold  0.2  N  IICl  or  1  M  NaCl, 
pH  3,  followed  by  a  subsequent  treatment 
with  detergent  will  not  remove  all  of  this 
protein.  To  study  the  nature  of  this  bind- 
ing, DNA  was  digested  with  DNase  I 
alone  or  in  combination  with  snake  venom 
phosphodiesterase.  The  digest  was  frac- 
tionated on  paper  by  higli  voltage  electro- 
])horesis  using  0.1  AI  acetate  buffer,  pH 
3.6.  Tiie  U.  v.  absorbing  nucleotide  frac- 
tions were  eluted  and  hydrolyzed  with  6  N 
HCl  at  110°C.  for  18  hrs.  Thin  layer 
chromatography  of  the  hydrolysates  re- 
vealed several  ninhydrin  spots  indicating 
the  i)resence  of  peptide  or  i)rotein  material 
in  the  nucleotide  fractions.  At  pH  3.6,  most 
peptides  and  proteins  would  be  e.xpected 
to  carry  a  zero  or  net  positive  charge, 
while  the  nucleotides  or  polynucleotides 
would  carry  net  negative  charges.  Peptide 
or  protein  material  found  in  the  nucleotide 
areas  must  therefore  be  firmly  bound  to 
the  negatively  charged  nucleotides.  It  is 
concluded  that  residual  protein  is  firmly 
bound  to  DNA,  perhaps  through  a  covalent 
bond.  (  Supported  by  USPHS  Grant  No. 
GM  05874-06.) 

May  12,  1964.  Castle  Motor  Inn,  Baltimore. 

"Pesticides,  Fish,  and  Wildlife."  John  L. 
Buckley,  Ph.D.,  Chief,  Office  of  Pesticides 
Coordination,  United  States  Department  of 
Interior. 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


Lecture  Series  For  1964-65  Announced 


The  following  special  lectures 
have  been  scheduled  for  the  School  of 
Medicme  beginning  with  the  November 
10th  Julius  Friedenwald  Memorial  Lec- 
ture. Two  lectures  have  already  been  pre- 
sented, one  by  Dr.  Paul  Havens,  Pro- 
fessor of  Medicine  and  Microbiology  at 
the  Jefferson  Medical  College,  who  spoke 
on  "Diagnosis  of  Complicated  Liver  Dis- 
orders." 

The  annual  Phi  Delta  Epsilon  lec- 
ture was  presented  by  Dr.  Allen  R.  Fein- 
stein.  Associate  Professor  of  Medicine  at 
the  Yale  University  School  of  Medicine, 
who  spoke  on  the  "Changing  Clinical 
Concepts  in  Rheumatic  Fever." 

The  Julius  Friedenwald  Memorial 

Lecture  will  be  held  on  Tuesday,  No- 
vember 10,  1964,  at  11 :30  a.m.  in  Gordon 
AMlson  Hall  by  Joseph  B.  Kirsner,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Medicine  and  Head  of  the 
Division  of  Gastroenterology  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  School  of  Medicine, 
who  will  speak  on  "The  Approach  to 
Functional  Disorders  of  the  Gastrointes- 
tinal Tract." 


The    Eighth    Pincoffs    Lecture    is 

scheduled  for  Monday,  December  7, 
1964,  at  8:15  p.m.,  in  Davidge  Hall  and 
will  be  presented  by  Arnold  S.  Relman, 
j\I.D.,  Professor  of  Medicine  at  Boston 
L'niversity  School  of  Medicine  and  Chief 
of  the  Renal  and  Metabolic  Division  of 
Massachusetts  Memorial  Hospitals,  who 
will  speak  on  "Some  Xew  Ideas  about 
Acid-Base  Regulation :  Clinical  and 
Physiological  Considerations." 


A.  B.  Baker,  M.D.,  Professor  of 
Neurology  at  the  University  of  Minne- 
sota School  of  Medicine,  will  discuss 
"Pathogenesis  of  Cerebrovascular  Dis- 
ease" on  Tuesday,  January  19,  1965,  at 
11  :30  A.M.  in  Gordon  Wilson  Hall. 

Harry  A.  Feldman,  M.D.,  Chair- 
man, Department  of  Preventive  Medicine 
of  the  Upstate  Medical  Center  of  the 
State  University  of  New  York,  will  dis- 
cuss "Toxoplasmosis :  Clinical  Manifes- 
tations, Diagnosis  and  Management"  on 
Tuesday,  February  23,  1965,  at  11:30 
A.M.  in  Gordon  \\'ilson  Hall. 

Thomas  McP.  Brown,  M.D.,  Eugene 
Meyer  Professor  and  Chairman,  Depart- 
ment of  Medicine  of  the  George  Wash- 
ington LTniversity  School  of  Medicine, 
will  discuss  "Pathogenesis  of  the  Rheu- 
matic Disorders"  on  Tuesday,  Alarch  16, 
1965,  at  11  :30  a.m.  in  Gordon  A\'ilson 
Hall. 

The  Uhlenhuth  Memorial  Lecture, 

sponsored  by  Phi  Beta  Pi  Fraternity, 
will  be  held  on  Tuesday,  April  13,  1965, 
at  11 :30  a.m.  in  Gordon  Wilson  Hall  and 
will  be  presented  by  Barton  Childs,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Pediatrics  at  Johns  Hopkins 
School  of  Medicine,  who  will  speak  on 
"Genetic  Control  of  Disease." 

Lawrence    E.    Hinkle,    Jr.,    M.D., 

Associate  Professor  of  ^Medicine  in  Psy- 
chiatry and  Director  of  Division  of  Hu- 
man Ecology  of  Cornell  L'niversity  ^Vled- 
ical  College,  will  discuss  "The  Ecology 
of  Human  Illness  and  Health"  on  Tues- 
day. May  11,  1965.  at  11:30  a.m.  in 
Gordon  ^^'ilson  Hall. 


October.  1964 


POSTGRADUATE  COIMIVIITTEE  SECTION 

MRS.  ELIZABETH  B.  CARROLL,  Exccutizr  Secretary 

Postgraduate  Office  :  Room  201 

Davidge  Hall,  522  West  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 


Postgraduate  Courses  for  the  1964-1965 
Academic  Year 

The  following  courses  are  scheduled 
to  be  given  during  the  current  academic 
year.  Complete  information  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  office  of  the  Postgradu- 
ate Committee.  School  of  Medicine,  Uni- 
versity of  ^Maryland,  Baltimore,  Mary- 
land. 21201. 

Hughesville   Course 

To  be  given  on  eight  consecutive 
Wednesdays  beginning  on  September 
16,  1964,  at  the  Auditorium  of  the 
Southern  Maryland  Electrical  Co-op  in 
Hughesville,  Charles  County,  Maryland, 
from  6:00  p.m.  to  8:00  p.m.  Tuition 
fee  $25.00. 

Anesthesia  Day 

November  5,  1964,  under  the  direction 
of  Dr.  IVIartin  Helrich  and  Dr.  Martin 
I.  Gold.  Designed  for  physicians  and  sur- 
geons who  are  concerned  to  any  extent 
with  the  administration  of  anesthesia,  or 
who  must,  from  time  to  time,  be  involved 
with  problems  incident  to  that  field.  To 
be  given  on  the  campus  of  the  medical 
school  in  Baltimore.  Tuition  fee  $15.00. 

Eye,  Ear,  Nose  &  Throat 

December  3,  1964,  under  the  direction 
of  Dr.  Cyrus  L.  Blanchard  and  Dr.  Rich- 
ard D.  Richards.  The  practical  problems 
of  ophthalmology  and  otolaryngology 
with  which  the  practicing  physician  must 
be  conversant  will  be  presented.  To  be 


given  on  the  Baltimore  campus.  Tuition 
$15.00. 

Neuropathology  for  Pathologists 

Under  the  direction  of  Dr.  John  A. 
Wagner,  this  course  w^ill  be  full  time 
from  December  7  through  December  12, 
1964.  Given  at  the  practical  level  and  in- 
cluding basic  neuropathology,  traiuna, 
tumors,  infections  and  degenerative  dis- 
eases ;  surgical  neuropathology ;  the  neu- 
rological clinico-pathological  conference ; 
and  practical  drill  in  cutting,  blocking, 
staining,  and  microscopic  study  of  pro- 
vided specimens.  This  course  is  limited 
to  certified  pathologists  or  those  eligible 
for  certification,  and  because  of  the  indi- 
vidual attention  given  to  each  student 
only  12  applicants  can  be  accommodated. 
To  be  given  on  the  Baltimore  campus. 
Tuition  $125.00. 

Surgical  Physiology 

To  be  given  on  December  17,  1964, 
under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Arlie  R. 
Mansberger,  Jr.  The  course  will  be  con- 
cerned with  pre-operative  and  post-op- 
erative physiology,  functional  derange- 
ments, and  management  of  the  clinical 
problems  commonly  presented  by  the 
surgical  patient.  Tuition  $15.00.  To  be 
given  on  the  Baltimore  campus. 

Advances  in  Medical  Science 

To  be  given  on  Wednesdays  from  3  :00 
to  5  :00  P.M.,  beginning  on  January  13 
and   ending   on   March   31,    1965.   The 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


course  is  designed  for  physicians  who 
wish  to  review  the  important  advances 
in  medical  science.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  a  basic  scientific  approach  to  an  un- 
derstanding of  the  more  common  clinical 
problems  and  their  management.  To  be 
given  on  the  Baltimore  campus.  Tuition 
fee  $40.00. 

Dermatology  Day 

To  be  given  under  the  direction  of  Dr. 
Harry  M.  Robinson.  Jr.,  on  January  21, 
1965.  This  will  be  a  clinical  session  in 
which  many  dermatologic  disorders  will 
be  seen  and  examined  by  the  attending 
physicians,  followed  by  presentation  and 
discussion  of  the  problems  of  diagnosis 
and  management  of  each  entity.  To  be 
given  on  the  Baltimore  campus.  Tuition 
fee  $15.00. 

Clinical  Anatomy 

To  be  given  under  the  direction  of  Dr. 
Otto  C.  Brantigan  one  morning  and  one 
afternoon  each  week  beginning  with  the 
second  semester  of  the  medical  school. 
The  course  emphasizes  the  practical  ap- 
plication of  anatomy  and  anatomical 
principles  in  physical  and  x-ray  diag- 
nosis. Anatomical  knowledge  is  related 
to  the  use  of  needling  in  performing  diag- 
nostic procedures  and  in  treatment.  The 
course  is  directed  toward  both  the  med- 


ical man  and  the  surgeon.  Tuition  fee 
$150.00. 

Clinical  Cardiology 

February  4,  1965,  under  the  direction 
of  Dr.  Leonard  Scherlis.  Designed  to 
present  to  the  practicing  physician  some 
of  the  advances  in  our  diagnostic  meth- 
ods and  management  of  the  more  com- 
mon clinical  problems  in  cardiology.  To 
be  given  on  the  Baltimore  campus.  Tui- 
tion fee  $15.00. 

Gynecology  Day 

February  11,  1965,  under  the  direction 
of  Dr.  Edmund  B.  Middleton.  Considera- 
tion will  be  given  to  the  practical  prob- 
lems encountered  in  the  office  and  clinic 
care  of  the  gynecologic  patient.  To  be 
given  on  the  Baltimore  campus.  Tuition 
fee  $15.00. 

Hematology  Day 

March  11,  1965,  under  the  direction 
of  Dr.  Milton  S.  Sacks.  The  course  will 
afford  a  basic  review  of  diseases  of  the 
hematopoietic  system.  Illustrative  peri- 
pheral blood  and  bone  marrow  slides  will 
be  utilized  in  connection  with  selected 
case  material.  Newer  techniques  of  diag- 
nosis and  treatment  will  be  discussed.  To 
be  given  on  the  Baltimore  campus.  Tui- 
tion fee  $15.00. 


October,  1964 


ABSTRACTS 


of  arficles  by 
faculty  and  alumni 


Iron    Metabolism    in    Premature    Infants — 

Martin  K.  Gorten  and  Eleanor  R.  Cross. 
/.  Pcdiaf. .  6i:509,  1964. 

The  results  of  this  study  indicate  clearly 
that  iron  fortification  of  an  infant  formula, 
offered  to  premature  infants  from  the  newborn 
period,  affords  effective  prophylaxis  against 
iron  deficiency.  Acquisition  of  hemoglobin  iron 
keeps  pace  with  the  rapid  growth  of  these 
infants.  Hematologic  observations  from  the 
tenth  week  of  life  are  indistinguishable  from 
those  of  healthy  term  infants  receiving  optimal 
nutritional  care.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
majority  of  premature  infants  who  derive  iron 
solely  from  iron-fortified  and  iron-containing 
solid  foods,  even  when  these  foods  are  fed  from 
an  early  age,  develop  true  iron  deficiency  ane- 
mia. This  nutritional  anemia  can  be  corrected 
effectively  by  the  addition  to  the  diet  of  a 
formula  containing  12  mg.  of  elemental  iron 
per  quart. 


William  Alexander  Hammond— 1828-1900 
(Special  Communication)  —  Albert  F. 
Heck. 

JAMA,  466,  1963 

This  is  an  illuminating  concise  study  of  an 
important  physician  of  the  mid  19th  century, 
a  former  professor  at  the  School  of  Medicine, 
who  became  Surgeon  General  of  the  Grand 
Army  of  the  Republic,  through  whose  fore- 
sight and  determined  energy  the  medical  ser- 
vices of  the  army  were  completely  revised 
with   certain   principles   still   applicable   today. 


While  earning  for  himself  a  lasting  degree  of 
importance  and  immorality,  he  was  court- 
martialed,  dismissed  from  the  army  before  the 
end  of  the  war,  only  to  return  as  a  practitioner 
of  neurology  and  founder  of  the  Neurological 
Association.  Later  in  his  life  his  dismissal  was 
vindicated  by  Acts  of  Congress  in  1878.  Ham- 
mond was  not  only  prophetic  but  was  an 
author  of  considerable  repute,  having  published 
a  textbook  of  neurology  which  went  through 
seven  editions  in  ten  years.  He  founded  the 
Armed  Forces  Institute  of  Pathology  and 
directed  the  publication  of  the  Medical  and 
Surgical  History  of  the  War  of  the  Rebellion. 

Retinal  Involvement  in  Adult  Cytomegalic 
Inclusion    Disease — Morton    E.    Smith,* 
M.D. 
A.M.A.  Arch.  Ophthal.  (July,  p.  44)  1964 

Cytomegalic  inclusion  disease  is  rarely  en- 
countered in  the  adult.  Of  54  cases  in  the 
literature,  none  contained  histologic  evidence 
of  the  disease  in  the  eyes.  A  case  of  the  disease 
in  a  61 -year-old  Negro  woman  with  the  char- 
acteristic inclusion-bearing  giant  cells  found  in 
the  retinas  of  both  eyes  is  described. 

The  importance  of  recognizing  this  disease 
in  debilitated  patients  who  have  been  on  long- 
term  treatment  with  various  drugs  is  stressed. 
Eighty  pairs  of  eyes  from  patients  in  this  cate- 
gory who  came  to  autopsy  were  reviewed,  but 
cytomegalic  inclusion  bodies  could  not  be 
demonstrated. 


*  Ophthalmic   Pathology   Branch,   Armed   Forces   In- 
stitute of  Pathology,  Washington,   D.   C.  20025. 


f  ■«/.  49,  No.  4 


liook  3^ebieb3SJ 


The  Cytologic  Diagnosis  of  Cancer.  2nd  Ed. 

Ruth  AI.  Grahm.  Zll  pp.  Illus.  W.  B. 
Saunders  Company,  Philadelphia  and  Lon- 
don. 1963. 
The  first  edition  of  Mrs.  Grahm's  book,  al- 
though published  in  1950  when  cytology  was 
in  its  early  stages,  has  continued  to  be  a  val- 
uable book  in  the  training  of  technical  person- 
nel and  as  a  guide  to  residents  in  pathology. 
This  new  edition  has  been  considerably  ex- 
panded and  some  sections,  where  new  knowl- 
edge has  become  available,  have  been  rewrit- 
ten. The  basic  purpose  of  the  book,  to  guide 
the  student  of  the  subject  in  the  interpretation 
of  cellular  morphology,  has  remained  un- 
changed. Many  of  the  photographs  and  plates 
from  the  first  edition  have  been  reused  and 
many  new  illustrations  have  been  added.  The 
quality  and  clarity  of  the  illustrations  is  uni- 
formly excellent.  The  chapters  which  have 
been  added  bring  the  book  up  to  date  and 
discuss  several  difficult  and  controversial  areas. 
Postradiation  smears,  both  positive  and  nega- 
tive, are  thoroughly  discussed.  Separate  chap- 
ters have  been  added  on  dysplasia  in  cervical 
smears,  the  cytology  of  carcinoma  of  the 
esophagus,  the  cytology  of  material  aspirated 
from  solid  masses,  and  a  short  chapter  on 
cellular  changes  in  pernicious  anemia  is  in- 
cluded. The  latter  chapter  seems  to  predict 
more  and  more  application  of  the  technique 
to  the  diagnosis  of  non-malignant  conditions. 
There  is  no  chapter  on  fluorescent  cytology  but 
this  is  not  a  great  omission.  The  text  also 
lacks  a  general  discussion  of  the  pathogenesis 
of  the  conditions  discussed.  The  addition  of 
such  a  discussion  would,  however,  expand  the 
volume  to  an  unusable  size  and  this  aspect  of 
the  subject  of  neoplasia  is  much  better  covered 
in  textbooks  of  pathology.  The  references  are 
well  chosen  and  extensive. 

The  text  should  become  a  standard  in  the 
training  of  cytological  technicians  as  was  the 
first  edition.  It  will  also  be  of  great  value  to 
residents  in  pathology. 

H0W.\RD  M.  WiSOTZKEY,   M.D. 

October,  1964 


A  Handbook  for  Ambulance  Room  Attend- 
ants by  C.  E.  Watson.  Pp.  120.  The 
Williams  and  Wilkins  Co.,  Baltimore.  1961. 
$1.95. 

This  is  a  short,  well  written  first  aid  manual 
directed  primarily  to  the  layman  working  in 
an  industrial  first  aid  station.  Included  are 
simple  instructions  for  the  treatment  of  injuries 
and  infections.  There  are  appendices  describing 
the  more  useful  dressings,  with  a  short,  clearly 
written  glossary  of  medical  terms.  The  index 
is  adequate.  A  simple  guide  to  the  assessment 
of  the  severity  of  illness  is  one  of  the  unique 
chapters  in  this  book. 

This  volume  is  a  good  introduction  to  mod- 
ern first  aid  practices  for  the  industrial  clinic 
attendant. 

Marvin  N.  Goldstein. 

Case  Studies  in  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology 

by  F.  Jackson  Stoddard,  M.D.  Pp.  298.  W. 
B.  Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  1964. 
$8.50. 

Dr.  Stoddard  states  in  his  preface  that  this 
book  "is  designed  to  complement  and  make 
more  meaningful  his  (the  student's)  earher 
formal  training  and  experience."  To  achieve 
this  end,  the  author  has  selected  60  case  his- 
tories that  illustrate  well  the  commoner  patho- 
logic entities  one  encounters  in  the  field  of 
Obstetrics  and  Gynecology.  Each  case  is  dis- 
cussed from  the  point  of  view  of  differential 
diagnosis  and  treatment ;  a  simulated  question 
and  answer  exchange  follows  ;  then  a  follow  up 
of  management  is  presented,  if  appropriate. 

The  cases  are  very  well  selected,  because 
the  author  has  resisted  the  temptation  to  re- 
count the  bizarre  example.  Instead  he  presents 
the  typical  case,  which  makes  it  more  mean- 
ingful to  the  reader.  Although  only  60  subjects 
are  formally  presented,  a  much  broader  range 
of  to])ics  is  covered  through  the  discussion  and 
c|uestion  and  answer  selections  of  the  book. 

The  case  histories  themselves  are  well  edited, 
with   emphasis   on   the   important   points.   The 


BVLLEriX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MFDICIXF.  rXirFR'SITV  OF  MARYLAND 


stock  plirases  that  one  hears  so  coniiuonly  at 
conferences  as  part  of  such  presentations  arc 
noticeably  absent. 

In  discussing  the  diflcrontial  diagnosis  and 
therapy,  the  author  is  logical  in  the  fornur  and 
conventional  in  the  latter.  His  management  re- 
flects what  is  good  practice  everywhere.  Some 
unusual  methods  of  management  that  are 
regional  are  recounted  through  the  question 
and  answer  sections  for  completeness. 

Illustrations  and  tables  are  appropriate  and 
are  certainly  easy  to  follow.  The  layout  of  the 
text  makes  for  effortless  reading. 

The  references  listed  at  the  end  of  each  case 
are  highly  selected,  but  intentionally  so.  They 
are  key  articles  or  reviews  that  can  be  used 
as  points  of  entry  into  any  esoteric  area  that 
might  strike  the  individual  reader. 

This  text  could  be  useful  to  anyone  with  a 
basic  knowledge  of  the  field.  For  the  advanced 
student  it  would  help  consolidate  many  seem- 
ingly disconnected  facts  into  a  memorable 
disease  entity.  For  the  non-specialist  it  could 
keep  him  alert  to  the  unusual  in  the  framework 
of  his  own  practice.  For  the  specialist  it  affords 
a  quick  review  and  handy  reference  to  many 
processes  that  are  rare  even  in  highly  selected 
populations. 

This  book  is  therefore  iiiglily  rocominended. 

James  P.  Durkan,  M.D. 

Physiologic  Principles  of  Surgery  edited  by 
Leo  M.  Zimmerman  and  Rachmiel  Levine. 
Pp.  988.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.  1964.  $20.00. 

This  is  the  second  edition  of  a  rather  unique 
book,  which  very  successfully  fills  a  great  void 
in  the  surgical  literature.  The  modern  surgeon 
must  strive  for  a  greater  understanding  of  nor- 
mal human  physiology  and  the  changes  brought 
about  by  injury,  disease,  anesthesia,  and  opera- 
tion. This  book  offers  a  concise  and  critical 
appraisal  of  practical  surgical  physiology  by 
50  eminent  surgeons  and  physiologists. 

The  first  13  chapters  deal  with  such  topics 
as  the  metabolic  changes  associated  with  in- 
jury, infections  and  antibiotics,  tissue  trans- 
plantation, shock,  and  nutrition.  A  new  chapter 
has  been  added  on  oncology.  The  remaining 
24  chapters  are  arranged  by  organ  system.  All 
chapters  are  current  and  well  written,  but  vary 
considerabl)'  in  detail  and  subject  treatment. 
The  book  is  quite  readable  with  numerous  help- 
ful illustrations,  tables,  and  graphs.  The  index 


is    excellent.    The    bibliography    varies    from 
chapter  to  chapter  but  is  generally  complete. 

This  fine  book  is  heartily  recommended  to 
students,  and  a  well  worn  copy  should  be  in 
every  surgeon's  library. 

Carl  F.  Berxer,  M.D. 

Outline  of  Medical  Parasitology  by  John  E. 
Larsh.  Pp.  342.  McGraw-Hill  Book  Co., 
New  York,  N.  Y.  1964.  $6.95. 

In  the  past  few  decades  the  lujrizon  in  tlie 
concept  of  i)arasitic  diseases  has  widened  be- 
yond most  i)hysicians'  expectations.  One  may 
reasonably  estimate  that  even  in  tlie  United 
States,  50  million  citizens  harbor  parasites  at 
the  present  time.  Many  physicians  serving  in 
tiie  United  States  Armed  Services  have  en- 
countered what  were  previously  considered 
exotic  diseases  and  have  had  to  review  the 
parasitology  learned  in  the  second  year  of 
medical  school.  Indeed,  with  the  "cold  war," 
World  Health  Organization  activities,  private 
industry  expansion  into  foreign  lands,  and  the 
astounding  ease  of  world  travel,  the  physicians 
in  this  country  are  faced  witii  tlie  problem  of 
recognizing  and  treating  parasitic  infections 
l)reviously  considered  rare  and  unimportant 
curiosities.  With  this  background,  the  teaching 
of  parasitology  in  medical  schools  has  taken  on 
a  greater  import.  It  is  also  recognized  that 
medical  schools  are  faced  with  ever  increasing 
subject  matters  to  teach  to  the  medical  students 
within  a  relatively  short  period  of  four  years. 
This  book  by  Dr.  Larsh  reflects  the  experience 
of  20  years  in  teaching  this  subject  to  medical 
students  and  admirably  succeeds  in  the  purpose 
stated  in  the  preface — to  present  an  outline  not 
designed  to  take  the  place  of  standard  text- 
l)ooks,  but  to  present  an  inexpensive  aitl  for 
orientation  to  the  subject;  to  give  a  general 
survey  of  the  field  before  beginning  the  course, 
and  to  lay  a  growing  foundation  during  the 
course.  The  outline  is  directed  specifically  to 
the  medical  students,  but  it  should  be  very  use- 
ful for  medical  technology  students,  pathology 
residents,  and  to  those  individuals  who  desire 
an  inexpensive,  up-to-date  source  of  refresher 
material  in  preparation  for  the  examinations. 
The  only  comparable  work  which  this  reviewer 
knows  of  is  Sawitz's  "Medical  Parasitology." 
TIio  subject  matter  is  introduced  logically 
and  the  text  is  written  clearly  and  in  a  style 
that  would  appeal  to  a  neophyte  in  this  field. 
The    diagrams   are    simple    and    illustrate    the 


Vol.  49.  No.  4 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


important  details  without  confusion.  The  one 
attractive  feature  that  the  reviewer  lias  not 
seen  before  in  a  book  on  parasitology  is  the 
presentation  of  case  histories  which  helps  to 
coordinate  the  basic  science  aspect  with  the 
clinical  aspect.  It  must  be  recognized  that  this 
text  must  be  used  in  conjunction  with  actual 
laboratory  sessions.  (An  atlas,  such  as  Spencer 
and  Alonroe,  the  color  atlas  of  intestinal  para- 
sites, Clias.  C  Thomas,  is  helpful  here.)  In 
addition,  the  student  should  have  access  to 
standard  larger  textbooks,  such  as  the  most 
recent  edition  of  Craig  and  Faust.  Another  at- 
tractive feature  of  this  type  of  book  is  tlie 
ability  to  revise  frequently  and  inexpensively, 
incorporating  recent  developments  in  this  field. 

Robert  Y.  Katase,  M.D. 


Cancer  of  the  Stomach  by  William  H. 
ReMine,  M.D.,  James  T.  Priestly,  M.D., 
Joseph  Berkson,  M.D.,  and  members  of  the 
stafif  of  the  Mayo  Clinic.  Pp.  255,  illus. 
W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
1964. 

This  monograph  is  intended  as  a  reassess- 
ment of  an  old  and  difficult  problem,  carcinoma 
of  the  stomach.  It  contains  a  plan  for  manage- 
ment based  on  a  large  group  of  cases  at  the 
Mayo  Clinic.  Its  purpose  is  to  decrease  the 
"discrepancy  between  incidence  and  operabil- 
ity." 

Early  detection  is  the  key  to  improved  sur- 
vival and  great  emphasis  is  placed  on  methods 
of  diagnosis.  There  are  separate  chapters  on 
recognition  of  gastric  neoplasms,  roentgenology, 
gastroscopy,  and  special  procedures,  i.e.,  gastric 
analysis,  cytology,  tetracycline  fluorescence,  and 
autoradiography,  as  well  as  blood  typing  and 
electrophoresis  of  gastric  juice.  An  excellent 
chapter  is  included  on  indications  for  operation 
and  certain  key  decisions  to  be  made  at  the 
operating  table.  Surgical  technique  is  covered 
in  detail  with  numerous  alternative  procedures 
critically  discussed.  Postoperative  care  is  well 
covered.  There  is  an  outstanding  di.scussion 
of  pathology  of  gastric  tumors,  as  well  as  an 
extensive  statistical  summary. 

The  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  tiic 
book  are  the  same — it  expounds  in  a  rather 
dogmatic  way  the  philosophy  of  the  Mayo 
Clinic  group,  which  gives  the  text  clarity  and 
continuity  in  expressing  an  excellent  approach 
to  the  problem.  However,  other  authorities  are 
largely  ignored. 


The  bibliography  is  only  fair.  The  index  is 
complete.  Illustrations  are  of  high  quality  and 
complement  the  text.  This  monograph  is  recom- 
mended as  an  excellent  source  of  information 
for  the  general  practitioner  and  internist,  as 
well  as  the  general  surgeon. 

Caki.  F.  Bern?:r,  M.D. 

Current  Therapy  1964  edited  by  Howard  F. 
Conn,  M.D.  Pp.  797.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co., 
Philadelphia,  Pa.  1964.  $13.00. 

This  is  the  16th  edition  compendium  which 
includes  a  wide  range  of  therapeutics.  The  book 
is  unique  in  that  it  treats  each  subject  briefly 
but  with  reasonable  thoroughness.  The  contrib- 
utors are  most  competent  and  total  317.  There 
is  no  attempt  to  give  different  points  of  view, 
l)ut  rather  each  problem  is  discussed  according 
to  the  method  of  the  contributor.  This,  in  my 
view,  is  desirable  since  it  offers  to  the  reader 
who  seeks  information  by  a  quick  reference 
an  opportunity  to  focus  clearly  and  directly 
on  a  sound  method  of  management.  There  is 
an  excellent  group  of  consulting  editors.  The 
material  is  well  indexed,  well  written,  concise, 
and  most  appropriate  for  the  purpose  for  which 
it  is  intended. 

The  book  is  divided  into  15  sections  includ- 
ing, in  addition  to  the  major  systems,  obstetrics 
and  gynecology,  physical  and  chemical  injuries, 
the  infectious  diseases,  and  the  urogenital  tract. 
There  are  no  lists  of  references.  There  is  no 
attempt  to  discuss  the  disease  except  as  it  per- 
tains to  an  understanding  of  therapy.  The  read- 
er must  first  have  made  the  diagnosis.  The 
book  will  be  of  most  use  to  the  internist, 
generalist,  resident,  intern,  and  medical  student. 

Edward  F.  Cotter,  M.D. 

The  Motor  Endplate  by  Sumner  I.  Zacks, 
M.D.  Pp.  321,  illus.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co., 
Philadelphia,  Pa.  1964.  $17.00. 

In  1961  and  1962  Dr.  Zacks,  together  with 
Dr.  Joe  AI.  Blumberg  and  others,  published  a 
series  of  articles  on  the  motor  endplate  in 
Alyesthenia  Gravis  as  well  as  some  studies  of 
this  structure  in  animal  material.  The  present 
monograph  is  an  expansion  of  that  work.  It 
includes  a  review  of  the  history  of  thought  on 
the  neuromuscular  junction  as  well  as  chap- 
ters on  physiology,  histochemistry,  and  pathol- 
ogy. The  text  is  illustrated  by  numerous  light 
and  electron  micrographs  as  well  as  tables  and 


October,  1964 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


line  drawings,  the  latter  being  of  particular 
value  in  illustrating  the  present  concepts  of 
the  ultrastructural  anatomy.  Also  included  is  a 
discussion  of  those  areas  as  yet  untouched  by 
investigative  work.  The  author's  own  views  are 
liberally  represented  throughout,  pointing  out 
areas  where  doubt  exists  or  further  work  must 
be  carried  out.  A  compilation  of  staining 
methods  for  neuromuscular  material  is  present- 
ed in  the  appendix,  and  the  index  is  complete 
and  well  chosen.  Since  this  area  of  human  dis- 
ease is  far  from  complete,  the  book  cannot  be 
complete.  It  is  rather  a  compilation  of  that 
which  has  already  been  started  and  w'ill  serve 
those  interested  in  neuromuscular  disease  as  a 
guide  for  further  study  and  experimentation. 

Howard  M.  Wisotzkey,  M.D. 

Aids  to  Physical  Chemistry,  3rd  ed.  A.  J. 

Grimes.  Pp.  292.  The  Williams  &  Wilkins 
Co.,   Baltimore,   Md.,   1963.  $3.75. 

This  is  a  small,  ready  reference  concerning 
the  basic  facts  of  physical  chemistry  as  applied 
to  medical  problems.  The  main  object  of  the 
pocket-sized  volume  is  to  provide  concise  basic 
information  on  physical-chemical  phenomena 
related  to  biological  activity.  The  scientific 
method,  laws  of  chemical  combination,  atomic 
structure,  isotopes,  valency,  the  various  states 
of  matter,  their  changes,  solutions,  the  rate  of 
chemical  reaction,  equilibrium,  catalysis,  ion- 
ization, electro-  and  thermo-chemistry,  absorp- 
tion, and  chromatography  are  the  chief  chapter 
headings.  The  text  is  simple  and  non-mathe- 
matic.  An  appendix  of  important  general  data 
is  supplied. 

J.  A.  W. 

Physical  Examination  of  the  Surgical  Pa- 
tient by  J.  Englebert  Dunphy,  M.D.,  and 
Thomas  W.  Botsford,  M.D.,  3rd  Ed.  Pp. 
396.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
1964.  $8.50. 

This  book  emphasizes  the  necessity  of  a 
careful  and  thorough  physical  examination  in 
the  evaluation  of  the  surgical  patient.  The 
authors  deplore  the  tendency  of  modern  medi- 
cine to  de-emphasize  this  most  important  facet 
of  the  surgical  workup.  Technique  receives  its 
proper  emphasis,  but,  at  the  same  time,  the 
authors  discuss  certain  diseases  and  their  patho- 
physiology in  relation  to  physical  signs. 

Three  chapters  have  been  added  to  the  3rd 
edition — examination  of  heart  patients  with  a 


surgical  condition  and  burned  patients.  A  sec- 
tion on  emergencj'  resuscitation  is  also  included. 
A  chapter  deserving  special  jiraise  is  devoted  to 
the  examination  of  the  acutely  injured  patient. 

Many  photographs  have  been  added  and  line 
drawings  redone.  All  illustrations  are  of  excel- 
lent quality  and  refer  directly  to  the  text,  which 
is  lucid  and  easily  readable.  The  bibliography 
is  good  and  the  index  complete. 

This  volume  serves  its  stated  purpose  well. 
It  should  be  of  great  value  to  students,  house 
officers,  and  practitioners  of  all  disciplines, 
medical  and  surgical. 

Carl  F.  Berxer,  M.D. 


Lysosomes  (Ciba  Foundation  Symposium), 
ed.  by  A.  V.  S.  de  Reuck,  M.Sc,  D.I.C., 
A.R.C.S.,  and  Margaret  P.  Cameron,  M.A. 
446  pp.  Little  Brown  and  Company,  Bos- 
ton, Mass.  1963.  $11.50. 

In  1955  De  Duve  formulated  the  interpreta- 
tion that  many  hydrolytic  intracellular  en- 
zymes (e.g. :  acid  phosphatase,  cathepsin,  and 
ribonuclease  among  several)  were  associated 
with  cytoplasmic  particles  which  he  isolated 
and  called  lysosomes.  This  formulation  was 
suggested  from  his  work  on  rat  liver  homo- 
genates.  Since  that  time  considerable  work, 
both  biochemical  and  cytologic,  has  been  done 
to  establish  the  fact  that  several  hydrolases 
important  in  cellular  metabolism  are  contained 
in  cytoplasmic  organelles  bounded  by  a  lipo- 
protein envelope,  and  that  materials  ingested 
in  bulk  by  the  cell  are  metabolized  in  part  by 
the  enzymes  in  these  so-called  hydrolytic  sacs. 
Current  thinking  is  that  most  cells  have  these 
organelles,  but  especially  prominent  cell  types 
containing  relatively  greater  amounts  are  liver 
cells,  proximal  convoluted  tubule  cells  of  the 
kidney,  and  macrophages. 

This  excellent  Ciba  symposium  held  on 
Feb.  12  to  14,  1963,  permits  an  assessment  of 
the  present  status  of  the  lysosomes  as  w'ell  as 
their  significance  in  cell  structure  and  function. 

De  Duve  and  Novikoflf  open  the  symposium 
by  relating  how  the  definition  and  concept  of 
lysosomes  evolved,  dividing  the  class  of  organ- 
elles into  four  types:  1)  a  storage  granule,  or 
primary  lysosome ;  2)  digestive  vacuoles, 
which  have  incorporated  environmental  sub- 
stances of  all  kinds,  and  which  in  some  way 
receive  the  catabolic  enzymes  from  the  storage 
granules;  3)  autophagic  vacuoles,  which  form 
in  the  cytoplasm  to  degrade  other  organelles. 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


MEDICAL  SCHOOL  SECTION 


such  as  mitochondria;  and  4)  residual  bodies, 
which  contain  the  materials  not  easily  attacked 
by   the   hydrolases   from   the   storage   granule. 

Thereafter  the  contributions  of  various 
authors  relate  the  methodology  and  animal 
models  which  have  been  used  to  uncover  the 
function  of  this  cytoplasmic  body.  It  is  shown 
that  the  organelles  are  present  in  protozoa  as 
well  as  metazoa.  They  are  important  in  embry- 
ologic  differentiation  and  organism  develop- 
ment, the  latter  as  illustrated  by  Weber,  who 
describes  their  presence  during  the  sequence 
of  the  tail  atrophy  of  tadpole  metamorphosis. 
In  this  latter  situation  they  appear  to  be 
mainly  associated  with  the  macrophages  which 
are  in  abundance  among  the  degenerating  tail 
muscle  cells. 

Another  area  of  involvement  is  discussed  by 
Dingle,  who  relates  the  part  lysosomes  appear 
to  play  in  the  degeneration  of  cartilage  under 
the  action  of  vitamin  A.  This  vitamin  appears 
to  reduce  the  stability  of  lysosomes,  whose  en- 
zyme contents  in  turn  degrade  surrounding 
connective  tissue. 

Cohn,  Hirsch,  and  Wiener  discuss  the  gran- 
ules of  the  polymorphonuclear  leukocyte  as 
being  an  example  of  so-called  primary  lyso- 
somes, which  apparently  discharge  their  hy- 
drolytic  contents  into  the  phagocytic  vacuoles 
developing  around  ingested  material. 

In  human  disease  De  Duve  relates  the  work 
of  Hers  (p.  22)  who  hypothesizes  that  one  of 
the  forms  of  glycogen  storage  disease  has  as 
its  basis  the  lack  of  a  lysosomal  a-glucosidase, 
which  is  necessary  for  the  breakdown  of 
glycogen. 


As  in  past  Ciba  Foundation  volumes  consid- 
erble  information  and  insights  are  generated 
by  the  interplay  of  symposium  participants  in 
the  general  discussions  following  each  paper. 

Peter  Rasmussen,  M.D. 

Primary    Intramedullary    Tumors    of    the 
Spinal   Cord   and   Filum    Terminale   by 

Johan  L.  Slooff,  M.D.,  James  W.  Kerno- 
han,  M.D.,  and  Collin  S.  MacCorty,  M.D. 
Pp.  255,  illus.  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  Phila- 
delphia, Pa.  1964.  $13.50. 

The  rarity  of  primary  tumors  of  the  spinal 
cord  makes  it  unlikely  that  any  one  person  will 
have  a  wide  experience  with  them.  The  publi- 
cation of  a  careful  study  of  a  large  number  of 
such  neoplasms  is,  therefore,  a  noteworthy 
event.  This  monograph  represents  the  collective 
experience  with  301  of  these  tumors  seen  at 
the  Mayo  Clinic.  It  contains  a  discussion  of 
the  various  histologic  types  of  spinal  cord 
tumors  including  both  their  clinical  and  patho- 
logic characteristics.  A  series  of  42  case  reports 
is  used  to  illustrate  the  material.  Gross  and 
microscopic  photographs  as  well  as  a  number 
of  tables  are  used  to  illustrate  the  te.xt.  The 
appendix  presents  the  pertinent  data  on  all  the 
cases  in  tabular  form.  The  bibliography  is  com- 
prehensive and  well  chosen.  Although  the  vol- 
ume is  primarily  of  interest  to  the  neurologist, 
neurosurgeon,  and  pathologist,  any  physician 
who  from  time  to  time  must  deal  with  these 
tumors  will  find  this  a  valuable  source  of 
information. 

Howard  M.  Wisotzkev,  M.D. 


October,  1964 


OFFICERS 

President  | 

J.  Howard  Franz,  M.D. 
President-Elect 

C.  Parke  Scarborough,  M.D. 

Vice-Presidents 

F.  A.  HoLDEN.  M.D.,  Baltimore 

Robert   \V.   Farr.   M.D. 

Chestertovvn,  MJ. 
John   E,  Moran.  M.D., 

Greenfield,  Mass. 

Secretary 

Tno.MAS  B.  Connor,  M.D. 
Treasurer 

Walter  E.  Karfgin,  M.D. 
Executive  Director 
William  H.  Triplett,  M.D. 
Executive  Secretary 
Mrs.   Wm..  B.   Girkin 
Board  of  Directors 
Harold  P.  Biehl,  M.D. 
Joseph   D'Antonio,  M.D. 
Robert  B.  Goldstein,  M.D. 
William  H.  Kammer,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Hugh  B.  McNally,  M.D. 
Emmanuel  A.  Schimunek,  M.D. 
Rennert  M.  Smelser,  M.D. 
William  J.  Supik,  M.D. 
John   D.  Young,  Jr.,  M.D. 
George  H.  Yeager,  M.D. 

(ex-officio) 
Gibson  J.  Wells,  M.D. 

(ex-officio) 

Nominatinsr  Committee 

George  H.  Yeager,  M.D. 

chairman 
Gibson  J.  Wells,  M.D. 

(ex-officio) 
Raymond  M.  Cunningham,  M.D. 
David  Levy,  M.D» 
Donald  W.  Mintzer,  M.D. 

Representatives  to  General 
Alumni  Council 

George  H.  Yeager,  M.D. 
Gibson  J.  Wells,  M.D. 
William  H.  Thiplett,  M.D. 

Representatives    to    Editorial 
Board,  Bulletin 

Harry  M.  Robinson,  Jr.,  M.D. 
John  F.   Savage,   M.D. 
C.  Vernon  Williamson,  M.D. 
J.   Howard  Franz,  M.D. 
(ex-officio) 

Representatives   to    Advisory 
Board 

Gibson  J.  Wells,  M.D. 
J.  Howard  Franz,  M.D. 


ALUMNI    ASSOCIATION 


SECTION 


P  r  e  s  i  d  e  n  t's    Letter 


Fellow  Medical  Ahiiuni: 

I  recognize  and  sincerely  appreciate  the  honor  and 
privilege  afforded  me  as  president  of  the  Medical 
Alnnini  Association.  I  extend  to  you  all  my  thanks  and 
l)ledge  you  the  best  of  my  abilities  and  energies  in  service 
this  year.  May  I  take  this  opportunity  to  urge  all  of 
}'ou  to  take  a  knowledgeable  interest  in  your  Associa- 
tion. There  are  those  who  have  served  you  well ;  in 
advancing  the  areas  of  concern  of  your  organization 
and  continuing  the  effectiveness  of  the  group,  in  relating 
the  association  to  the  "changing  world"  of  the  School  of 
Medicine  of  which  we  are,  and  should  continue  to  be, 
such  an  integral  part.  It  will  be  difficult  to  follow  in 
the  footsteps  of  my  predecessor,  Dr.  Gibson  J.  Wells, 
for  "Gibbie."  as  your  president  and  in  his  other  service 
capacities  on  the  Board  of  Directors,  has  had  great 
interest  and  enthusiasm  and  has  worked  most  diligently. 
Our  Executive  Director,  Dr.  W^illiam  H.  Triplett,  con- 
tinues to  oil  the  complex  mechanism  and  diplomatically 
guide  the  "faltering  steps"  of  each  incoming  president. 
One  faces  a  job  of  this  nature  with  greater  assurance 
knowing  that  "Bill"  is  about.  Our  new  treasurer.  Dr. 
Walter  Karfgin,  has  a  very  big  pair  of  shoes  to  step 
into.  We  all  sincerely  appreciate  the  tremendous  expen- 
diture of  ability  and  time  that  our  retiring  treasurer, 
Dr.  Howard  Mays,  made.  Finally,  although  this  may  be 
repetitious,  I  want  to  express  to  Dr.  Edward  Cotter 
the  thanks  and  appreciation  of  our  entire  organization 
for  his  tremendous  job  as  general  chairman  of  our  first 
"Maryland  Medical  Reunion."  It  is  true  that  many 
other  people  contributed  to  the  success  of  the  meeting 
and  I  cannot  begin  to  list  them  all  nor  would  I  wish  to 
overlook  anyone,  so  to  all  others,  from  the  various  par- 
ticipating groups,  from  the  Medical  Alumni  Association, 
I  say  thanks. 

I  can  at  this  time  give  you  the  date  of  our  next 
Animal  Alumni  Meeting.  It  will  be  Thursday,  June  3rd, 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


ALUMXI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 

1965.  Won't  you,  this  far  ahead,  circle  your  calendar  on 
that  (late  and  plan  to  attend.  Perhai)s  you  have  been 
putting  off  "going  l)ack"- — perhaps  this  will  he  a  par- 
ticular reunion  year  for  your  class.  Interest  in  and 
loyalty  to  your  school  would  be  reason  enougli  to  be 
here — all  other  reasons  are  added  dividends.  See  you 
then ! 

The  nature  of  our  organization  is  such  that  the  Board 
of  Directors  must  conduct  the  business  affairs  as  repre- 
sentatives for  you.  Nevertheless,  it  is  your  organization 
and  we  wish  to  serve  it  to  the  best  interests  of  all  con- 
cerned and  to  the  furtherance  of  the  policy  that  ours  is 
an  outstanding  School  of  Medicine.  We  welcome  your 
thoughts — be  they  commending  or  criticizing — and 
would  strive  to  juirsue  a  course  molded  by  your  inter- 
ested help.  The  editor  of  our  Bulletin.  \)v.  John  A. 
Wagner,  who  serves  us  so  capably  and  well,  would 
welcome  alumni  news  from  you.  We  all  like  to  read 
squibs  about  our  classmates  and  friends  (and  even  see 
our  own  name  in  print).  This  tends  to  tie  us  more 
closely,  too.  Jot  down  the  tidbits  of  interest  and  mail 
them  off  to  John. 

Contrary  to  the  thoughts  of  the  poet,  we  do  have  a 
chance  "to  pass  this  way  again."  Take  advantage  of  it — - 
visit  your  school  this  year.  Be  interested  in  your  Alumni 
Association  and  support  its  objectives.  May  this  be  a 
meaningful  and  effective  year  for  our  Association. 

Most  sincerely, 

J.  Howard  Franz,  M.D. 
President 


October,  1964 


Alumiii  Day  and  Annual  Meeting  June  3, 1965 

Classes  Of  1915  and  1965  To  Be  Honored  At  Annual 
Banquet  At  Lord  Baltimore  Hotel 


The  Alumni  Association  has  an- 
nounced that  the  annual  alumni  reunion 
day.  scientific  sessions  and  hanquet  will 
be  held  on  Thursday  the  3rd  of  June, 
1965,  beginning  with  scientific  sessions 
held  in  the  morning,  the  presentation  of 
the  annual  alumni  award  and  gold 
key  with  specific  honors  being  paid 
the  classes  of  1915  and  the  grad- 
uating class  of  1965.  A  special  com- 
mittee has  been  nominated  by  President 
John  Franz  of  the  Alumni  Association 
consisting  of  Doctors  Howard  Mays  and 
John  O.  Sharrett  who  will  be  co-chair- 
men of  the  reunion  classes.  This  year  the 
classes  of  1920,  1925,  1930,  1935,  1940, 
1945,  1950,  1955  and  1960  will  plan  their 
customary  five-year  interval  reunions. 
The  alumni  co-chairmen,  five-year  cap- 
tains, will  shortly  be  nominated. 

A  committee  headed  by  Dr.  Albert  E. 
Goldstein  and  including  Doctors  William 
H.  Toulson  and  Ernest  L  Cornbrooks 
are  receiving  nominations  for  the  honor 
alumnus  for  1965.  It  is  expected  that  a 
decision  will  be  reached  prior  to  January 
1,  1965,  with  an  early  announcement  of 
the  honor  recipient  to  be  made  in  a  forth- 
coming edition  of  the  Bulletin.  For  the 
first  time  reunion  classes  will  not  be  held 
for  the  Baltimore  Medical  College  as  the 
last  fifty-year  class  was  honored  in  1964. 
Reunion  classes  will  include  the  College 
of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  and  the 
School  of  Medicine  of  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Members  of  these  classes  are 
listed 


CLASS  OF  1915 
PHYSICIANS  AND  SURGEONS 

Lee  K.  Fargo,  M.D. 

8155  Loch  Raven  Blvd.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21204 

Antonio  Fernos-Isern,  M.D. 

House  Office  Bldg.,  Washington,  D.  C.  20025 

Edward  E.  Fitzpatrick,  M.D. 

317  36th  Ave.,  N.E.,  St.  Petersburg,  Fla.  33704 

Luis  Felipe  Gonzalez,  M.D. 

Box  B,  Rio  Grande,  P.  R. 

R.  Basil  Linger,  M.D. 

321  W.  Main  St.,  Clarksburg,  W.  Va. 

Wm.  Henry  McCallion,  M.D. 

308  Passaic  Ave.,  Springlake,  N.  J. 

Wm.  Raymond  McKenzie,  M.D. 

117  Taplow  Rd.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21212 

Vernon  Litzinger  Mahoney,  M.D. 

614  N.  4th  Ave.,  Tucson,  Ariz.  85705 

Theodore  H.  Morrison,  M.D.  Apt.  704 

100  W.  Cold  Spring  Lane,  Balto.,  Md. 

Juan  J.  Nogueras,  M.D. 

468  Caribe  St.,  Box  1214,  San  Juan,  P. 

Costa  Enrique  L.  Purcell,  M.D. 

12  Vives  St.,  Ponce,  P.  R.* 

Ernest  M.  G.  Rieger,  M.D. 

656  Orchard  Pkwy.,  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y. 

Harry  Lee  Rogers,  M.D. 

6  Upland  Rd.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21210 

Garrett  E.  Sprowls,  M.D. 

Genl.   Delivery,   Globe,  Ariz.* 

Elmer  B.  Staley,  M.D. 

323  E.  11th  Ave.,  Tarentum,  Pa. 

Paul  Beadle  Steele,  M.D. 

509  Liberty  Ave.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  15222 

Raymond  Jerome  Stockhammer,  M.D. 

115  E.  61st  St.,  N.  Y.,  N.  Y. 

J.  M.  Thorup,  M.D. 

4927  N.  E.  30th  Ave.,  Portland,  Oregon  97211 


West 
21210 

R. 


14301 


*  Last  known  address. 

Deceased 

.\dlai  E.  Cai.laghan,  M.D. 
John  Rice  Anderson,  M.D. 


Vol.  49.  No.  4 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 


Jose  S.  A.  Battistini,  M.D. 
Wm.  Henry  Bash,  M.D. 
Manuel  B.  Berrios,  M.D. 
Victor  Colon  Berrios,  M.D. 
RoBT.  Henry  Breslin,  M.D. 
Jose  M.  Cobian  y  Alverez,  M.D. 
Jos.  L.  Conarton,  M.D. 
Prince  Cooper,  M.D. 
LiNNE  H.  Corson,  M.D. 
Leona  Lemon  Cramer,  M.D. 
Stephen  A.  DeMartini,  M.D. 
Thomas  K.  Galvin,  M.D. 
Lt.  Comm.  H.  E.  Gardner,  M.D. 
Ernest  Fred  Gott,  M.D. 
Wm.  O.  Hearn,  M.D. 
Ira  C.  Hoffman,  M.D. 
Colin  McLean  Holmes,  M.D. 
Andrew  J.  Jackson,  M.D. 
Dennis  Bliss  Jarrell,  M.D. 
Harry  Hayward  Johnson,  M.D. 
F.  X.  Kearney,  M.D. 
Thos  a.  Lamb,  M.D. 
MiLFORD  Levy,  M.D. 
J.  B.  LoHAN,  ALD. 
Curtis  L.  Lyon,  M.D. 
Alvin  McClung,  M.D. 
Robert  S.  Peck,  M.D. 
Herbert  G.  Perry,  ALD. 
GiLBERTO  S.  Pesquera,  M.D. 
Millard  L.  Raemore,  M.D. 
Oscar  Wm.  Renz,  M.D. 
Wm.  Cullen  Spalding,  ALD. 
Charles  C.  Spangler,  ALD. 
Harrison  AL  Stewart,  ALD. 
Boleslaw  H.  Tadeusick,  ALD. 
Israel  Trachtenberg,  ALD. 
Fred  P.  Weltner,  ALD. 
RuFus  Woodall,  ALD. 

CLASS  OF  1915 
UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 

Harvey  Clifton  Bridgers,  ALD. 

Blue  Ridge  Sumniitt,   Pa. 

Louis  Arthur  Buie,  ALD. 

200  First  St.  S.W.,  Rochester,  Alinn. 

Charles  A.  Cahn,  ALD. 

2145  W.  Baltimore  St.,  Baltimore,  Aid.  21223 

Thos.  AL  Calladine,  ALD. 

1102  Niagara  Ave.,  Niagara  Falls,  X.  Y.* 

Ralph  Cohen,  ALD. 

2311  Univ.  Blvd.,  W.,  Silver  Spring.  Aid.  20902 

Vincent  J.  Demarco,  ALD. 

1642  Poplar  Ave.,  Alemphis,  Tenn.  38104 

Alberto  Garcia  de  Quevedo  y  AIunoz,  ALD. 

CCC  Hdqtrs.,  Whipple,  Ariz.* 


Louis  Diener,  ALD. 

2449  Eutaw  PI.,  Baltimore,  Aid.  21217 

Joseph  Lee  Dowling,  ALD. 

207  Waterman  St.,  Providence,  R.  I.  02906 

AIicHAEL  Jos.  Egan,  Jr.,  ALD. 

210  E.  Liberty  St.,  Savannah,  Ga.  31401 

L.  L.  GoRDY,  ALD. 

5106  Harford  Rd.,  Baltimore,  Aid.  21214 

Samuel  H.  Greenberg,  ALD. 

411  W.  7th  St.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.  90014* 

Gerald  Leo  Higgins,  ALD. 

317  Washington  St.,  Avon,  N.  J.* 

Robert  B.  Hill,  ALD.  (Brig.  Gen.  Ret'd) 

Southern  Pines,  N.  C. 

William  H.  Jenkins,  ALD. 

2024  R  St.  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C,  20009 

Wm.  R.  Johnson,  ALD. 

Aledical  Arts  Bldg.,  Baltimore,  Aid.  21201 

Roy  R.  Kerkow,  ALD. 

505  Yakima  St.,  Wenatchee,  Washington 

Herman  Warner  Krantz,  ALD. 

Address  Unknown 

Addison  LeRoy  Lewis.  ALD. 

214  N.  Union  Ave.,  Havre  de  Grace,  Aid.  21078 

Oscar  Vernon  Linhardt,  ALD. 

710   N.  Bradford  St.,  Baltimore,  Aid.* 

Wm.  Cleveland  AIiller 

7  Brooks  Ave.,  Gaithersburg,  Aid.  20760 

Danl.  Bruce  AIoffett,  ALD. 

1150  Conn.  Ave.  N.W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  20006 

Charles  Howard  AIoses,  ALD. 

919  Linden  Ave.,  Sharon,  Pa. 

Chas.  W.  AIyers,  ALD. 

R.  D.  18,  Box  256,  Indianapolis,  Ind.  46224 

AIilfert  Weaver  AIyers,  ALD. 

106  E.  Alarket  St.,  Warren,  Ohio* 

Alberto  Portuondo  y  del  Pino,  ALD. 

Address  Unknown 

AIoses  Raskin,  ALD. 

6221   Greenspring  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Aid.  21209 

Wm.  T.  Ruark,  M.D. 

Pinecrest  Sanatorium,  Beckley,  W.  Va.  25801 

Playford  Lorenza  Rush,  ALD. 

Address  Unknown 

Lucius  C.  Sanders,  ALD. 

20  S.  Dudley  St.,  Alemphis,  Tenn.  38103 

Harry  Schnuck,  ALD. 

1203  San  Diegiato  St.,  Encinitas,  Calif. 

Louis  W.  Schreiber,  ALD. 

261  El  Camino  Dr.,  Beverly  Hills,  Calif.* 

Frank  Earl  Shipley,  ALD. 

Savage,  Aid.  20863 

Chas.  E.  Sima,  ALD. 

2074  E.  Belvedere  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Aid.  21214 

Lt.  John  Thos.  Stringer,  ALD. 

Naval   Hospital,   Portsmouth,  Va.* 


October,  1964 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICIXE,  UXirERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


Jos.  JuDSOx  Wafk,  }kI.D. 

Box  235,  Shenandoah,  Va. 

EuGEXE  Joshua  Karl  Zeller,  M.D. 

2739  Eastern  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21224 

Mark  V.  Ziegler,  M.D. 

Ohiey,  Maryland  20832 


*  Last  known  address. 

Deceased 

R.  BiNioN,  M.D. 

JOCELYN   BlACKMER,   M.D. 

W.  A.  Bridges,  M.D. 
W.  B.  Burleson,  M.D. 
Geo.  H.  Dorsey,  M.D. 
P.  A.  Durkin,  M.D. 

D.  P.  Etzler,  M.D. 
G.  A.  Fritz,  AI.D. 
H.  J.  Gilbert,  M.D. 
C.  Gonzales,  M.D. 

L.  W.  Grossman,  M.D. 
M.  E.  Jones,  M.D. 
J.  I.  Justice,  M.D. 
B.  R.  Kelley,  M.D. 
F.  H.  Lackey,  M.D. 
T.  B.  Warner,  M.D. 
B.  L.  Wilson,  M.D. 

E.  W.  Lane,  M.D. 
L.  J.  Lanich,  M.D. 
J.  A.  B.  Lowry,  M.D. 

K.  McCULLOUGH,  M.D. 


A.  E.  AIcRevnolus,  M.D. 
L.  R.  Meyers,  ALD. 
T.  L.  Morrow,  ALD. 
A.  A.  Nauma.x.x.  M.D. 
Ray  Hickman,  M.D. 
A.  H.  RioRDAN,  M.D. 
J.  D.  Robinson,  M.D. 
G.  p.  Ross,  M.D. 
S.  D.  Shannon,  M.D. 
M.  B.  Sharkey,  M.D. 

D.  C.  Studebaker,  M.D. 

E.  H.  TONOLLA,   M.D. 

J.  C.  Woodland,  M.D. 

Dr.   Franz,   Alumni   President, 

Appoints  Nominating  Committee 

for  1965 

At  the  regular  meeting  of  the  Akimni 
Association  in  1964,  the  election  of  a 
Nominating  Committee  for  the  ensuing 
year  did  not  take  place.  Accordingly,  a 
committee  has  been  appointed  consisting 
of  the  following  physicians  : 

Dr.  George  H.  Yeager,  Chainiian 
Dr.  Gibson  J.  Wells,  ex-officio 
Dr.  Raymond  M.  Cunningham 
Dr.  David  Levy 
Dr.  Donald  ^^^  Mintzer 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


Class 


NOTES 


Elsewiierk  In  this  edition  you  zvill 
find  a  "tear  out"  page,  joy  reporting 
Alumni  Nezvs  to  the  Bulletin.  This  is 
not  an  idle  gesture. 

]'our  acliiez'einents,  fellozv  alumnus, 
are  of  i)iterest  to  your  classmates.  They 
constitute  a  reheard  to  the  facidty,  are  a 
challenge  to  the  younger  physicians,  and 
are  an  item  oj  prestige  for  the  Univer- 
sity. Please  cooperate  zvith  us  by  for- 
warding nezvs  of  yourself  or  any  alumnus 
to  the  Bulletin.  Thank  you. 

Class  of  1904 

Dr.   Howard    G.   Stevens   of   New 

]\Iilfor(l.  Connecticut,  has  lieen  ])resented 
a  special  sixtv-vear  honor  certificate  by 
the  MecHcal  Akimni  Association.  Dr. 
Stevens,  who  is  still  in  active  practice, 
was  i)resent  at  the  annual  altmini  day  on 
May  8.  1964. 

Class  of  1929 

Dr.  Jacob  H.  Conn  was  re-elected 
president  of  the  American  Board  of  Med- 
ical Hypnosis.  He  has  also  been  named 
a  member  of  the  National  Scientific  Ad- 
visory Council  of  the  International  So- 
ciety for  Comprehensive  Medicine.  He 
also  serves  as  a  member  of  the  Editorial 
Bo.'ird  of  its  Journal. 

Class  of  1934 

Dr.  John  N.  Snyder  has  been  elected 
President  of  the  Baltimore  County  Med- 
ical Association.  Dr.  Snyder  practices  at 
6348  Erederick  Avemie  in  Catonsville. 
Marvland. 


Class  of  1936 

Dr.  Harry  C.  Bowie  has  announced 
his  association  with  Dr.  Erederick  W. 
Plugge  in  the  practice  of  general  surgery 
with  offices  at  926  St.  Paul  Street,  I'.alti- 
more. 

Class  of  1937 

Dr.  Ephraim  T.  Lisansky,  Associ- 
ate Professor  of  Medicine  and  Associate 
Professor  of  Clinical  Psychiatry,  was  the 
moderator  of  a  panel  entitled  "The  Non- 
P.sychiatric  Physician  in  His  Office"  held 
on  the  occasion  of  the  Maryland  Confer- 
ence on  Community  Mental  Health,  Sep- 
teml)er  30,  1964. 

Class  of  1940 

Dr.  Walter  R.  Graham  was  a  recent 
visitor  to  San  Juan,  Puerto  Rico,  where 
Dr.  Graham  renewed  old  acquaintances 
with  classmates  Dr.  Guillermo  Pico,  Pro- 
fessor of  Ophthalmology,  and  Dr.  Luis 
Ciuzman  Lopez,  Professor  of  Neuro- 
surgery at  the  IVIedical  .School  of  the 
Universitv  of  Puerto  Rico. 

Class  of  1941 

Dr.  Joseph  C.  Sheehan  of  208  W  est 

Street,  Annapolis,  Maryland,  has  an- 
nounced his  disassociation  from  a  former 
partnership.  Dr.  Sheehan  specializes  in 
obstetrics  and  gynecology. 

Class  of  1942 

Dr.  Otto  C.  Phillips  of  the  Magee- 
W'omen's  Hospital,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsyl- 
vania, has  been  named  Associate  Eellow 
of  the  American  College  of  Obstetricians 
and  Gynecologists  at  its  annual  meeting 
held  in  Miami  Beach,  May  1964. 

Class  of  1943 

Dr.  Harold  Dillon  of  269  South  19th 
Street,    Philadelphia.    Pennsylvania,    re- 


Octobcr,  1964 


BULLETIX  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICIXE.  I'XU'ERSrrV  OF  MARYLAXD 


centlv  completed  a  trip  to  India  and  Pak- 
istan as  a  consultant  for  the  Peace  Corps. 
Dr.  Dillon  was  recently  elected  to  mem- 
bership in  American  Psychoanalytic 
Association. 

Class  of  1944 

Dr.  Henry  W.  D.  Holljes  has  an- 
nounced the  relocation  of  his  office  for 
the  practice  of  internal  medicine  and 
diseases  of  the  chest  to  Suite  201,  Med- 
ical Arts  Building.  101  West  Read  Street 
in  Baltimore. 

Class  of  1945 

Dr.  Frank  J.  Ayd,  Jr.,  has  received 
the  Saint  X'incent  Pallotti  Award  from 
the  Pallottine  Fathers  of  the  Immaculate 
Conception  Province  for  his  outstanding 
contributions  to  psychiatry. 

Class  of  1947 

Dr.  Donald  E.  Fisher,  Chief  Health 
Officer  of  the  Carroll  County  (Maryland) 
Health  Department,  presented  a  paper 
entitled  "An  Integrated  Medical-Com- 
munity Approach  to  Mental  Illness"  at 
the  Maryland  Conference  on  Community 
Mental  Health  held  in  Baltimore  on  Sep- 
tember 30,  1964.  Dr.  Fisher  also  partici- 
pated in  a  panel  entitled  "The  Non- 
Psychiatric  Physician  in  His  Office." 

Class  of  1951 

Dr.  David  Kipnis,  Associate  Profes- 
sor of  Pediatrics  at  the  Washington  Uni- 
versity School  of  Medicine,  has  been 
named  Director  of  a  Pediatric  Unit 
established  by  the  University  in  the  St. 
Louis  Children's  Hospital.  The  unit  is 
supported  by  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health. 

Class  of  1955 

Dr.  Henry  Booth  Higman,  former 
Instructor  in  Neurology  at  Louisiana 
State  University  School  of  Medicine,  has 


been  appointed  to  the  staff'  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Neurology  at  Presbyterian-St. 
Luke's  Hospital,  New  York. 

Author  of  eleven  scientific  papers 
dealing  with  the  chemistry  of  conduction 
and  transmission  of  nervous  impulses. 
Dr.  Higman  is  a  member  of  the  Amer- 
ican Medical  Association  and  American 
Academy  of  Neurology.  In  addition  to 
working  in  the  investigative  field  of  neu- 
rology. Dr.  Fligman  will  continue  his  re- 
search study  of  nervous  impulses.  The 
electric  eel,  nature's  most  potent  gen- 
erator of  electricity,  will  be  used  in  this 
project. 

Dr.  Higman,  who  has  received  an  ap- 
pointment as  Assistant  Professor  of  Neu- 
rology at  the  L^niversity  of  Illinois  Col- 
lege of  Medicine,  received  his  B.x\. 
degree  in  1950  at  St.  John's  College, 
Annapolis.  He  received  his  M.D.  degree 
in  1955  from  the  L^^niversity  of  Maryland 
School  of  Medicine,  served  a  rotating 
internship  at  the  Delaware  Hospital, 
Wilmington,  and  a  residency  in  neuro- 
chemistry  at  Columbia  University  under 
the  National  Institutes  of  Health.  He 
received  certification  from  the  American 
Board  of  Psychiatry  and  Neurology,  in 
neurology  in  1963. 

Class  of  1956 

Dr.  Richard  A.  Finegold  of  3600 
Forbes  Avenue,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsyl- 
vania, has  been  certified  by  the  American 
Board  of  Urology  in  the  specialty  of 
urology. 

Class  of  1957 

Dr.  Frederick  W.  Plugge  has  an- 
nounced his  association  in  the  practice 
of  general  surgery  with  Dr.  Harry  C. 
Bowie. 

Class  of  1958 

Captain  Robert  E.  Cranley,  MC, 
USAR,  who  is  a  member  of  the  staff  of 
the  Armed  Forces  Institute  of  Pathology 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 


specializing  in  bone  diseases,  has  been 
active  as  a  lecturer,  having  addressed 
the  staff  of  the  St.  Agnes  Hospital  in 
Baltimore  and  on  other  occasions  having 
spoken  on  "Tumors  of  Bone"  and  on 
diseases  of  interest  to  an  orthopedist. 

Class  of  1958 

Dr.  William  John  Marshall  of  315 

Aberdeen  Avenue,  Dayton,  Ohio,  has 
completed  a  three-year  fellowship  in  car- 
diology at  the  University  of  Cincinnati 
School  of  Medicine.  Dr.  Marshall  has 
been  recently  appointed  to  a  Geograph- 
ical full  time  position  under  the  American 
Medical  Research  Foundation  at  the  Cox 
Memorial  Coronary  Heart  Institute  in 
Dayton.  Dr.  Marshall  will  undertake  a 
])rogram  of  clinical  research  in  degenera- 
tive heart  disease  and  at  the  same  time 
will  undertake  a  limited  private  practice. 

Class  of  1960 

Dr.  Morton  E.  Smith,  who  is  cur- 
rently at  the  Ophthalmic  Branch  of  the 
Armed  Forces  Institute  of  Pathologv  in 


Washington,  was  the  author  of  a  recent 
paper  (see  abstract  section)  entitled 
"Retinal  Involvement  in  Adult  Cytome- 
galic Inclusion  Disease." 

Class  of  1962 

Dr.  Melvin  D.  Kopilnick  of  4501 
Hawksbury  Rd.,  Pikesville,  Md.,  will 
begin  a  residency  in  Urology  at  Sinai 
Hospital  of  Baltimore  on  July  1,  1964. 

Captain  David  G.  Musgjerd,  MC, 

USAF,  has  graduated  from  the  U.  S. 
Air  Force  School  of  Aerospace  Medi- 
cine. Dr.  Musgjerd  is  being  assigned  to 
the  868th  Medical  Group  at  Goose  Bay 
Air  Force  Base,  Labrador. 

Class  of  1963 

Dr.  Eugene  J.  Wolski  completed  his 
rotating  internship  at  the  Union  Memo- 
rial Hospital  in  June,  1964.  Dr.  Wolski 
then  entered  military  service  in  the  U.  S. 
Navy  as  a  flight  surgeon  and  is  now  at 
the  School  of  Aviation  Medicine  in  Pen- 
sacola,  Fla. 


October,  1964 


Class  of  1895 

Dr.  William  Spedden  Seymour  of 

Easton,  Maryland,  died  June  27,  1964, 
at  the  age  of  93. 

B.  M.  C.  1896 

Dr.  Richard  H.  Morris,  93.  of  35 

Corey  Street,  Everett,  Massachusetts, 
and  a  practicing  physician  and  surgeon 
for  more  than  60  years,  died  on  July  8, 
1964,  at  the  Whidden  IMeniorial  Hos- 
pital. 

A  native  of  St.  Johns,  New  Brunswick, 
Dr.  Morris  also  attended  Loyola  Univer- 
sity Medical  School,  beginning  practice 
in  1896  in  Everett,  retiring  only  eight 
years  ago. 

He  was  one  of  the  founders  of  the 
Whidden  Memorial  Hospital  and  served 
on  its  surgical  staff  as  well  as  the  surgical 
staffs  of  the  Winthrop  Community,  Mel- 
rose-Wakefield, Lawrence  Memorial, 
and  Maiden  Hospitals.  He  was  a  fellow 
of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons  and 
a  member  of  the  Massachusetts  Medical 
Society. 

B.  M.  C.  1898 

Dr.  Burton  W.  Fassett,  of  123  West 
Main  Street,  Durham,  North  Carolina, 
and  one  of  the  oldest  living  alumni  of  the 
School  of  Medicine,  died  on  May  19, 
1964,  at  the  age  of  89. 

Class  of  1899 

Dr.    Arthur    J.    Edwards    of   615 

Chester  Street,  Bristol,  Tennessee,  died 
:\lay  4,  1964,  at  the  age  of  93. 

B.  M.  C.  1901 

Dr.  Ralph  Gibson  Perry,  Sr.,  died 
at  the  Mary  Fletcher  Hospital  in  Bur- 


lington, Vermont,  on  Feljruary  12,  1964, 
at  the  age  of  87. 

Following  his  graduation  from  the 
li'dtimore  Medical  College,  he  entered 
l)ractice  at  Jarvisville,  W^est  Virginia, 
from  1901  to  1911,  and  from  1911  to 
1948  he  practiced  at  Wells  River,  Ver- 
mont. He  was  Past  President  of  the  New 
Hampshire  Surgical  Club  and  was  Past 
President  of  the  Grafton,  New  Plamp- 
shire,   County   Medical   Society. 

P  &  S  1907 

Dr.  Joseph  C.  Peck  of  1209  5th 
Street,  Moundsville,  West  Virginia,  died 
August  25,  1964,  at  the  age  of  81. 

Class  of  1908 

Dr.  Ernest  Verlin  Nolt  of  709  W. 

Park  Drive,  Columbia  City,  Indiana, 
died  on  June  2,  1964,  at  his  home  where 
he  had  practiced  for  54  years.  Dr.  Nolt 
was  80. 

P  &  S  1910 

Dr.  William  Byrd  Hunter  of  1401 
Cadiz  Avenue,  Coral  Gables,  Florida, 
died  May  13,  1964.  Dr.  Hunter  was  80. 

Class  of  1912 

Dr.  William  Michel  of  1015  Poplar 
Grove  Street,  died  on  June  22,  1964. 

Class  of  1912 

Dr.   Russell   H.   Dean   of   445   St. 

James  Building.  Jacksonville,  Florida, 
"died  April  21,  1964.  Dr.  Dean  was  74. 

P  &  S  1912 

Dr.  Fritz  Juette  Kimsey  of  2700 
Harford  Avenue,  Baltimore,  Maryland, 
died  June  22,  1964. 

P  &  S  1913 

Dr.  Ralph  E.  Cloward  of  2895  Kala- 
kaua  Avenue,  Honolulu,  Hawaii,  died 
May  7,  1964. 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  SECTION 


P  &  S  1915 

Dr.  Adiai  E.  Callaghan  of  1015 
Boston  Building,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah, 
died  April  9,  1964,  at  the  age  of  74. 

P  &  S  1915 

Dr.  Rufus  Woodall  of  822  Almeria 
Avenue,  Coral  Gahles,  Florida,  died 
March  6,  1964,  at  the  age  of  74. 

Class  of  1917 

Dr.  Carl  Otto  Wolff  of  501  1st  West 
Street,  Haynesville,  Iowa,  died  August 
14,  1964.  Dr.  Wolff  was  72. 

Class  of  1919 

Cyrus  F.  Horine  died  at  Union 
Memorial  Hospital,  Baltimore,  on 
Wednesday,  February  26,  1964.  Death 
was  the  result  of  rapidly  recurring  attacks 
of  coronary  occlusion.  Dr.  Horine  was 
66. 

Following  his  graduation  from  the 
School  of  Medicine,  he  entered  the 
practice  of  surgery  and  served  as  resident 
surgeon  at  the  University  Hospital,  later 
joining  the  staff  and  becoming  Associate 
Professor  of  Surgery  in  the  School  of 
Aledicine. 

At  the  time  of  his  death,  he  was  med- 
ical director  of  the  Maryland  State 
Police  and  consultant  surgeon  to  the 
Maryland  State  Roads  Commission  and 
the  Maryland  Training  School  for  Boys. 
During  World  War  H,  he  conducted  a 
study  for  the  state  aimed  at  minimizing 
an  imbalance  caused  by  military  needs 
and  the  needs  of  the  civilian  population. 

A  competent  surgeon,  Dr.  Horine  was 
deeply  interested  in  the  problems  of  in- 
testinal anastomosis.  He  also  published 
studies  on  intrapericardial  tension,  pub- 
lishing also  on  the  healing  of  wounds. 
His  inventive  mind  resulted  in  a  number 


of  patents,  chiefly  relating  to  the  relation 
of  suture  materials  and  dispensers. 

A  native  of  Meyersville,  Frederick 
County,  and  a  graduate  of  Western 
Maryland  College,  he  also  attended  St. 
Johns  College.  He  was  a  member  of  the 
Baltimore  City  Medical  Society,  the 
Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of 
Maryland,  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation, the  American  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine and  Surgery,  and  the  Southern 
Medical  Association. 

Class  of  1921 

Dr.  Louis  Lass  of  2314  Broad  Ave- 
nue, Altoona,  Pennsylvania,  died  of  heart 
disease  on  May  19,  1964.  Dr.  Lass  had 
been  in  the  general  practice  of  medicine 
in  Altoona,  Pennsylvania,  for  over  forty- 
two  years.  He  was  a  member  of  the  staff 
of  the  Altoona  (Pennsylvania)  Hospital. 
Dr.  Lass  was  67. 

Class  of  1931 

Dr.  Michael  Krosnoif  of  Scenery 
Hill,  Pennsylvania,  died  recently. 

Class  of  1928 

Dr.  S.  Zachary  Vogel  of  87-33  95th 
Street,  Jamaica,  New  York,  died  May 
14,  1964,  at  the  age  of  60. 

Class  of  1935 

Dr.  Miguel  A.  Alonso,  P.  O.  Box 

8216,  Fernandez  Juncos  Station,  of  San- 
turce,  Puerto  Rico,  died  of  a  blood  dys- 
crasia  at  his  home  on  July  26,  1964.  For 
a  number  of  years  he  was  a  leading 
otolaryngologist  in  Puerto  Rico. 

Following  his  graduation  from  the 
School  of  Medicine,  he  served  his  intern- 
ship at  the  South  Baltimore  General 
Hospital  and  then  entered  general  prac- 
tice in  medicine  in  San  Juan  in  1936. 


October,  1964 


BULLETIN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE,  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


During  ^^'orld  War  II,  he  served  as 
a  consultant  in  anesthesiology  through- 
out the  island.  Following  the  War,  he 
entered  specialty  training  in  otolaryn- 
gology at  the  Barnes  Hospital  in  St. 
Louis.  He  ultimately  became  a  fellow  of 
the  American  Academy  of  Ophthalmol- 
ogy and  Otolaryngology,  the  American 
Academy  of  Chest  Physicians,  and  the 
American  Laryngological,  Rhinological 
and  Otological  Society.  He  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  International  College  of  Sur- 
geons and  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation. He  was  also  a  founder  member 
of  the  Centurion  Club  of  the  Deafness 
Research  Foundation. 

Dr.  Alonso  devoted  much  of  his  time 
gratuitously  to  the  problems  of  the  deaf. 
He  was  a  Clinical  Professor  of  Otolaryn- 
gology at  the  University  of  Puerto  Rico 
School  of  Medicine  and,  from  his  great 
medical  efforts,  two  generations  of 
Puerto  Rican  physicians  give  testimony 
to  his  Hippocratic  ideals. 

Dr.  Alonso  is  survived  by  his  wife, 
and  two  physician  sons,  both  graduates 
of  the  Yale  Medical  School.  One,  Dr. 
Miguel  R.  Alonso,  is  serving  as  a  resi- 
dent in  otolaryngology  at  Johns  Hopkins, 
and  his  brother,  William  A.  Alonso,  is 
serving  his  internship  at  the  Hospital  of 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 


Class  of  1936 

Dr.  Millard  F.  Squires  died  recently 
at  his  home,  507  S.  Maryland  Avenue, 
Richardson  Park,  Delaware.  Dr.  Squires 
was  58. 

A  native  of  Wilmington  and  a  gradu- 
ate of  the  Alexis  I.  duPont  High  School, 
Dr.  Squires  attended  Washington  Col- 
lege in  Chestertown,  Maryland,  and 
Lycoming  College,  Williamsport,  Penn- 
sylvania. 

Following  his  graduation  from  the 
School  of  Medicine,  he  served  in  the 
United  States  Navy  from  1942  to  1946. 
He  then  returned  to  Wilmington,  becom- 
ing active  on  the  staff  of  the  Delaware 
Hospital  and  the  Wilmington  General 
Hospital.  Dr.  Squires  was  also  an  active 
member  of  the  New  Castle  County  Med- 
ical Society  and  the  Delaware  State  Med- 
ical Society. 

Long  interested  in  youth  and  in  ath- 
letics, Dr.  Squires  had  been  team  physi- 
cian for  the  Conrad  High  School  and  the 
Richardson  Park  Junior  High  School 
football  team,  rarely  missing  a  game  and 
often  being  in  attendance  at  practice  ses- 
sions. His  interest  in  young  people  had 
been  lifelong.  For  a  while,  he  served 
as  a  member  on  the  Conrad  High  School 
Board  of  Trustees.  He  was  a  member  of 
the  Richardson  Park  Alethodist  Church. 


Vol.  49,  No.  4 


PLEASE    TEAR    OUT 

ALUMNI  NEWS  REPORT 

TO  THE  BULLETIN: 

I  would  like  to  report  the  following: 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  NEWS  ITEMS 

American  Board  Certification 
Change  of  Address 
Change  of  Office 
Residency  Appointment 
Research  Completed 
News  of  Another  Alumnus 
Academic  Appointment 
Interesting  Historic  Photographs 


Name 


Address 


Class 


Send  to 


Bulletin — School  of  Medicine 
University  of  Maryland 
31  S.  Greene  St. 
Baltimore  1,  Md.